Service Handbook for Digital Color Imaging Systems

ORDER NO.
MGCS030902C1
Service Handbook
Digital Color Imaging Systems
DP-C321
DP-C401
C 2003 Panasonic Communications Co., Ltd.

All rights reserved. Unauthorized copying
and distribution is a violation of law.
This service information is designed for experienced repair technicians only and
is not designed for use by the general public.
It does not contain warnings or cautions to advise non-technical individuals of
potential dangers in attempting to service a product.
Products powered by electricity should be serviced or repaired only by experienced
professional technicians. Any attempt to service or repair the product or products
dealt with in this service information by anyone else could result in serious injury or
death.
For USA
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A
digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to
provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment
is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and
can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio
communications. Operation of this equipment on a residential area is likely to
cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the
interference at his/her own expense.
Any unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment would void the users
authority to operate this device.
For USA
This manual was developed and is supplied to authorized servicing dealers by
Panasonic Digital Document Company for the sole purpose of providing
information necessary for the equipment’s proper support. It is intended that this
information be confidential and may not be reproduced without prior written
consent from Panasonic Digital Document Company. Panasonic Digital
Document Company reserves the right to change any information enclosed here
in without prior notification.
For Canada
This manual was developed and is supplied to authorized servicing dealers by
Panasonic Company for the sole purpose of providing information necessary for
the equipment’s proper support. It is intended that this information be confidential
and may not be reproduced without prior written consent from Panasonic
Company. Panasonic Company reserves the right to change any information
enclosed herein without prior notification.
Table of Contents
Chapter 1 General
1.1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.2 Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
1.3 Type of Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Chapter 2 Maintenance
2.1 Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.2 Replacement Interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2.3 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
3.1 Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.2 Level 1 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3.4 Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-123
3.5 Service Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-162
3.6 CE (UI) Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-367
Chapter 4 Parts List
4.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.2 Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
1. Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
2. Paper Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
3. LSU (ROS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
4. Xerographics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
5. Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
6. Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
7. Fuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
8. Air System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
9. Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
10. Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
11. Inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
12. Duplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
13. ESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
14. Tray Module-TT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
15. Finisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
16. IIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74
17. Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80
18. DADF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
4. 3 Numerical Parts Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
i
This page is intentionally left blank.
Chapter 1 General
Table of Contents
1. 1 Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 1. 1. 22. 6 Document Stack Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
1. 1. 1 Machine Dimension and Basis Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1 1. 1. 22. 7 Document Size Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
1. 1. 2 Installation Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2 1. 1. 23 Consumable Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
1. 1. 3 Levelness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3 1. 2 Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15
1. 1. 4 Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3 1. 3 Type of Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16
1. 1. 5 Installation Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
1. 1. 6 Warm Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
1. 1. 7 FPOT (First Print Output Time). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
1. 1. 8 Printing Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4
1. 1. 9 Paper Tray Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
1. 1. 10 Paper Size and Loading Orientation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
1. 1. 11 Paper Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
1. 1. 12 Auto 2-Sided Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
1. 1. 13 Output Tray Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
1. 1. 14 Remaining Paper Amount Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
1. 1. 15 Resolution/Gradation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8
1. 1. 16 Paper Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8
1. 1. 17 Image Loss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8
1. 1. 18 Maximum Printable Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8
1. 1. 19 Alignment Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9
1. 1. 20 Controller Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10
1. 1. 20. 1 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10
1. 1. 20. 2 Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10
1. 1. 20. 3 Printing Productivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10
1. 1. 20. 4 Scanning Productivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10
1. 1. 20. 4. 1 Scanned Image File Formatting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10
1. 1. 20. 4. 2 Compression Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11
1. 1. 20. 4. 3 Resolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11
1. 1. 20. 4. 4 Gradation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11
1. 1. 20. 4. 5 Color Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11
1. 1. 21 Finisher Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11
1. 1. 21. 1 Machine Dimension and Basis Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11
1. 1. 21. 2 Installation Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11
1. 1. 21. 3 Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11
1. 1. 21. 4 Applicable Paper (Size, Weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11
1. 1. 21. 5 Number of Sheets Stapled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12
1. 1. 21. 6 Stapler Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12
1. 1. 21. 7 Staple Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12
1. 1. 21. 8 Stacker Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
1. 1. 22 DADF Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
1. 1. 22. 1 Machine Dimension and Basis Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
1. 1. 22. 2 Installation Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
1. 1. 22. 3 Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
1. 1. 22. 4 Paper Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
1. 1. 22. 5 Document Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
i
Chapter
1.1 Specifications
6 General • Finisher (WxDxH, lb)
(11.8 x 23.2 x 37.2" without Trays)(each size +/-0.2"), 77 lb
1.1.1 Machine Dimension and Basis Weight
• The following shows the size and basis weight of each product.
Weight
Product Name Machine Size (WxDxH) (approx. in lb)
Main Unit IOT+TTM+IOT Stand 26.7 x 30.7 x 45" 392 lb
+ DADF
(Fig. 3) j0mf61003
(Fig. 1) j0mf61001
1-1 Chapter 1 General

1. 1. 2 Installation Space • Main Unit IOT+TTM+IIT/DADF+Finisher (WxD)

• Main Unit IOT+TTM+DADF (WxD) (75 x 67.1")
(57.5 x 67.1")
With Staple Finisher (Option)
3.9" (100)
With DADF
3.9" (100)
30.7"
(780)
30.7"
(780)
67.1"
(1705)
67.1"
12.0" 16.7"
(1705)
(305) (425)
16.7"
(425)
2" 83.3" (2117) 2"
15.7"
(50) (50)
(400)
2" 53.6" (1361) 2" 15.7"
(50) (50) (400)
87.3" (2217) unit : in (mm)
57.5" (1461) unit : in (mm) (Fig. 6) j0mf61005

(Fig. 4) j0mf61004
1. 1. 3 Levelness 1. 1. 6 Warm Up
The machine will operate without functional failures if its properly leveled (maximum grade The system enters the Ready mode within 45 sec after Power On or cancellation of the Sleep
variance: Depth = +/-0.2" and Width = +/-0.4" or less). mode.
It enters the Ready mode within 30 sec after cancellation of the Low Power mode.
1. 1. 4 Electrical Specifications Description of Each Mode
• Power Specifications • Running Mode: When the system is running paper or logging
• Ready Mode: When the system can enter the Running mode immediately
Voltage (V) Amps (A) Frequency (Hz) • Low Power Mode*: The mode that reduces the power consumption more than the Ready
Dedicated 120V +/-10 % 15A 50/60+/-3 % mode
• Sleep Mode: The mode that reduces the power consumption more than the Low Power mode
• Maximum Power Consumption *: Applies to the International Energy Star Program.
The power consumption at Full System is less than 1.584 kW.
1. 1. 7 FPOT (First Print Output Time)
IOT FPOT (First Print Output Time) is defined as follows.
1. 1. 5 Installation Environment This is defined by using the IOT functionality when the ESS did not have the IOT wait.
The machine can operate with these specifications under the following conditions. The required time from when the Start command is received in the Ready mode to when the
• Temperature: 50 to 89 °F lagging edge of the first paper passes through the Exit Roller. However, the jobs during the
recovery from the Low Power or Sleep mode and immediately after Power On are excluded.
• Relative Humidity: 15 to 85%
Priority Mode *41st BTR Black & White Color Home Position
B/W Priority Mode 4.3 sec or less *3 12.5 sec or less Retract
Color Priority Mode 6.8 sec or less 10.1 sec or less Contact
*1: LETTER LEF/Tray 1/1-Sided Printing/Face Down Tray output (Top Tray)
*2: For print productivity including the ESS, refer to 1. 1. 20 Controller Specifications.
*3: When 600x600 dpi or 1200x600 dpi is used. When 1200x1200 dpi is used, it is the same
as the color printing.
*4: About Priority Mode.
<B/W Priority Mode>
For the job at 194 mm/s, printing can be performed immediately because the home position of
the 1st BTR is at the Retract position. However, for the job at 104 mm/s or 52 mm/s, the
FCOT becomes longer by the required time for 1st BTR Contact operation.
<Color Priority Mode>
In this case, the conditions are in reverse: the home position of the 1st BTR is at the Contact
position. Therefore, for the jobs at 104 mm/s or 52 mm/s, printing can be performed
immediately. However, for the jobs at 194 mm/s, the FCOT becomes longer by the required
time for the 1st BTR Retract operation.

1. 1. 8 Printing Speed Heavy Weight Heavy

<The Continuous Speed (ppm) is defined as follows.> Plain Paper Plain Paper Transparency Paper 1 Weight
By representing the required time from when the lagging edge of the first paper passed by the 1-Sided 2-Sided 1-Sided 1-Sided Paper 2
EXIT sensor to when the lagging edge of the 11th paper passed by the EXIT sensor and output Paper Size Note 1 Note 1 Note 5 Note 2 1-Sided
onto the Face Down Tray, in "t" seconds, the number of prints in 1min that is given by the
Auto Note 4 - - Note 4 Note 4
expression "(60/t) x 10" is shown in the table below.
detection of
• When either one of Tray 1 to 4 is used
the Std size
(B and W/Full Color, Upper: DP-C401, Lower: DP-C321)
(only for
Paper Size Plain Paper 1-Sided Plain Paper 2-Sided MSI Tray)
8.5 x 11" LEF 40/22 32/18 * Productivity of the non-standard sizes

32/16 20/11
• B and W/Full Color (DP-C401)
8.5 x 11" SEF 30/16 18/10
24/13 17/9 Plain Paper Note 1
(Upper Drawer:
8.5 x 14" SEF 24/13 16/9
Paper Length (in 1-Sided, Heavy Weight
20/11 15/8
the Slow Scan Lower Drawer: Paper 1 Heavy Weight
11 x 17" SEF 20/11 15/8 Direction) 2-Sided) Note 2 (1-Sided) Paper 2 (1-Sided)
17/9 14/8
8.5 x 11" LEF Group 30/16 16/11 11/11
• When the MSI Tray is used (B and W/Full Color, Upper: DP-C401, Lower: DP-C321) 5.5 ~ 8.5"
8.5 x 11" SEF 24/13 13/8 8/8
Heavy Weight Heavy
8.5 ~ 11.7"
Plain Paper Plain Paper Transparency Paper 1 Weight
1-Sided 2-Sided 1-Sided 1-Sided Paper 2 8.5 x 14" SEF 20/13 13/7 7/7
Paper Size Note 1 Note 1 Note 5 Note 2 1-Sided 11.7 ~ 14.3"
8.5 x 11" 30/16 30/16 16/8 16/11 11/11 17" SEF Group 20/11 11/5 5/5
LEF 24/13 18/10 13/7 13/8 8/8 14.3 ~ 17"
8.5 x 11" 24/13 17/9 13/7 13/8 8/8 19" SEF Group 17/9 9/5 5/5
SEF 20/11 16/9 11/5 11/7 7/7 17 ~ 19"
8.5 x 14" 20/13 15/9 - 13/7 7/7 • B and W/ Full Color (DP-C321)
SEF 17/11 14/8 11/5 5/5
Plain Paper Note 1
11 x 17" SE 20/11 15/8 11/5 11/5 5/5
(Upper Drawer:
17/9 14/8 9/4 9/5 5/5
Paper Length (in 1-Sided, Heavy Weight
Non-Std size * * - * * the Slow Scan Lower Drawer: Paper 1 Heavy Weight
(only for Direction) 2-Sided) Note 2 (1-Sided) Paper 2 (1-Sided)
MSI Tray)
8.5 x 11" LEF Group 24/13 13/8 8/8
5.5 ~ 8.5"
Plain Paper Note 1 1. 1. 9 Paper Tray Capacity
(Upper Drawer: • Paper Tray Capacity
Paper Length (in 1-Sided, Heavy Weight The number of sheets that can be loaded in each tray is as follows.
the Slow Scan Lower Drawer: Paper 1 Heavy Weight
Direction) 2-Sided) Note 2 (1-Sided) Paper 2 (1-Sided) Maximum Size
Tray Number of Sheets (Standard Size)
8.5 x 11" SEF 20/11 11/7 7/7
8.5 ~ 11.7" Tray 520 sheets (20 lb) 11.7 x 16.5"
1 and 2 (11 x 17")
8.5 x 14" SEF 17/11 9/5 5/5
11.7 ~ 14.3"
TTM 2000 sheets (20 lb) (In the order of Tray 3, and 4) High Stack
17" SEF Group 17/9 9/5 5/5 (Tray 3 867 sheets (Tray 3), 1,133 sheets (Tray 4) 11.7 x 8.3"
14.3 ~ 17" and 4) 11 x 8.5"
19" SEF Group 15/8 8/4 4/4 Universal
17 ~ 19" 11.7 x 16.5"
(11 x 17")
MSI [10 mm] Stack 12 x 19"
(Sheet 12.6 x 17.7"
Note 1. Reference 100 sheets (20 lb)
Bypass)
The productivity of Light Weight paper is the same as that of Plain Paper (MSI).
However, 2-Sided printing is not available. For paper quality and 2-Sided printing,
refer to 1. 1. 11 Paper Weight.
Note 2.
The productivity of labels is the same as that of Heavy Weight paper.
1. For the detailed information on paper quality, refer to 1. 1. 11 Paper Weight.
Note 3.
The machine operates with the productivity of FC when ACS or one of Color modes
is selected for the job mixed with B/W and Color documents. It operates with the
productivity of B/W only when the B/W mode is selected.
Note 4.
Printing is performed with the productivity appropriate for the paper size if it is
automatically detected. However, if the paper size is not automatically detected, the
first paper is printed with the same productivity as the 17" paper. Then, the 2nd
BTR cleaning is performed immediately, and the 2nd and subsequent paper is
printed with the productivity of the paper size that has been detected at the first
paper printing. Whether the 2nd BTR cleaning is performed can be selected.
Note 5.
Only at transparency printing, the productivities can be changed for each process
speed of 104 mm/s and 52 mm/s.

1. 1. 10 Paper Size and Loading Orientation 1. 1. 11 Paper Weight

The paper sizes that can be loaded in the Paper Tray and its loading orientation are as follows. The IOT operation mode optimizes the process speed, fusing temperature, and Secondary
• Tray 1 and 2 and TTM Tray (Tray 3 and 4) Transfer Voltage Adjustment according to the paper type.
• Minimum Size: Width 5.8", Length 8.3" The paper weight/quality that can be fed from each Paper Tray are as follows.
• Maximum Size: 11 x 17" SEF Paper Tray Paper Weight that can be fed (lb)
• Size Guides Settings at Factory Shipment
Tray 1 and 2 Plain Paper (17~28)
Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4
TTM (Tray 3 and 4) Plain Paper (17~28)
8.5 x 11" LEF 11 x 17" SEF 8.5 x 11" LEF 8.5 x 11" LEF
MSI • Plain Paper (17~28)
(Sheet Bypass) • Light Weight Paper (15~17)
• MSI • Heavy Weight 1 (28~45)
• Standard Size • Heavy Weight 2 (45~58)
Minimum: Postcard (Width 4", Length 5.8") SEF • Heavy Weight 1, Side 2 (28~45)
Maximum: 12 x 19" SEF • Heavy Weight 2, Side 2 (45~58)
• Non-Standard Size • Transparency
Sizes within 4~12 x 5.5~19" • Labels
The paper weight that can be fed from the MSI Tray is 15~58 lb.
Only MSI can feed transparencies, Postcards, Special Paper, Applicable Special Paper, Light
Weight Paper, and Heavy Weight Paper that is heavier than 28 lb.
1. 1. 12 Auto 2-Sided Print The above data is meant for 1-Side printing.
Auto 2-Sided Print is available for the plain paper fed from the Tray 1 and 2, MSI and TTM. Finishing capability is not defined for 8.5 x 11" SEF and Letter SEF.
However, Auto 2-Sided Print cannot be performed under the following conditions: For Finisher, refer to 1.1.21.8 Stacker Capacity.
• When using paper lighter than 17 lb or heavier than 28 lb When the Finisher is installed, the capacity of the Face Down Tray decreases to 200
• When using transparencies sheets.
• When using the paper whose width is more than 12 x 18", 12 x 19" size. Full Stack Detection: Enabled
• 2-Sided and 2-sheets placement: 2-sheets placement printing can be selected when the paper Finishing Capability: Able to align paper easily without folding or disorder.
length in the Slow Scan direction is between 5.8" and 8.5", 1-sheet printing when between Output Direction: Face Down
8.5" and 17". The length in the Fast Scan direction is between 5.8" and 11.7".
• MSI 2-Sided: For the paper within the weight range that can be fed from the MSI Tray, 2- 1. 1. 14 Remaining Paper Amount Detection
Sided printing is possible by manually feeding the paper printed on side 1. The paper types In Trays 1 to 4, the amount of remaining paper is detected and expressed by 5 percentage levels,
that can be selected are "Heavy Weight 1, Side 2", "Heavy Weight 2, Side 2", and "Plain Paper 0 %, 25 %, 50 %, 75 %, and 100 %.
S".
1. 1. 13 Output Tray Capacity

• Face Down Tray (Internal of machine)
Sizes that can be loaded: All paper sizes the machine handles
Number of Sheets: The average number of sheets that can be loaded is as follows.
(Using Fresh paper.)
Size and
Paper Type Direction Capacity
Plain 20 lb paper 8.5 x 11" LEF 400
Plain 20 lb paper 11 x 17" SEF 200

1. 1. 15 Resolution/Gradation 1. 1. 16 Paper Selection

• Resolution When a print instruction with a paper size specified from [Paper Size Selection] is issued, the
600 dots/inch tray that holds the specified paper size is searched and selected automatically. The trays are
1200 dots/inch (B/W Half Speed mode only) searched in the order of the priority specified by the Controller. The priority can be changed
from the printer control panel. The factory default value is as follows.
• Gradation (Relationship between resolution and pixel split number)
Tray 1 -> Tray 2 -> Tray 3 -> Tray 4
• At Printing
MSI Tray is excluded from being searched as a target tray during paper selection.
Printing Type Fast Print mode Standard High Quality High Quality
Controller Data 600x600x1bit
Resolution (dpi) 1200x600x 1200x1200x 1200x1200x 1. 1. 17 Image Loss
1bit 1bit 1bit Each size has the following image loss.
B and W IOT resolution 600x600 1-split 600x600 600x600 1200x1200 • Lead edge: 4 mm
(dpi) pixel split number 2-split 8-split 1-split • Side edge: 2 mm (However, 4 mm for 12x18" SEF and 12x19" SEF)
• Tail edge: 2 mm
B and W Processing Speed *1 194 mm/s *4 194 mm/s *4 104 mm/s 104 mm/s
Color IOT resolution (dpi) 600x600 1-split 600x600 600x600 - 1. 1. 18 Maximum Printable Area
pixel split number 2-split 8-split The area where an image can be printed is referred to as Printable Area. The maximum
Color Processing Speed *1 104 mm/s 104 mm/s 104 mm/s - printable area is as follows.
• Width: 11.9"
IE (only for Black On/Off selection Off (Not Off (Not Off (Not
• Length: 19"
characters) *2 selectable) selectable) selectable)
*1: When plain paper is used.

*2: IE = Image Enhancement
*3: When the job mixed with B and W and Color is printed.
*4: When other than Auto or ACS is selected. When Auto or ACS is selected, the
speed is the same as when Color is printed.
• At Copying
Document Type Standard Photo *5

IPS output data resolution (dpi) 600x600x1bit 300x300x8bit
B and W IOT resolution (dpi) pixel split 600x600 1-split 600x600 256-split
number
B and W Processing Speed *1 194 mm/s *4 194 mm/s *4
Color IOT resolution (dpi) pixel split number 600x600 1-split 600x600 256-split
Color Processing Speed *1 104 mm/s 104 mm/s
*5: On/Off can be switched for Photo mode. Post Launch.

1. 1. 19 Alignment Specifications System System
Items Measurement Points (Platen) (DADF) IOT IIT
The following alignment items are guaranteed as shown in the table below. For the measurement
points, refer to Fig. 7. Linearity Maximum difference 0.9 mm 1.0 mm 0.8 mm 0.4 mm
(Upper Drawer: Side 1, Lower Drawer: Side 2) (Vertical) between the intersection 0.9 mm 1.0 mm 0.8 mm
(Defined by point of the vertical line B
System System 1st Gene.) and each horizontal line,
Items Measurement Points (Platen) (DADF) IOT IIT and the line that passes at
Lead Edge (P1 to P2) - Reference value +/-1.6 mm +/-2.2 mm +/-1.5 mm +/-0.5 mm P10 and P12.
Registration * +/-2.0 mm +/-2.5 mm +/-1.9 mm Linearity Maximum difference 0.9 mm 1.0 mm 0.8 mm 0.4 mm
- 0.5 +/-2.3 mm +/-2.2 mm (Horizontal) between the intersection 0.9 mm 1.0 mm 0.8 mm
(MSI) (MSI) (Defined by point of the horizontal line
Side Edge (P7 to P8) - Reference value +/-2.1 mm +/-2.6 mm +/-2.0 mm +/-0.5 mm 1st Gene.) C and each vertical line, and
Registration * +/-2.5 mm +/-2.9 mm +/-2.4 mm the line that passes at P10
+/-3.1 mm +/-3.0 mm and P15.
(MSI) (MSI) Linearity Maximum difference 0.9 mm 1.0 mm 0.8 mm 0.4 mm
Lead Skew (P5~P6) - (P3~P4) +/-1.6 mm +/-2.2 mm +/-1.5 mm +/-0.5 mm (skew) between the intersection 0.9 mm 1.0 mm 0.8 mm
(200 mm) +/-2.1 mm +/-2.6 mm +/-2.0 mm (Defined by point of the skew line D and
+/-2.1 mm +/-2.0 mm 1st Gene.) each line, and the line that
(MSI) (MSI) passes at P17 and P13, or
maximum difference
Side Skew (P9~P10) - (P11~P12) +/-3.2 mm +/-4.4 mm +/-3.0 mm +/-1.0 mm between the intersection
(400 mm) +/-4.2 mm +/-5.2 mm +/-4.0 mm point of the skew line E and
+/-4.2 mm +/-4.0 mm each line, and the line that
(MSI) (MSI) passes at P8 and P18,
Horizontal ((P8~P13)-280)/280x100 +/-0.7 % +/-0.7 % +/-0.6 % +/-0.3 % whichever larger.
Magnification +/-0.7 % +/-0.7 % +/-0.6 % Perpendicularity Difference between the per- +/-2.3 mm +/-2.3 mm +/-1.7 mm +/-1.4 mm
Ratio (400 mm) pendicular line of the inter- +/-2.6 mm +/-2.6 mm +/-2.1 mm
Precision section point between the
(All area) line that passes at P4 and P6
(100%) and the line A, and P14.
Vertical ((P2~P14)-400)/400x100 +/-0.7 % +/-0.7 % +/-0.6 % +/-0.3 % Parallelism (P10~P12)-(P15~P16) +/-2.1 mm +/-2.1mm +/-2.0 mm +/-0.6 mm
Magnification +/-0.7 % +/-0.7 % +/-0.6 % (400 mm) +/-2.1 mm +/-2.1mm +/-2.0 mm
Ratio
Precision Image Loss - 4 mm /2/2 4 mm /2/2 4 mm /2/2 -
(All area) (LE/TE/ 4 mm /2/2 4 mm /2/2 4 mm /2/2
(100%) SIDE)
(100%)

1. 1. 20. 3 Printing Productivity

FPOT is calculated by FPOT + a ("a" is the time of PDL creation time + Transmission time +
Decompose time).
Measurement Conditions at Client PC: Pentium III 500MHz/Win 98, Connection interface: Via
Win 2000 server (100Base-TX), Specified by a driver: All settings are default, Test chart:
Color SDTP-172c (P) B/W SDTP-172 (1P)
In the B/W Priority mode
PS (Color) PS (B/W)
600x600x1bit 18.5 sec or less 9.0 sec or less
In the Color Priority mode
PS (Color) PS (B/W)
(Fig. 7) j0mf61006 600x600x1bit 16.0 sec or less 11.0 sec or less
1. 1. 20 Controller Specifications 1. 1. 20. 4 Scanning Productivity

1. 1. 20. 1 Interface 1. 1. 20. 4. 1 Scanned Image File Formatting
The following interfaces are integrated as standard. There are three types of format as follows.
• Parallel interface
• Ethernet interface Document Formatting
• 100Base-TX B/W document TIFF
• 10Base-T Gray Scale JPEG
1. 1. 20. 2 Protocol Color document JPEG
The following protocols are used as standard.
• SMB (Server Message Block)
• TCP/IP (LPD)
• Win 95 / 98 / Me
• Win NT 4.0 / 2000 / XP : Printing data is sent directly by the lpr port.
• IPP (Internet Printing Protocol)
• NetWare
• EtherTalk
1. 1. 20. 4. 2 Compression Method 1. 1. 21 Finisher Specification
There are three types of compression methods as follows.
1. 1. 21. 1 Machine Dimension and Basis Weight
Document Methods Refer to 1. 1. 1.
B/W document MH (Photo), MMR (Text, Text/Photo)
1. 1. 21. 2 Installation Space
Gray Scale JPEG-L
Refer to 1. 1 .2.
Color document JPEG-YcbCr
1. 1. 21. 3 Electrical Specifications
1. 1. 20. 4. 3 Resolution Power Consumption: 48 WDC or less
The power is supplied from the IOT connected. (+5 VDC, +24 VDC)
200 / 300 / 400* / 600**dpi can be selected.
1. 1. 21. 4 Applicable Paper (Size, Weight)
1. 1. 20. 4. 4 Gradation
• Size
Full Color, Gray Scale, or B/W (2-value) can be selected.
• 8x10" SEF, 8.5x11" LEF, 8.5x11" SEF, 8.5x13" SEF, 8.5x14" SEF, 11x17" SEF
1. 1. 20. 4. 5 Color Space • A4 LEF, A4 SEF, B5 LEF, B3 SEF, A3 SEF
Color [Standard color space (sRGB), Device color space (dRGB)], Gray • Weight
• Applicable to 17 to 34 lb paper
However, this is not applicable when the paper is heavier than 28 lb and the IOT process
speed is 52 mm/sec.

1. 1. 21. 5 Number of Sheets Stapled 1.1.21.7 Staple Position

Maximum number of sheets that can be stapled is 50 sheets. (Up to 24 lb paper) The stapling positions are as follows.
• Top corner at 45 Degree position.
1. 1. 21. 6 Stapler Capacity • Bottom corner in a Straight position.
Capacity of the staples in the stapling unit is 5,000 needles. • Edge Double Stapled in a Straight position.
Staple Cartridge: DQ-SS35-PU
(Fig. 8) j0mf61007
1. 1. 21. 8 Stacker Capacity
The Stacker can store the following number of sheets (Single Side).
Applicable Paper A (inch) B (inch) • Paper of 8.5 x 11", or smaller: 1000 sheets
11 x 17" SEF, 8.5 x 11" LEF 273.4 62.9 • Paper larger than that: 500 sheets
• Mixed Stack: 300 sheets
8.5 x 14" SEF, 8.5 x 13" SEF, 8.5 x 11" SEF 209.9 -
8 x 10" SEF 248 - The Mixed Stack represents paper larger than the previous one in both width and length
directions is stacked.
After installing the Finisher, the capacity of the Face Up Tray of the IOT is restricted as
follows.
• 8.5 x 11" LEF: 200 sheets (Plain 20 lb Paper)
• 11 x 17" SEF: 150 sheets (Plain 20 lb Paper)
1. 1. 22 DADF Specifications
1. 1. 22. 1 Machine Dimension and Basis Weight

Refer to 1. 1. 1.
1. 1. 22. 2 Installation Space

Refer to 1. 1. 2.
(Fig. 9) j0mf61008
1. 1. 22. 3 Electrical Specifications
Power Consumption: 11.5 WDC (1-Sided), 14 WDC (2-Sided)
The power is supplied from the IOT connected. (+5 VDC, +24 VDC)
1. 1. 22. 4 Paper Size

Document size that can be fed
Maximum: 11.7 x 17"
Minimum: 5.8 x 8.3"
1. 1. 22 .5 Document Weight
Document weight that can be fed
10~34 lb (For the 2-Sided mode, 13~29 lb)
(Fig. 10) j0mf61009

1. 1. 23 Consumable Specifications
1. 1. 22. 6 Document Stack Capacity The consumables and their specifications are as follows.
• Drum Cartridge
The maximum number of sheets that can be stacked in the Document Tray is as follows. The drum cartridges are used separately for each Y, M, C, and K color.
A4 or • Life
Document Type Smaller B4 A3
At Color 100% At B/W 100%
Light Weight Paper 50 sheets 50 sheets 50 sheets
DP-C401 42 KPV 46 KPV
(10 ~13 lb)
DP-C321 34 KPV 37 KPV
Plain Paper 50 sheets 50 sheets 50 sheets
(13.3 ~26.7 lb) 8.5 x 11" LEF 100%, R/L=5
Heavy Weight Paper 40 sheets 40 sheets 50 sheets
(26.9 ~ 34 lb) • Life Detection
The life is automatically detected by calculating the drum wear rate using the number of
1. 1. 22. 7 Document Size Detection drum cycles and charge level.
The following documents are detected by the DADF as follows. • Toner Cartridge
Paper Size Detection Amount

Amount of
5.5 x 8.5" SEF X Cartridge of Toner Carrier
5.5 x 8.5" LEF X (Non-Standard) Color Supplied Supplied Life and Life Detection Method
8 x 10" SEF 8 x 10" SEF K 540 g 108 g Toner consumption figure 26 KPV (AC5%)
A warning is issued based on Dispersion rate x
8 x 10" LEF O Dispersion driving time, and the last life is detected
8 x 10.5" SEF X (Non-Standard) based on the TC sensor output and pixel
counts.
8 x 10.5" LEF 8 x 11" LEF Detection (Remaining Warning Timing (KPV): 3.5 KPV)
8.5 x 11" SEF O Y 320 g 64 g Toner consumption figure 16 KPV (AC5%)
The same detection method as K color is used.
8 x 11" LEF O
(Remaining WarningTiming (KPV): 2.5 KPV)
8.5 x 12.4" SEF X (Non-Standard)
M 340 g 64 g Toner consumption figure 15 KPV (AC5%)
8.5 x 13" SEF X (Non-Standard) The same detection method as K color is used.
(Remaining WarningTiming (KPV): 2.5 KPV)
8.5 x 14" SEF X
C 330 g 64 g Toner consumption figure 16 KPV (AC5%)
11 x 15" SEF 11 x 17" SEF
The same detection method as K color is used.
11 x 17" SEF O (Remaining WarningTiming (KPV): 2.5 KPV)
• Waste Toner Container 1. 2 Supplies
• Life
Equivalent to 30 KPV Consumable Product Code Life
• Life Detection Drum Cartridge DQ-UH401X At Color 100%:
The main processor has the toner filling detection sensor. Once the sensor detects that the 42 KPV (DP-C401)
Waste Toner Container is full, a warning signal is issued. If printing is continued without 34 KPV (DP-C321)
replacing the Waste Container, the machine will stop printing at 900 print count. At B/W 100%:
46 KPV (DP-C401)
37 KPV (DP-C321)
(A4 LEF 100%)
Toner Cartridge (K) DQ-UR401K 26 KPV (AC5%)
Toner Cartridge (Y) DQ-UR401Y 16 KPV (AC5%)
Toner Cartridge (M) DQ-UR401M 15 KPV (AC5%)
Toner Cartridge (C) DQ-UR401C 16 KPV (AC5%)
Staple Cartridge for Finisher DQ-FS35 5000 Staples/
Cartridge, 3 Cartridges/
Box
Waste Toner Container DQ-BF401X 30 KPV

1. 3 Type of Paper
Chapter 2 Maintenance
Table of Contents
2. 1 Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2. 1. 1 How to Use the Disassembly/Assembly/Adjustment Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1
2. 1. 2 Glossary and Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1
2. 2 Replacement Interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2. 3 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
1. Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
ADJ1. 1. 1 MAX SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
ADJ1. 1. 2 DC921 ATC Sensor Setup (Performed only when replacing the ATC Sensor) 2-3
ADJ1. 1. 3 DC922 TRC Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
ADJ1. 1. 4 DC934 ADC Output Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
ADJ1. 1. 5 DC924 TRC Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
ADJ1. 1. 6 DC685 Color Registration Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
ADJ1. 1. 7 DC945 IIT Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
ADJ1. 1. 8 DC355 Hard Disk Diag Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
ADJ1. 1. 9 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
ADJ1. 1. 10 IIT Lead Edge Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
ADJ1. 1. 11 IIT Side Edge Registration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
ADJ1. 1. 12 IIT Vertical/Horizontal Magnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
ADJ1. 1. 13 UI Touch Panel Origin Point Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
ADJ1. 1. 14 Upgrading of the Printer Firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
ADJ1. 1. 15 In/Out Density Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
2. IIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
ADJ2. 1. 1 Position Adjustment of Full/Half Rate Carriage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
3. DADF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
ADJ3. 1. 1 DADF Side Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
ADJ3. 1. 2 DADF Document Detection Correction
(DC527: Size Detection Automatic Correction Function) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
ADJ3. 1. 3 DADF Non-standard Document Custom Registration Function . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
ADJ3. 2. 1 Left/Right Counter Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
ADJ3. 2. 2 DADF Parallelism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
ADJ3. 2. 3 DADF Height Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
ADJ3. 3. 1 DADF Lead Edge Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
i
Chapter
2. 1 Preface
4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 6. Positions or directions of the machine and directions inside the machine used in the
procedure are defined as listed below.
This section contains procedures required for repair (Disassembly, Assembly, Replacement and
Adjustment) in the field service. Special adjustment procedures, however, are explained in (1) Front: Front of the machine
Chapter 1, Special Mode Setting, or Chapter 3, Diagnostic Mode/Program. (2) Right: Right-hand side facing the machine.
(3) Left: Left-hand side facing the machine.
2. 1. 1 How to Use the Disassembly/Assembly/Adjustment Section (4) Rear: Rear facing the machine.
1. For installation procedures, only NOTES are described here since the installation
procedures are reverse of removal ones. 2. 1. 2 Glossary and Symbols
2. (Fig. X) at the beginning of a procedure indicates that its detailed steps are shown in Terminology and symbols used throughout this manual are explained.
illustration. Numbers in the illustration indicate the sequence of the steps.
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if operators do not follow the
3. (REPX.X.X) at the end of a procedure indicates the replacement procedure to be referred to.
practice, procedure, condition, or statement, will result in death or serious injury.
4. Item numbers of disassembly/assembly and adjustment procedures (i.e. REP/ADJ numbers)
correlate to PL numbers of Chapter 5 Parts List. So, an appropriate replacement or
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if operators do not follow the
adjustment procedure can easily be referred to from a PL number or vice versa. E.g. The
practice, procedure, condition, or statement, could result in death or serious injury.
replacement or adjustment procedure of Component PL1. 1 is REP1. 1. X or ADJ1. 1. X.
5. When replacement/adjustment procedures or title items vary by modification or model, the Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if operators do not follow the
modification number or the model are indicated at the beginning or the end of the respective practice, procedure, condition, or statement, may result in injury, or property-
titles or procedures. damage-only accidents.
E.g. 1 REPX.X.X Main PWB [w/Tag 1V]
*Indicates that the entire procedure under this title applies to machines with Tag 1. INSTRUCTION: Used to alert you to a procedure which, if not strictly observed, could result in
E.g. 2 damage to the machine or equipment.
Symbol Description Used to emphasize the procedure, servicing, and regulation.
Illustration 1: Indicates a specific part has been modified by the

tag number within the circle. Reference Used to describe the technical terminology and supplementary explanations.
Purpose Used to explain purpose of adjustment.
REP: Indicates the disassembly/assembly procedure for reference.
Illustration 1 ADJ: Indicates the adjustment procedure for reference.
Illustration 2: Indicates that the configuration of the part shown PL: Indicates the parts list for reference.
is the configuration before the part was modified by the number
within the circle. ASSY: Means Assembly.
Illustration 2
2-1 Chapter 2 Maintenance

2. 2 Replacement Interval
Item Part Name Part Number Maintenance Cycle Ref. Page Remarks
(x1000)
DADF ADF Feed Roller 499K9144X 100 4-84 499K9144X
Nudge Roller (Roller x 2)
ADF Retard Roller 59K1972X 100 4-85
Main Body Platen Belt 23E1569X 100 4-86
Transfer Belt 64K9145X 300 4-24 1 count: smaller than 8.5 x 11"
5.5 x 8.5", 8.5 x 11" LEF
2 count:
2nd BTR Assembly 59K2506X 100 4-12
8.5 x 11"" SEF,
8.5 x 14", 11 x 17"
IBT Belt Cleaner Assembly 42K9242X 100 4-24
Fuser Assembly 126K1394X 100 1 count: 1 copy/print

Bypass MSI Feed Roller 59K2401X 300 4-17
Tray 1 Feeder Feed Roller 22K5682X 300 4-9
Tray 2 Feeder Nudger Roller 4-51
Tray 3 Feeder Retard Roller 4-53
Tray 4 Feeder 4-55
2. 3 Adjustment ADJ1. 1. 2 DC921 ATC Sensor Setup (Performed only when replacing the ATC
Sensor)
1. Electrical
Purpose When replacing the ATC Sensor or Developing Unit, set the correction value [ATC
Correction Coefficient][ATC Correction Offset] (Neither appears on UI) to calibrate every sensor.
ADJ 1. 1. 1 Max Setup
• Entering/determining characteristic values installed in each sensor [Sensitivity Slant of Each
Purpose To perform the setup of ATC Sensor and check the output of ATC/ADC sensor to Sensor] [Output of Each Sensor in Standard TC] sets automatically correction value [ATC
provide stable image quality anytime according to the environment and changes over time. Correction Coefficient] (DC131 [752-69:Y, 70:M, 71:C, 72:K]), [ATC Correction Offset]
Also, provides the Change/TRC Adjust function of Tone Up/Down ADC Control Standard Value (DC131 [752-73:Y, 74:M, 75:C, 76:K]).
as a tool of resolving trouble.
• Outline of Characteristic Values
Perform the MAX Setup by the following steps:
Items Input Number Setup Range
1. DC921 ATC SENSOR SETUP (Performed only when replacing the ATC Sensor)
(Refer to ADJ1. 1. 2) Standard TC Output Initial Value (Y, M, C, K) Input Value 4 0~1023
2. DC922 TONE UP/DOWN (Performed only the ATC output check in ordinary Sensitivity Slant Initial Value (Y, M, C, K) Input Value 4 0~32767
practice) (Refer to ADJ1. 1. 3)
3. Check DC934 ADC Output. (Refer to ADJ1. 1. 4) Reference The unit of "Standard TC Output Initial Value" is [V] and thousand-fold value.
4. DC924 TRC ADJUST (Performed only when the customer requests) (Refer to The unit of "Sensitivity Slant Initial Value" is [V/TC] and ten thousand-fold value.
ADJ1. 1. 5)
Enter the characteristic value attached to each sensor.
For a proper gradation correction, refer to the "Gradation Correction" in User Guide Convert the value attached to the ATC Sensor in the "Comparison table" and enter it.
supplied with the Main Processor.
This Diag is only for entering characteristic value of the ATC Sensor and does not
operate the M/C.

Adjustment 5. Continue to execute ADJ1. 1. 3 TRC control (Tone Up/Down).

Procedure Sensor Sensitivity Comparison Table
1. Enter DC921. Bar Code No. Standard TC Output Initial
2. Select the replaced sensor color from "Sensor Colors" and check it in the TC/ATC Sensor (Last 2-digit) Sensitivity Slant Initial Value Value
Setup screen.
00 526 169
3. Write down the last 2 digits of the 3-digit number attached to the replaced sensor, obtain
[Sensitivity Slant Initial Value] and [Standard TC Output Initial Value] in the following 01 572 166
Comparison table, and input each value on the screen.
02 617 162
4. Click [Execute].
03 663 158
04 708 154
05 753 150
06 799 146
07 844 142
08 889 138
09 934 134
10 526 171
11 572 168
12 617 164
13 663 160
14 708 156
15 753 152
16 799 148
17 844 144
18 889 140
19 934 136
20 527 174
21 572 169
22 617 166
23 663 162
Bar Code No. Standard TC Output Initial Bar Code No. Standard TC Output Initial
(Last 2-digit) Sensitivity Slant Initial Value Value (Last 2-digit) Sensitivity Slant Initial Value Value
24 708 158 50 526 179
25 753 154 51 572 176
26 799 150 52 617 172
27 844 146 53 663 168
28 889 142 54 708 164
29 934 138 55 753 160
30 527 176 56 799 156
31 572 172 57 844 152
32 617 168 58 889 148
33 663 164 59 934 144
34 708 160 60 526 181
35 753 156 61 572 178
36 799 152 62 617 174
37 844 148 63 663 170
38 889 144 64 708 166
39 934 140 65 753 162
40 527 178 66 799 158
41 572 174 67 844 154
42 617 170 68 889 150
43 663 166 69 934 146
44 708 162 70 526 183
45 753 158 71 572 180
46 799 154 72 617 176
47 844 150 73 663 172
48 889 146 74 708 168
49 934 142 75 753 164

Bar Code No. Standard TC Output Initial ADJ1. 1. 3 DC922 TRC Control
(Last 2-digit) Sensitivity Slant Initial Value Value Purpose To check that the output of ATC Sensor and TC Control performed normally. Provides
the TONE UP/DOWN function (calculates the increase and decrease of the toner by the difference
76 799 160
of the ATC Sensor output and standard value, or performing UP/DOWN by inputting the value
77 844 156 manually) as a restoring function when TC does not operate normally.
78 889 152 • Check that LTR paper (LEF) is loaded in Tray 1 since TONE UP/DOWN uses
79 934 148 paper.
• Do not put a value in the DC922 TRC Control, if the ATC Sensor Failure
80 526 185 09-380~09-383 occurs, when the value for DC131 [752-324] (SW_DispMODE) is
81 572 182 set "0".
To enter the Diag, change the value of DC131 [752-324](SW_DispMODE] to either
82 617 178 of "1, 2" and execute this Diag.
83 663 174 When completing the operation after the ATC Sensor (UI screen indicates
"ATC_OK") turns normal, return the value of DC131 [752-324](SW_DispMODE)
84 708 170
to "0" (Normal Mode).
85 753 166 *When using the abnormal ATC Sensor temporarily, keep the value "1, 2".
86 799 162 • The relations between the value of DC131 [752_324] (SW_DispMODE) and the
DISP Mode are described in the table below.
87 844 158
88 889 154 Value of DC131 [752-324]
(SW_DispMODE) Disp Mode
89 934 150
0 ATC+ICDC Mode (Normal Mode)
90 526 187
1 ICDC MODE
91 572 184
2 Timer Disp Mode
92 617 180
93 663 176
94 708 172
95 753 168
96 799 164
97 844 160
98 889 156
99 934 152
Adjustment ADJ1. 1 .4 DC934 ADC Output Check
Procedure Purpose To read the ADC (2 gradation) patch for Potential Control on the IBT and checks that
scanning by ADC Sensor, and the ADC Sensor output and the LD light quantity control operate
1. Enter DC922.
normally. Also, provides the rewriting function of the ADC target value.
2. Click [Execute].
3. The data is integrated. Adjustment
If the ATC Sensor is determined to be NG, check the connection of the ATC Sensor Procedure
connection, a poor contact, and the amount of developer material, etc. 1. Enter DC934.
• If the ATC Average Detection Value is small, and the ATC fluctuation margin is 2. Click [Execute].
small (below 10), check that the connector is disconnected. The data is integrated in the Result column.
• If the ATC fluctuation margin is large (over 300), check the Empty status or the [When changing the target value]
amount of the developer material.
If the only sensor and shutter indicate NG, it is a failure of the ADC sensor or the shutter
Usually, TC control performs the Disp control so the "ATC Sensor Read Value" becomes itself and is irrelevant to the patch.
"Correction Target Value". So if the test is OK, except when the difference between
"ATC Sensor Read Value" and "Correction Target Value" is extremely large, the Up/ Explanation of the Result column
Down servicing of Step 4 is not necessary.
Items Corrective Actions
4. Select "Toner Density Adjustment" on the TRC Control screen. adc shutter Failure Check the operations of ADC Shutter.
5. Select a color required for UP/DOWN and click it. judgement • DC330 [009-078]: Shutter Open
6. Simultaneously select other colors and execute all the necessary UP/DOWN. • DC330 [009-079]: Shutter Close
7. Press [Close] to return to the TRC Control screen and click [Execute] again. adc sensor Failure judgement Check the operations of the sensor.
8. It is all right if the number of UP/DOWN does not become 0. Perform from Step 2 to 7 for • DC330 [009-076]: ADC regular reflection LED
two or three times. • DC330 [009-077]: ADC diffuse reflection LED
9. Continue to perform ADJ1. 1. 4 Output Check.
Patch Failure Judgement Check the process (first transfer) until the patch creation.
LD light quantity warning After the operating environment, continuous copying, and
judgement empty toner detection, LD-P may turn NG. A case such
as when the toner can not be supplied enough even if the
LD light quantity is increased to its limit, and the ADC
read value fails to fit in the normal range.
There is no need to correct it even when the LD light
quantity warning is determined to be NG unless the
density is extremely wrong.

3. Perform the ADJ1. 1. 5 DC924 TRC ADJUST as required. ADJ1. 1. 5 DC924 TRC Adjust
• Usually, check only that the ADC Sensor output and the LDC light quantity control Purpose To set up the image quality to meet the user's preference, by increasing and decreasing
operate normally, and it is not necessary to change the ADC target value. the value of gradation correction center value of low density, medium density, and high density for
• Also, as the density control by ADC controls the LD light quantity so that ADC each YMCK color.
patch density becomes the ADC target value, the LD light quantity changes Usually, it is not necessary to perform this Diag except on customer's request or when
indirectly if the ADC target value is changed. Because of this, if the target value is the gradation characteristics have changed due to changes of the ADC target value in
changed drastically, Gamma characteristics of the highlighted part may change, DC934 ADC Output Check.
resulting in the change of the gradation characteristics. In this case, after changing
the ADC target value, enter DC612, print out the Test Pattern 10 (or gradation
correction chart for TOOLS), and check the gradation characteristics. Adjustment
For gradation characteristics correction, refer to the "Gradation Corection" in User Procedure
Guide supplied with the Main Processor and adjust it. 1. Enter DC924.
*When checking with the print output, refer to the note of DC924 TRC Adjust. 2. Click [Execute].
• When changing the ADC target value, change the ADC target value for TRC of the The data is integrated.
changing color ( DC131 [753-23](Y), 753-25(M), 753-27(C), 753-29(K )) to the
same values. • If data is added, the density became darker; and if it is subtracted, the density turns
lighter. Initial values for L, M, H are 128.
• The correction quantity of the gradation correction described in "Gradation
Correction" in User Guide supplied with the Main Processor is different from the
correction value for this TRC Adjust. The correction value 1 in the User Guide is
equivalent to Low: 2, Mid: 3, Hi: 4 in this TRC Adjust.
• Even when the value is changed, it is not reflected into the image quality soon. It is
reflected after finishing this Diag, turning Power Off/On, and after printing 2 jobs
(e.g.: when one print is performed twice, the change in value is reflected in the
image quality of the 2nd print job).
3. Exit from Diag and turn Power Off/On.

4. Perform the PG Print or ordinary print of 2 jobs, and check the printing of the 2nd job.
Repeat Steps 2 to 4 until the customer is satisfied with the image quality.
ADJ1. 1. 6 DC685 Color Registration Adjustment The following describes summary flow of the process for color registration adjustment.
Purpose To optimize timing for writing Y. M. C. K. Summary flow of color registration (Fig. 1)
Always perform the adjustment after the following operation is performed.

• Detatching/Replacing of the LSU (ROS)
• NVM Initialization
• Detaching of the Developer Plate
Make sure to perform DC956 Belt Edge Learn before conducting this adjustment.
Check IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge, after the adjustment. (Refer to ADJ1. 1. 9)
Check that the Drum ERU is securely set when adjusting.
DC685 has following four sub DC codes.

1. DC685-1: Skew Fine SetUP
2. DC685-2: IN/OUT SetUP
3. DC685-3: Center SetUP
4. DC685-4: Skew Rough SetUP
Perform the following in order to avoid laser exposure.

Make sure to set the collection bottle when instructing the print after cheating the
Front Cover Interlock. Indicates amount of
SKEW on UI, Adjust
again.
Always, perform in the sequence of 1 -> 2 -> 3. Perform 4 only if an error occurs while
performing 1 -> 2 -> 3.
When performing DC685, make sure to start performing from DC685-1, not from others
(DC685-2, 3, 4).
Do NOT move the Belt manually while performing DC685, since the machine
memorizes the belt position or the cam position when each DC685 was completed.
(Fig. 1) j0mf40950

Adjustment (Fig. 2)
(1) Open the Front Cover and remove the collection bottle.
Procedure
(2) Adjust the adjustment quantity read from the UI display with the adjustment screw.
1. [DC956] Enter DC956 Belt Edge Learn and click [Execute].
(3) Return the collection bottle and cheat the Interlock.
• When completed successfully, the [DC956 Edge Learn Table Created Successfully]
screen will appear.
• When not completed successfully, the [DC956 Edge Learn Table Not Created
Successfully.] screen will appear. Perform DC956 again in such a case.
In case that [Table Not Created Successfully] appears even if repeating the process
many times, repair the trouble on the Belt Controls, since there is a high possibility of
trouble occurring on the Belt Controls.
2. [DC685-1]: Enter DC685 -1 Skew Fine SetUP and click [Execute].
Enter DC685 with the Front Cover opened (Interlock is cheated).
• When working normally: if it is determined to be OK, go to Step 3.

• When not working normally: if it is determined to be NG, go to Step 9 to perform
DC685-4.
3. [DC685-1] Rotate the Screw with the Adjust screw as many times as necessary. Refer to
Fig. 2.
The UI on PSW indicates the rotation amount and direction of the LSU (ROS) skew
adjustment screw. The number indicates the rotation amount, + meaning to turn the screw
clockwise, and - meaning to turn it counter--clockwise.
Perform the following in order to avoid laser exposure.

Make sure to set the collection bottle when instructing the print after cheating the (Fig. 2) j0mf40951
Front Cover Interlock.
For adjustment quantity, one click of the adjustment screw (rotate it until it makes a click
sound) is equivalent to 0.05 in number. One rotation is equivalent to 20 clicks.
When the number that cannot be divided by 0.05 is displayed, round it up to 0.05 to reduce
the variation, and rotate the screw for as many times as the numbers rounded up.
E.g.
When 1.08, 1.09, 1.11, 1.12: make 22 clicks as they are rounded up to 1.10.
4. [DC685-2]: Enter DC685-2:IN/OUT Set UP and click [Execute].
• When completed successfully: if it is determined to be OK, go to Step 5.
• When not completed successfully 1: if NG appears and a number appears in the Skew
correction quantity column, adjust it with the adjustment screw below.
• When not completed successfully 2: if NG appears and a number does not appear in
the Skew correction quantity column, go to Step 9 to perform DC685-4.
- Rotate the Screw with the Adjustment screw as required. (Refer to Fig. 3)
The UI indicates the rotation amount and direction of the LSU (ROS) skew adjustment
screw. The number indicates the rotation amount, + meaning to turn the screw clockwise,
and - meaning to turn it counter-clockwise.
For adjustment amount, one click of the adjustment screw (rotate it until it makes a click
When the number that cannot be divided by 0.05 is displayed, round it up to 0.05 to reduce
the variation, and rotate it for as many times as the numbers rounded up.
E.g.
(1) Open the Front Cover and remove the collection bottle.
(2) Adjust the adjustment amount read from the UI display with the adjustment screw.
(3) Return the collection bottle and cheat the Interlock. (Fig. 3) j0mf40951
5. [DC685-3]: Move the MOB Sensor to the center position. (Fig. 4)

(1) Remove the screw.
(2) Hang the MOB sensor with the LSU (ROS) cleaning tool on the back of the Front
Cover.
(3) Push in the MOB sensor to the center position until it latches.
(Push it in until the protruding part of the tool hits the frame.)
(4) Disconnect the cleaning tool on the hook area of the Sensor.
Care should be taken not to move the MOB sensor at this point.

9. [DC685-4] Perform the Skew Rough SetUP.
Perform this setup when the color registration adjustment did not complete successfully.
This could be due to the following reasons:
• (a) Made an error in the rotation amount and direction during DC685-1 Skew Fine
Setup.
• (b) The pattern was detected wrongly because of light density or many scratches on
the IBT belt.
• (c) Trouble on the MOB sensor, MCU PWB, ESS, and open circuit on the Harness.
• (d) The color registration went wrong because of a typing error in NVM and garbled
NVM data, etc.
Only (a) and (b) can be restored in this setup.
(b) and (c) are the causes if this setup was not completed successfully.
Go to the following steps from the [DC 685 Registration Control SetUp Skew Rough
SetUp] screen.
10. Perform [DC685-4] DC685 -4 Skew Rough SetUP.
• When completed successfully: if it is to be OK, go to Step 11.
• When not completed successfully: in case of NG when Skew Rough SetUp was not
completed successfully, there is a fatal failure to conduct the Registration Control. It
(Fig. 4) j0mf40952 is necessary to separate the causes according to DC681 and DC683.
6. [DC685-3]: Enter DC685-3:Center SetUP and click [Execute].

7. [DC685-3] Click OK as the message confirming the sensor movement will appear.
• When completed successfully: if it is determined to be OK, go to Step 8.
• When not completed successfully: this is most probably because the MOB sensor was
not set correctly in the center position. Set it in the center position properly and repeat
from Step 1 of the Center Setup.
8. Using the cleaning tool, pull out the MOB sensor to the front and secure the sensor with the
screw.
Above procedures complete the color registration adjustment.
11. [DC685-4] Rotate the Screw with the Adjustment screw as required. (Fig. 5) ADJ1. 1. 7 DC945 IIT Calibration
The UI indicates the rotation amount and direction of the LSU (ROS) skew adjustment Purpose To calculate and set up the White Reference Correction Coefficient. To correct the IIT
screw. The number indicates the rotation amount, + meaning to turn the screw clockwise, sensitivity dispersion.
and - meaning to turn it counter--clockwise. Obtain the light axis correction data when replacing the lens unit, and adjust it.
For adjustment amount, one click of the adjustment screw (rotate it until it makes a click
Function details
When the number that cannot be divided by 0.05 is displayed, round it up to 0.05 to reduce Reference Refer to Chapter 3, 3. 4. 4. 24 DC945 IIT Calibration for details on how to use the
the variation, and rotate it for as many times as the numbers rounded up. DC945 Diag.
E.g.
The P-paper is the standard paper used in this procedure.If you have adjusted this proce-
When 1.08, 1.09, 1.11, 1.12: make 22 clicks as they are rounded up to 1.10. dure by using following papers, need to change NVM (715-144) data.
When 1.13, 1.14, 1.16, 1.17: make 23 clicks as they are rounded up to 1.15. 715-144 (Default is 0.:P-Paper)
(1) Open the Front Cover and remove the collection bottle. 0:P-paper
(2) Adjust the adjustment amount read from the UI display with the adjustment screw. 1:J-paper
(3) Return the collection bottle and cheat the Interlock. 2:Digital Color Expression
3:4200 paper
4:Color Tech+
5:Xerox Business
Adjustment
Procedure
1. Enter DC945.
The following measurement items can be selected in the Execution column.
White Reference Adjustment
CCD Calibration
Light Axis Fluctuation Correction
<White Reference Adjustment>
(1) Select and execute the White Reference in the Execution column.
(2) Follow the instructions on the screen. (Paper to load on the platen: 10 sheets or more
of Plain paper)
(Fig. 5) j0mf40951
12. [DC685-4]: After adjustment, return to DC685 -1: Skew Fine SetUP and repeat the steps.

(3) The setup value is displayed on the White Reference Setup Value screen. ADJ1. 1. 8 DC355 Hard Disk Diag Program
The M/C carries out the following operations: Purpose To perform the diagnostics in the hard disk and setup (initialization) of each partition.
(1) Carries out shading to stabilize the IIT state. Performs the above servicing after the customer's approval is obtained. Check what kind
(2) Obtains the shading data. of data are stored in each partition according to the list below since some partitions store
(3) Performs sampling the white paper data to calculate and set the White fonts etc. that the customer has installed.
Reference Correction Coefficient. (DC131 NVM (715-083) to NVM (715-
085) are set up.) Refer to 3. 4. 4. 11 DC355 Hard Disk Diag Program for details on how to use the Diag.
(4) Carries out shading to reflect the result of the White Reference
Adjustment.
Write down the information on Hard Disk in "8.3 About Hard Disk" for your reference.
<CCD Calibration>
(1) Select and execute the CCD Calibration in the Execution column. Setup function is only available from customer's mode or UI-Diag mode in Partition A.
(2) Follow the instructions on the screen, then place the Test Chart (STP5001:499T276)
on the platen and select OK.
(3) The obtained data is displayed for the CCD Calibration Setup Value box.
(4) Select [Close] to return to the Color Image Quality Adjustment screen.
<Light Axis Fluctuation Correction>
Purpose It is specified to replace the CCD in the Lens unit. This correction function to
maintain the image quality is provided because the light axis may slant depending upon
accuracy of the Frame.
Perform this correction always when replacing the Lens unit.
The steps are included in the Disassembly/Assembly steps since it is operated after
replacing the Lens unit. (Refer to REP14. 4. 1)
Adjustment ADJ1. 1. 9 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration Adjustment
Procedure Purpose To align correctly the image produced on the IBT belt with those (lead and side) of the
paper.
1. Enter DC355.
2. Select the appropriate partition. Always check and perform the adjustment as needed after performing DC685 (Color
The following are information stored in each partition. Registration Adjustment).
Display of appropriate hard Size Following items are available for setting the lead edge and side edge.
disk column (GB) Stored information and usages
MP All All All the items in Partition 1~6
Adjustable Modes NVM
MP Partition 1 (a) 2.0 Font, Form/Logo, SMB Folder (Config. txt, driver),
Lead Edge • All (Batch adjustment for all trays) • 742-028
Job Template
• Tray • 742-030
MP Partition 2 (b) 2.0 Printing range • Dup (Side 2 Adjustment) • 742-038
MP Partition 3 (c) 1.2 Scan, Mailbox, Security - Print • MSI (Plain Paper) • 742-032
• MSI (Heavy Weight paper 1) • 742-033
MP Partition 4 (d) 2.0 PLD, Others
• MSI (Heavy Weight paper 2) • 742-034
MP Partition 5 (e) 2.0 Copying range
Side Edge • All (Batch adjustment for all trays) • 742-025
MP Partition 6 (f) 0.5 Spool Cont Control Information, Log • MSI • 742-026
• Dup (Side 2 Adjustment) • 742-027
MP: Abbreviation of Multiple Purpose
• 1 Tray • 742-053
• 2 Tray • 742-076
3. Select the work content. • 3 Tray • 742-077
Work Item Details • 4 Tray • 742-078
• Tray (2, 3, 4) • 742-079
Setup Initialize the file system. It is required when the management data of
the file system corrupts and when lead errors occur.
Hard Disk Test Perform the lead verify diagnostics of all the designated sector
(Lead Verify) patitions. Sector numbers where a lead error is occurring will appear.
Troubleshooting Perform the hard disk ROM check and controller diagnostics.
Trouble Prediction Perform the SMART (Self-monitoring analysis and reporting
technology) that hard disk has, and predict latent troubles on the hard
disk.
4. Select an appropriate item and click the [Enter] button.

5. Follow the message and handle the situation.

Check Adjustment
1. Select [DC612 (Color Test Pattern)].
Procedure
Clicking the above DC612 prints out in the following modes automatically.
1. Adjust in the following NVM that each measurement value of the lead edge and side edge
Print out the following patterns.
are 21.6±0.5 mm..
• Pattern No. 3
• No. of Copies: 5 Adjustment
• Tray No: Select the tray to be checked. Adjustable Modes NVM Default Range Changes
• Select the color mode: K (Select Black.) Lead • ALL • DC131 [742-028] 20 0~40 1 Step =
• Screen: 600 dpi Edge • Tray • DC131 [742-030] 20 0.2544 mm
2. Click [Execute]. • Dup (Side 2) • DC131 [742-038] 20 Reference 5 Step
3. Take out the third pattern that was printed out and measure the following points. (Fig. 1) • MSI (Plain • DC131 [742-032] 20 = approx. 1 mm
• Lead Edge: from the edge of the paper to A in the figure (intersection between the 7th Paper) • DC131 [742-033] 20 Smaller values
line from the left top edge and the first line from the lead edge of the paper) • MSI (Heavy • DC131 [742-034] 20 make the margin
• Side Edge: Weight paper 1) larger.
Legal or larger: from the left of the paper to B1 in the figure (intersection between • MSI (Heavy
the 1st line from the left top edge and the 10th line from the lead edge of the Weight paper 2)
paper)
Side • ALL • DC131 [742-025] 25 0~50 1 Step =
Letter or smaller: from the left of the paper to B2 in the figure (intersection Edge 0.2117 mm
• MSI • DC131 [742-026] 20
between the 1st line from the left top edge and the 5th line from the lead edge of
the paper) • Dup (Side 2) • DC131 [742-027] 22 Reference 4 Step
• 1 Tray • DC131 [742-053] 22 = approx. 1 mm
• 2 Tray • DC131 [742-076] 20 Smaller values
• 3 Tray • DC131 [742-077] 20 make the side edge
• 4 Tray • DC131 [742-078] 20 larger. (The image
• Tray (2, 3, 4) • DC131 [742-079] 25 is placed to the
rear.)
2. After adjustment, print out the patterns in the same mode and measure them again until they
are within the specific range.
(Fig. 1) j0mf40953
4. Confirm that each measurement value of the lead edge and side edge are 21.6±0.5 mm
respectively.
ADJ1. 1. 10 IIT Lead Edge Registration Adjustment
Purpose To adjust the IIT scan timing in the Slow Scan direction and to correct the copy position. Procedure
Avoid using this procedure when performing the adjustment of the Lead Edge 1. Enter DC131 [715-301].
Registration. This procedure should be performed only when the actual IIT 2. Change the value:
registration is not appropriate. This is because the IIT Lead Edge Registration • Changes of 1 step: 0.036 mm
affects the precision of the document size detection, etc.. • Increment in the value: The image moves to the Lead Edge side.
• Decrement in the value: The image moves to the Tail Edge side.
Before performing this procedure, make sure that the IOT Lead Edge Registration is
correct. [Refer to ADJ1. 1. 9 IOT Side/Lead Edge Registration.]
Check
1. Place the Test Chart (499T247) on the Platen Glass correctly and make a copy in the
following copy mode:
• Copy Mode: Black
• Paper Size: 11 x 17"
• Magnification: 100%
• No. of Copies: 2
2. Check that the distance between the lead edge of the 2nd copy and the reference line is
10.0 ±1.6 mm or the same as the dimension on the Test Chart. (Fig. 1)
10±1.6 mm
(Fig. 1) j0mf40954
3. If the value is not within the specified range, adjust it as follows:

ADJ1. 1. 11 IIT Side Edge Registration Adjustment

Purpose To adjust the IIT scan timing in the Fast Scan direction and to correct the copy position. Procedure
Avoid using this procedure when performing the adjustment of the Lead Edge 1. Enter DC131 [715-014].
Registration. This procedure should be performed only when the actual IIT 2. Change the value:
registration is not appropriate. This is because the IIT Lead Edge Registration • Changes of 1 step: 0.0423 mm
affects the precision of the document size detection, etc.. • Increment in the value: The image moves to the OUT side.
• Decrement in the value: The image moves to the IN side.
Before performing this procedure, make sure that the IOT Lead/ Edge Registration is
correct. (Refer to ADJ1. 1. 9 IOT Side Lead Edge Registration.)
Check
1. Load Ledger paper into the Tray 2.
• Paper Tray: Tray 2
3. Check that the distance between the side edge of the 2nd copy is within specified value of
10.0 ± 2.1 mm or the same as the dimension on the Test Chart. (Fig. 1)
(Fig. 1) j0mf40955
4. If the value is not within the specified range, adjust it as follows:

ADJ1. 1. 12 IIT Vertical/Horizontal Magnification (Fig. 1)
Purpose To correct the horizontal (fast scan)/vertical (slow scan) magnification ratio for a 100%
copy.
Try to avoid performing this procedure. This procedure should be performed only
when the actual IIT magnification is not correct.
Before performing this procedure, make sure that the IOT horizontal/vertical
magnification ratios are correct.
Check
• Document Type: Text/Photo
• Paper: 11 x 17"
(Fig. 1) j0mf40956
• No. of Copies: 2 (Fig. 2)
2. Check the 2nd copy for the following: (Fig. 1)
Refer to Fig. 1 and 2 for this procedure.
(1) At Horizontal magnification: (Fig. 1)

Check that the distance between the two points is 200 ± 1 mm or the same as the
dimension on the Test Chart.
If the value is not within the specified range, adjust it following the steps below:
(2) At Vertical magnification: (Fig. 2)
Check that the distance between the two points is 300 ± 1.5 mm or the same as the
dimension on the Test Chart.
If the value is not within the specified range, adjust it following the steps below:
(Fig. 2) j0mf40957
Adjustment
Horizontal Magnification Adjustment
This adjustment may cause the following secondary problems:

• Deterioration of resolution because of the ASIC digital correction.

Procedure ADJ1. 1. 13 UI Touch Panel Origin Point Correction

1. Enter DC131 [715-234]. Purpose Adjust the display by making the buttons on the display correspond to the Touch Panel
2. Change the value: respectively so that users can select the content indicated on the display without any problem in the
• Changes of 1 step: 0.1% selected position.
• Increment of the value: Enlargement Perform this adjustment when UI PWB and the Control Panel are replaced.
• Decrement of the value: Reduction
Use the touch pen for the adjustment as it is installed in the UI Control Panel of the
Vertical Magnification Adjustment machine. A tapered substitute can be replaced if the pen has been lost. In this case, care
should be taken not to have the UI surface scratched.
This adjustment may cause the following secondary problems:
• RGB does not overlap, causing a color shift.
Adjustment
Procedure Procedure
1. Enter DC131 [715-302]. 1. Turn Off the Power and remove the Control Panel, to remove the Touch Pen for adjustment.
2. Change the value: (Fig. 1)
• Change of 1 step: 0.1%
• Increment of the value: Enlargement
• Decrement of the value: Reduction
(Fig. 1) j0mf40958
2. Restore the panel to the original state. Turn On the Power holding down the numerical keys ADJ1. 1. 14 Upgrading of the Printer Firmware
"0", "1", and "3" on the Control Panel. Purpose Perform this procedure when upgrading the printer firmware, or when reinstalling printer
The following appears on the display. (Fig. 2) software is necessary for some trouble.
CE will perform the upgrade servicing in the DP-C321/C401.
[NVM initialization/ Lo-ID when performing ROM_Ver.UP]

Condition: Lo-ID when NVM initialization/ ROM_Ver.UP is performed will appear from New
Developer to 1000 sheets (including the time for the installation). After new installation, or during
about 1.0Kpv right after replacing the developer material in the field, it is comparatively hard for
the developer material to develop.
If ROM_Ver.UP/NVM are initialized in this status, the density may be somewhat lighter because
the default value of the LD light quantity is set for stable status of the developer material (the status
for the material to develop with comparative ease: the status passing 1.5Kpv from the
initialization)
At this point, it is necessary to restore the density with the following procedure. After resetting the
appropriate LD light quantity NVM (752-375~378:YMCK) value higher to 400~450, turn Power
Off/On and reprint. (Or repeat turning Power Off/On + printing, or to repeat DC934_ADC
checking will restore the density as well.)
(Fig. 1) j0mf40959
This servicing can restore the density to its status before ROM_Ver.Up/NVM has been initialized.
3. Touch the intersections of the vertical and horizontal lines in the sequence of P1 to P9 with
the touch pen. (Hold the pen for about 1 minute and the proceed to the next intersection.) Procurement of Software
When upgrading the printer firmware, firmware utility and printer firm softwares are necessary.
After pressing down all the buttons, the machine will calculate the deviation and the
Both are available from the following URL.
correction value on the coordinates. This automatic calculation takes about 0.1 second.
4. Turn Power Off and on several seconds. UI will be available because the data was corrected When downloading both softwares from the homepage, it may take some ten minutes
after booting. (depending on environments). Download both softwares into PSW in advance before
paying a call on the customer.
If the Power is turned Off during the adjustment, the data before the adjustment will be
functioned. Make sure to perform the adjustment to the last. Digital Imaging Information Web
http://www.mgcsnet.ne.jp/
5. Restore the pen to its original place and return the Control Panel to the correct position.
Installation Procedure of the Download Data
Environments required for installation

The following environments for the personal computer are recommended.
OS: Windows98, or Windows NT4.0 (Service Pack3 or higher)
CPU: Pentium (100MHz) or higher
Memory: 32MB or higher
Hard disk capacity available: 200MB or higher
<Disk capacity required for installation>
300MB or higher capacity is necessary in the disk for installation.

Notes when installing [License Agreement] Screen

Files of downloaded data are compressed. Select "Agree" if you can agree with the content.
Decompress the data before downloading them to the printer. [Select Communication Interface] screen
1. Select a compressed file according to the printer's specifications from the downloaded data
Select "Local", in case of parallel connection.
in CSSC/TSC URL.
Enter in the following box a driver name of the parallel printer that the client has.
2. Double click the selected file to bring it to the computer.
Select "Network" and enter the IP address of the printer where downloading is to be
(Downloading to the printer is not available if selected file and printer configurations do not
performed, in case of the network communication.
match.)
[Select execution content] screen.
3. Decompress the downloaded data (compressed file).
Select [Download to the printer].
4. Before starting to download to the printer, prepare the servicing up to this point.
[Select Model/Subsystem] screen.
Downloading procedure
Select the appropriate printer.
Reference It takes about 9 min. to download it with the parallel connection in DP-C321/C401. Select mode.
Select "Individual" from "All" "Individual" displayed below the subsystem.
Adjustment
Select target ROM.
Procedure
[Select Model/Subsystem] screen.
1. Set the download mode in the printer.
In this screen, version information of the printer and version information to be
Turn Off the printer's Power Switch. downloaded are displayed. If correct, click "Next".
Turn On the Power of the printer, pressing down the power saver button. [Transmission status] Screen
The UI display changes to [Download Mode]. In case of parallel connection, the transmission to the printer appears in the client.
2. Connect the printer and the PC in which downloaded software is installed (Connection Even if this screen finishes, wait until the [Data] lamp on the printer finishes flashing
confirmation). because of the development in the device.
[Download by the network connection] If [Communicating] lamp goes Off, it is completed successfully. Turn the Power of the
Enter the IP address with machine's control panel as following procedures and check printer Off/On.
connection with Ping command with Dos prompt screen. If the [Job in Memory] lamp flashes, repeat from Step 1 since an error exists (resource
Press [Password/System Setting] --> Enter Password --> Touch [Confirm] --> Select error/write error).
[System Settings] --> Select [System Settings] --> Select [Network Settings] --> Select If the [Job in Memory] lights up, repeat from Step 1 since an error exists (transmission
[Protocol Settings] --> Select [TCP/IP-IP Add. for Download] --> Touch [Change error).
Settings] --> Input IP Address for download (***.***.***.***) --> Touch [Save] -->
In case of network communication, confirmation is possible in the status information until
Touch [Close] --> Touch [Close] --> Touch [Save] --> Touch [Exit]
the writing process finishes in the printer.
[Download from PC connected to the parallel connection]
Confirm the finishing result in the client's screen. If it is not successful, repeat from Step 1.
Check the connection of the parallel cable.
[Download from PSW]
Connect PC and the printer with the parallel cable and the adapter.
3. Download it from the computer to the printer.
Execute downloader.exe in the decompressed downloaded data. Close the Readme.
Downloading is available with the download wizard.
[Welcome] screen
Click the [Next] button.
ADJ1. 1. 15 In/Out Density Adjustment 3. Select the pattern that has the same inclination on the four check points in the test pattern
from the 20 patterns below.
Purpose To Perform the LSU (ROS) In/Out light quantity correction with this adjustment, when
IN/Out densities are different but the parameters other than LSU (ROS) light quantity judges that Write down the Pattern number. (Vertical axis shows density, and horizontal axis shows
all is normal. width direction in the pattern)
<Check Point> (Fig. 1)
Be careful in servicing because tone jump trouble may occur if the adjustment is
corrected drastically. The tone jump is a noticeable difference in the midstream of
gradations when the gradations etc. are printed out.
Preparation
When copying, borrow the document or sample that the clients has complained about. (To show
the adjustment result after the adjustment)
Adjustment
Procedure
1. Enter DC612.
2. Select the Test Pattern in the modes as shown below and print out the test pattern.
• Pattern name: Binary highlight PG LUT: C-TRA On IOT On (Pattern No. 25)
• Color Mode: 4C
• Cin (%): 20% (Fig. 1) j0mf40960
• Number of prints: 1
• Tray: Tray 1/8.5 x 11" LEF <Standard Pattern: Pattern 0> (Fig. 2)
• Resolution: Not specified
• Binary ED screen
• Print: single mode
(Fig. 2) j0mf40961

<Group 1: when the patterns become darker along the rear> (Fig. 3) <Group 3: when the patterns are dark/light for only both edges> (Fig. 5)
(Fig. 3) j0mf40962
<Group 2: when the patterns become darker along the front> (Fig. 4) (Fig. 5) j0mf40964
<Group 4: when the patterns are dark only in the center areas> (Fig. 6)
(Fig. 4) j0mf40963
(Fig. 6) j0mf40965
<Group 5: when the patterns are light only in the center areas> (Fig. 7) Pattern NONVM 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
DC131 [753-802] 1024 973 922 870 819 1024 1024 1024 1024 922
DC131 [753-803] 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 973 922 870 819 1024
DC131 [753-804] 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 973 922 870 819 1024
DC131 [753-805] 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
DC131 [753-806] 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
DC131 [753-807] 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
DC131 [753-808] 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
<Pattern No. 10~9>
Pattern NONVM 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
DC131 [753-801] 1024 922 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 973 922 870
(Fig. 7) j0mf40966
DC131 [753-802] 1024 922 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 973 922 870
4. Select a pattern and change the following NVM corresponding to the pattern.
DC131 [753-803] 922 1024 922 1024 1024 1024 1024 973 922 870
Do NOT use the value other than the recommended values below as the NVM value.
DC131 [753-804] 922 1024 922 1024 1024 1024 1024 973 922 870
DC131 [753-805] 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
The In/Out density adjustment is available by changing the 6 NVM below.
DC131 [753-806] 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Chain Link NO. NVM names
DC131 [753-807] 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
DC131 [753-801] Regible Adjustment (Yellow)
DC131 [753-808] 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
DC131 [753-802] Regible Adjustment (Magenta)
DC131 [753-803] Regible Adjustment (Cyan) Reference Information
The correct light quantity value in LSU (ROS) is normally 1024. If the value is decreased
DC131 [753-804] Regible Adjustment (Black) by 5%, the light quantity decreases too. .
DC131 [753-805] In Out Pattern setting (Yellow) Hence, entering the 5 stages of light quantity correction value by 5% is possible as below.
1024: Correct LSU (ROS) Light Quantity Value
DC131 [753-806] In Out Pattern setting (Magenta)
973: Light quantity value of 5% down
DC131 [753-807] In Out Pattern setting (Cyan) 922: Light quantity value of 10% down
DC131 [753-808] In Out Pattern setting (Black) 870: Light quantity value of 15% down
919: Light quantity value of 20% down
<Pattern No. 0~9>
5. Take test patterns again with the Step 2 mode after changing.
Pattern NONVM 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 6. Repeat Steps 3~5 until the density distribution that the client requests can be obtained.
7. Check the condition using the customer's samples. (Or ask the customer to print out the
DC131 [753-801] 1024 973 922 870 819 1024 1024 1024 1024 922
sample from the same file and check the density on it.)

2. IIT 4. Align the Half Rate Carriage tool hole with the Rail tool hole (at front and rear). (Fig. 2)
ADJ2. 1. 1 Position Adjustment of Full/Half Rate Carriage
Reference PL: PL16. 6

Purpose Position the Full/Half Rate Carriage correctly.
Adjustment
After checking that the [Communication Lamp] is turned Off and that there are no
[Jobs in Progress] and [Printer Jobs in Queue (except the printer jobs during HDD
spooling)] on the [In Progress/Queue] screen, turn Off the Power Switch and
disconnect the Power Cord.
Adjust the position of Full/Half Rate Carriage on the front and on the rear separately.
Procedure (Fig. 2) j0mf41825

1. Open the DADF or the Platen Cover.
2. Remove the Platen Glass. (REP14. 3. 1) 5. Install the tool on the Half Rate Carriage (at front and rear). (Fig. 3)
3. Prepare the Positioning Tools (2). (Fig. 1) (1) Install the tool (at front and rear).
(1) Remove the Screw. (2) Secure the tool with the screw.
(2) Remove the Tool.
(3) Remove the Screw.
(4) Remove the Tool.
(Fig. 3) j0mf41826
(1) Loosen the Set Screw (2) and turn the pulley to align the tool holes with each other.
(Fig. 1) j0mf41824
Change the position where the pulley is fixed if the Half Rate Carriage tool hole cannot Loosen the Carriage Cable fixing screws to align the tool holes with each other if the
be aligned with the Rail tool hole causing the tool installation to be impossible. (Fig. 4) frame tool hole cannot be aligned with the Full Rate Carriage tool hole causing the tool
installation to be impossible (at front and rear). (Fig. 6)
(1) Loosen the screws and move the Full Rate Carriage to align the tool holes (at front
and rear).
(Fig. 4) j0mf41827
6. Install the tool in the frame tool hole to make sure that the frame tool hole and Full Rate
Carriage tool hole are aligned with each other (at front and rear). (Fig. 5)
(Fig. 6) j0mf41829
(1) Install the tool (at front and rear).
(2) Secure the tool with the screw.
(Fig. 5) j0mf41828

3. DADF 4. Measure the distance between the second original side edge and the reference line, and
name it A. (Fig. 1)
ADJ3. 1. 1 DADF Side Registration

Purpose Place the document in the correct position (in the drum shaft direction) on the Platen.
Before performing this checking and adjustment, the following adjustments should be
done.
• IOT Side Registration (ADJ1. 1. 9)
• IIT Side Registration (ADJ1. 1. 11)
The following adjustments in NVM should be performed separately in single mode and
in duplex mode.
• In single mode (Side 1): DC131 [715-015]
• In duplex mode (Side 2): DC131 [715-128]
Check (Fig. 1) j0mf42042

1. Place the Test Chart (499T247) on the Platen correctly with no gap between the Test Chart
and the rear Registration Gate. 5. Check that the length of A is 10.0 ± 0.6 mm. If the value is not within the specified range,
2. Set up the following copy mode and make copies to handle the copies as originals: adjust it as follows until the specified range is obtained:
• Single/Duplex modes 6. Load in the DADF properly the originals with the first one on top of the second one and the
• Paper Tray: 11 x 17" rear edge to be fed first.
• Reduction/Enlargement: 100% 7. Set up the following copy mode and make copies in it:
• No. of Copies: 2 • 2 to 1-sided mode
3. Allocate the numbers 1 and 2 to the output originals in the sequence in which they are • Paper Tray: 11 x 17"
output. • Reduction/Enlargement: 100%
2. Check the Side Registration on the copies made in duplex mode in the same way as
8. Measure the distance between the second copy side edge and the reference line, and name it
described previously in "Check" items.
B. (Fig. 2)
3. If the adjustment is required, adjust in DC131 [715-128] in the same way as in the single
mode.
(Fig. 2) j0mf42043
9. Check that the value obtained by subtracting A from B is 0 ±1 mm.
Adjustment
Adjustment of Side 1
Procedure
1. Enter DC131 (715-015).
2. If A in the Check Step 4 is
• 10.6mm or more, increase the NVM value.
• 9.4mm or less, decrease the NVM value.
(NVM 1 Step=0.04mm)
3. Repeat the Check steps 1 to 5 and Adjustment steps 1 to 2 until the value is within the
specified range (A=10 ± 0.6 mm).
Adjustment of Side 2
Procedure
1. After adjusting in single mode, make copies in the following modes to check the side
registration when duplex mode is selected.
• Paper Tray: 11 x 17"
• Reduction/Enlargement: 100%
• Single/Duplex: 1 to 2-sided

ADJ3. 1. 2 DADF Document Detection Correction (DC527: Size Detection <Restrictions to Note>
Automatic Correction Function) • Once this process has started, it cannot be stopped (interrupted) half-way until it completes
irrespective of success or failure.
Purpose To adjust automatically the document size scanned by DADF to the designated
document size. • This process does not allow the fourth sheet onwards to be pulled in when documents of four
or more sheets are set in the DADF.
Perform this adjustment when the following operation is conducted:
• Replacing of the DADF ASSY. If the result is NG after the adjustment, perform the process again.
• When an error is detected after replacing Registration Roller, Feed Roller, and Retard Roller.
• When an error is found on the size detection.
[Overview]
Scan three sheets of document continuously in the DADF. Comparing the Slow Scan length
detected in the DADF with the standard value, correct the NVM data automatically. The NVM
data subject to the correction is "Document Slow Scan size correction value in Non CVT Mode"
(Chain Link No.710-003).
Documents for scanning differ depending on each market as below.
8.5 x 11" LEF (Slow scan length accuracy (215.9 ± 0.7 mm))
Adjustment
Procedure
1. Enter DC527.
2. Set three documents to be transported in the DADF.
*Document sizes to be transported differ depending on each market.
8.5"x11"LEF (Slow scan length accuracy (215.9 mm ± 0.7 mm))
3. When the [Enter] button is pressed, DADF starts pulling in the document and calculate the
correction value. At this point, the [Entering] message appears.
4. The corresponding NVM data is updated and PSW screen indicates that the process has
been completed
Or, if this process becomes NG, the NVM data is not updated and the message telling that
NG has occurred appears on the screen.
5. Pressing the [Exit] button completes the servicing.
Specification on Result Confirmation
The following result can be checked in the NVM Read after the process completes.
Chain-Link Indicated Data Name Remarks

710-003 Document slow scan size Setup Range=144~256
correction value in Non CVT (Equivalent to ±56 Step [±10 mm] <- Left
Mode 0.18 mm/Step)
Initial value: 200 (But the factory adjustment
value is set as the initial value.)
ADJ3. 1. 3 DADF Non-standard Document Custom Registration Function • Enter the 710-023 data. (Select the paper direction that the customer specifies from the
table below, and enter it.)
Purpose Document sizes other than DADF detectable document size (non-standard size) are
registered and transported as standard document size. Hence, special document sizes specified by Enter the 710-023 data. (Select the paper direction that the customer specifies from the
a user can be transported. table below, and enter it.)
Enter the 710-023 data. (Select the paper direction that the customer specifies from the
[Overview] table below, and enter it.)
Document size detection is performed based on custom-registered data and the DADF process is
The following are information regarding the NVM entered above.
performed by making the specified document sizes as scanning size. Only one custom-registration
is available. If the registered data is valid, document size detection is performed, placing priority Chain-Link Indicated Data Name Remarks
over the existing detection table.
Preparation: 710-018 Fast Scan direction Max.value Setup Range=1297~3070 Set by 0.1mm (initial
1. Borrow the non-standard document to be custom- registered from the customer. Note1) value=2970)
2. Check which direction (LEF or SEF) the customer wants to run in. 710-019 Fast Scan direction Min.value Setup Range=1297~3070 Set by 0.1mm (initial
3. Check which paper size and direction the customer wants to make copies of. Note1) value=2970)
4. Check the length of Fast Scan direction (X) and Slow Scan direction (Y) in Scale etc of the 710-020 Slow Scan direction Max.value Setup Range=1297~4418 Set by 0.1mm (initial
borrowed document accurately and write them down. Note2) value=2100)
Adjustment 710-021 Slow Scan direction Min.value Setup Range=1297~4418 Set by 0.1mm (initial
Note2) value=2100)
Procedure
1. Enter the UI Diag and change the NVM Read/Write. 710-022 Specified paper code for 03: 5.5 x 8.5"
custom-registration 04: A5
2. Set the following NVM Data to be custom-registered detection.
05: B5
Set Fast Scan direction max.value - Fast Scan direction min. value are 200 or below. 08: A4
(within 20mm) 09: 8 x 10"
10: 8.5 x 11"
Set slow scan direction max.value - slow scan direction min. value are 200 or below. 11; 8.5 x 12.4"
(within 20mm) 12: 8.5 x 13"
13: 8.5 x 14"
The following sizes cannot be entered in order to prevent mis-detection of the size sensor. 14: B4
15: A3
• Fast Scan direction Max.:2190~2290
16: 11 x 17"
• Fast Scan direction Min.:2810~2910 20: ILLEGAL SIZE (Initial Value=08)
For the X and Y obtained at Preparation: 710-023 Feed direction of document size 0: LEF, 1:SEF (Initial Value=0)
• Set the 710-024 data to 1. (Have the custom-registration valid.) 710-024 DADF Document Size Detec- Document Size Detection Table Custom
• Store (X+10) x 10 in the 710-018 data. (Set the Fast Scan direction Max.value) tion Table Custom Registration Registration Specification is not used: 0
• Store (X-10) x 10 in the 710-019 data. (Set the Fast Scan direction Min.value) Specification Document Size Detection Table Custom
• Store (Y+10) x 10 in the 710-020 data. (Set the Slow scan direction Max.value) Registration Specification is used: 1
(Initial Value=0)
• Store (Y-10) x 10 in the 710-021 data. (Set the Slow scan direction Min.value)
• Enter the 710-022 data. (Select the paper size that the customer specifies from the 3. Check the settings of the NVM Data again.
table below, and enter it.)

4. Set the document that was custom-registered for the size detection table in the DADF and ADJ3. 2. 1 Left/Right Counter Balance
feed it. -> Check that the document size is detected as specified. Reference PL: PL18. 3
Be careful with scan data image missing since the non-standard document size is Purpose To correct the spring pressure on the Left/Right Counter Balance.
handled as standard document size.
Check
1. Operate the DADF so that it will close from the Full Open state. Check if the DADF closes
by its own weight from a height of 100 ± 50 mm. (Fig. 1)
(Fig. 1) j0mf42044
Adjustment
Procedure
1. Remove the Rear Cover. (PL12. 1)
When removing the Rear Cover, remove the Connector on the LED PWB inside the
Cover. (PL18. 1)
2. Adjust the Left/Right Counter Balance. (Fig. 3) ADJ3. 2. 2 DADF Parallelism
Adjust only the Left Counter Balance basically. (This is because the DADF rigidity Reference PL: PL18. 3
causes the Right side to lift easily.) Purpose To correct the ADF front-to-rear position by adjusting the Right Counter Balance and to
solve problems such as skews.
Rotate in the A direction -> Stronger spring pressure
Rotate in the B direction -> Weaker spring pressure Check
(1) Loosen the nut. After checking that the [Communication Lamp] is turned Off and that there are no
(2) Rotate the Set Screw for the adjustment. [Jobs in Progress] and [Printer Jobs in Queue (except the printer jobs during HDD
(3) Tighten the nut. spooling)] on the [In Progress/Queue] screen, turn Off the Power Switch and
1. Remove the Front Cover. (PL18. 1)

2. Remove the Entrance Tray. (PL18. 1)
3. Remove the Document Transport. (Up to Step 2 of REP16. 10. 1)
4. Measure the distance between the DADF Rear Frame and the front of the Paper Side Guide.
Check that the distance is approx. 20 mm. (Fig. 1)
(Fig. 1) The measurement point must be at the center of the Right Counter Balance.
Thrust the scale against the DADF Rear Frame correctly
20 mm
(Fig. 3) j0mf42046
(Fig. 1) j0mf42047
Adjustment
The front-to-rear position adjustment must be made within ±1 mm of the specified
range. Do not adjust more than that.

Procedure ADJ3. 2. 3 DADF Height Adjustment

1. Rotate the Adjust Screw to adjust the DADF front-to-rear position. (Fig. 2)
Rotate in the A direction Right The DADF moves to the rear.
Rotate in the B direction Right The DADF moves to the front. Purpose Adjusting the height of the counter-balance to ensure optimum document feed.
(1) Loosen the Screw (4). Reference
(2) Loosen the Screw (2). • If the DADF mounting height is too low (24.0 mm or less), an excessive load will be applied
(3) Remove the Adjust Screw. to the DADF Transport Motor, causing problems such as document jams and malfunctions.
(4) Tighten the Screw (2). • If the DADF mounting height is too high (25.0 mm or more), small-size documents may
(5) Tighten the Screw (4). experience problems such as skewing and jams.
Check
1. When removing the Rear Cover, remove the Connector on the LED PWB inside the Cover.
(PL18. 1)
2. Remove the following parts:
• Front Cover (PL18. 1)
• Rear Cover (PL18. 1)
• Entrance Tray (PL18. 1)
3. Check the height of the Left/Right Counter Balance. Make sure that the gap between the
Platen Glass Side Guide and the Transport Assembly Frame is 24.5 ± 0.3 mm at the two
(Fig. 2) j0mf42048 measurement points in the figure. (Fig. 1)
2. Adjust the left side to the right side adjustment value.
3. Repeat the checking to make sure that the adjustment has been carried out correctly.
4. Load paper of various sizes in the DADF and make sure there are no skew or other
problems.
2. Close the DADF and adjust the Gap between the Platen Glass Side Guide and the Platen
Belt Assembly using the adjusting Screw. (Fig. 3)
• Rotate in the A direction -> Approx. 0.75 mm lower

• Rotate in the B direction -> Approx. 0.75 mm higher
(Fig. 1) j0mf42049
Adjustment
(Fig. 3) j0mf42051
The steps for the left and right sides are the same.
3. Open the DADF and tighten the Screws. (Fig. 4)
Procedure (1) Tighten the Screw (2).
1. Release the DADF and loosen the Screws. (Fig. 2)
(1) Loosen the Screw (2).
(Fig. 4) j0mf42050
(Fig. 2) j0mf42050
4. Repeat the checking and make sure that the height is correct.

ADJ3. 3. 1 DADF Lead Edge Registration 5. Measure the distance between the paper lead edge and the reference line of the second copy
made in Step 2 and Step 4. Compare the distances and make sure that the difference is
Reference PL: PL18. 4 ±1.5 mm or less.
Purpose To register the document in the correct position on the Platen Glass (document feed
direction).
Before performing this checking and adjustment, the following adjustments should be
done.
• IOT Lead Edge Registration (ADJ1. 1. 9)
• IIT Lead Edge Registration (ADJ1. 1. 11)
Check (Single mode)

1. Place the Test Chart (499T247) on the Platen Glass correctly with no gap between the Test
Chart and the Lead Edge Registration Gate.
2. Set up the following copy mode and make copies in it:
• Color Mode: Black
• Paper Tray: 11 x 17"
3. Check that the distance between the paper lead edge of the second copy and the reference
line is 10 ± 0.6 mm. If the value is not within the specified range, perform the following
adjustment steps to adjust it to the specified value. (Fig. 1)
10.0 ± 0.6 mm
(Fig. 1) j0mf42052
4. Load the two copies made in Step 2 in the DADF with the second copy at the bottom and
the rear edge to be fed first.
Adjustment Steps (Single mode) Adjustment Steps (2-sided mode)
1. Enter DC131 [710-005].
The NVM adjustment differs depending on the paper size.
2. If the value specified in the checking is
• DC131 [710-026: initial value 250]: 8.5 x 11" SEF
• 10.6 mm or more, decrease the NVM value.
• DC131 [710-027: initial value 250]: 8.5 x 14" SEF
• 9.4 mm or less, increase the NVM value.
(NVM 1 Step=0.2 mm) 1. Check the paper size and select the appropriate DC131 Chain Link Code from the above.
3. Repeat the steps until the specified value (10 ± 0.6 mm) is obtained. (NVM 1 Step=0.2 mm)
Check (Duplex mode) 2. Change the NVM value as shown below and adjust the value to the specified value (10 ±
1. Create the paper for measurement. After adjustment in the Single mode, place the Test 0.6 mm).
Chart (499T247) properly on the Platen Glass and make a A4S 2-Sided copy.
If the distance between the paper lead edge and the reference line measured in the checking is:
2. Load the copy made in Step 1 in the DADF and make a copy in the following mode:
• If 10.6 mm or more, decrease the NVM value.
• Color Mode: Black
• If 9.4 mm or less, increase the NVM value.
• Paper Tray: 8.5 x 11"
(NVM1 Step=0.2 mm)
3. Repeat the steps until the specified value (10 ± 0.6 mm) is obtained.
• Mode: 2 to 1-Sided
3. Check that the distance between the second copy lead edge and the reference line is 10 ±
0.6 mm. If the distance is not within the specified range, perform the following adjustment
steps to adjust it to the specified value. (Fig. 2)
10.0 ± 0.6 mm
(Fig. 2) j0mf42052

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
Table of Contents
3. 1 Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 003-341 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
3. 1. 1 How to Troubleshoot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1 003-342 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
3. 1. 2 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1 003-343 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
3. 2 Level 1 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 003-345 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

003-346 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
3. 2. 1 Level 1 FIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3
3. 3 Level 2 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3. 3. 1 Fault Code FIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
001-300 L/H COVER INTERLOCK OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
003-350 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
001-301 L/H LOWER COVER INTERLOCK OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
001-302 FRONT COVER INTERLOCK OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
001-303 TRAY MODULE L/H COVER INTERLOCK OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5
001-306 DUPLEX COVER INTERLOCK OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5
003-205 All Billing Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6
003-206 Billing Restoration Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6
003-317 IITsc Soft Failure IITsc Software Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6
003-318 IITsc Soft Failure IITsc Software Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6
003-319 IITsc Video Driver Detection Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6
003-320 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6
003-360 IOT-ESS Initialization Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
003-362 Page Sync Illegal Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
003-363 Page Sync Illegal Stop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
003-364 DMA Transfer Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
003-365 Overflow on Loop Back Write. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
003-366 JBIG Library Other Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
003-370 Marker Code Detect Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
003-600 Repair the Billing Master Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
003-601 Repair the Billing Master Counter 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
003-329 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8
003-602 Repair the Billing Master Counter 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
003-747 Print Instruction Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
003-750 Short of Originals in As Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
003-760 Invalid Scan Job Parameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
003-761 Tray Select Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
003-795 AMS Limit Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
003-940 Vertical/horizontal number mismatch (when Poster is specified) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
003-941 Insufficient page memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
003-340 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9
i
Table of Contents
003-942 Paper size error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14 004-344 IOT MICRO PITCH FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
003-943 Shortage of card value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14 004-345 IOT HVPS COMMUNICATION FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
003-944 Incorrect number of image repeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14 004-346 IOT BELT HOME FAILURE TOO LONG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
003-945 Vertical/horizontal number mismatch (When other than Poster is 004-347 BELT POSITION FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
selected and the switching of rotations is displayed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14 004-348 BELT EDGE SENSOR FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
003-946 TRAY 1 NOT IN POSITION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14 004-349 Marking SW Logic Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
003-947 TRAY 2 NOT IN POSITION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15 004-358 ESS-IOT COMMUNICATION FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
003-948 TRAY 3 NOT IN POSITION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15 004-361 DRUM MOTOR DRIVE FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
003-949 TRAY 4 NOT IN POSITION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15 004-362 IOT NVM R/W FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
003-950 TRAY 1 NO PAPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16 004-363 DRUM MOTOR K DRIVE FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
003-951 TRAY 2 NO PAPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16 004-371 CONTROLLER IOT SYSTEM TIMMING FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
003-952 TRAY 3 NO PAPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16 004-414 IBT BELT CLEANER ASSY CHANGE SOON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
003-953 TRAY 4 NO PAPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16 004-415 2nd BTR UNIT CHANGE SOON. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
003-954 Tray SMH Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16 004-417 IBT BELT UNIT (1st BTR) CHANGE SOON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
003-958 Size Mismatch 1 SMH Size Mismatch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16 004-420 IBT BELT UNIT (1st BTR) LIFE END . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
003-959 Size Mismatch Tray 1 Size Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17 004-421 IBT BELT CLEANER ASSY LIFE END . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
003-960 Size Mismatch Tray 2 Size Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17 004-605 IOT NVM EMPTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
003-961 Size Mismatch Tray 3 Size Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17 004-640 BELT WALK FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
003-962 Size Mismatch Tray 4 Size Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17 004-641 BELT EDGE LEARN FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
003-965 ATS/APS No Paper, APS/ATS NG (No Paper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17 004-642 BELT EDGE CHECK FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
003-966 ATS/APS No Destination Error, ATS/APS NG (Except No Paper). . . . . . . . . . .3-17 004-650 IOT TIME OUT CYCLE DOWN FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
003-971 Magnification Mismatch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17 004-908 2nd BTR UNIT LIFE END . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
003-972 Over Maximum No. of Pages that can be stored . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17 005-110 DADF REGI SENSOR ON JAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
003-973 Vertical/horizontal number mismatch (When other than 005-111 DADF REGI SENSOR OFF JAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Poster is selected and the switch of rotations is not displayed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17 005-112 DADF REGI SENSOR ON JAM (at document inversion). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
003-974 Next Document Specified . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17 005-113 DADF REGI SENSOR OFF JAM (at document inversion). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
003-975 Document replacement request (When 3-sided is selected and 005-115 DADF EXIT SENSOR ON JAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
the Platen is used for scanning) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17 005-116 DADF EXIT SENSOR OFF JAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
003-980 Staple Position Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17 005-195 SIZE MISMATCH (NO MIX). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
003-985 SMH Pause Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18 005-274 ORIGINAL SIZE SENSOR FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
003-986 Confirmation of Printing All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18 005-275 DADF RAM FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
004-340 IOT RAM FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19 005-301 DADF TOP COVER INTERLOCK OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
004-341 IOT LOGIC FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19 005-900 NO SENSOR SENSED STATIC JAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
004-342 IOT FLASH ROM LIMIT FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19 005-901 DADF DOC IN SENSOR STATIC JAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
004-343 IOT FLASH ROM R/W FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19 005-902 DADF REGI SENSOR STATIC JAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
ii
Table of Contents
005-903 DADF EXIT SENSOR STATIC JAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29 007-281 TRAY 1 LIFT UP FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
005-904 DADF DUP SENSOR STATIC JAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29 007-282 TRAY 2 LIFT UP FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
005-940 ADF NO ORIGINAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29 007-291 TRAY 3 LIFT UP FAILURE (TTM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
005-941 ADF NOT ENOUGH DOCUMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29 007-293 TRAY 4 LIFT UP FAILURE (TTM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
006-277 IISS <--> DADF COMMUNICATION FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30 007-397 ALL TRAY LIFT UP FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
006-300 PLATEN COVER OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30 007-930 TRAY 1 PAPER SIZE MIS MATCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
006-312 IIT MEMORY HOT LINE FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30 007-931 TRAY 2 PAPER SIZE MIS MATCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
006-340 IISS RAM TEST ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30 007-932 TRAY 3 PAPER SIZE MIS MATCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
006-345 IISS EEPROM FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30 007-933 TRAY 4 PAPER SIZE MIS MATCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
006-355 FAN FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31 007-935 JOB CONTINUE NOT AVAILABLE FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
006-360 CARRIAGE POSITION FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31 007-954 SMH SIZE MIS MATCH (SLOW SCAN DIRECTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
006-361 SCAN INITIALIZE REGI SENSOR FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32 007-959 MSI PAPER MIS MATCH 1
006-371 LAMP FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33 (OTHER THAN DEDICATED SHEET ARE DETECTED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
006-372 LSU (ROS) POLYGON MOTOR FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33 007-960 MSI PAPER MIS MATCH 2 (TRANSP. WAS DETECTED
006-380 LSU (ROS) SOS LENGTH FAILURE Y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34 WITH PLAIN/HEAVYWEIGHT PAPER SPECIFIED). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
006-381 LSU (ROS) SOS LENGTH FAILURE M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34 007-969 FULL PAPER STACK FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
006-382 LSU (ROS) SOS LENGTH FAILURE C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34 008-151 TAKE AWAY SENSOR ON JAM (FROM TTM TRAY 3 FEED ) . . . . . . . . . 3-45
006-383 LSU (ROS) SOS LENGTH FAILURE K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34 008-152 TAKE AWAY SENSOR ON JAM (FROM TTM TRAY 4 FEED ) . . . . . . . . . 3-45
006-385 LSU (ROS) ASIC FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35 008-164 POB SENSOR ON JAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
006-389 CARRIAGE OVER RUN FAILURE (SCAN END side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35 008-175 REGI SENSOR ON JAM (FROM MSI FEED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
006-390 CARRIAGE OVER RUN FAILURE (HOME side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35 008-176 REGI SENSOR ON JAM (FROM TRAY FEED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
006-391 SCAN INITIALIZE MOTOR DRIVER FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36 008-180 REGI SENSOR ON JAM (FROM DUPLEX FEED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
007-104 TRAY 1 FEED OUT SENSOR ON JAM (FROM TAKE AWAY SENSOR) . .3-37 008-181 REGI SENSOR ON JAM (FROM WAIT SENSOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
007-105 TRAY 1 MISS FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37 008-184 REGI SENSOR OFF JAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
007-110 TRAY 2 MISS FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37 008-620 REGICON TEMP SENSOR FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
007-115 TRAY 3 MISS FEED (TTM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37 008-622 REGICON DATA OVERFLOW FAILURE (A1 PATCH-X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
007-119 TRAY 4 MISS FEED (TTM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37 008-623 REGICON DATA OVERFLOW FAILURE (A2 PATCH-Y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
007-122 TRAY 4 FEED JAM (TTM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38 008-624 REGICON DATA OVERFLOW FAILURE
007-250 TRAY COMMUNICATION FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38 (A3 PATCH-MAGNIFICATION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
007-252 OUT MODULE LOGIC FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38 008-625 REGICON SAMPLE BLOCK FAILURE (A1 PATCH-REAR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
007-270 TRAY 1 PAPER SIZE SENSOR BROKEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38 008-626 REGICON SAMPLE BLOCK FAILURE (A1 PATCH-FRONT) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
007-271 TRAY 2 PAPER SIZE SENSOR BROKEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38 008-627 REGICON SAMPLE LATERAL FAILURE (A1 PATCH-REAR) . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
007-274 MSI PAPER SIZE SENSOR BROKEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-39 008-628 REGICON SAMPLE LATERAL FAILURE (A1 PATCH-FRONT) . . . . . . . . 3-48
007-276 TRAY 3 PAPER SIZE SENSOR BROKEN (TTM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-39 008-629 REGICON SKEW FAILURE (A1 PATCH-Y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
007-277 TRAY 4 PAPER SIZE SENSOR BROKEN (TTM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40 008-630 REGICON SKEW FAILURE (A1 PATCH-M). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
iii
Table of Contents
008-631 REGICON SKEW FAILURE (A1 PATCH-K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-49 009-672 New Toner Detect (M) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
008-900 STATIC JAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-49 009-673 New Toner Detect (Y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
009-342 2ND BTR CONTACT FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-50 009-684 ADC SHUTTER FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
009-343 2ND BTR RETRACT FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-50 009-910 DRUM TYPE MISS MATCH (K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
009-348 1ST BTR CONTACT FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-50 009-911 DRUM TYPE MISS MATCH (C). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
009-349 1ST BTR RETRACT FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-51 009-912 DRUM TYPE MISS MATCH (M) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
009-350 IBT HOME SENSOR FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-52 009-913 DRUM TYPE MISS MATCH (Y). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
009-351 DRIVE LOGIC FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-52 009-920 TONER YELLOW EMPTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
009-358 FULL TONER SENSOR FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-52 009-921 TONER MAGENTA EMPTY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
009-360 DRUM COMMUNICATION FAILURE (Y). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-52 009-922 TONER CYAN EMPTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
009-361 DRUM COMMUNICATION FAILURE (M) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-53 009-923 TONER BLACK EMPTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
009-362 DRUM COMMUNICATION FAILURE (C). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-53 009-924 WASTE TONER CONTAINER FULL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
009-363 DRUM COMMUNICATION FAILURE (K). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-53 009-925 WASTE TONER CONTAINER NOT SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
009-380 ATC SENSOR FAILURE (Y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-53 009-926 DRUM CARTRIDGE END OF LIFE (K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
009-381 ATC SENSOR FAILURE (M). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-53 009-927 DRUM CARTRIDGE END OF LIFE (C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
009-382 ATC SENSOR FAILURE (C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-53 009-928 DRUM CARTRIDGE END OF LIFE (M). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
009-383 ATC SENSOR FAILURE (K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-54 009-929 DRUM CARTRIDGE END OF LIFE (Y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
009-390 NEW TONER DETECT FAILURE K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-54 009-930 DRUM NOT DETECT (K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
009-391 NEW TONER DETECT FAILURE C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-54 009-931 DRUM NOT DETECT (C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
009-392 NEW TONER DETECT FAILURE M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-55 009-932 DRUM NOT DETECT (M) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
009-393 NEW TONER DETECT FAILURE Y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-55 009-933 DRUM NOT DETECT (Y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
009-408 WASTE TONER CONTAINE NEAR FULL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-55 010-105 FACE UP EXIT SENSOR ON JAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
009-410 TONER YELLOW NEAR EMPTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-55 010-106 FACE UP EXIT SENSOR OFF JAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
009-411 TONER MAGENTA NEAR EMPTY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-56 010-110 FUSER EXIT SW ON JAM (FACE DOWN/DUPLEX). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
009-412 TONER CYAN NEAR EMPTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-56 010-111 FUSER EXIT SW OFF JAM (FACE DOWN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
009-413 TONER BLACK NEAR EMPTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-57 010-125 DUPLEX WAIT SENSOR ON JAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
009-428 DRUM CARTRIDGE CHANGE SOON (K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-57 010-348 MAIN HEATER OVER HEAT FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
009-429 DRUM CARTRIDGE CHANGE SOON (Y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-57 010-349 FRONT THERMISTOR DISCONNECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
009-430 DRUM CARTRIDGE CHANGE SOON(M) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-57 010-350 SUB HEATER OVER HEAT FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
009-431 DRUM CARTRIDGE CHANGE SOON (C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-58 010-351 REAR THERMISTOR DISCONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
009-654 ADC SENSOR FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-58 010-352 MAIN HEATER WARM UP FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
009-660 ENVIRONMENT SENSOR TEMP. FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-58 010-353 MAIN HEATER ON TIME FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
009-661 ENVIRONMENT SENSOR HUMIDITY FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-58 010-354 SUB HEATER WARM UP FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69
009-670 New Toner Detect (K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-59 010-356 SUB HEATER ON TIME FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
009-671 New Toner Detect (C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-59 010-398 FAN LOCK FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
iv
Table of Contents
010-420 FUSER ASSY CHANGE SOON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-72 012-916 STAPLE NG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-85
010-421 FUSER ASSY END OF LIFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-72 012-960 STACKER TRAY FULL STACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-86
012-100 H-TRA ENTRANCE SENSOR ON JAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-73 012-961 MIX FULL STACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-86
012-102 H-TRA ENTRANCE SENSOR OFF JAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-73 012-965 STAPLE NEAR EMPTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87
012-104 H-TRA EXIT SENSOR ON JAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-73 012-966 SCRATCH SHEET COMPILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88
012-106 H-TRA EXIT SENSOR OFF JAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-73 012-969 IOT TOP TRAY FULL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88
012-120 COMPILER ENTRANCE SENSOR ON JAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-74 015-362 X Hard Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-89
012-122 COMPILER ENTRANCE SENSOR OFF JAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-74 015-367 X PIO Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-89
012-170 SET EJECT JAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-74 015-370 X PIO Initialization Failure 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-89
012-241 STAPLE MOVE SENSOR ON FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-74 015-371 X PIO Initialization Failure 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-89
012-242 STAPLE MOVE SENSOR OFF FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-75 015-372 X PIO Initialization Failure 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-89
012-244 STAPLE FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-75 015-375 X PIO Before Scan Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-89
012-252 FRONT TAMPER FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-76 015-376 X PIO Unmatch Failure 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-89
012-253 REAR TAMPER FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-76 015-377 X PIO Unmatch Failure 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-89
012-254 STACKER TRAY FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-77 015-380 Platen AGC CH1 Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-89
012-255 STACKER TRAY UPPER LIMIT FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-78 015-381 Platen AGC CH2 Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-90
012-256 STAPLE FRONT CORNER SENSOR ON FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-78 015-382 Platen AGC CH3 Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-90
012-257 STAPLE FRONT CORNER SENSOR OFF FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-79 015-383 Platen AGC CH4 Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-90
012-260 EJECT CLAMP HOME SENSOR ON FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-79 015-384 Platen AGC CH5 Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-90
012-262 EJECT CLAMP HOME SENSOR OFF FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-80 015-385 Platen AGC CH6 Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-90
012-267 DECURLER FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-80 015-386 Platen AOC CH1 Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-90
012-281 SET CLAMP FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-81 015-387 Platen AOC CH2 Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-90
012-301 TOP COVER INTERLOCK OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-81 015-388 Platen AOC CH3 Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-90
012-302 FRONT DOOR INTERLOCK OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-81 015-389 Platen AOC CH4 Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-91
012-303 H-TRA INTERLOCK OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-82 015-390 Platen AOC CH5 Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-91
012-305 DOCKING INTERLOCK OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-82 015-391 Platen AOC CH6 Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-91
012-350 FINISHER COMMUNICATION FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-83 015-790 X Detect Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-91
012-399 STAPLE MODE LOGIC FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-83 016-311 No Scanner that Should Be . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-92
012-901 H-TRA ENTRANCE SENSOR STATIC JAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-83 016-315 IIT Interface Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-92
012-902 H-TRA EXIT SENSOR STATIC JAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-83 016-316 Page Memory Not Detected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-92
012-903 COMPILER ENTRANCE SENSOR STATIC JAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-83 016-317 Page Memory Broken- Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-92
012-904 COMPILER PAPER SENSOR STATIC JAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-84 016-318 Page Memory Broken- Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-92
012-910 STAPLE FEED READY FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-84 016-450 SMB Host Name Duplicated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-92
012-911 STACKER LOWER SAFETY WARNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-85 016-452 IP Address Duplicated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-92
012-914 STACKER TRAY STAPLE SET OVER COUNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-85 016-453 The IP address fetch failure from the DHCP server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-92
v
Table of Contents
016-454 Dynamic DNS - Dynamic Update Failed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-92 016-745 Job Template Pool Server Address Not Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95
016-460 FULL status was detected at HD access. This is an error that FULL is 016-748 HDD Full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95
cleared even during wait for timing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-92 016-749 XJCL Syntax Error <JCL Syntax Error> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95
016-500 Scan-to-Email Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-92 016-757 Auditron-Invalid User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95
016-501 Scan-to-Email Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-92 016-758 Auditron-Disabled Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95
016-502 Scan-to-Email Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-92 016-759 Auditron-Reached Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95
016-503 Scan-to-Email Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-93 016-760 PS Decompose Error <PS Decompose Error>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95
016-504 Scan-to-Email Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-93 016-761 FIFO Empty <Image Output>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95
016-505 Scan-to-Email Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-93 016-762 Specified Decomposer Not Exist <Decomposer does not exist> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95
016-590 Read Verify Error (Partition A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-93 016-763 Original Patch Not Exist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95
016-591 Read Verify Error (Partition B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-93 016-764 Result code: 421/451-Server failed or closing transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95
016-592 Read Verify Error (Partition C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-93 016-765 Result code: 453-Server insufficient system storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95
016-593 Read Verify Error (Partition D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-93 016-766 Result code: 553-Server exceeded storage allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
016-594 Read Verify Error (Partition E) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-93 016-767 Result code: 550/551-Mailbox not found, or no access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
016-595 Read Verify Error (Partition H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-93 016-770 Template Processing-HD Full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
016-704 Security Box is full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-93 016-771 Scan Data Repository Error-No DNS Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
016-705 Security Storage without HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-93 016-772 Scan Data Repository Error for DNS Library. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
016-706 Max. User Number Exceeded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-93 016-773 Invalid IP Address-DHCP Expired. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
016-707 PROOF_PRINT_FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-93 016-774 HD Full during Conversion of Compression Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
016-716 Unable to spool TIFF Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-94 016-775 HD Full during Image Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
016-718 SHORT_OF_SIF_PCL6_MEMORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-94 016-776 Image Conversion Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
016-719 SHORT_OF_SIF_PCL_MEMORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-94 016-777 HD Access Error during Image Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
016-721 Other Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-94 016-778 HD Full during Scan Image Conversion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
016-726 Cannot Switch Decomposer <Auto Judgement Error> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-94 016-779 Scan Image Conversion Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
016-728 Unsupported TIFF Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-94 016-780 HD Access Error during Scan Image Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
016-729 TIFF Data Size is too Big . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-94 016-781 Scan Server Not Connected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
016-731 Invalid TIFF Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-94 016-782 Scan Server Login Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97
016-735 Updating Job Template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-94 016-788 Mailbox to PC Failure (via Browser) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97
016-737 Job Template Server Read Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-94 016-789 REDIRECTOR_TEMP_HD_FULL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97
016-739 Invalid Job Template Server Path. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-94 016-793 MF I/O HD Full. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97
016-740 Job Template Server Login Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-94 016-950 Tray 1 Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97
016-741 Job Template Server Connect Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-94 016-951 Tray 2 Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97
016-742 HD File System Full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-95 016-952 Tray 3 Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97
016-743 Job Template Pool Server Installation Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-95 016-953 Tray 4 Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97
016-744 Job Template Pool Server Address Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-95 016-954 Tray SMH Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97
vi
Table of Contents
016-958 Size Mismatch 1 SMH Size Mismatch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-97 102-325 Object Creation Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-100
016-959 Size Mismatch Tray 1 Size Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-97 102-326 Memory Overflow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-101
016-960 Size Mismatch Tray 2 Size Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-97 102-327 Button Overflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-101
016-961 Size Mismatch Tray 3 Size Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-97 102-328 UI Internal Failure with Out of Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-101
016-962 Size Mismatch Tray 4 Size Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-97 102-329 UI Internal Failure with Invalid Coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-101
016-965 ATS/APS No Paper APS/ATS NG (No Paper). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-97 102-330 Interface Failure with Invalid Parameter LCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-101
016-966 ATS/APS No Destination Error ATS/APS NG (Other than No Paper). . . . . . . .3-97 102-331 UI Internal Failure with Invalid LED Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-101
016-981 FULL status was detected at HD access. FULL status was not cleared 102-332 Interface Failure with Invalid Parameter CP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-101
even during waiting for timing. (One or more pages are already stored.) . . . . .3-97 102-333 Interface Failure with Impossible Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-101
016-982 FULL status was detected at HD access. FULL status was not cleared even 102-334 Interface Failure with Receiving Error Key Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-101
during waiting for timing. (No pages can be stored.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-98 102-335 Interface Failure with Receiving Invalid Coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-101
016-985 SCAN_TO_EMAIL_DATA_SIZE_OVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-98 102-336 Interface Failure DM - ACD Drv. I/F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-101
020-506 No ability at destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-99 102-337 Frame Data Error with Invalid Data Type3-100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-102
020-507 Password check error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-99 102-338 Frame Data Error Offset Address Out of Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-102
020-510 DTMF protocol error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-99 102-339 Display Request Code Invalid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-102
020-511 No file transfer ability at destination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-99 102-340 Interface Failure GUAM - DM I/F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-102
020-512 Detect endless loop during remote relay broadcast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-99 102-341 Event Queue Full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-102
020-513 Receive illegal command on TRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-99 102-342 Event Queue Empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-102
020-514 Requested invalid function on TRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-99 102-343 Invalid Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-102
020-515 Receive illegal command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-99 102-344 Invalid Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-102
102-310 Send Queue Full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-100 102-345 Timer Queue Full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-102
102-311 Receive Queue Full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-100 102-346 Invalid Timer Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-102
102-312 EVM Uses Wrong API . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-100 102-347 Undefined Trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-102
102-313 AS Uses Wrong API . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-100 102-348 Command Access Exception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-102
102-314 Wait Event Time Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-100 102-349 Invalid Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-102
102-315 CTS Internal Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-100 102-350 Privilege Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-103
102-316 Send Request Queue Full SIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-100 102-351 No FPU Exception. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-103
102-317 Receive Message Queue Full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-100 102-352 Address Misalign. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-103
102-318 Receive Finish Queue Full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-100 102-353 Data Access Exception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-103
102-319 Send Failure with No ACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-100 102-354 Tag Overflow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-103
102-320 Polling Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-100 102-355 No Co Processor Exception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-103
102-321 Send Message Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-100 102-356 Short of Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-103
102-322 Target Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-100 102-357 Cancel Wait Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-103
102-323 Address Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-100 102-358 Time Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-103
102-324 Size Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-100 102-359 Queue Overflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-103
vii
Table of Contents
102-360 Context Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-103 102-396 FF Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-105
102-361 Object Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-103 102-397 MGR Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-105
102-362 No Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-103 102-398 Delay Release Queue Full. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-105
102-363 Invalid ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-103 102-399 Internal Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-105
102-364 Parameter Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-103 103-203 Machine Code Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-106
102-365 Reserve Attribute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-103 103-204 Serial No Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-106
102-366 Reserve Function Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-104 103-207 All Machine Codes Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-106
102-367 Unsupported Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-104 103-208 All Serial Nos Mismatch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-106
102-368 Short of UI Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-104 103-320 EEPROM Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-106
102-369 Invalid Interface Value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-104 103-321 Backup SRAM Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-106
102-370 Interface Length Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-104 103-330 ESS ROM DIMM #3 Check Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-106
102-371 Interface Parameter Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-104 103-331 ESS ROM DIMM #1 Not Found . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-106
102-372 Interface Sequence Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-104 103-332 ESS standard ROM Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-106
102-373 Channel Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-104 103-333 ASIC Failure (Panther-T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-106
102-374 Invalid User Job ID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-104 103-334 Standard FontROM Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-106
102-375 Internal Resource Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-104 103-335 FONT ROM NOT FOUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-106
102-376 Internal Memory Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-104 103-336 ESS RAM DIMM #3 W/R Check failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-106
102-377 UI Timer Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-104 103-337 ESS standard RAM Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-106
102-378 Interface Format Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-104 103-338 Same Font ROMs Found . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-107
102-379 Dispatch Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-104 103-339 ROM DIMM of Another Product Found . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-107
102-380 Copy Interface Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-104 103-372 IOT sc Soft Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-107
102-382 Scanner Interface Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-105 103-701 Changed Output Bin: Side to Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-107
102-383 Report Interface Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-105 103-702 Changed Output Bin: Finisher to Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-107
102-384 Server Access Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-105 116-200 Main PWBA IC Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-108
102-385 Service Object Overflow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-105 116-201 HDD Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-108
102-386 Invalid Service Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-105 116-206 Timer Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-108
102-387 Invalid Service Object Attribute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-105 116-207 Ethernet Board Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-108
102-388 Attribute Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-105 116-209 ESS Font ROM DIMM #1 Check Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-108
102-389 Argument Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-105 116-310 ESS Font ROM DIMM #2 Check Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-108
102-390 Job Parameter Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-105 116-311 ESS Font ROM DIMM #3 Check Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-108
102-391 Job Actual Parameter Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-105 116-314 Ethernet Address Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-108
102-392 Auditron Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-105 116-315 ESS RAM DIMM #1 W/R Check Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-108
102-393 EP Failure EP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-105 116-316 ESS RAM DIMM #2 W/R Check Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-108
102-394 File Access Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-105 116-317 Standard ROM DIMM Check Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-108
102-395 NVM Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-105 116-318 Option ROM DIMM Check Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-108
viii
Table of Contents
116-319 Serial Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-108 116-361 Spool Fatal HDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-111
116-320 STREAMZ Soft Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-108 116-365 Spool Fatal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-111
116-321 System Soft Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-109 116-366 Report Generator Soft Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-112
116-323 ESS NVRAM W/R Check FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-109 116-367 Parallel I/F Soft Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-112
116-324 Exception Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-109 116-368 Dump Print Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-112
116-325 ESS FAN FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-109 116-370 XJCL Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-112
116-326 ESS ROM DIMM #1 Flash Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-109 116-371 PCL Decomposer Software Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-112
116-327 ESS ROM DIMM #2 Flash Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-109 116-372 P-Formatter Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-112
116-328 L2 Cache Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-109 116-373 Dynamic DNS Soft Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-112
116-329 Serial I/F Soft Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-109 116-374 Auto Switch Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-112
116-330 HDD File System Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-109 116-375 I-Formatter Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-112
116-332 Invalid Log Info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-109 116-376 Port 9100 Software Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-112
116-333 LocalTalk Soft Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-109 116-377 Video DMA Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-112
116-335 MFIO HDD Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-109 116-378 MCR Soft Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-113
116-336 Redirector HDD Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-110 116-379 MCC Soft Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-113
116-337 Template HD Write Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-110 116-380 MF UI cont Soft Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-113
116-340 Short of Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-110 116-381 Data Link Layer Error between Cont and UI Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-113
116-341 ROM DIMMs Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-110 116-382 Application Layer Command Error on UI Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-113
116-342 JT Monitor Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-110 116-385 IDC Software Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-113
116-344 MFIO Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-110 116-388 No HD that Should Be . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-113
116-345 (Not used) 116-389 No Add-On RAM that Should Be . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-113
116-346 Formatter Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-110 116-390 Standard ROM and NVM Version Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-113
116-347 LocalTalk Board Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-110 116-395 USB Soft Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-113
116-348 Redirecter Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-110 116-396 MailIO Soft Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-114
116-349 SIF Failure on Calling Pflite Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-110 116-398 IPP Soft Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-114
116-350 AppleTalk Soft Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-110 116-399 JME Soft Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-114
116-351 EtherTalk Soft Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-110 116-701 Execute forced separation of two sides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-114
116-352 Net Ware Soft Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-111 116-702 Perform printing by using a substitution font.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-114
116-353 lpd Soft Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-111 116-703 PS Interpret error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-114
116-355 SNMP Agent Soft Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-111 116-710 HP-GL spool file overflows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-114
116-356 EWS Soft Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-111 116-711 PLW form synthesis error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-114
116-357 PS Soft Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-111 116-712 Insufficient PLW form capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-114
116-358 Salutation Soft Fai. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-111 116-714 A HP-GL command error was detected. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-114
116-359 PLW Soft Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-111 116-715 PLW form registry error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-114
116-360 SMB Soft Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-111 116-718 PLW form synthesis error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-114
ix
Table of Contents
116-720 PCL Memory Low, Page Simplified . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-114 3.4.2.1.2 When opening the desired page of the Electronic Manual from the
116-737 (Not used) desired Service Mode screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-127
116-738 Form synthesis error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-115 3.4.2.1.3 The history menu linked with the Diag/Electronic Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-128
116-739 Insufficient form/logo capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-115 3.4.2.2 How to Use the System Menu in the Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-129
116-740 Value Calculation Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-115 3.4.2.3 Dummy by Models/Compulsion Manual Boot Up in the Service Mode . . . . . . . 3-129
116-741 Form registry error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-115 3.4.2.3.1 ASCII Code List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-130
116-742 Logo registry error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-115 3. 4. 3 How to Exit Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-132
116-743 Form/logo size overflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-115 3. 4. 4 How to Use DC Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-133
116-746 Form synthesis error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-115 3. 4. 4. 1 DC122 Shutdown History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-133
116-747 White page was detected. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-115 3. 4. 4. 2 DC118 Jam Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-134
116-748 White page was detected. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-115 3. 4. 4. 3 DC120 Failure Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-135
116-780 Attached document failure of email to XXX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-115 3. 4. 4. 4 DC135 HFSI Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-136
116-790 Printed without the stapler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-115 3. 4. 4. 5 DC140 Analog Monitor (IO Check) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-138
202-399 Timer Internal Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-116 3. 4. 4. 6 DC305 Component Check (IO Check). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-139
3. 3. 2 Other Failure FIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-117 3. 4. 4. 7 DC330 Component Control (IO Check) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-140
3. 3. 2. 1 AC POWER FIP (IOT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-117 3. 4. 4. 8 DC131 NVM Read/Write (System Data) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-142
3. 3. 2. 2 +3.3 VDC POWER (+3.3V LVPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-117 3. 4. 4. 9 DC132 Billing Data Matching & Serial No. Setup (System Data). . . . . . . . . . . 3-143
3. 3. 2. 3 +5 VDC POWER (+5V LVPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-117 3. 4. 4. 10 DC301 NVM Initialization (System Data) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-144
3. 3. 2. 4 +24 VDC POWER (+24V LVPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-118 3. 4. 4. 11 DC355 Hard Disk Diag Program (Sub System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-145
3. 3. 2. 5 +24 VDC POWER (IIT LVPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-118 3. 4. 4. 13 DC527 Document Feeder Independent Operation (Sub System) . . . . . . . . . . 3-146
3. 3. 3 Generic FIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-119 3. 4. 4. 14 DC956 Belt Edge Learn Mode (Sub System). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-147
3. 4. 4. 15 DC612 Color Test Pattern Print (Test Pattern Print) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-148
3. 3. 3. 1 Reflective Sensor Failure FIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-119
3. 4. 4. 16 DC681 Regi Measurement Cycle (Registration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-149
3. 3. 3. 2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-119
3. 4. 4. 17 DC683 Regi Control Sensor Check Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-150
3. 3. 3. 3 Switch (Normal/Open) Failure FIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-120
3. 4. 4. 18 DC684 Regi Control Correction Check Cycle (Registration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-151
3. 3. 3. 4 Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-120
3. 4. 4. 19 DC685 Regi Control Setup Cycle (Registration). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-152
3. 3. 3. 5 Solenoid/Clutch Left Energized Failure FIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-120
3. 4. 4. 20 DC921 ATC Sensor SetUp (Color Image Control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-153
3. 3. 3. 6 Motor Does Not Rotate Failure FIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-121
3. 4. 4. 21 DC922 TRC Control (Color Image Control). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-154
3. 3. 3. 7 Motor Left Running Failure FIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-121
3. 4. 4. 22 DC924 TRC Adjust (Color Image Control). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-155
3. 3. 3. 8 NIP/RELEASE SOLENOID Not Energized Failure FIP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-121
3. 4. 4. 23 DC934 ADC/AGC Setup (Color Image Control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-156
3. 4 Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-123
3. 4. 4. 24 DC945 IIT Calibration (Color Image Control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-157
3. 4. 1 PC-Diag Screen Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-123
3. 4. 4. 25 Direct Code Input Diag (Others) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-158
3. 4. 2 How to Enter the Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-125
3. 4. 4. 26 Read Report (Data Dump) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-160
3.4.2.1 Faults Resolving Procedure in Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-127
3.4.2.1.1 When opening the desired page of the Electronic Manual in the
3. 5 Service Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-162
3. 5. 1 DC330 Input Component Check List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-162
Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-127
x
Table of Contents
3. 5. 2 DC330 Output Component Check List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-174 3.6.1.2 Hard Disk Initialization (UI: DC305) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-368
3. 5. 3 DC140 Analog Monitor Code List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-195 3.6.1.3 NVM Read/Write (UI:DC131) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-368
3. 5. 4 DC135 HFSI List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-198 3. 6. 2 Various Report Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-369
3. 5. 5 DC612 Test Pattern Print (PG) List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-200 3. 6. 2. 1 Debug Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-369
3. 5. 6 DC131 710-xxx DADF NVM List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-207 3. 6. 2. 2 HFSI Counter Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-369
3. 5. 7 DC131 715-xxx IIT NVM List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-211 3. 6. 2. 3 Jam Counter Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-369
3. 5. 8 DC131 719-xxx IIT/DADF Software NVM List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-224 3. 6. 2. 4 Shutdown History Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-369
3. 5. 9 DC131 740-xxx IOT Manager NVM List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-225 3. 6. 2. 5 Failure Counter Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-370
3. 5. 10 DC131 741-xxx Drive NVM List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-226
3. 5. 11 DC131 742-xxx Paper Handling NVM List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-227
3. 5. 12 DC131 744-xxx Fuser NVM List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-234
3. 5. 13 DC131 746-xxx Xero Transfer NVM List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-236
3. 5. 14 DC131 751-xxx Procon NVM List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-249
3. 5. 15 DC131 752-xxx Procon NVM List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-252
3. 5. 16 DC131 753-xxx ProCon 2 NVM List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-263
3. 5. 17 DC131 755-xxx CRUM NVM List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-267
3. 5. 18 DC131 760-xxx Regicon NVM List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-274
3. 5. 19 DC131 762-xxx Deve NVM List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-282
3. 5. 20 DC131 764-xxx Output (Finisher) NVM List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-292
3. 5. 21 DC131 700-xxx ESS Configuration NVM List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-294
3. 5. 22 DC131 720-xxx ESS Meter/Counter NVM List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-305
3. 5. 23 DC131 770-xxx ESS IO Port/Protocol Setting NVM List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-308
3. 5. 24 DC131 780-xxx ESS Print Frame Setting NVM List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-317
3. 5. 25 DC131 790-xxx ESS Panel display Setting NVM List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-323
3. 5. 26 DC131 800-xxx ESS Print Service Setting NVM List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-339
3. 5. 27 DC131 810-xxx ESS Copy Service Setting NVM List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-340
3. 5. 28 DC131 840-xxx ESS Scan Setting NVM List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-354
3. 5. 29 DC131 870-xxx ESS Diagnosis Setting NVM List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-356
3. 5. 30 DC131 879-xxx ESS Diagnosis Monitor NVM List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-360
3. 5. 31 DC131 900-xxx ESS Tag-Matrix NVM List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-361
3. 5. 32 DC131 701-xxx Image Quality Setting NVM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-365
3. 5. 33 ASCII Code List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-366
3. 6 CE (UI) Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-367
3. 6. 1 UI-Diagnostics (DC codes that can be accessed from the UI screen) . . . . . . . . . .3-367
3.6.1.1 NVM Initialization (UI: DC301) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-367
xi
3. 1 Preface 3. 1. 2 Glossary
3. 1. 1 How to Troubleshoot The following terminology and sentences are used throughout the troubleshooting section. The
meanings of these terminology and sentences must be fully understood when performing problem
Troubleshooting procedures are roughly divided into two categories. analysis.
Level 1 Troubleshooting: Common terms:
Level 1 Troubleshooting (Level 1 FIP) is the first step to diagnose a problem. Level 1F asks • Fault Code
whether any fault codes or problematic symptoms exist, guiding you to Level 2
This code is displayed when the machine has found a problem, and it is composed of 6 digits.
Troubleshooting or an appropriate BSD to resolve the problem.
The first 3 digits show the Chain No. and correspond to the Chain No. of BSD.
Level 2 Troubleshooting:
• Actuate (Deactuate)
Level 2 Troubleshooting is a diagnostic procedure of isolating a problem by Fault Code,
document/paper jam and other various problematic symptoms. Performing a FIP or an To mechanically push (release) the actuator of the switch or the mechanical linkage
appropriate procedure in the check out list enables you to discover causes of a problem in a connecting to another part.
short period of time. • Block
• Fault Code When a Fault Code alerts you to a machine failure, perform the appropriate To place a sheet of document or paper on the photo sensor surface for detection.
troubleshooting items by referring to Level 2 Troubleshooting. • Check
Other troubleshooting: To visually check the operation failure of parts such as the relay or mechanical linkage, and
• Generic FIP This is the generic check procedure in performing troubleshooting for general failure status of parts.
electric parts such as Motor, Relay, Solenoid, Switch and Sensor etc. • Enter the Service Mode.
Service Mode/UI Diagnostic Mode: To enter the Service Mode by following the procedure described in Chapter 2 How to use the
This shows the purposes and usage of diagnostic program of the machine, and how to read Service Mode.
diag data.
• Enter the UI Diag. Mode.
How to proceed troubleshooting and Cautions:
To enter the UI Diag Mode by following the procedure described in Chapter 2 How to use the
• First, perform Level 1 FIP to categorize a problem, then proceed to an appropriate Level 2 FIP
UI Diag Mode (UI Diagnostics mode).
or BSD to resolve the problem. To find causes of the problem using the FIP or check chart
etc., thoroughly read instructions and follow the procedure properly. When two or more • Check the wire for a short circuit.
causes exist, they cannot be identified at once, so the same FIP should sometimes be repeated. Turn Off the power. Measure the resistance between the Wire and the Frame using the ohm
In this case, note that a different judgement is made in the process of the same FIP. range of a test meter.
• The generic check procedure for the general electric parts (Motor, Relay, Solenoid, Switch • Check the Wire for an open circuit.
and Sensor etc.) is not shown in some troubleshooting. In such a case, only the causes of Turn Off the power. Measure the resistance for both ends of the Wire using the ohm range of
troubles are shown using the expressions below. Therefore, if you do not know how to check, a test meter.
proceed the troubleshooting by referring to “3.3.3 Generic FIP”. • Select DC330 [xxx-xxx].
[Example] Enter DC330[xxx-xxx]. Insert paper from the tray side. Does the display show Enter DC330 Component Control by following the procedure described in Chapter 3 Service
“Low”? Mode. Then, either select the applicable parts from the desired module or enter Chain Link
Y N No. [xxx-xxx] by selecting [Direct Code Input].
Repair xxxxxx SENSOR using Sensor Failure FIP. • Check the voltage level.
~ Voltage Level Range
+3.5 VDC (H) +3.33 ~ +3.68 VDC
(L) 0.0 ~ +1.0 VDC
3-1 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Voltage Level Range

+5 VDC (H) +4.85 ~ +5.36 VDC
(L) 0.0 ~ +1.0 VDC
+12 VDC (H) +11.4 ~ +12.6 VDC
(L) 0.0 ~ +1.5 VDC
+13.3 VDC (H) +12.64 ~ +13.97 VDC
(L) 0.0 ~ +1.5VDC
+24 VDC (H) +23.28 ~ +25.73 VDC
(L) 0.0 ~ +3.0 VDC
• Exit the problem analysis procedure.

Mechanical problems: This phrase is used when moving to machine adjustment and parts
replacement. Read all the items (describing the main causes) and find out the causes of a
problem by comparing them with the symptoms shown by the machine.
• PL4.2: Refer to PL4.2 in Chapter 5 Parts List.
• BSD6.2: Zone J4 Refer to 6.2 Zone J4 in Chapter 7 BSD.
• REP4.1.1: Refer to REP4.1.1 in Chapter 2.
• ADJ1.1.3: Refer to ADJ1.1.3 in Chapter 2.
• Replace the parts in sequence. When it is impossible to analyze causes of a problem further,
replace the parts in sequence. The part with a higher replacement frequency or higher
possibility of causing a problem is listed first for replacement.
3. 2 Level 1 Troubleshooting
Y N
3. 2. 1 Level 1 FIP Image quality problems
Y N
Procedure
Problems caused by a certain Client PC
Ask the operator about the problem.
Y N
• When the trouble applies to a Fault Code (including Paper/
About problems caused by a certain APL:
Document Jam), go to the Level 2 FIP to repair the trouble.
: Get the latest restriction and technical
• If the trouble is abnormal sound or smell, select a mode of information from your technical support
the machine (1-Sided/2-Sided, with/without the Finisher) divisions.
and find the main cause of the trouble using your five : If unable, contact the NTS or your
senses to repair the trouble. technical support divisions to get the
Did the operator operate the machine properly? information and repair the trouble.
Y N
Explain the proper operation to the operator. Check the setting of certain Client PC and ask
the customer to re-install the printer driver as
Is UI displaying? required.
Y N
Refer to the BSD (CH2.X) to repair the UI display error. Refer to Chapter 8, 8.1 Image Data Flow and
identify the failed PWB by printing the PG stored in
Does this trouble occur only in the print mode? the IIT/IPS in sequence from the downstream of the
Y N flow to repair the trouble.
Does this trouble occur only in the copy mode? If the trouble persists, ask the customer to re-install
Y N the printer driver.
If the trouble comes from the accessories check that If the trouble persists, there may be the trouble of the
the machine settings are correct and refer to the MCU PWB inputs that cannot be analyzed by the PG.
appropriate service manual to repair the trouble. Therefore, replace the MCU PWB.
Is it an image quality trouble? Check the setting of the machine and ask the customer to
Y N re-install the printer driver as required.
If the alignment has trouble, obtain the samples of
platen/DADF respectively and refer to Chapter 2 to If the trouble persists, replace the parallel cable.
repair the trouble. Check the settings of the machine and consult the network
administrator of the customer side.
Refer to Chapter 8, 8.1 Image Data Flow and identify the
failed PWB by printing the PG stored in the IIT/IPS in
sequence from the downstream of the flow to repair the
trouble.
Network problems
Y N
Parallel connection problems

3.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting Repair the short circuit of the circuit by referring
001-302 FRONT COVER INTERLOCK OPEN
to Chapter 4 Wiring Data.
3.3.1 Fault Code FIP (WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) Description The FRONT COVER is open.
(WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2)
001-300 L/H COVER INTERLOCK OPEN (WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) BSD on : CH1.7 CH1.9
Description The L/H COVER is open. (WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4) Procedure
Remove the FRONT COVER. Cheat the FRONT COVER
Is the output from the LVPS normal? INTERLOCK SWITCH.
BSD on : CH1.7 CH1.9
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1) Has the display of 001-302 been cleared?
Procedure
Y N
Run the DC330 [001-301]. Repair the switch using the Generic Switch Failure FIP. Is +24 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J531-1 (+)
Open and close the L/H COVER, and turn the SWITCH On/ (PL2.10) and GND (-)?
Off.
Y N
Is the display switched between H and L? Check the installation status of the Actuator Cover.
Is +24 VDC measured between the FRONT COVER
Y N
INTERLOCK SW J171-B1 (+) and GND (-)?
Is +24 VDC measured between the LOW VOLTAGE 001-301 L/H LOWER COVER INTERLOCK OPEN
Y N
POWER SUPPLY J502-1 (+) and GND (-)? Description The L/H LOWER COVER is open. Is +24 VDC measured between the FRONT
COVER INTERLOCK SW J171-A1 (+) and
Y N BSD on : CH8.2 CH8.6 GND (-)?
Check the other +24 VDC outputs from the LOW
Procedure Y N
VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY by referring to BSD
Run the DC330 [001-302]. Check the +24 VDC circuit to the L/H
(CH1.5).
Open the L/H LOW COVER, and turn the L/H LOWER COVER INTERLOCK SW J172-A1 by
Is +24 VDC measured?
COVER INTERLOCK SENSOR On/Off with paper. referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data.
Y N
Is the display switched between H and L? (WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1)
Check the +24V LVPS ENABLE signal to the
Y N (WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2)
LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY.
Use the Generic Permeable Sensor Failure FIP to repair the (WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3)
Is +5 VDC measured?
L/H LOWER COVER INTERLOCK SENSOR. (PL2.3) (WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4)
Y N
Check the wire between the I/F PWB J534- Replace the FRONT COVER INTERLOCK
B4 and the LVPS J505-3. If no problems Check the installation status of the Actuator and the COVER. If
no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1) SWITCH. (PL10.1)
are found, replace the MCU PWB.
(PL13.1) Check the wire between the FRONT COVER
INTERLOCK SWITCH J127-B1 and the I/F PWB
Disconnect all the output connectors of the LOW J531-1 for an open circuit or poor contact.
VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY and check the
+24 VDC output. Check the wire between the I/F PWB and the MCU PWB.
Is +24 VDC measured? If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB.
Y N (PL13.1)
Replace the LVPS1. (PL9.1) If the problem persists, replace the I/F PWB. (PL9.1)
A short circuit has occurred in the LVPS output Check the installation status of the Actuator and the SWITCH.
system circuit.
Is +24 VDC measured between the TRAY MODULE Y N
001-303 TRAY MODULE L/H COVER
L/H COVER INTERLOCK SW FS813 (+) and GND Check the DC COM circuit to the DUPLEX
INTERLOCK OPEN
(-)? COVER INTERLOCK SW J136-2 by
Description The TRAY MODULE L/H COVER is open. referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data.
Y N (WN4.3.9 +5 VRET-1)
BSD on : CH1.8 CH1.9 CH3.1D Replace the TRAY MODULE L/H COVER (WN4.3.10 +5 VRET-2)
Procedure INTERLOCK SW. (PL14.13) (WN4.3.11 +5 VRET-3)
Run the DC330 [001-304]. (WN4.3.12 +5 VRET-4)
Open the TRAY MODULE L/H COVER, and turn the TRAY Check the wire between the TRAY MODULE PWB
MODULE L/H COVER INTERLOCK SW On/Off with a J554-3 and the TRAY MODULE L/H COVER Is 0 VDC measured between the DUPLEX
driver. INTERLOCK SW FS813 for an open circuit or poor COVER INTERLOCK SW J136-1 (+) and GND
Is the display switched between H and L? contact. (-)?
Y N
Actuate the TRAY MODULE L/H COVER INTERLOCK Replace the TRAY MODULE PWB. (PL14.15) Y N
SW. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1) Replace the DUPLEX COVER
Is +24 VDC measured between the TRAY MODULE INTERLOCK SWITCH. (PL12.2)
Check the installation status of the Actuator of the COVER and
PWB J554-3 (+) and GND (-)?
the COVER. If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB. Check the wire between the DUPLEX PWB
(PL13.1) J540-2 and the DUPLEX COVER INTERLOCK
Y N
Is +24VDC measured between the TRAY MODULE SW J136-1 for an open circuit or poor contact.
001-306 DUPLEX COVER INTERLOCK OPEN
PWB J554-1 (+) and GND (-)?
Description The DUPLEX COVER is open. Check the wire between the MCU MF PWB J406-A9
and the DUPLEX PWB J540-2 for an open circuit
Y N
BSD on : CH10.6 CH10.8 and poor contact.
Check the +24 VDC circuit to the TRAY
MODULE PWB J554-1 by referring to Chapter Procedure Check the wire between the I/F PWB and the MCU PWB.
4 Wiring Data. Run the DC330 [008-300]. If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB.
(WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) Open the DUPLEX COVER, and turn the DUPLEX COVER (PL13.1)
(WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2) INTERLOCK SW On/Off with a driver.
(WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) Is the display switched between H and L? Check the installation status of the Actuator of the COVER and
(WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4) Y N the COVER. If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB.
Actuate the DUPLEX COVER INTERLOCK SW. (PL13.1)
Is +24 VDC measured between the TRAY MODULE Is 0 VDC measured between the MCU MF PWB J406-A9
L/H COVER INTERLOCK SW FS812 (+) and GND (+) and GND (-)?
(-)?
Y N
Y N Is 0 VDC measured between the DUPLEX PWB
Check the wire between the TRAY MODULE J540-2 (+) and GND (-)?
PWB J554-1 and the TRAY MODULE L/H
COVER INTERLOCK SW FS812 for an open Y N
circuit or poor contact. Is 0 VDC measured between the DUPLEX
COVER INTERLOCK SW J136-2 (+) and GND
(-)?

003-205 All Billing Mismatch 003-317 IITsc Soft Failure IITsc Software Failure 003-320 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 1
BSD on : CH3.6A BSD on : CH12.2A BSD on : CH12.2A
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
Three billing counters that are stored in three separate Configuration mismatch of the ESS and the IISS is SCOPE-FD sending error that will be detected by the
parts are all different. detected. Controller (Incorrect parameter instruction)
[Actions] [Actions] An abnormal parameter is set as the argument for the
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if (1) Change the document sensor position of the IISS. sending function.
the problem persists. [Actions]
(2) Rewrite the NVM.
Run Diag (DC132) to even out the Billing values. Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
When the Billing values are still different after 003-318 IITsc Soft Failure IITsc Software Failure the problem persists.
DC132, replace the following part that has a different (1) Check the connection of the IIT/IPS (PL16.3)
Billing value. BSD on : CH12.2A Connection Harness.
• ESS PWB (PL13.1) [Detection Conditions] (2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of
• NVM PWB (PL13.1) Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if the software.
• MCU PWB (PL13.1) the problem persists. (3) If the problem persists after the above actions,
[Actions] replace the IIT/IPS (PL16.3).
003-206 Billing Restoration Failure
(1) Perform re-installation of the software.
003-321 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 2
BSD on : CH3.6A (2) If the problem persists after the above actions,
replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1).
[Detection Conditions] BSD on : CH12.2A
When one of the Billing counters mismatches with the 003-319 IITsc Video Driver Detection Failure [Detection Conditions]
others, the counter cannot be repaired. SCOPE-FD sending error that will be detected by the
[Actions] BSD on : CH12.2A Controller (Incorrect Sequence No.)
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if [Detection Conditions] ACK cannot be received after resending it twice. (The
the problem persists. The following errors are notified from a driver. Sequence No. of the message packet that has been sent
Run Diag (DC132) and replace the part whose Billing is not correct.)
(1) Compressed threshold value is over.
count is different. [Actions]
(2) DMA transfer error
When the Billing values are still different after Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
(3) Other compression system errors
DC132, replace the following part that has a different the problem persists.
Billing value. [Actions]
(1) Check the connection of the IIT/IPS (PL16.3)
• ESS PWB (PL13.1) Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if Connection Harness.
the problem persists.
• NVM PWB (PL13.1) (2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of
(1) Perform re-installation of the software. the software.
• MCU PWB (PL13.1)
(2) If the problem persists after the above actions, (3) If the problem persists after the above actions,
replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1). replace the IIT/IPS (PL16.3).
003-322 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 3 003-324 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 5 003-326 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 7

SCOPE-FD sending error that will be detected by the SCOPE-FD sending error that will be detected by the SCOPE-FD sending error that will be detected by the
Controller (Incorrect Packet No.) Controller (Check Code Error) Controller (Flaming Error)
ACK cannot be received after resending it twice. (The ACK cannot be received after resending it twice. (The ACK cannot be received after resending it twice. (A
Packet No. of the message Packet that has been sent is Check Code of the message packet that has been sent flaming error is found in the hardware at the IISS
not correct.) is not correct.) side.)
[Actions] [Actions] [Actions]
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
the problem persists. the problem persists. the problem persists.
(1) Check the connection of the IIT/IPS (PL16.3) (1) Check the connection of the IIT/IPS (PL16.3) (1) Check the connection of the IIT/IPS (PL16.3)
Connection Harness. Connection Harness. Connection Harness.
(2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of (2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of (2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of
the software. the software. the software.
(3) If the problem persists after the above actions, (3) If the problem persists after the above actions, (3) If the problem persists after the above actions,
replace the IIT/IPS (PL16.3). replace the IIT/IPS (PL16.3). replace the IIT/IPS (PL16.3).

SCOPE-FD sending error that will be detected by the SCOPE-FD sending error that will be detected by the SCOPE-FD sending error that will be detected by the
Controller (Incorrect message length) Controller (Parity Error) Controller (Overrun Error)
ACK cannot be received after resending it twice. (The ACK cannot be received after resending it twice. (A ACK cannot be received after resending it twice. (An
message length of the message packet that has been parity error is found in the hardware at the IISS side.) overrun error is found in the hardware at the IISS
sent is not correct.) [Actions] side.)
[Actions] Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if [Actions]
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if the problem persists. Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
the problem persists. (1) Check the connection of the IIT/IPS (PL16.3) the problem persists.
(1) Check the connection of the IIT/IPS (PL16.3) Connection Harness. (1) Check the connection of the IIT/IPS (PL16.3)
Connection Harness. (2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of Connection Harness.
(2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of the software. (2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of
the software. (3) If the problem persists after the above actions, the software.
(3) If the problem persists after the above actions, replace the IIT/IPS (PL16.3). (3) If the problem persists after the above actions,
replace the IIT/IPS (PL16.3). replace the IIT/IPS (PL16.3).


SCOPE-FD sending error that will be detected by the SCOPE-FD receiving error that will be detected by the SCOPE-FD receiving error that will be detected by the
Controller (Sending Abortion Error) Controller (Incorrect Packet No.) Controller (Check Code Error)
ACK cannot be received after resending it twice. The NAK that notifies the occurrence of the The NAK that notifies the occurrence of the
(Abortion of receiving is detected after a header is communication failure is received. (The Packet No. of communication failure is received. (The Check Code
recognized at the IISS side.) the message packet that has been received is not of the message packet that has been received is not
[Actions] correct.) correct.)
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if [Actions] [Actions]
the problem persists. Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
(1) Check the connection of the IIT/IPS (PL16.3) the problem persists. the problem persists.
Connection Harness. (1) Check the connection of the IIT/IPS (PL16.3) (1) Check the connection of the IIT/IPS (PL16.3)
(2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of Connection Harness. Connection Harness.
the software. (2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of (2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of
(3) If the problem persists after the above actions, the software. the software.
replace the IIT/IPS (PL16.3). (3) If the problem persists after the above actions, (3) If the problem persists after the above actions,
replace the IIT/IPS (PL16.3). replace the IIT/IPS (PL16.3).
003-329 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 10
003-331 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 12 003-333 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 14
BSD on : CH12.2A
[Detection Conditions] BSD on : CH12.2A BSD on : CH12.2A
SCOPE-FD receiving error that will be detected by the [Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
Controller (Sequence No. Error) SCOPE-FD receiving error that will be detected by the SCOPE-FD receiving error that will be detected by the
The NAK that notifies the occurrence of the Controller (Incorrect Message Length) Controller (Parity Error)
communication failure is received. (The Sequence No. The NAK that notifies the occurrence of the The NAK that notifies the occurrence of the
of the message packet that has been received is not communication failure is received. (The message communication failure is received. (A parity error is
correct.) length of the message packet that has been received is found in the hardware the UART itself has.)
[Actions] not correct.) [Actions]
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if [Actions] Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
the problem persists. Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if the problem persists.
(1) Check the connection of the IIT/IPS (PL16.3) the problem persists. (1) Check the connection of the IIT/IPS (PL16.3)
Connection Harness. (1) Check the connection of the IIT/IPS (PL16.3) Connection Harness.
(2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of Connection Harness. (2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of
the software. (2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of the software.
(3) If the problem persists after the above actions, the software. (3) If the problem persists after the above actions,
replace the IIT/IPS (PL16.3). (3) If the problem persists after the above actions, replace the IIT/IPS (PL16.3).
replace the IIT/IPS (PL16.3).
003-334 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 15 003-336 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 17 003-341 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 2
BSD on : CH12.2A BSD on : CH12.2A BSD on : CH12.2B

SCOPE-FD receiving error that will be detected by the SCOPE-FD receiving error that will be detected by the ACK cannot be received after resending it twice. (The
Controller (Flaming Error) Controller (Receiving Abortion Error) Sequence No. of the message packet that has been sent
The NAK that notifies the occurrence of the The NAK that notifies the occurrence of the is not correct.)
communication failure is received. (A Flaming Error communication failure is received. (Abortion of [Actions]
is found in the hardware the UART itself has.) receiving is detected after a header is recognized.) Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
[Actions] [Actions] the problem persists.
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if (1) Check the connection of the MCU PWB
the problem persists. the problem persists. Connection Harness.
(1) Check the connection of the IIT/IPS (PL16.3) (1) Check the connection of the IIT/IPS (PL16.3) (2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of
Connection Harness. Connection Harness. the software.
(2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of (2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of (3) If the problem persists after the above actions,
the software. the software. replace the MCU PWB (PL13.1).
replace the IIT/IPS (PL16.3). replace the IIT/IPS (PL16.3). 003-342 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 3
003-335 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 16 003-340 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 1 BSD on : CH12.2B
[Detection Conditions]
BSD on : CH12.2A BSD on : CH12.2B ACK cannot be received after resending it twice. (The
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions] Packet No. of the message packet that has been sent is
SCOPE-FD receiving error that will be detected by the An abnormal parameter is set as the argument for the not correct.)
Controller (Overrun error) sending function. [Actions]
The NAK that notifies the occurrence of the [Actions] Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
communication failure is received. (An overrun error Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if the problem persists.
is found in the hardware the UART itself has.) the problem persists. (1) Check the connection of the MCU PWB
[Actions] (1) Check the connection of the MCU PWB Connection Harness.
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if Connection Harness. (2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of
the problem persists. (2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of the software.
(1) Check the connection of the IIT/IPS (PL16.3) the software. (3) If the problem persists after the above actions,
Connection Harness. (3) If the problem persists after the above actions, replace the MCU PWB (PL13.1).
(2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of replace the MCU PWB (PL13.1).
the software.
(3) If the problem persists after the above actions,
replace the IIT/IPS (PL16.3).

003-343 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 4 003-346 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 6 003-348 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 8
BSD on : CH12.2B BSD on : CH12.2B BSD on : CH12.2B

ACK cannot be received after resending it twice. (The ACK cannot be received after resending it twice. (A ACK cannot be received after resending it twice. (An
message length of the message packet that has been parity error is found in the hardware at the IOT side.) overrun error is found in the hardware at the IOT
sent is not correct.) [Actions] side.)
the problem persists. (1) Check the connection of the MCU PWB the problem persists.
(1) Check the connection of the MCU PWB Connection Harness. (1) Check the connection of the MCU PWB
(3) If the problem persists after the above actions, replace the MCU PWB (PL13.1). (3) If the problem persists after the above actions,
replace the MCU PWB (PL13.1). replace the MCU PWB (PL13.1).
003-347 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 7
003-345 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 5 003-349 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 9
BSD on : CH12.2B
BSD on : CH12.2B [Detection Conditions] BSD on : CH12.2B
[Detection Conditions] ACK cannot be received after resending it twice. (A [Detection Conditions]
ACK cannot be received after resending it twice. (The flaming error is found in the hardware at the IOT ACK cannot be received after resending it twice.
Check Code of the message packet that has been sent side.) (Abortion of receiving is detected after a header is
is not correct.) [Actions] recognized at the IOT side.)
the problem persists. (1) Check the connection of the MCU PWB the problem persists.
(1) Check the connection of the MCU PWB Connection Harness. (1) Check the connection of the MCU PWB
(3) If the problem persists after the above actions, replace the MCU PWB (PL13.1). (3) If the problem persists after the above actions,
003-350 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 10 003-352 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 12 003-354 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 14

The NAK that notifies the occurrence of the The NAK that notifies the occurrence of the The NAK that notifies the occurrence of the
communication failure is received. (The Sequence No. communication failure is received. (The message communication failure is received. (A parity error is
of the message packet that has been received is not length of the message packet that has been received is found in the hardware the UART itself has.)
correct.) not correct.) [Actions]
[Actions] [Actions] Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if the problem persists.
the problem persists. the problem persists. (1) Check the connection of the MCU PWB
(1) Check the connection of the MCU PWB (1) Check the connection of the MCU PWB Connection Harness.
Connection Harness. Connection Harness. (2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of
(2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of (2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of the software.
the software. the software. (3) If the problem persists after the above actions,
(3) If the problem persists after the above actions, (3) If the problem persists after the above actions, replace the MCU PWB (PL13.1).
003-355 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 15
003-351 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 11 003-353 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 13
BSD on : CH12.2B
BSD on : CH12.2B BSD on : CH12.2B [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions] The NAK that notifies the occurrence of the
The NAK that notifies the occurrence of the The NAK that notifies the occurrence of the communication failure is received. (A flaming error is
communication failure is received. (The Packet No. of communication failure is received. (The Check Code found in the hardware the UART itself has.)
the message packet that has been received is not of the message packet that has been received is not [Actions]
correct.) correct.) Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if (1) Check the connection of the MCU PWB
the problem persists. the problem persists. Connection Harness.
(1) Check the connection of the MCU PWB (1) Check the connection of the MCU PWB (2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of
Connection Harness. Connection Harness. the software.
(2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of (2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of (3) If the problem persists after the above actions,
the software. the software. replace the MCU PWB (PL13.1).

003-356 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 16 003-358 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 18 003-360 IOT-ESS Initialization Failure

[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions] IOT Driver initialization failure.
The NAK that notifies the occurrence of the The paper feed and paper output that are not [Actions]
communication failure is received. (An overrun error applicable to the NBR are detected. Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
is found in the hardware the UART itself has.) [Actions] the problem persists.
[Actions] Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if (1) Check the connection of the MCU PWB
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if the problem persists. Connection Harness.
the problem persists. (1) Check the connection of the MCU PWB (2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of
(1) Check the connection of the MCU PWB Connection Harness. the software.
Connection Harness. (2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of (3) If the problem persists after the above actions,
(2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of the software. replace the MCU PWB (PL13.1).
the software. (3) If the problem persists after the above actions,
(3) If the problem persists after the above actions, replace the MCU PWB (PL13.1). 003-362 Page Sync Illegal Start
replace the MCU PWB (PL13.1).
003-359 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 19 BSD on : CH12.2C
003-357 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 17 [Detection Conditions]
BSD on : CH12.2B At IOT output, the PageSync is active before the FIFO
BSD on : CH12.2B [Detection Conditions] becomes full by writing the output data.
[Detection Conditions] An abnormal parameter is set as the argument for the [Actions] This failure is currently not displayed.
The NAK that notifies the occurrence of the receiving function.
communication failure is received. (Abortion of [Actions] 003-363 Page Sync Illegal Stop
receiving is detected after a header is recognized.) Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
[Actions] BSD on : CH12.2C
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if (1) Check the connection of the MCU PWB [Detection Conditions]
the problem persists. Connection Harness. At IOT output, PageSync is negated before the
(1) Check the connection of the MCU PWB (2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of specified paper size is output.
Connection Harness. the software. [Actions] This failure is currently not displayed.
(2) Software matching error. Perform re-installation of (3) If the problem persists after the above actions,
the software. replace the MCU PWB (PL13.1).
(3) If the problem persists after the above actions,
replace the MCU PWB (PL13.1).
003-364 DMA Transfer Failure 003-370 Marker Code Detect Failure 003-747 Print Instruction Failure
BSD on : CH12.2C BSD on : CH12.2C BSD on : CH12.2C

[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions] The specified print parameter is
incorrect.
After data is input for compression/extension, the When only the specified size data is extended, the end
compression/extraction is not completed. code (FF02) cannot be found in the compressed data. [Actions] Change the print parameter and print again.
[Actions] [Actions]
003-750 Short of Originals in As Book
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
the problem persists. the problem persists. BSD on : CH6.12B
(1) Replace the RAM. (PL13.1) (1) Replace the RAM. (PL13.1) [Detection Conditions] Insufficient number of document
(2) Run DC355 Diag. If the problem persists, replace (2) Run DC355 Diag. If the problem persists, replace pages for As Book
the HDD (PL13.1). the HDD (PL13.1). [Actions] Set the number of pages to the maximum
(3) ESS PWB (PL13.1) (3) ESS PWB (PL13.1) number of pages that can be stored or less.
003-365 Overflow on Loop Back Write 003-600 Repair the Billing Master Counter 003-760 Invalid Scan Job Parameter
BSD on : CH12.2C BSD on : CH3.6A BSD on : CH6.12B
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions] The Billing Master Counter is [Detection Conditions]
The extended data exceeds the reserved buffer size. repaired automatically. Job parameter mismatch
[Actions] This failure is currently not displayed. [Actions] Only record the data to the History. (Hidden The Job properties are incorrect.
Failure)
[Actions] No actions required.
003-366 JBIG Library Other Failure
003-601 Repair the Billing Master Counter 1
003-761 Tray Select Error
BSD on : CH12.1
BSD on : CH3.6A
[Detection Conditions] This is currently not in use. BSD on : CH6.12B
[Actions] [Detection Conditions] The Billing Master Counter 1 is
repaired automatically.
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if Tray selection error (The paper sizes are different
the problem persists. [Actions] Only record the data to the History. (Hidden
between the tray that is already selected and the tray
Failure)
(1) ESS PWB (PL13.1) that will be selected by the APS.)
003-602 Repair the Billing Master Counter 2 [Actions] Select a appropriate tray.
BSD on : CH3.6A
[Detection Conditions] The Billing Master Counter 2 is
repaired automatically.
[Actions] Only record the data to the History. (Hidden
Failure)

003-795 AMS Limit Error 003-943 Shortage of card value 003-946 TRAY 1 NOT IN POSITION
Description TRAY 1 is not set in place.
BSD on : CH6.12B BSD on : CH3.6B
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions] Shortage of card value BSD on : CH7.1 CH7.10A
AMS magnification limit error (The magnification [Actions] Perform the operation again. Procedure
ratio becomes out of limit after the document auto Push Tray 1 in the M/C.
detection when the AMS is specified). 003-944 Incorrect number of image repeats Is +3.38 VDC or higher measured between the I/F PWB J536-
[Actions] No actions required. B9 (+) and GND (-)?
BSD on : CH6.12B
003-940 Vertical/horizontal number mismatch (when [Detection Conditions] Incorrect number of image Y N
Poster is specified) repeats Check the wire between the I/F PWB and the MCU PWB.
[Actions] Perform the operation again. If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB
BSD on : CH6.12B (PL13.1).
[Detection Conditions] Vertical/horizontal number 003-945 Vertical/horizontal number mismatch (When
mismatch (when Poster is specified) other than Poster is selected and the With the Tray 1 pulled out, check the settings of the paper size.
switching of rotations is displayed.) Are the settings correct?
[Actions] Perform the operation again.
Y N
BSD on : CH6.12B Set the paper size again.
003-941 Insufficient page memory
[Detection Conditions] Is +3.38 VDC or higher measured between the TRAY 1 SIZE
BSD on : CH6.12B Vertical/horizontal number mismatch (When other SENSOR J115-2 (+) and GND (-)?
[Detection Conditions] Insufficient page memory than Poster is selected and the switching of rotations is
[Actions] Perform the operation again. displayed.) Y N
[Actions] Perform the operation again. Check the wire between the TRAY 1 SIZE SENSOR J115-
003-942 Paper size error 2 and the I/F PWB J536-B9 for an open circuit and poor
contact.
BSD on : CH6.12B
[Detection Conditions] Document size error Is +3.3 VDC measured between the TRAY 1 SIZE SENSOR
J115-1 (+) and GND (-)?
Y N
Check the +3.3 VDC circuit to the TRAY 1 SIZE
SENSOR J115-1 by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring
Data.(WN4.3.3 +3.3 VDC)
Is +3.3 VDC measured between the TRAY 1 SIZE SENSOR

J115-1 (+) and J115-3 (-)?
Y N
Check the DC COM circuit to the TRAY 1 SIZE SENSOR
J115-3 by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data.(WN4.3.3
+3.3 VDC)
Check the installation status of the SENSOR. If no problems Y N Is +5 VDC measured between the TRAY 3 SIZE SENSOR
are found, replace the TRAY SIZE SENSOR (PL2.1). Check the DC COM circuit to the TRAY 2 SIZE SENSOR J820-1 (+) and J820-3 (-)?
J816-3 by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data.
003-947 TRAY 2 NOT IN POSITION (WN4.3.9 +5 VRET-1) (WN4.3.10 +5 VRET-2) Y N
Description TRAY 2 is not set in place. (WN4.3.11 +5 VRET-3) (WN4.3.12 +5 VRET-4) Check the DC COM circuit to the TRAY 3 SIZE SENSOR
Check the installation status of the SENSOR. If no problems (WN4.3.9 +5 VRET-1) (WN4.3.10 +5 VRET-2)
BSD on : CH7.2 CH7.10A
are found, replace the TRAY SIZE SENSOR (PL14.1). (WN4.3.11 +5 VRET-3) (WN4.3.12 +5 VRET-4)
Procedure
Push Tray 2 in the M/C. 003-948 TRAY 3 NOT IN POSITION Check the installation status of the SENSOR. If no problems
Is +4.6 VDC or higher measured between the TRAY MODULE are found, replace the TRAY SIZE SENSOR (PL14.1).
Description TRAY 3 is not set in place.
PWB J546-8 (+) and GND (-)?
BSD on : CH7.3 CH7.10A 003-949 TRAY 4 NOT IN POSITION
Y N
Procedure Description TRAY 4 is not set in place.
Replace the TRAY MODULE PWB (PL14.15).
Push Tray 3 in the M/C.
With the Tray 2 pulled out, check the settings of the paper size. Is +4.6 VDC measured between the TRAY MODULE PWB BSD on : CH7.4 CH7.10A
Are the settings correct? J548-11 (+) and GND (-)? Procedure
Y N Push Tray 4 in the M/C.
Set the paper size again. Y N Is +4.6 VDC or higher measured between the TRAY MODULE
Replace the TRAY MODULE PWB (PL14.15). PWB J548-5 (+) and GND (-)?
Is +4.6 VDC or higher measured between the TRAY 2 SIZE
SENSOR J816-2 (+) and GND (-)? With the Tray 3 pulled out, check the settings of the paper size. Y N
Are the settings correct? Replace the TRAY MODULE PWB (PL14.15).
Y N Y N
Check the wire between the TRAY 2 SIZE SENSOR J816- Set the paper size again. With the Tray 4 pulled out, check the settings of the paper size.
2 and the TRAY MODULE PWB J546-8 for an open Are the settings correct?
circuit and poor contact. Is +4.6 VDC or higher measured between the TRAY 3 SIZE Y N
SENSOR J820-2 (+) and GND (-)? Set the paper size again.
Is +5 VDC measured between the TRAY 2 SIZE SENSOR
J816-1 (+) and GND (-)? Y N Is +4.6 VDC measured between the TRAY 4 SIZE SENSOR
Check the wire between the TRAY 3 SIZE SENSOR J820- J824-2 (+) and GND (-)?
Y N 2 and the TRAY MODULE PWB J548-11 for an open
Check the +5 VDC circuit to the TRAY 2 SIZE SENSOR circuit and poor contact. Y N
J816-1 by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. Check the wire between the TRAY 4 SIZE SENSOR J824-
(WN4.3.5 +5 VDC-1) (WN4.3.6 +5 VDC-2) Is +5 VDC measured between the TRAY 3 SIZE SENSOR 2 and the TRAY PWB J548-5 for an open circuit and poor
(WN4.3.7 +5 VDC-3) (WN4.3.8 +5 VDC-4) J820-1 (+) and GND (-)? contact.
Is +5 VDC measured between the TRAY 2 SIZE SENSOR Y N Is +5 VDC measured between the TRAY 4 SIZE SENSOR
J816-1 (+) and J816-3 (-)? Check the +5 VDC circuit to the TRAY 3 SIZE SENSOR J824-1 (+) and GND (-)?
(WN4.3.5 +5 VDC-1) (WN4.3.6 +5 VDC-2)
(WN4.3.7 +5 VDC-3) (WN4.3.8 +5 VDC-4)

Y N Y N
003-954 Tray SMH Empty
Check the +5 VDC circuit to the TRAY 4 SIZE SENSOR Repair the TRAY 2 NO PAPER SENSOR using Generic
J824-1 by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. Permeable Sensor Failure FIP. (PL14.7) BSD on : CH7.9 CH7.10B
(WN4.3.5 +5 VDC-1) (WN4.3.6 +5 VDC-2)
(WN4.3.7 +5 VDC-3) (WN4.3.8 +5 VDC-4) Replace the TRAY MODULE PWB (PL14.15). [Detection Conditions] No paper in the Bypass Tray is
detected.
Is +5 VDC measured between the TRAY 4 SIZE SENSOR 003-952 TRAY 3 NO PAPER Procedure
J824-1 (+) and J824-3 (-)? Description TRAY 3 is empty. Run the DC330 [007-125].
Load paper in the MSI and check the display of the H/L.
Y N BSD on : CH7.7 CH7.10B Has the display changed?
Check the DC COM circuit to the TRAY 4 SIZE SENSOR Y N
J824-3 by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. Procedure Check the SENSOR using Generic Permeable Sensor
(WN4.3.9 +5 VRET-1) (WN4.3.10 +5 VRET-2) Run the DC330 [007-122]. Failure FIP.
(WN4.3.11 +5 VRET-3) (WN4.3.12 +5 VRET-4) Turn the Actuator of the NO PAPER SENSOR On/Off.
Has the display changed? If the display does not disappear though H/L is switched,
Check the installation status of the SENSOR. If no problems Y N replace the following parts in sequence:
are found, replace the TRAY SIZE SENSOR (PL14.1). Repair the TRAY 3 NO PAPER SENSOR using Generic • I/F PWB (PL9.1)
Permeable Sensor Failure FIP. (PL14.9) • MCU PWB (PL13.1)
003-950 TRAY 1 NO PAPER
Replace the TRAY MODULE PWB (PL14.15).
Description TRAY 1 is empty. 003-958 Size Mismatch 1 SMH Size Mismatch
003-953 TRAY 4 NO PAPER BSD on : CH7.10B
BSD on : CH7.5 CH7.10B
Procedure BSD on : CH7.8 CH7.10B [Detection Conditions]
Run the DC330 [007-120]. Description TRAY 4 is empty. The paper size in the SMH tray and the paper size
Turn the Actuator of the NO PAPER SENSOR On/Off. specified for printing are different.
Has the display changed? Procedure Procedure
Y N Run the DC330 [007-123]. Run the DC140 [007-100].
Repair the TRAY 1 NO PAPER SENSOR using Generic Turn the Actuator of the NO PAPER SENSOR On/Off. Check that the AD value changes according to the paper size.
Permeable Sensor Failure FIP. (PL2.4) Has the display changed? Has the AD value changed?
Y N Y N
Replace the MCU MF PWB. (PL13.1) Repair the TRAY 4 NO PAPER SENSOR using Generic Check the MSI SIZE SENSOR using Generic Permeable
Permeable Sensor Failure FIP.(PL14.11) Sensor Failure FIP.
003-951 TRAY 2 NO PAPER
Replace the TRAY MODULE PWB (PL14.15). If the display does not disappear though H/L is switched,
Description TRAY 2 is empty.
replace the following parts in sequence:
BSD on : CH7.8 CH7.10B • I/F PWB (PL9.1)
Procedure
Run the DC330 [007-121].
Turn the Actuator of the NO PAPER SENSOR On/Off.
Has the display changed?
003-959 Size Mismatch Tray 1 Size Mismatch 003-962 Size Mismatch Tray 4 Size Mismatch 003-972 Over Maximum No. of Pages that can be stored
BSD on : CH7.10A BSD on : CH7.10A BSD on : CH6.12B

[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions] Over the maximum No. of pages
The paper size in Tray 1 and the paper size specified The paper size in Tray 4 and the paper size specified that can be stored
for printing are different. for printing are different. [Actions] Set the number of pages to the maximum
[Actions] [Actions] number of pages that can be stored or less.
Load the correct paper in the tray. Load the correct paper in the tray.
003-973 Vertical/horizontal number mismatch (When
If the problem persists, check the SENSOR using If the problem persists, check the SENSOR using
other than Poster is selected and the switch
Generic Permeable Sensor Failure FIP. Generic Permeable Sensor Failure FIP.
of rotations is not displayed.)
003-960 Size Mismatch Tray 2 Size Mismatch 003-965 ATS/APS No Paper, APS/ATS NG (No BSD on : CH6.12B
Paper)
BSD on : CH7.10A [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] BSD on : CH7.10A Vertical/horizontal number mismatch (When other
[Detection Conditions] The paper specified for printing is than Poster is selected and the switching of rotations is
The paper size in Tray 2 and the paper size specified
not loaded in the tray. not displayed.
for printing are different.
[Actions] [Actions] No actions required.
[Actions]
Load the correct paper in the tray. Load the correct paper in the tray.
003-974 Next Document Specified
If the problem persists, check the SENSOR using If the problem persists, check the SENSOR using
Generic Permeable Sensor Failure FIP. Generic Permeable Sensor Failure FIP. BSD on : CH6.12B
[Detection Conditions] Next Document Specified
003-961 Size Mismatch Tray 3 Size Mismatch 003-966 ATS/APS No Destination Error, ATS/APS
NG (Except No Paper) [Actions] No actions required.
BSD on : CH7.10A
BSD on : CH7.10A 003-975 Document replacement request (When 2-
[Detection Conditions] sided is selected and the Platen is used for
[Detection Conditions] The paper specified for printing
The paper size in Tray 3 and the paper size specified scanning)
for printing are different. cannot be detected.
[Actions] [Actions] BSD on : CH6.12B
Load the correct paper in the tray. Change the settings. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, check the SENSOR using If the problem persists, check the SENSOR using Document replacement request (When 2-sided is
Generic Permeable Sensor Failure FIP. Generic Permeable Sensor Failure FIP. selected and the Platen is used for scanning)
003-971 Magnification Mismatch
BSD on : CH6.12B 003-980 Staple Position Error

[Detection Conditions] Magnification Mismatch BSD on : CH6.12B
[Actions] Change the parameter and perform the operation [Detection Conditions] Staple is not available at the
again. specified position.

[Actions] Set the parameter again.
003-985 SMH Pause Check
BSD on : CH7.10B
The SMH tray stopped running due to an unknown
obstacle.
[Actions]
Check the settings of Paper Size/Paper Orientation/
Paper Type and press the Eject key.
003-986 Confirmation of Printing All
BSD on : CH6.12B
The difference between the number of spooled pages
and output sheets is detected.
[Actions] Only check the number of prints.
004-340 IOT RAM FAILURE 004-342 IOT FLASH ROM LIMIT FAILURE 004-345 IOT HVPS COMMUNICATION FAILURE
Description The result was NG at the MCU PWB RAM TEST. Description Operation failure of the FLASH ROM. Description Communication error between the MCU PWB
and the HVPS CONTROL PWB.
BSD on : CH3.1A CH3.6A BSD on : CH3.1A CH3.6A
Procedure Procedure BSD on : CH3.1D CH3.6A
Check the wire between the MCU PWB and the MCU NVM If the problem persists after turning the power On/Off, replace Procedure
PWB if the problem persists after turning the power On/Off. the MCU PWB.(PL13.1) Is +5 VDC measured between the MCU PWB J406-B5 (+) and
Replace the MCU PWB if the problem persists after GND (-)?
checking.(PL13.1) 004-343 IOT FLASH ROM R/W FAILURE
If the problem persists after replacing the MCU PWB, replace Description Operation failure of the FLASH ROM. Y N
the MCU MF NVM PWB.(PL13.1) Replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1)
BSD on : CH3.1A CH3.6A
004-341 IOT LOGIC FAILURE Turn Off the power. Check conductivity of the following:
Procedure
Description Operation failure of the MCU PWB. Or, poor Between the HVPS CONTROL PWB J574-7 and the MCU
If the problem persists after turning the power On/Off, replace
contact of the +5 VDC Interlock PWB J406-B3
the MCU PWB.(PL13.1)
Between the HVPS CONTROL PWB J574-6 and the MCU
BSD on : CH3.1A CH3.6A 004-344 IOT MICRO PITCH FAILURE PWB J406-B4
Is the resistance 1 Ohm or less for both wires?
Procedure Description The MICRO PIT did not occur within the Y N
• Perform re-installation of the software. specified time. Repair the open circuit or poor contact.
• Check the connectivity of the J410 if the problem persists
after white paper is output. BSD on : CH3.1A CH3.6A Is the resistance between the HVPS CONTROL PWB J574-9
Is +5 VDC measured at the J401-B20? Procedure and the MCU PWB J406-B1 1 Ohm or less?
Y N If the problem persists after turning the power On/Off, replace Y N
Is +5 VDC measured at the J568-5? the MCU PWB.(PL13.1) Repair the open circuit or poor contact.
Y N
Is +5 VDC measured at the J568-1? If the problem persists after replacing the MCU PWB (PL13.1),
Y N replace the HVPS CONTROL PWB.(PL9.1)
Check the wire between the J568-2 and FS134
for an open circuit or poor contact.
Replace the LSU (ROS) Assy.(PL3.1)
Check the wire between the J568-5 and P400-9 for an open
circuit or poor contact.
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1)

If the problem persists, replace the LSU (ROS) Assy.(PL3.1)

004-346 IOT BELT HOME FAILURE TOO LONG 004-347 BELT POSITION FAILURE
Replace the MCU MF PWB.(PL13.1)
Description The IBT HOME SENSOR does not detect the Description IBT BELT EDGE adjustment failure
If the problem persists, replace the I/F PWB.(PL9.1)
BELT HOME.
If this failure occurs more than three times, the Remove the IBT ASSY and run DC330 [004-002]. BSD on : CH9.19 CH9.31A
following NVM values have to be changed to 0. Is the IBT MOTOR rotating? Procedure
Y N Is the Actuator of the EDGE SENSOR touching the BELT?
DC131 [741-056]
Is +24 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J551-3 (+) Y N
:3 -> 0 and GND (-)? Check the installation status of the Actuator.
When this NVM value is "3", 04-346 is displayed
when the power is turned Off. Y N Turn On the power.
Check the +24 VDC circuit to the I/F PWB J551-3 by Run DC330 [004-014].
BSD on : CH9.17 CH9.19 CH9.31A referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. Is +3 VDC to +1 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J533-
(WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) (WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2) A11 (+) and GND (-)?
Procedure
(WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) (WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4)
Is there a label indicating the BELT HOME.
Y N Y N
Is +24 VDC measured between the IBT MOTOR J208-3 Is +5 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J533-A9 (+)
Replace the IBT BELT.(PL5.3) (+) and GND (-)? and J533-A10 (-)?
Check that the BELT HOME label is at the detection position of
Y N Y N
the IBT HOME SENSOR. (Place paper at the detection
Check the wire between the IBT MOTOR J208-3 and If the voltage between the J533-A9 (+) and the J533-
position.)
the I/F PWB J551-3 for an open circuit and poor A10 (-) is less than +5 VDC after closing the FRONT
Run the DC330 [004-100].
contact. door, replace the MCU MF PWB.(PL13.1)
After execution, run DC330 [004-014].
Is H displayed? Check the wire between the IBT MOTOR J208 and the I/F
Y N Is +3 VDC to +1 VDC measured between the I/F PWB
PWB J551 for an open circuit and poor contact. J533-A11 (+) and GND (-)?
Is +5 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J533-A13 (+) Is an open circuit or poor contact found?
and GND (-)? Y N Y N
Replace the IBT MOTOR.(PL1.1) Is +3 VDC to +1 VDC measured between the I/F
Y N
Is +5 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J533-A9 PWB J533-A11 (+) and GND (-)?
Repair the open circuit or poor contact.
(+) and J533-A12 (-)?
Y N
Replace the MCU MF PWB. (PL13.1). If the problem persists,
Y N Check the wire between the I/F PWB J533 and
replace the I/F PWB.(PL9.1)
If the voltage between the J533-A9 (+) and the the IBT EDGE SENSOR J119 for an open
J533-A12 (-) is less than +5 VDC after closing circuit and poor contact. If no problems are
the FRONT door, replace the MCU MF found, replace the IBT EDGE SENSOR
PWB.(PL13.1) (PL5.4). If the problem persists, replace the
MCU MF PWB.(PL13.1)
Check the wire between the IBT HOME SENSOR
J121 and the I/F PWB J533 for an open circuit and Check the wire between the I/F PWB J533-A11 and
poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the the IBT EDGE SENSOR J119-2 for an open circuit or
IBT HOME SENSOR.(PL5.4) poor contact.
Replace the IBT EDGE SENSOR.(PL5.4)

004-348 BELT EDGE SENSOR FAILURE
Is +24 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J550-5 (+) and Is +24 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J550-5 (+) and
GND (-)? Description The BELT EDGE SENSOR failure GND (-)?
Y N BSD on : CH9.19 CH9.31A Y N

Check the +24 VDC circuit to the I/F PWB J550-5 by Procedure Check the +24 VDC circuit to the I/F PWB J550-5 by
referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. Is the Actuator of the EDGE SENSOR touching the BELT? referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data.
(WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) (WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2) Y N (WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) (WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2)
(WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) (WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4) Check the installation status of the Actuator. (WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) (WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4)
Remove the IBT ASSY and run DC330 [004-001]. Turn On the power. Remove the IBT ASSY and run DC330 [004-001].
Is the IBT STEERING MOTOR rotating? Run DC330 [004-014]. Is the IBT STEERING MOTOR rotating?
Y N Is +3 VDC to +1 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J533- Y N
Check the wire between the I/F PWB J550 and the IBT A11 (+) and GND (-)? Check the wire between the I/F PWB J550 and the IBT
STEERING MOTOR J207 for an open circuit and poor STEERING MOTOR J207 for an open circuit and poor
contact. Y N contact.
Is an open circuit or poor contact found? Is +5 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J533-A9 (+) Is an open circuit or poor contact found?
Y N and J533-A10 (-)? Y N
Replace the MCU MF PWB (PL13.1). If the problem Replace the MCU MF PWB (PL13.1). If the problem
persists, replace the I/F PWB (PL9.1) and the IBT Y N persists, replace the I/F PWB (PL9.1) and the IBT
STEERING MOTOR (PL1.3). If the voltage between the J533-A9 (+) and the J533- STEERING MOTOR (PL1.3).
A10 (-) is less than +5 VDC after closing the FRONT
Repair the open circuit or poor contact. door, replace the MCU MF PWB.(PL13.1) Repair the open circuit or poor contact.
Check the installation status of the IBT BELT. If no problems Is +5 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J533-A11 (+) Check the installation status of the IBT BELT. If no problems
are found, replace the MCU MF PWB.(PL13.1) and GND (-)? are found, replace the MCU PWB.(PL13.1)
Y N 004-349 Marking SW Logic Failure

Is 0 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J533-A11
(+) and GND (-)? BSD on : CH9.31E
Y N The system detected a failure in the Marking software
Check the wire between the I/F PWB J533 and the that is fatal internally.
IBT EDGE SENSOR J119 for an open circuit and [Actions] Turn the power On/Off and perform the
poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the operation again.
IBT EDGE SENSOR (PL5.4). If the problem
persists, replace the MCU MF PWB.(PL13.1)
Check the wire between the I/F PWB J533-A11 and

the IBT EDGE SENSOR J119-2 for an open circuit or
poor contact.

004-358 ESS-IOT COMMUNICATION FAILURE Y N Y N

Run DC330 [004-003]. Check the wire between the DRUM MOTOR
Description Communication failure between the ESS and IOT.
Is 0 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J535-B5 J210-3 and the I/F PWB J535-B2 for a short
(+) and GND (-)? circuit to the frame. If no problems are found,
BSD on : CH3.1A CH3.6A
replace the I/F PWB.(PL9.1)
Procedure Y N
Perform re-installation of the software (latest version). Check the wire between the DRUM MOTOR Check the wire between the DRUM MOTOR J210-3
Check the connection status of the MCU MF PWB and ESS J210-1 and the I/F PWB J535-B5 for an open and the I/F PWB J535-B2 for an open circuit and poor
PWB connectors. If no problems are found, replace the MCU circuit and poor contact. If no problems are contact.
PWB (PL13.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS found, replace the MCU PWB.(PL13.1)
PWB.(PL13.1) Replace the DRUM MOTOR.(PL1.1)
Check the wire between the DRUM MOTOR J210-1
004-361 DRUM MOTOR DRIVE FAILURE and the I/F PWB J535-B5 for an open circuit and poor Run DC330 [004-003].
contact. Is +5 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J535-B1 (+) and
Description Revolution failure of the DRUM MOTOR.
GND (-)?
BSD on : CH9.1 CH9.31A Run DC330 [004-003].
Is 0 VDC measured between the DRUM MOTOR J210-2 Y N
Procedure (+) and GND (-)? Replace the I/F PWB.(PL9.1)
Remove the DRUM ASSY (Y/M/C) and run DC330 [004-003]. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1)
Is the DRUM MOTOR rotating? Y N
Y N Run DC330 [004-003]. Run DC330 [004-003].
Is +5 VDC measured between the DRUM MOTOR J210-4 Is 0 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J535-B3 Is +5 VDC measured between the DRUM MOTOR J210-8 (+)
(+) and GND (-)? (+) and GND (-)? and GND (-)?
Y N Y N Y N
Check the +5 VDC circuit to the DRUM MOTOR Check the wire between the DRUM MOTOR Check the wire between the I/F PWB J535-B1 and the
J210-4 by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. J210-2 and the I/F PWB J535-B3 for an open DRUM MOTOR J210-8 for an open circuit and poor
(WN4.3.9 +5 VRET-1) (WN4.3.10 +5 VRET-2) circuit and poor contact. If no problems are contact.
(WN4.3.11 +5 VRET-3) (WN4.3.12 +5 VRET-4) found, replace the I/F PWB.(PL9.1)
Replace the DRUM MOTOR.(PL1.1)
Is +24 VDC measured between the DRUM MOTOR J210- Check the wire between the DRUM MOTOR J210-2
6 (+) and GND (-)? and the I/F PWB J535-B3 for an open circuit and poor
contact.
Y N
Check the +24 VDC circuit to the DRUM MOTOR Run DC330 [004-003].
J210-6 by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. Is the frequency between the DRUM MOTOR J210-3 (+)
(WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) (WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2) and GND (-) 1 KHz to 1.3 KHz?
(WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) (WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4)
Y N
Run DC330 [004-003]. Run DC330 [004-003].
Is 0 VDC measured between the DRUM MOTOR J210-1 Is the frequency between the I/F PWB J535-B2 (+)
(+) and GND (-)? and GND (-) 1 KHz to 1.3 KHz?
004-362 IOT NVM R/W FAILURE
Y N Check the wire between the I/F PWB J534-A8 and
Description The result was NG at the MCU PWB NVM R/W. Check the +24 VDC circuit to the DRUM MOTOR K the DRUM MOTOR K J235-8 for an open circuit and
J235-1 by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. poor contact.
BSD on : CH3.1A CH3.4 CH3.6A (WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) (WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2)
Procedure (WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) (WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4) Check conductivity of the following:
Check the connection between the MCU PWB and the MCU • Between the I/F PWB J534-A10 and the DRUM
MF NVM PWB if the problem persists after turning the power Run DC330 [004-006]. MOTOR K J235-6
On/Off. Is 0 VDC measured between the DRUM MOTOR K J235- • Between the I/F PWB J534-A9 and the DRUM
If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB.(PL13.1) 5 (+) and GND (-)? MOTOR K J235-7
If the problem persists, replace the MCU MF NVM If no problems are found, replace the DRUM MOTOR K.
PWB.(PL13.1) Y N (PL1.1)
With DC330 [004-006] running
004-363 DRUM MOTOR K DRIVE FAILURE Is 0 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J534-A11 Run DC330 [004-006].
(+) and GND (-)? Is +5 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J534-A7 (+) and
Description The change of the port status at the failure of the
DRUM MOTOR is always monitored. GND (-)?
Y N
1. The MOTOR failure occurs when the out-of-step outputs Check the connection of the connectors P410/ Y N
are detected 5 times continuously (sampling interval is J410 between the MCU PWB and the I/F PWB. Check the connection of the connectors P410/J410
100 msec). (Common among B/W, Color, and Half If no problems are found, replace the MCU between the MCU PWB and the I/F PWB. If no problems
Speed) PWB (PL13.1) and the I/F PWB (PL9.1) in are found, replace the MCU PWB (PL13.1) and the I/F
2. The system does not detect (count) the out-of-step sequence. PWB (PL9.1) in sequence.
outputs for 800 msec. after the motor is turned On.
However, if in the B/W mode, the system does not detect Check the wire between the I/F PWB J534-A11 and Run DC330 [004-006].
(count) the out-of-step outputs for 1 sec. the DRUM MOTOR K J235-5 for an open circuit and Is +5 VDC measured between the DRUM MOTOR K J235-9
poor contact. (+) and GND (-)?
BSD on : CH9.2CH9.31A
With DC330 [004-006] running Y N
Procedure
Is the frequency between the DRUM MOTOR K J235-8 Check the wire between the DRUM MOTOR K J235-9
Remove the K DRUM.
(+) and GND (-) approx. 0.7 KHz to 1.0 KHz? and the I/F PWB J534-A7 for an open circuit and poor
Enter DC330 [004-006] and turn it On.
Is the DRUM MOTOR K rotating? contact.
Y N
Y N
Is the frequency between the I/F PWB J534-A8 (+) Check if there is load on the K DRUM. If no problems are
Is +5 VDC measured between the DRUM MOTOR K
and GND (-) approx. 1 KHz to 1.3 KHz? found, replace the DRUM MOTOR K.(PL1.1)
J235-4 (+) and GND (-)?
Y N
Y N
Check the connection of the connectors P410/
Check the +5 VDC circuit to the DRUM MOTOR K
J410 between the MCU PWB and the I/F PWB.
If no problems are found, replace the MCU
(WN4.3.5 +5 VDC-1) (WN4.3.6 +5 VDC-2)
PWB (PL13.1) and the I/F PWB (PL9.1) in
(WN4.3.7 +5 VDC-3) (WN4.3.8 +5 VDC-4)
sequence.
Is +24 VDC measured between the DRUM MOTOR K
J235-1 (+) and GND (-)?

004-371 CONTROLLER IOT SYSTEM TIMMING 004-417 IBT BELT UNIT (1st BTR) CHANGE SOON 004-605 IOT NVM EMPTY
FAILURE Description It is time to replace the IBT BELT UNIT. Description The system detected that the NVM of the IOT is
Description Communication failure between the ESS and IOT. empty.
BSD on : CH9.31A
BSD on : CH3.1A CH3.6A Procedure BSD on : CH3.1A CH3.6A
Procedure If the problem persists after replacing the IBT BELT UNIT, Procedure
Perform re-installation of the software (latest version). replace the MCU PWB.(PL13.1) If the problem persists after turning the power On/Off, replace
Check the connection status of the MCU PWB and ESS PWB If the problem persists after replacing the MCU PWB, replace the MCU PWB.(PL13.1)
connectors. If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB the MCU MF NVM PWB.(PL13.1) If the problem persists after replacing the MCU PWB, replace
(PL13.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS the MCU MF NVM PWB.(PL13.1)
PWB.(PL13.1) 004-420 IBT BELT UNIT (1st BTR) LIFE END
Description The life of the IBT BELT UNIT ended. 004-640 BELT WALK FAILURE
004-414 IBT BELT CLEANER ASSY CHANGE SOON Description IBT BELT EDGE adjustment failure
Description It is time to replace the IBT BELT CLEANER. BSD on : CH9.31A
Procedure BSD on : CH9.19 CH9.31A
BSD on : CH9.31A If the problem persists after replacing the IBT BELT UNIT, Procedure
Procedure replace the MCU PWB.(PL13.1) Is the Actuator of the Edge Sensor touching the BELT?
If the problem persists after replacing the CLEANER ASSY, If the problem persists after replacing the MCU PWB, replace Y N
replace the MCU PWB.(PL13.1) the MCU MF NVM PWB.(PL13.1) Check the installation status of the Actuator.
If the problem persists after replacing the MCU PWB, replace
the MCU MF NVM PWB.(PL13.1) 004-421 IBT BELT CLEANER ASSY LIFE END Turn On the power.
Run DC330 [004-014].
Description The life of the IBT BELT CLEANER ASSY
Is +3 VDC to +1 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J533-
004-415 2nd BTR UNIT CHANGE SOON ended.
A11 (+) and GND (-)?
Description It is time to replace the 2nd BTR UNIT.
BSD on : CH9.31A
Y N
BSD on : CH9.31A Procedure Is +5 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J533-A9 (+)
Procedure If the problem persists after replacing the IBT BELT and J533-A10 (-)?
If the problem persists after replacing the 2nd BTR UNIT, CLEANER ASSY, replace the MCU PWB.(PL13.1)
replace the MCU PWB.(PL13.1) If the problem persists after replacing the MCU PWB, replace Y N
If the problem persists after replacing the MCU PWB, replace the MCU MF NVM PWB.(PL13.1) Check the +5 VDC circuit to the I/F PWB J533-A9.
the MCU MF NVM PWB.(PL13.1)
Is +5 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J533-A11 (+)
and GND (-)?
Y N
(+) and GND (-)?
Y N
004-641 BELT EDGE LEARN FAILURE
Check the wire between the I/F PWB J533 and Is +24 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J530-A9 (+) and
the IBT EDGE SENSOR J119 for an open Description IBT BELT EDGE adjustment failure GND (-)?
circuit and poor contact. If no problems are
found, replace the IBT EDGE SENSOR BSD on : CH9.19 CH9.31A Y N
(PL5.4). If the problem persists, replace the Procedure Check the +24 VDC circuit to the I/F PWB J530-A9 by
MCU PWB.(PL13.1) Is the Actuator of the Edge Sensor touching the BELT? referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data.
Y N (WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) (WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2)
Check the wire between the I/F PWB J533-A11 and Check the installation status of the Actuator. (WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) (WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4)
poor contact. Turn On the power. Remove the IBT ASSY and run DC330 [004-001].
Run DC330 [004-014]. Is the IBT STEERING MOTOR rotating?
Replace the IBT EDGE SENSOR.(PL5.4) Is +3 VDC to +1 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J533- Y N
A11 (+) and GND (-)? Check the wire between the I/F PWB J550 and the IBT
Is +24 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J530-A9 (+) and STEERING MOTOR J207 for an open circuit and poor
GND (-)? Y N contact.
Is +5 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J533-A9 (+) Is an open circuit or poor contact found?
Y N and J533-A10 (-)? Y N
Check the +24 VDC circuit to the I/F PWB J530-A9 by Replace the MCU PWB (PL13.1). If the problem
referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. Y N persists, replace the I/F PWB (PL9.1) and the IBT
(WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) (WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2) If the voltage between the I/F PWB J533-A9 (+) and STEERING MOTOR.(PL1.3)
(WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) (WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4) the J533-A10 (-) is less than +5 VDC after closing the
FRONT door, replace the MCU MF PWB.(PL13.1) Repair the open circuit or poor contact.
Remove the IBT ASSY and run DC330 [004-001].
Is the IBT STEERING MOTOR rotating? Is +5 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J533-A11 (+) Check the installation status of the IBT BELT. If no problems
Y N and GND (-)? are found, replace the MCU PWB.(PL13.1)
Check the wire between the I/F PWB J550 and the IBT
STEERING MOTOR J207 for an open circuit and poor Y N
contact. Is 0 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J533-A11
Is an open circuit or poor contact found? (+) and GND (-)?
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL13.1). If the problem Y N
persists, replace the I/F PWB (PL9.1) and the IBT Check the wire between the I/F PWB J533 and
STEERING MOTOR.(PL1.3) the IBT EDGE SENSOR J119 for an open
found, replace the IBT EDGE SENSOR
(PL5.4). If the problem persists, replace the
Check the installation status of the IBT BELT. If no problems
MCU PWB. (PL13.1)
are found, replace the MCU PWB.(PL13.1)
poor contact.

004-642 BELT EDGE CHECK FAILURE 004-908 2nd BTR UNIT LIFE END
Is +24 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J530-A9 (+) and
Description IBT BELT EDGE adjustment failure. Description The life of the 2nd BTR UNIT ended.
GND (-)?
BSD on : CH9.19 CH9.31A BSD on : CH9.31A

Y N
Procedure Check the +24 VDC circuit to the I/F PWB J530-A9 by Procedure
Is the Actuator of the Edge Sensor touching the BELT? referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. If the problem persists after replacing the 2nd BTR UNIT,
Y N (WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) (WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2) replace the MCU PWB.(PL13.1)
Check the installation status of the Actuator. (WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) (WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4) If the problem persists after replacing the MCU PWB, replace
the MCU MF NVM PWB.(PL13.1)
Turn the power On. Is +3 VDC to +1 VDC measured between Remove the IBT ASSY and run DC330 [004-001].
the I/F PWB J533-A11 (+) and GND (-)? Is the IBT STEERING MOTOR rotating?
Y N
Y N Check the wire between the I/F PWB J550 and the IBT
Is +5 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J533-A9 (+) STEERING MOTOR J207 for an open circuit and poor
and J533-A10 (-)? contact.
Is an open circuit or poor contact found?
Y N Y N
If the voltage between the I/F PWB J533-A9 (+) and Replace the MCU PWB (PL13.1). If the problem
the J533-A10 (-) is less than +5 VDC after closing the persists, replace the I/F PWB (PL9.1) and the IBT
FRONT door, replace the MCU MF PWB.(PL13.1) STEERING MOTOR.(PL1.3)
Is +5 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J533-A11 (+) Repair the open circuit or poor contact.
and GND (-)?
Y N are found, replace the MCU PWB.(PL13.1)
(+) and GND (-)? 004-650 IOT TIME OUT CYCLE DOWN FAILURE
Description The PRINT NG processing continued for 2 mins
Y N and above.
Check the wire between the I/F PWB J533 and
the IBT EDGE SENSOR J119 for an open BSD on : CH3.1A CH3.6A
Procedure
found, replace the IBT EDGE SENSOR
Check the wire between the ESS PWB and the MCU PWB for a
(PL5.4). If the problem persists, replace the
poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the ESS
MCU PWB.(PL13.1)
PWB.(PL13.1)
poor contact.

005-110 DADF REGI SENSOR ON JAM 005-112 DADF REGI SENSOR ON JAM (at Check Items
• The NO. 1/NO. 2 DUP ROLLER for contamination, wear
Description The DADF REGI SENSOR does not detect a document inversion)
and a revolution failure
document within 800ms after the DADF FEED MOTOR has Description The DADF REGI SENSOR does not detect the
turned On at pre-feed start. • The DUP ROLLER DRIVE for a mechanical load
document within 1000ms after the TRANSPORT MOTOR has
• The DUPLEX CHUTE for deformation
DC330 Codes to be checked turned On at document inversion.
• The REGI ROLLER for a transportation failure due to
• DC330 [005-110] DADF REGISTRATION SENSOR DC330 Codes to be checked contamination, paper chip, wear etc
• DC330 [005-040] DADF FEED MOTOR • DC330 [005-110] DADF REGISTRATION SENSOR • The DADF for an improper height (ADJ3.1.3)
• DC330[005-011] DADF SET GATE SOLENOID (OPEN) • DC330 [005-056] DADF TRANSPORT MOTOR • The wire between the DADF REGI SENSOR and the
Check Items • DC330 [005-075] DADF REGI GATE SOLENOID DADF CONTROL PWB for an open circuit or poor
• The FEED/NUDGER ROLLER for contamination, wear Check Items contact
and a revolution failure • The REGI ROLLER for a transportation failure due to • The DADF CONTROL PWB for failure (PL18.3)
• The RETARD ROLLER for excessive pressure contamination, paper chip, wear etc
• The FEED ROLLER DRIVE BELT for disengagement and • The REGI ROLLER DRIVE BELT for disengagement and 005-115 DADF EXIT SENSOR ON JAM
damage damage Description The DADF EXIT SENSOR does not detect a
• The SET GATE for an operation failure • The REGI DRIVE GEAR for wear and damage document within the specified period after the DADF EXIT
• The DADF CONTROL PWB for failure (PL18.3) • The PLATEN BELT for contamination, wear and a MOTOR has turned On at document replacement/output.
• Transport failure due to foreign substance in paper path revolution failure
DC330 Codes to be checked
• The PLATEN BELT for an improper tension • DC330 [005-115] DADF EXIT SENSOR
005-111 DADF REGI SENSOR OFF JAM • The PLATEN GLASS for contamination and a high • DC330 [005-081] DADF EXIT MOTOR
Description The document does not pass through the DADF friction coefficient
Check Items
REGI SENSOR within 1000ms after the TRANSPORT • The DADF for an improper height (ADJ3.1.3) • The PLATEN BELT for contamination, wear, tear and a
MOTOR has turned On when the document is pulled in. • The wire between the DADF REGI SENSOR and the revolution failure
DC330 Codes to be checked DADF CONTROL PWB for an open circuit or poor • The NO. 1~4 BELT PINCH ROLLERs for a revolution
• DC330 [005-055] DADF TRANSPORT MOTOR contact failure
• DC330 [005-110] DADF REGISTRATION SENSOR • The DADF REGI GATE SOLENOID for a return failure • The PLATEN BELT for an improper tension
• DC330 [005-075] REGI GATE SOLENOID • The DADF CONTROL PWB for failure (PL18.3) • The PLATEN GLASS for contamination, a foreign
Check Items substance and a high friction coefficient
• The REGI/PINCH ROLLER for contamination, wear and a 005-113 DADF REGI SENSOR OFF JAM (at
• The DADF for an improper height (ADJ3.1.3)
revolution failure document inversion)
• The DADF EXIT SENSOR for an improper installation
• The REGI ROLLER DRIVE BELT for disengagement and Description The document does not pass through the DADF
• The DADF CONTROL PWB for a failure (PL18.3)
damage REGI SENSOR within 1500ms after the DADF BELT MOTOR
has turned On for document inversion. • The EXIT LOWER CHUTE for an improper installation
• The REGI GATE for an operation failure
• The PLATEN BELT for contamination, wear and a DC330 Codes to be checked
revolution failure • DC330 [005-110] DADF REGISTRATION SENSOR
• The PLATEN GLASS for contamination and a high • DC330 [005-056] DADF TRANSPORT MOTOR
friction coefficient • DC330 [005-075] DADF REGI GATE SOLENOID
• The DADF CONTROL PWB for failure (PL18.3)
• Transport failure due to foreign substance in paper path

005-116 DADF EXIT SENSOR OFF JAM BSD on : CH5.4 CH5.7 005-275 DADF RAM FAILURE
Description The document does not pass through the DADF Procedure Description RAM failure of the DADF PWB. (DADF PWB
EXIT SENSOR within the specified time after the DADF EXIT Enter DC330 [005-150] and turn it On. Is "H" displayed? failure)
SENSOR has turned On. Y N
Remove the DADF DOCUMENT TRAY. Remove the BSD on : CH5.2 CH5.7
DADF SIZE SENSOR 1 J582. Is the display switched to
• DC330 [005-115] DADF EXIT SENSOR Procedure
"H"?
• DC330 [005-055] DADF TRANSPORT MOTOR Y N If the problem persists after turning the power On/Off, replace
• DC330 [005-081] DADF EXIT MOTOR Remove the J599 on the DADF CONTROL PWB. the DADF CONTROL PWB. (PL18.3)
Check Items Measure the resistance between the pin J599-8 and
• The EXIT ROLLER for contamination, wear and a the frame. Is the resistance 3 Ohm or less? 005-301 DADF TOP COVER INTERLOCK OPEN
revolution failure Y N Description The TOP COVER is open.
• The EXIT UPPER/LOWER CHUTE for deformation Replace the DADF CONTROL PWB (PL18.3).
• The ELIMINATOR for deformation BSD on : CH5.1 CH5.7
Check the wire between the DADF SIZE SENSOR 1
• The EXIT ROLLER DRIVE BELT for disengagement and Procedure
J582-2 and the DADF CONTROL PWB J599-8 for a
damage Manually turn On the DADF TOP COVER INTERLOCK
short circuit to the frame.
• The DADF CONTROL PWB for failure (PL18.3) SWITCH (front/rear) at the same time. Has the display of 005-
Replace the DADF SIZE SENSOR 1 (PL18.5). 301 been cleared?
005-195 SIZE MISMATCH (NO MIX) Y N
Enter DC330 [005-151] and turn it On. Is "H" displayed? Close the DADF TOP COVER. Replace the DADF
Description A document in a different size from the first REAR COVER. Is +5 VDC measured between the DADF
Y N
document was detected in the NO MIX mode. CONTROL PWB J599-17 (+) and GND (-)?
Remove the DADF DOCUMENT TRAY. Remove the
DC330 Codes to be checked DADF SIZE SENSOR 2 J583. Is the display switched to Y N
• DC330 [005-150] DADF SIZE SENSOR 1 (FRONT) "H"? Is +5 VDC measured between the DADF CONTROL
Y N PWB J599-22 (+) and GND (-)?
• DC330 [005-151] DADF SIZE SENSOR 2 (REAR)
Remove the J599 on the DADF CONTROL PWB. Y N
Check Items Replace the DADF CONTROL PWB (PL18.3).
• The SIZE SENSOR for an improper installation Measure the resistance between the pin J599-11 and
the frame. Is the resistance 3 Ohm or less?
• Multiple feed due to an improper retard pressure Cheat Pin J590-1 and Pin 2 of the DADF TOP
Y N
• DADF document skew Replace the DADF CONTROL PWB (PL18.3). COVER REAR INTERLOCK SWITCH. Has the
• Document for damage, out of specification and an display of 005-301 been cleared?
improper loading Check the wire between the DADF SIZE SENSOR 1 Y N
J583-2 and the DADF CONTROL PWB J599-11 for Check the wire between the TOP COVER
a short circuit to the frame. REAR INTLK SW J590-1 and the DADF
• Different document size (such as Mixed documents) CONTROL PWB J599-22, and the wire between
Replace the DADF SIZE SENSOR 2 (PL18.5) the TOP COVER REAR INTLK SW J590-2 and
005-274 ORIGINAL SIZE SENSOR FAILURE the DADF CONTROL PWB J599-21 for an
Description At POWER On, the DADF REGI SENSOR turns Replace the DADF CONTROL PWB (PL18.3). open circuit or poor contact.
OFF, and the DADF SIZE SENSOR 1 or the DADF SIZE
SENSOR 2 turns On when the document is loaded. (SIZE Replace the DADF TOP COVER REAR
SENSOR detection failure) INTERLOCK SWITCH. (PL18.2)
005-902 DADF REGI SENSOR STATIC JAM • Check the wire between the DADF DUPLEX SENSOR
Cheat Pin J585-1 and Pin 2 of the DADF TOP COVER and the DADF CONTROL PWB for an open circuit or
Description At POWER On, the DADF REGI SENSOR
FRONT INTERLOCK SWITCH. Is 0 VDC measured poor contact.
detected a document when the TOP COVER/PLATEN
between the DADF CONTROL PWB J599-17 (+) and • The DADF CONTROL PWB for failure (PL18.3)
INTERLOCK was closed.
GND (-)?
Y N DC330 Codes to be checked 005-940 ADF NO ORIGINAL
Check the wire between the TOP COVER FRONT • DC330 [005-110] DADF REGISTRATION SENSOR
Description The system detected that the document was
INTLK SW J585-1 and the DADF CONTROL PWB Check Items removed immediately after the ADF started.
J599-17, and the wire between the TOP COVER • Check that the power voltage at the customer site does not
FRONT INTLK SW J585-2 and the DADF drop. Procedure
CONTROL PWB J599-16 for an open circuit or poor • Check the wire between the DADF REGI SENSOR and Refer to the User Guide.
contact. the DADF CONTROL PWB for an open circuit or poor
contact. 005-941 ADF NOT ENOUGH DOCUMENT
Replace the DADF TOP COVER FRONT INTERLOCK
• The DADF CONTROL PWB for failure (PL18.3) Description Running out of document while the document is
SWITCH. (PL18.2)
returned at the document jam.
Mismatching of the DADF TOP COVER. 005-903 DADF EXIT SENSOR STATIC JAM
Procedure
Check the actuator for breakage and bending, and the TOP Description At POWER On, the DADF EXIT SENSOR Replace all documents on the document feeder.
COVER for an improper installation, etc. detected a document when the TOP COVER/PLATEN
INTERLOCK was closed.
005-900 NO SENSOR SENSED STATIC JAM
Description The sensor did not detect any remaining document • DC330 [005-115] DADF EXIT SENSOR
when one of the DADF INTLKs was opened while the software
Check Items
detected it. (This also includes the case where the PLATEN I/L
• Check that the power voltage at the customer site does not
is opened.)
drop.
Procedure • Check the wire between the DADF EXIT SENSOR and the
If the problem persists after turning the power On/Off, replace DADF CONTROL PWB for an open circuit or poor
the DADF CONTROL PWB. (PL18.3) contact.
005-901 DADF DOC IN SENSOR STATIC JAM
Description The DADF DOCUMENT SENSOR detected a 005-904 DADF DUP SENSOR STATIC JAM
document at POWER On. Description At POWER On, the DADF DUPLEX SENSOR
DC330 Codes to be checked detected a document when the TOP COVER/PLATEN
• DC330 [005-102] DADF DOCUMENT SENSOR INTERLOCK was closed.
Check Items DC330 Codes to be checked
• Check that the power voltage at the customer site does not • DC330 [005-119] DADF DUPLEX SENSOR
drop. Check Items
• Check the wire between the DADF DOCUMENT • Check that the power voltage at the customer site does not
SENSOR and the DADF CONTROL PWB for an open drop.

006-277 IISS <--> DADF COMMUNICATION 006-300 PLATEN COVER OPEN 006-312 IIT MEMORY HOT LINE FAILURE
FAILURE
Description The PLATEN COVER was opened during the Description The system detected the IIT MEMORY HOT
Description Communication cannot be established between ADF Job. LINE being an open circuit.
the IIT/IPS and the DADF Control PWB.
BSD on : CH6.3 CH6.12A BSD on : CH6.2 CH6.12B
Procedure Main Causes
Procedure Enter DC330 [006-300] and turn it On. • Poor contact of the IIT/IPS PWB
Turn On the power. Does the CR4 on the DADF CONTROL Bring the magnet directly near to the PLATEN OPEN • IIT/IPS PWB failure (PL16.3)
PWB light? SWITCH.
Y N Is the display switched to "H"? 006-340 IISS RAM TEST ERROR
Is +5 VDC measured between the DADF CONTROL Y N
PWB J550-6 (+) and GND (-)? Description At POWER On, the system detected a IIT/IPS
Remove the TOP COVER while it is On. P/J736 Remove
Y N PWB RAM test error.
the P736. Cheat P736 Pin 1 and Pin 2. Is the display
Check the +5 VDC circuit to the DADF CONTROL switched to "H"?
PWB J550-6 by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring BSD on : CH3.1B CH3.6B
Y N
Data.(WN4.3.27 DADF+5 VDC) Check the wire between the PLATEN OPEN Procedure
SWITCH P736-1 and the IIT/IPS PWB J722-A1, and • If the problem persists after turning the power On/Off,
Replace the DADF CONTROL PWB (PL18.3). replace the IIT/IPS PWB. (PL16.3)
the wire between the PLATEN OPEN SWITCH
P736-2 and the IIT/IPS PWB J722-A1 for an open
Turn Off the power. Check conductivity of the following:
circuit or poor contact. 006-345 IISS EEPROM FAILURE
Between IIT/IPS PWB J725-20 and DADF CONTROL
If no problems are found, replace the IIT/IPS PWB. Description
PWB J551-A1
(PL16.3)
Between IIT/IPS PWB J725-19 and DADF CONTROL 1. The NVM value cannot be written at the IIT/IPS PWB
PWB J551-A2 Write.
Replace the PLATEN OPEN SWITCH (PL16.4)
Between IIT/IPS PWB J725-18 and DADF CONTROL 2. A communication failure with the EEP-ROM was
PWB J551-A3 Enter DC330 [005-102] and turn it On. detected.
Between IIT/IPS PWB J725-17 and DADF CONTROL Turn the DADF DOCUMENT SENSOR On/Off using a sheet
PWB J551-A4 of paper, etc. BSD on : CH3.1B CH3.6B
Is the resistance 1 Ohm or less for all wires? Is the display switched between H and L? Procedure
Y N Y N • If the problem persists after turning the power Off/On,
Check wires with more than 1 Ohm for an open circuit or Repair the DADF DOCUMENT SENSOR using 3.3.3.2 replace the IIT/IPS PWB. (PL16.3)
poor contact. Generic Permeable Sensor Failure FIP.
Replace the following parts: Check that the DADF Magnet (directly on top of the PLATEN
DADF CONTROL PWB (PL18.3) OPEN SWITCH) is disengaged. Check that the DADF height
is correct. (ADJ3.2.3)
IIT/IPS PWB (PL16.3)
Between the IIT/IPS PWB J722-B8 and the IPS FAN
006-355 FAN FAILURE 006-360 CARRIAGE POSITION FAILURE
J738-1
Description IPS Fan failure. Between the IIT/IPS PWB J722-B9 and the IPS FAN Description The CRG Position error was detected.
J738-2
BSD on : CH6.1 CH6.12A BSD on : CH6.3 CH6.12A
Between the IIT/IPS PWB J722-B10 and the IPS
Procedure FAN J738-3 Procedure
Enter DC330 [006-014] and turn it On. Between the IIT/IPS PWB J722-B11 and the IPS Turn Off the power. Remove the PLATEN GLASS.
Is the IPS FAN revolving? FAN J738-4 Manually move the Full Rate Carriage.
Y N Does the Carriage move without any load?
Is +24 VDC measured between the IIT/IPS PWB J725-2 Is +5 VDC measured at the IIT/IPS J722-B10? Y N
(+) and GND (-)? Y N Clear the CARRIAGE CABLE distortion, stranding,
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB. (PL16.3) damage and foreign substance on the CARRIAGE RAIL
Y N etc, causing the load.
Visually check the F6 Fuse on the IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the IPS FAN. (PL16.4)
Has the Fuse gone off? Turn On the power. Enter DC330 [006-212] and turn it On.
Y N Manually move the Full Rate Carriage and turn the IIT REGI
Turn Off the power. Disconnect the IIT LVPS SENSOR On/Off.
J702 and turn the power On. Is the display switched between H and L?
Is +24 VDC measured between the IIT LVPS Y N
J702-1 (+) and GND (-)? Repair the IIT REGI SENSOR using 3.3.3.2 Generic
Permeable Sensor Failure FIP.
Y N
Check the power (ACH) to the IIT LVPS. Enter DC330 [06-005] (SCAN) or DC330 [06-006] (RETURN)
If no problems are found, replace the IIT and turn it On.
LVPS. (PL16.4) Does the CARRIAGE MOTOR operate?
Y N
The possible reason for this failure is the short Is +24 VDC measured between the IIT/IPS PWB J725-2
circuit/open circuit of the J702 and onwards of (+) and GND (-)?
the IIT LVPS. Check for a short circuit by refer-
ring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. (WN4.3.25 Y N
IIT+24 VDC) Visually check the F6 Fuse on the IIT/IPS PWB.
Has the Fuse gone off?
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB. (PL16.3) Y N
Turn Off the power. Disconnect the IIT LVPS
Enter DC330 [006-014] and turn it On. J702 and turn the power On.
Is +24 VDC measured between the IIT/IPS PWB J722-B8 Is +24 VDC measured between the IIT LVPS
(+) and GND (-)? J702-1 (+) and GND (-)?
Y N Y N
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB. (PL16.3) Check the power (ACH) to the IIT LVPS.
If no problems are found, replace the IIT
Turn the power Off. Check the conductivity of the LVPS. (PL16.4)
following. If no problems are found, replace the IPS FAN.
(PL16.4)

006-361 SCAN INITIALIZE REGI SENSOR

The possible reason for this failure is the short The possible reason for this failure is the short
FAILURE
circuit/open circuit of the J702 and onwards of circuit/open circuit of the J702 and onwards of
the IIT LVPS. Check for a short circuit by Description Regi Sensor failure at CRG INIT the IIT LVPS. Check for a short circuit by
referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. (WN4.3.25 referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. (WN4.3.25
IIT+24 VDC) BSD on : CH6.4 CH6.12A IIT+24 VDC)
Procedure
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB. (PL16.3) Turn Off the power. Remove the PLATEN GLASS. Manually Replace the IIT/IPS PWB. (PL16.3)
move the Full Rate Carriage. Does the Carriage move without
When DC330 [006-005] (SCAN) or DC330 [006-006] any load? When DC330 [006-005] (SCAN) or DC330 [006-006]
(RETURN) is ON, is +24 VDC measured between the Y N (RETURN) is ON, is +24 VDC measured between the
CARRIAGE MOTOR P739-1 (+) and GND (-)? Clear the CARRIAGE CABLE distortion, stranding, CARRIAGE MOTOR P739-1 (+) and GND (-)?
Y N damage and foreign substance on the CARRIAGE RAIL Y N
In the same Diag, is +24 VDC measured between the etc, causing the load. In the same Diag, is +24 VDC measured between the
IIT/IPS PWB J725-1 (+) and GND (-)? IIT/IPS PWB J725-1 (+) and GND (-)?
Y N Turn On the power. Enter DC330 [006-212] and turn it On. Y N
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB. (PL16.3) Manually move the Full Rate Carriage and turn the IIT REGI Replace the IIT/IPS PWB. (PL16.3)
SENSOR On/Off. Is the display switched between H and L?
Check the wire between the IIT/IPS PWB J725-1~6 Y N Check the wire between the IIT/IPS PWB J725-1~6
and the CARRIAGE MOTOR P739-1~6 for an open Repair the IIT REGI SENSOR using 3.3.3.2 Generic and the CARRIAGE MOTOR P739-1~6 for an open
circuit or poor contact. Permeable Sensor Failure FIP. circuit or poor contact.
Check the wire between the IIT/IPS PWB J725 and the Enter DC330 [06-005] (SCAN) or DC330 [06-006] (RETURN) Check the wire between the IIT/IPS PWB J725 and the
CARRIAGE MOTOR P739-5 for an open circuit or poor and turn it On. Does the CARRIAGE MOTOR operate? CARRIAGE MOTOR P739-5 for an open circuit or poor
contact. If no problems are found, replace the Y N contact. If no problems are found, replace the
CARRIAGE MOTOR (PL16.5) and IIT/IPS PWB Is +24 VDC measured between the IIT/IPS PWB J725-2 CARRIAGE MOTOR (PL2.5) and IIT/IPS PWB (PL16.3)
(PL16.3) in sequence. (+) and GND (-)? in sequence.
Check the following: Check the following:

Y N
• The CARRIAGE MOTOR BELT for damage, loosening • The CARRIAGE MOTOR BELT for damage, loosening
Visually check the F6 Fuse on the IIT/IPS PWB.
and disengagement and disengagement
• The CARRIAGE CAPSTAN SHAFT/PULLEY for wear, Y N • The CARRIAGE CAPSTAN SHAFT/PULLEY for wear,
distortion and chips Turn Off the power. Disconnect the IIT LVPS distortion and chips
• Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment J702 and turn the power On. • Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment
(ADJ2.1.1) Is +24 VDC measured between the IIT LVPS (ADJ2.1.1)
If no problems are found, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL16.3). J702-1 (+) and GND (-)? If no problems are found, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL16.3).
Y N
Check the power (ACH) to the IIT LVPS.
LVPS. (PL16.4)
006-371 LAMP FAILURE 006-372 LSU (ROS) POLYGON MOTOR FAILURE
Replace the following parts:
Description Open circuit of the LAMP was detected. EXPOSURE LAMP (PL16.6) Description Revolution failure of the LSU (ROS) MOTOR.
LAMP WIRE HARNESS (PL16.6)
BSD on : CH6.2 CH6.12A BSD on : CH6.9 CH6.12C
LAMP BALLAST PWB (PL16.6)
Procedure Procedure
Enter DC330 [006-002] and turn it On. Is EXPOSURE LAMP Check the following: Run DC330 [006-031].
lit on? • The White Reference Board on the reverse side of the Is +3.3 VDC measured between the MCU PWB J402-3 (+) and
Y N PLATEN GLASS for excessive contamination GND (-)?
Turn Off the power. Remove the following covers: • The optical light path for contamination
• TOP COVER Y N
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in
• IIT REAR COVER Replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1)
sequence:
Turn On the power. • Lens KIT Assembly (PL16.4) (REP14.4.1)
Run DC330 [006-031].
Is +24 VDC measured between the IIT/IPS PWB J725-2 • IIT/IPS PWB (PL16.3) Is +3.3 VDC measured between the MCU PWB J402-3 (+) and
(+) and GND (-)?
If the LAMP light quantity is insufficient, replace the GND (-)?
EXPOSURE LAMP (PL16.6) and LAMP BALLAST PWB
Y N
(PL16.6) in sequence. Y N
Check the wire between the LSU (ROS) ASSY Relay
Connector J518-4 and the MCU PWB J402-3 for an open
Y N
circuit and poor contact.
Turn Off the power. Disconnect the IIT LVPS
J702 and turn the power On.
Is +24 VDC measured between the MCU PWB J402-6 (+) and
Is +24 VDC measured between the IIT LVPS
GND (-)?
J702-1 (+) and GND (-)?
Y N
Y N
Is +24 VDC measured between the MCU PWB J402-6 (+)
and GND (-)?
LVPS. (PL16.4)
Y N
Check the +24 VDC circuit to the MCU MF PWB
The possible reason for this failure is the short
circuit/open circuit of the J702 and onwards of
(WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3)
the IIT LVPS. Check for a short circuit by
referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. (WN4.3.25
Check the wire between the MCU PWB J402-6 and the
IIT+24 VDC)
LSU (ROS) ASSY Relay Connector J518-1 for an open
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB. (PL16.3)
Run DC330 [006-031].
When DC330 [006-002] is ON, is approx. +1.5 VDC
Is 0 VDC measured between the MCU PWB J402-4 (+) and
measured between the IIT/IPS PWB J724-3 (+) and GND
GND (-)?
(-)?
Y N

Y N
006-380 LSU (ROS) SOS LENGTH FAILURE Y 006-382 LSU (ROS) SOS LENGTH FAILURE C
Check the wire between the MCU PWB J402-4 and the
LSU (ROS) ASSY Relay Connector J518-3 for an open Description The interval of the LSU (ROS) SOS (Y) signals Description The interval of the LSU (ROS) SOS (C) signals
circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace exceeds the specified value. exceeds the specified value.
the PWB. (PL13.1)
BSD on : CH6.5 CH6.12C BSD on : CH6.7 CH6.12C
Check the wire between the MCU PWB J402-4 and the LSU Procedure Procedure
(ROS) ASSY Relay Connector J518-3 for an open circuit and Is +5 VDC measured between the MCU PWB J401-B20 (+) and Is +5 VDC measured between the MCU PWB J401-B20 (+) and
poor contact. GND (-)? GND (-)?
Run DC330 [006-031].
Is the frequency between the MCU PWB J402-2 (+) and GND Y N Y N
(-) 2 KHz to 2.5 KHz? Replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1) Replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1)
Y N Check the wire between the SOS PWB (Y) J516-1 and the Check the wire between the SOS PWB (C) J514-1 and the
Check the wire between the MCU PWB J402-2 and the MCU PWB J401 for an open circuit and poor contact. MCU PWB J401 for an open circuit and poor contact.
LSU (ROS) ASSY Relay Connector J518-5 for an open Check the wire between the LD Drive (Y) J529 and the MCU Check the wire between the LD Drive C J527 and the MCU
circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace PWB J401 for an open circuit and poor contact. PWB J401 for an open circuit and poor contact.
the PWB. (PL13.1) If no problems are found, replace the following parts in If no problems are found, replace the following parts in
sequence: sequence:
Check the wire between the MCU PWB J402-2 and the LSU • LSU (ROS) Assembly (PL3.1) • LSU (ROS) Assembly (PL3.1)
(ROS) ASSY Relay Connector J518-5 for an open circuit and
• MCU PWB (PL13.1) • MCU PWB (PL13.1)
poor contact.
Check the wiring status of the Harness in the LSU (ROS)
006-381 LSU (ROS) SOS LENGTH FAILURE M 006-383 LSU (ROS) SOS LENGTH FAILURE K
ASSY. If no problems are found, replace the LSU (ROS)
ASSY. (PL3.1) Description The interval of the LSU (ROS) SOS (M) signals Description The interval of the LSU (ROS) SOS (K) signals
exceeds the specified value. exceeds the specified value.
BSD on : CH6.6 CH6.12C BSD on : CH6.8 CH6.12C

Procedure Procedure
Is +5 VDC measured between the MCU PWB J401-B20 (+) and Is +5 VDC measured between the MCU PWB J401-B20 (+) and
GND (-)? GND (-)?
Y N Y N
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1) Replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1)
Check the wire between the SOS PWB (M) J517-1 and the Check the wire between the SOS PWB (K) J515-1 and the
MCU PWB J401 for an open circuit and poor contact. MCU PWB J401 for an open circuit and poor contact.
Check the wire between the LD Drive M J528 and the MCU Check the wire between the LD Drive K J526 and the MCU
PWB J401 for an open circuit and poor contact. PWB J401 for an open circuit and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in If no problems are found, replace the following parts in
sequence: sequence:
• LSU (ROS) Assembly (PL3.1) • LSU (ROS) Assembly (PL3.1)
• MCU PWB (PL13.1) • MCU PWB (PL13.1)
006-385 LSU (ROS) ASIC FAILURE 006-390 CARRIAGE OVER RUN FAILURE (HOME
J702-1 (+) and GND (-)?
Description Operation failure of the LSU (ROS) ASIC in the side)
MCU PWB. Y N Description The CRG has overrun at the Home End.
BSD on : CH6.5 CH6.12C If no problems are found, replace the IIT BSD on : CH6.4 CH6.12A
Procedure LVPS. (PL16.4) Procedure
If the problem persists after turning the power On/Off, replace Turn Off the power. Remove the PLATEN GLASS.
the MCU PWB. (PL13.1) The possible reason for this failure is the short Manually move the Full Rate Carriage.
circuit/open circuit of the J702 and onwards of Does the Carriage move without any load?
006-389 CARRIAGE OVER RUN FAILURE the IIT LVPS. Check for a short circuit by Y N
(SCAN END side) referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. (WN4.3.25 Clear the CARRIAGE CABLE distortion, stranding,
IIT+24 VDC) damage and foreign substance on the CARRIAGE RAIL
Description The CRG has overrun at the Scan End.
etc, causing the load.
Turn On the power. Enter DC330 [006-212] and turn it On.
Procedure When DC330 [006-005] (SCAN) or DC330 [006-006] Manually move the Full Rate Carriage and turn the IIT REGI
Turn Off the power. Remove the PLATEN GLASS. Manually (RETURN) is On, is +24 VDC measured between the SENSOR On/Off.
move the Full Rate Carriage. Does the Carriage move without CARRIAGE MOTOR P739-1 (+) and GND (-)? Is the display switched between H and L?
any load? Y N Y N
Y N In the same Diag, is +24 VDC measured between the Repair the IIT REGI SENSOR using 3.3.3.2 Generic
Clear the CARRIAGE CABLE distortion, stranding, IIT/IPS PWB J725-1 (+) and GND (-)? Permeable Sensor Failure FIP.
damage and foreign substance on the CARRIAGE RAIL Y N
etc, causing the load. Replace the IIT/IPS PWB. (PL16.3) Enter DC330 [06-005] (SCAN) or DC330 [06-006] (RETURN)
and turn it On.
Turn On the power. Enter DC330 [006-212] and turn it On. Check the wire between the IIT/IPS PWB J725-1~6 Does the CARRIAGE MOTOR operate?
Manually move the Full Rate Carriage and turn the IIT REGI and the CARRIAGE MOTOR P739-1~6 for an open Y N
SENSOR On/Off. Is the display switched between H and L? circuit or poor contact. Is +24 VDC measured between the IIT/IPS PWB J725-2
Y N (+) and GND (-)?
Repair the IIT REGI SENSOR using 3.3.3.2 Generic Check the wire between the IIT/IPS PWB J725 and the
Permeable Sensor Failure FIP. CARRIAGE MOTOR P739-5 for an open circuit or poor
Y N
contact. If no problems are found, replace the
Enter DC330 [06-005] (SCAN) or DC330 [06-006] (RETURN) CARRIAGE MOTOR (PL16.5) and IIT/IPS PWB
and turn it On. Does the CARRIAGE MOTOR operate? (PL16.3) in sequence.
Y N
Y N Turn OFF the power. Disconnect the IIT LVPS
Is +24 VDC measured between the IIT/IPS PWB J725-2 Check the following:
(+) and GND (-)? • The CARRIAGE MOTOR BELT for damage, slackening
and disengagement
J702-1 (+) and GND (-)?
Y N • The CARRIAGE CAPSTAN SHAFT/PULLEY for wear,
Visually check the F6 Fuse on the IIT/IPS PWB. distortion and chips Y N
Has the Fuse gone off? • Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment Check the power (ACH) to the IIT LVPS.
Y N (ADJ2.1.1) If no problems are found, replace the IIT
Turn Off the power. Disconnect the IIT LVPS If no problems are found, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL16.3). LVPS. (PL16.4)

The possible reason for this failure is the short

006-391 SCAN INITIALIZE MOTOR DRIVER
circuit/open circuit of the J702 and onwards of
FAILURE
the IIT LVPS. Check for a short circuit by
referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. (WN4.3.25 Description The CARRIAGE MOTOR error was detected
IIT+24 VDC) after the initialization was started.
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB. (PL16.3) BSD on : CH6.4 CH6.12C

Procedure
When DC330 [006-005] (SCAN) or DC330 [006-006] Turn Off the power. Remove the following covers:
(RETURN) is On, is +24 VDC measured between the • TOP COVER
CARRIAGE MOTOR P739-1 (+) and GND (-)?
• IIT REAR COVER
Y N
In the same Diag, is +24 VDC measured between the Measure conductivity of the following:
IIT/IPS PWB J725-1 (+) and GND (-)? Between the CARRIAGE MOTOR P739-6 and the IIT/IPS
Y N PWB J725-6
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB. (PL16.3) Between the CARRIAGE MOTOR P739-5 and the IIT/IPS
PWB J725-5
Check the wire between the IIT/IPS PWB J725-1~6 Between the CARRIAGE MOTOR P739-4 and the IIT/IPS
and the CARRIAGE MOTOR P739-1~6 for an open PWB J725-4
circuit or poor contact. Between the CARRIAGE MOTOR P739-3 and the IIT/IPS
PWB J725-3
Check the wire between the IIT/IPS PWB J725 and the
CARRIAGE MOTOR P739-5 for an open circuit or poor Between the CARRIAGE MOTOR P739-2 and the IIT/IPS
contact. If no problems are found, replace the PWB J725-2
CARRIAGE MOTOR (PL16.5) and IIT/IPS PWB Between the CARRIAGE MOTOR P739-1 and the IIT/IPS
(PL16.3) in sequence. PWB J725-1
Is the resistance 1 Ohm or less for all wires?
Check the following: Y N
• The CARRIAGE MOTOR BELT for damage, loosening Check wires with more than 1 Ohm for an open circuit or
and disengagement poor contact.
• The CARRIAGE CAPSTAN SHAFT/PULLEY for wear,
distortion and chips Replace the following parts:
• Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment • CARRIAGE MOTOR (PL16.5)
(ADJ2.1.1) • IIT/IPS PWB (PL16.3)
If no problems are found, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL16.3).
007-104 TRAY 1 FEED OUT SENSOR ON JAM • I/F PWB or MCU PWB failure • The TRAY 3 FEED OUT SENSOR for an operation failure
(FROM TAKE AWAY SENSOR) • The TAKE AWAY ROLLER 3 for wear or a revolution
007-110 TRAY 2 MISS FEED failure
Description The TRAY 1 FEED OUT SENSOR does not
detect paper within the specified time after the TAKE AWAY Description The TAKE AWAY SENSOR does not detect paper • The TRAY 3 FEED ROLLER and TRAY 3 NUDGER
SENSOR has turned On. within the specified time after feeding has begun from the ROLLER for wear and a revolution failure
TRAY 2. • A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/
DC330 Codes to be checked burr on the paper path
DC330 [008-100] TRAY 1 FEED OUT SENSOR
DC330 [008-106] TAKE AWAY SENSOR • Use of paper out of spec (Spec: Refer to Chapter 1
DC330 [008-106] TAKE AWAY SENSOR
DC330 [008-003] TRAY 2 FEED/LIFTUP MOTOR Specifications.)
DC330 [008-029~008-036] TAKE AWAY MOTOR 1
(FEED) • The TRAY MODULE PWB for a failure
(TTM)
Check Items DC330 [008-029~008-036] TAKE AWAY MOTOR 1
007-119 TRAY 4 MISS FEED (TTM)
• The TAKE AWAY MOTOR 1 for an operation failure (TTM)
• The TRAY 1 FEED OUT SENSOR for an operation failure Check Items
detect paper within the specified time after feeding has begun
• The TAKE AWAY ROLLER 2 for wear or a revolution • The TAKE AWAY MOTOR 1 for an operation failure
from the TRAY 4.
failure • The TRAY 2 FEED/LIFTUP MOTOR for an operation
failure DC330 Codes to be checked
• A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/
• The TAKE AWAY SENSOR for an operation failure DC330 [008-103] TRAY 4 FEED OUT SENSOR
burr on the paper path
• The TAKE AWAY ROLLER 2 for wear or a revolution DC330 [008-007] TRAY 4 FEED/LIFTUP MOTOR
• Use of paper out of spec (Spec: Refer to Chapter 1
Specifications.) failure (FEED)
• I/F PWB or MCU PWB failure • The TRAY 2 FEED ROLLER and TRAY 2 NUDGER Check Items
ROLLER for wear and a revolution failure • The TRAY 4 FEED/LIFTUP MOTOR for an operation
007-105 TRAY 1 MISS FEED • A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/ failure
burr on the paper path • The TRAY 4 FEED OUT SENSOR for an operation failure
detect paper within the specified time after feeding has begun • Use of paper out of spec (Spec: Refer to Chapter 1 • The TRAY 4 FEED ROLLER and TRAY 4 NUDGER
from the TRAY 1. Specifications.) ROLLER for wear and a revolution failure
• The TRAY MODULE PWB for a failure • A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/
DC330 Codes to be checked burr on the paper path
DC330 [008-100] TRAY 1 FEED OUT SENSOR
007-115 TRAY 3 MISS FEED (TTM) • Use of paper out of spec (Spec: Refer to Chapter 1
DC330 [008-001] TRAY 1 FEED/LIFTUP MOTOR Specifications.)
(FEED) • The TRAY MODULE PWB for a failure
detect paper within the specified time after feeding has begun
Check Items from the TRAY 3.
• The TRAY 1 FEED/LIFTUP MOTOR for an operation
failure DC330 Codes to be checked
• The TRAY 1 FEED OUT SENSOR for an operation failure DC330 [008-102] TRAY 3 FEED OUT SENSOR
• The TRAY 1 FEED ROLLER and TRAY 1 NUDGER DC330 [008-029~008-036] TAKE AWAY MOTOR 1
ROLLER for wear and a revolution failure (TTM)
• A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/ Check Items
burr on the paper path • The TAKE AWAY MOTOR 1 for an operation failure
• Use of paper out of spec (Spec: Refer to Chapter 1 • The TRAY 3 FEED/LIFTUP MOTOR for an operation
Specifications.) failure

007-122 TRAY 4 FEED JAM (TTM) • Between the I/F PWB J535-A11 and the TRAY MODULE Y N
PWB J541-5 Is +3.3 VDC measured between the TRAY 1 SIZE
Description The TRAY 4 FEED OUT SENSOR detected
• Between the I/F PWB J535-A10 and the TRAY MODULE SENSOR J115-1 (+) and J115-3 (-)?
paper when the TRAY 4 is pulled out and pushed in during a
JOB. PWB J541-4
Is the resistance 1 Ohm or less for all wires? Y N
DC330 Codes to be checked Y N Check the +3.3 VDC circuit to the TRAY 1
DC330 [008-103] TRAY 4 FEED OUT SENSOR Check wires with more than 1 Ohm for an open circuit or PAPER SIZE SENSOR J115-1 by referring to
Check Items poor contact. Chapter 4 Wiring Data. (WN4.3.3 +3.3 VDC)
• The TRAY 4 FEED OUT SENSOR for an operation failure
Replace the following parts: Check the Paper Guide for an operation failure, and
• TRAY MODULE PWB (PL15.9/PL14.15) the tab that pushes the SWITCH for a poor contact. If
no problems are found, replace the TRAY 1 PAPER
• Use of paper out of spec (Spec: Refer to Chapter 1 • MCU PWB (PL13.1)
SIZE SENSOR. (PL2.1)
Specifications.) • I/F PWB (PL9.1)
• The TRAY MODULE PWB for a failure Check the wire between the TRAY 1 PAPER SIZE
007-252 OUT MODULE LOGIC FAILURE SENSOR J115-2 and the I/F PWB J536-B9 for an open
007-250 TRAY COMMUNICATION FAILURE Description Incorrect data was detected on the software. circuit and poor contact.
Description A communication failure between the TRAY
MODULE PWB and the MCU PWB was detected. BSD on : CH3.6A Replace the following parts:
• I/F PWB (PL9.1)
Procedure
BSD on : CH1.4 CH1.5 CH3.1D • MCU PWB (PL13.1)
If the problem persists after turning the power On/Off, perform
Procedure the re-installation of the software.
007-271 TRAY 2 PAPER SIZE SENSOR BROKEN
Is +5 VDC measured between the TRAY MODULE PWB If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1)
J555-1 (+) and GND (-)? Description The abnormal AD value was detected by the
007-270 TRAY 1 PAPER SIZE SENSOR BROKEN TRAY 2 PAPER SIZE SENSOR.
Y N Description The abnormal AD value was detected by the
Check the +5VDC circuit to the TRAY MODULE PWB BSD on : CH7.2 CH7.10A
TRAY 1 PAPER SIZE SENSOR.
J555-1 by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. (WN4.3.6 Procedure
+5 VDC-2) BSD on : CH7.1 CH7.10A Install the TRAY 2 into the M/C.
Does the voltage between the TRAY MODULE PWB J546-8
Is +24VDC measured between the TRAY MODULE PWB Procedure
(+) and GND (-) correspond to the TRAY 2 PAPER SIZE
J555-3 (+) and GND (-)? Install the TRAY 1 into the M/C.
SENSOR Output Table described in the BSD: CH7.2?
Does the voltage between the I/F PWB J536-B9 (+) and GND (-)
Y N correspond to the TRAY 1 PAPER SIZE SENSOR Output Table
Y N
Check the +24VDC circuit to the TRAY MODULE PWB described in BSD: CH7.1?
Does the voltage between the TRAY 2 PAPER SIZE
J555-3 by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. (WN4.3.13 Y N
SENSOR J816-2 (+) and GND (-) correspond to the TRAY
+24 VDC-3) Does the voltage between the TRAY 1 PAPER SIZE
2 SIZE SENSOR Output Table described in the BSD:
SENSOR J115-2 (+) and GND (-) correspond to the TRAY
CH7.2?
Turn Off the power. Check conductivity of the following: 1 SIZE SENSOR Output Table described in the BSD:
• Between the I/F PWB J535-A12 and the TRAY MODULE CH7.1.
Y N
PWB J541-7 Is +5 VDC measured between the TRAY 2 SIZE
• Between the I/F PWB J535-A13 and the TRAY MODULE SENSOR J816-1 (+) and J816-3 (-)?
PWB J541-9
Y N 007-274 MSI PAPER SIZE SENSOR BROKEN 007-276 TRAY 3 PAPER SIZE SENSOR BROKEN (TTM)
Check the +5 VDC circuit to the TRAY 2
Description MSI PAPER SIZE SENSOR connector is Description The abnormal AD value was detected by the
PAPER SIZE SENSOR J816-1 by referring to
disconnected. TRAY 3 PAPER SIZE SENSOR.
Chapter 4 Wiring Data.
(WN4.3.5 +5 VDC-1) (WN4.3.6 +5 VDC-2)
BSD on : CH7.9 CH7.10B BSD on : CH7.3 CH7.10A
(WN4.3.7 +5 VDC-3) (WN4.3.8 +5 VDC-4)
Procedure Procedure
Check the Paper Guide for an operation failure, and Check the wire between the MSI PAPER SIZE SENSOR and Install the TRAY 3 into the M/C.
the tab that pushes the SWITCH for a poor contact. If the circuit board for a disconnected connector, poor contact, and Does the voltage between the TRAY MODULE PWB J548-11
no problems are found, replace the TRAY 2 PAPER open circuit. If no problems are found, replace the I/F PWB (+) and GND (-) correspond to the TRAY 3 PAPER SIZE
SIZE SENSOR. (PL15.9/PL14.15) (PL9.1) and MCU PWB (PL13.1) in sequence. SENSOR Output Table described in the BSD: CH7.3?
Run DC140 [007-100].
Check the wire between the TRAY 2 SIZE SENSOR J816- When the MSI SIZE SENSOR was moved, has the AD value Y N
2 and the TRAY MODULE PWB J546-8 for an open changed? Does the voltage between the TRAY 3 PAPER SIZE
circuit and poor contact. Y N SENSOR J820-2 (+) and GND (-) correspond to the TRAY
Is 3.3 VDC measured between the SIZE SENSOR J265-1 3 SIZE SENSOR Output Table described in the BSD:
Replace the following parts: and J265-3? CH7.3?
• TRAY MODULE PWB (PL15.9/PL14.15)
Y N Y N
Check conductivity of the following: Is +5 VDC measured between the TRAY 3 SIZE
• Between the I/F PWB J532-B5 and SIZE SENSOR J820-1 (+) and J820-3 (-)?
SENSOR J265-1
• Between the I/F PWB J532-B3 and SIZE Y N
SENSOR J265-3 Check the +5 VDC circuit to the TRAY 3
PAPER SIZE SENSOR J820-1 by referring to
Run DC140 [007-100]. Chapter 4 Wiring Data.
When the MSI SIZE SENSOR was moved, does the (WN4.3.5 +5 VDC-1) (WN4.3.6 +5 VDC-2)
voltage of the J265-2 change? (WN4.3.7 +5 VDC-3) (WN4.3.8 +5 VDC-4)
Y N Check the Paper Guide for an operation failure, and

Check conductivity of the following: the tab that pushes the SWITCH for a poor contact. If
• Between the I/F PWB J532-B4 and SIZE no problems are found, replace the TRAY 3 PAPER
SENSOR J265-2 SIZE SENSOR. (PL14.1)
Replace the following parts: Check the wire between the TRAY 3 PAPER SIZE
• I/F PWB (PL9.1) SENSOR J820-2 and the TRAY MODULE PWB J548-11
• MCU PWB (PL13.1) for an open circuit and poor contact.
Replace the following parts: Replace the following parts:

• I/F PWB (PL9.1) • TRAY MODULE PWB (PL14.15)

007-277 TRAY 4 PAPER SIZE SENSOR BROKEN (TTM) 007-281 TRAY 1 LIFT UP FAILURE • Between the TRAY 1 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR
J205-5 and I/F PWB J532-A2
Description The abnormal AD value was detected by the Description The TRAY 1 LEVEL SENSOR does not turn On
TRAY 4 PAPER SIZE SENSOR. (block light) within the specified time after it has begun lifting • Between the TRAY 1 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR
up. J205-6 and I/F PWB J532-A1
BSD on : CH7.4 CH7.10A Is the resistance 1 Ohm or less for all wires?
For the DC330 that have "Notes" in the following Y N
Procedure FIP, check the machine status before selecting and Check wires with more than 1 Ohm for an open
Install the TRAY 4 into the M/C. executing the appropriate DC330. circuit or poor contact.
Does the voltage between the TRAY MODULE PWB J548-5
If the Diag with On signals is executed to the part
(+) and GND (-) correspond to the TRAY 4 PAPER SIZE Replace the TRAY 1 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR
that is On, the communication link between the PSW
SENSOR Output Table described in the BSD: CH7.4? (PL2.4), I/F PWB (PL9.1), and MCU PWB (PL13.1)
and the Main Unit may be broken.
In addition, the Diagnostics button indicated in in sequence.
Y N
Does the voltage between the TRAY 4 PAPER SIZE "Notes" is set to be executed after the Chain-Link
No. is selected. Check drive of the following:
SENSOR J824-2 (+) and GND (-) correspond to the TRAY Manually turn the gear at rear of the TRAY 1 to check
4 SIZE SENSOR Output Table described in the BSD: that the BOTTOM PLATE moves up and down
CH7.4? BSD on : CH7.5 CH7.10B smoothly.
Procedure Gently push TRAY 1 in to check the drive
Y N Install the TRAY 1. Run DC330 [008-002] (Notes). transmission is firmly engaged.
Is +5 VDC measured between the TRAY 4 SIZE Does the TRAY 1 BOTTOM PLATE lift up?
SENSOR J824-1 (+) and J824-3 (-)? Y N Run DC330 [007-116].
After running DC330 [008-002] (Notes), is the TRAY 1 Pull out the TRAY 1 and turn the TRAY1 LEVEL SENSOR
Y N FEED/LIFTUP MOTOR going to revolve? On/Off.
Check the +5 VDC circuit to the TRAY 4 Y N Is the display switched between H and L?
PAPER SIZE SENSOR J824-1 by referring to Is +24 VDC measured between the TRAY 1 FEED/ Y N
Chapter 4 Wiring Data. LIFT UP MOTOR J205-3, 4 (+) and GND (-)? Repair the TRAY 1 LEVEL SENSOR using Generic
(WN4.3.5 +5 VDC-1) (WN4.3.6 +5 VDC-2) Permeable Sensor Failure FIP. (PL2.4)
(WN4.3.7 +5 VDC-3) (WN4.3.8 +5 VDC-4) Y N
Check the +24 VDC INTLK circuit to the TRAY Replace the following parts:
Check the Paper Guide for an operation failure, and • I/F PWB (PL9.1)
1 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR J205-3, 4 by
the tab that pushes the SWITCH for a poor contact. If
referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. • MCU PWB (PL13.1)
no problems are found, replace the TRAY 4 PAPER
(WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1)
SIZE SENSOR. (PL14.1)
(WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2)
(WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3)
Check the wire between the TRAY 4 PAPER SIZE
(WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4)
SENSOR J824-2 and the TRAY MODULE PWB J548-5
for an open circuit and poor contact.
Turn Off the power.
Check conductivity of the following:
• Between the TRAY 1 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR
• TRAY MODULE PWB (PL14.15)
007-282 TRAY 2 LIFT UP FAILURE • Between the TRAY 2 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR 007-291 TRAY 3 LIFT UP FAILURE (TTM)
J827-5 and TRAY MODULE PWB J547-2
Description The TRAY 2 LEVEL SENSOR does not turn On Description The TRAY 3 LEVEL SENSOR does not turn On
(block light) within the specified time after it has begun lifting • Between the TRAY 2 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR (block light) within the specified time after it has begun lifting
up. J827-6 and TRAY MODULE PWB J547-1 up.
Is the resistance 1 Ohm or less for all wires?
For the DC330 that have "Notes" in the following FIP, Y N For the DC330 that have "Notes" in the following FIP,
check the machine status before selecting and Check wires with more than 1 Ohm for an open check the machine status before selecting and
executing the appropriate DC330. circuit or poor contact. executing the appropriate DC330.
If the Diag with On signals is executed to the part that If the Diag with On signals is executed to the part that
is On, the communication link between the PSW and Replace the TRAY 2 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR is On, the communication link between the PSW and
the Main Unit may be broken. (PL15.3/PL14.7) and TRAY MODULE PWB the Main Unit may be broken.
In addition, the Diagnostics button indicated in (PL15.9/PL14.15) in sequence. In addition, the Diagnostics button indicated in
"Notes" is set to be executed after the Chain-Link No. "Notes" is set to be executed after the Chain-Link No.
Check drive of the following: is selected.
is selected.
• Manually turn the gear at rear of the TRAY 2 to check
that the BOTTOM PLATE moves up and down
BSD on : CH7.6 CH7.10B smoothly. BSD on : CH7.7 CH7.10B
Procedure • Gently push TRAY 2 in to check the drive Procedure
Install the TRAY 2. Run DC330 [008-004] (Notes). transmission is firmly engaged. Install the TRAY 3.
Does the TRAY 2 BOTTOM PLATE lift up? Run DC330 [008-006] (Notes).
Y N Run DC330 [007-117]. Pull out the TRAY 2 and turn the Does the TRAY 3 BOTTOM PLATE lift up?
After running DC330 [008-004] (Notes), is the TRAY 2 TRAY 2 LEVEL SENSOR On/Off. Y N
FEED/LIFTUP MOTOR going to revolve? Is the display switched between H and L? With DC330 [008-006] (Notes) running
Y N Y N Is the TRAY 3 FEED/LIFTUP MOTOR going to revolve?
Is +24 VDC measured between the TRAY 2 FEED/ Repair the TRAY 2 LEVEL SENSOR using Generic Y N
LIFT UP MOTOR J827-3, 4 (+) and GND (-)? Permeable Sensor Failure FIP. (PL15.3/PL14.7) Is +24 VDC measured between the TRAY 3 FEED/
LIFT UP MOTOR J828-3, 4 (+) and GND (-)?
Y N Replace the following parts:
Check the +24 VDC circuit to the TRAY 2 • TRAY MODULE PWB (PL15.9/PL14.15) Y N
FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR J827-3, 4 by referring Check the +24 VDC circuit to the TRAY 3
to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR J828-3, 4 by referring
(WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) to Chapter 4 Wiring Data.
(WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2) (WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1)
(WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) (WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2)
(WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4) (WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3)
(WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4)
Turn Off the power. Check conductivity of the
following: Turn Off the power.
• Between the TRAY 2 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR Check conductivity of the following:
J827-1 and TRAY MODULE PWB J547-6 • Between the TRAY 3 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR
• Between the TRAY 2 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR J828-1 and TRAY MODULE PWB 549-B6
J827-2 and TRAY MODULE PWB J547-5 • Between the TRAY 3 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR
J828-2 and TRAY MODULE PWB 549-B5

• Between the TRAY 3 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR 007-293 TRAY 4 LIFT UP FAILURE (TTM) • Between the TRAY 4 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR
J828-5 and TRAY MODULE PWB 549-B2 J829-5 and TRAY MODULE PWB 549-A2
Description The TRAY 4 LEVEL SENSOR does not turn On
• Between the TRAY 3 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR (block light) within the specified time after it has begun lifting • Between the TRAY 4 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR
J828-6 and TRAY MODULE PWB 549-B1 up. J829-6 and TRAY MODULE PWB 549-A1
Is the resistance 1 Ohm or less for all wires? Is the resistance 1 Ohm or less for all wires?
Y N For the DC330 that have "Notes" in the following Y N
Check wires with more than 1 Ohm for an open FIP, check the machine status before selecting and Check wires with more than 1 Ohm for an open
circuit or poor contact. executing the appropriate DC330. circuit or poor contact.
If the Diag with On signals is executed to the part
Replace the TRAY 3 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR that is On, the communication link between the PSW Replace the TRAY 4 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR
(PL14.9) and TRAY MODULE PWB (PL14.15) in and the Main Unit may be broken. (PL14.11) and TRAY MODULE PWB (PL14.15) in
sequence. In addition, the Diagnostics button indicated in sequence.
"Notes" is set to be executed after the Chain-Link
Check drive of the following: No. is selected. Check drive of the following:
• Manually turn the gear at rear of the TRAY 3 to check • Manually turn the gear at rear of the TRAY 4 to check
that the BOTTOM PLATE moves up and down that the BOTTOM PLATE moves up and down
smoothly. BSD on : CH7.8 CH7.10B smoothly.
• Gently push TRAY 3 in to check the drive Procedure • Gently push TRAY 4 in to check the drive
transmission is firmly engaged. Install the TRAY 4. Run DC330 [008-008] (Notes). transmission is firmly engaged.
Does the TRAY 4 BOTTOM PLATE lift up?
Run DC330 [007-118]. Y N Run DC330 [007-119]. Pull out the TRAY 4 and turn the
Pull out the TRAY 3 and turn the TRAY 3 LEVEL SENSOR With DC330 [008-008] (Notes) running TRAY 4 LEVEL SENSOR On/Off.
On/Off. Is the TRAY 4 FEED/LIFTUP MOTOR going to revolve? Is the display switched between H and L?
Is the display switched between H and L? Y N Y N
Y N Is +24 VDC measured between the TRAY 4 FEED/ Repair the TRAY 4 LEVEL SENSOR using Generic
Repair the TRAY 3 LEVEL SENSOR using Generic LIFT UP MOTOR J829-3, 4 (+) and GND (-)? Permeable Sensor Failure FIP. (PL14.11)
Permeable Sensor Failure FIP. (PL14.9)
Y N Replace the following parts:
Replace the following parts: Check the +24 VDC circuit to the TRAY 4 • TRAY MODULE PWB (PL14.15)
• TRAY MODULE PWB (PL14.15) FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR J829-3, 4 by referring
to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. 007-397 ALL TRAY LIFT UP FAILURE
(WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) Description All the TRAY LEVEL SENSOR do not turn On
(WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2) within the specified time.
(WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3)
(WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4) BSD on : CH7.5 CH7.6 CH7.7 CH7.8 CH7.10A
Turn Off the power. Procedure
Check conductivity of the following: Check the DC122 SHUTDOWN HISTORY.
• Between the TRAY 4 FEED/LIFT UP MOTOR Has 007-281, 007-282, 007-283, 007-284, 007-291, or 007-293
J829-1 and TRAY MODULE PWB 549-A6 occurred?
Y N
J829-2 and TRAY MODULE PWB 549-A5
• TRAY MODULE PWB (PL15.9/PL14.15)
• MCU PWB (PL13.1) (TRAY 1 only) 007-935 JOB CONTINUE NOT AVAILABLE 007-960 MSI PAPER MIS MATCH 2 (TRANSP.
FAILURE WAS DETECTED WITH PLAIN/
Go to the appropriate FIP.
Description At the automatic TRAY switching, JOB cannot be HEAVYWEIGHT PAPER SPECIFIED)
continued because no switchable TRAYs are found.
007-930 TRAY 1 PAPER SIZE MIS MATCH Description While plain/heavyweight paper is specified from
Procedure the UI, different paper type was detected.
Description The On/Off pattern of the TRAY 1 PAPER SIZE
SENSOR does not match the size that can be detected. Refer to the Operating Instructions.
BSD on : CH7.1 CH7.10A 007-954 SMH SIZE MIS MATCH (SLOW SCAN Check Items
DIRECTION) • Check that the paper type specified from the UI is loaded.
Procedure
If the problem persists after changing the paper size, perform Description The paper in the slow scan direction is shorter • The detection position of the sensor for foreign substance
the procedures of the FIP 007-271. than the specified paper size. Procedure
Block the paper detection position of the OHP SENSOR R
007-931 TRAY 2 PAPER SIZE MIS MATCH BSD on : CH8.5 CH8.6 using a plain paper.
Procedure Is +5 VDC measured between the MCU PWB J407-B2 (+) and
Description The On/Off pattern of the TRAY 2 PAPER SIZE
If this fault occurs frequently, replace the REGI SENSOR. GND (-)?
SENSOR does not match the size that can be detected.
(PL2.6)
Y N
007-959 MSI PAPER MIS MATCH 1 (OTHER THAN Repair the OHP SENSOR R using Generic Permeable
Procedure DEDICATED SHEET ARE DETECTED) Sensor Failure FIP. (PL2.6)
If the problem persists after changing the paper size, perform
the procedures of the FIP 007-271. Description The dedicated sheets are not used. Replace the following parts:
007-932 TRAY 3 PAPER SIZE MIS MATCH BSD on : CH8.5 CH8.6
Description The On/Off pattern of the TRAY 3 PAPER SIZE Check Items 007-969 FULL PAPER STACK FAILURE
SENSOR does not match the size that can be detected. • Check that the dedicated sheets are used. Description The FULL PAPER STACK SENSOR detected
• Check that the orientation of the transparencies is correct. that FACE DOWN TRAY was full for 10 sec continuously.
BSD on : CH7.3 CH7.10A • Check that unused transparencies are loaded.
Procedure • The detection position of the sensor for foreign substance BSD on : CH10.3 CH10.4B CH10.8
If the problem persists after changing the paper size, perform Procedure Check Items
the procedures of the FIP 007-272. Block the paper detection position of the OHP SENSOR R • Paper in the FACE DOWN TRAY is removed.
using a plain paper. • The Actuator of the FULL PAPER STACK SENSOR for
007-933 TRAY 4 PAPER SIZE MIS MATCH Is +5 VDC measured between the MCU PWB J407-B2 (+) and an operation failure or foreign substance.
Description The On/Off pattern of the TRAY 4 PAPER SIZE GND (-)? Procedure
SENSOR does not match the size that can be detected. Run DC330 [010-102]. Move the Actuator of the FULL
Y N PAPER STACK SENSOR up and down.
BSD on : CH7.5 CH7.4 CH7.10A Repair the OHP SENSOR R using Generic Permeable Is the display switched between H and L?
Sensor Failure FIP. (PL2.6) Y N
Procedure
If the problem persists after changing the paper size, perform Repair the FULL PAPER STACK SENSOR using Generic
the procedures of the FIP 007-273. Permeable Sensor Failure FIP. (PL2.10/PL2.11)

• I/F PWB (PL9.1)

008-151 TAKE AWAY SENSOR ON JAM (FROM 008-152 TAKE AWAY SENSOR ON JAM (FROM 008-164 POB SENSOR ON JAM
TTM TRAY 3 FEED ) TTM TRAY 4 FEED ) Description The POB SENSOR does not detect paper within
Description The TAKE AWAY SENSOR does not detect paper Description The TAKE AWAY SENSOR does not detect paper the specific time after the REGI CLUTCH was turned On.
within the specified time after it has been fed from the TRAY 3. within the specified time after it has been fed from the TRAY 4.
For the DC330 that have "Notes" in the following
DC330 Codes to be checked DC330 Codes to be checked FIP, check the machine status before selecting and
DC330 [008-106] TAKE AWAY SENSOR DC330 [008-106] TAKE AWAY SENSOR executing the appropriate DC330.
DC330 [008-029~008-036] TAKE AWAY MOTOR 1 DC330 [008-029~008-036] TAKE AWAY MOTOR 1 If the Diag with On signals is executed to the part
(TTM) (TTM) that is On, the communication link between the PSW
Check Items DC330 [008-029~008-036] TAKE AWAY MOTOR 2 and the Main Unit may be broken.
• The TAKE AWAY SENSOR for an operation failure (TTM) In addition, the Diagnostics button indicated in
• The TAKE AWAY MOTOR 1 for an operation failure Check Items "Notes" is set to be executed after the Chain-Link
• The TAKE AWAY ROLLER 2 for wear or a revolution • The TAKE AWAY SENSOR for an operation failure No. is selected.
failure • The TAKE AWAY MOTOR 1 for an operation failure
• The TAKE AWAY ROLLER 3 for wear or a revolution • The TAKE AWAY MOTOR 2 for an operation failure DC330 [009-201] POB SENSOR
failure • The TAKE AWAY ROLLER 2 for wear or a revolution DC330 [004-004] MAIN MOTOR
• A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/ failure
DC330 [008-037] REGI CLUTCH
burr on the paper path • The TAKE AWAY ROLLER 3 for wear or a revolution
DC330 [009-051] (Notes) 2ND BTR RETRACT MOTOR
• Use of paper out of spec (Spec: Refer to Chapter 1 failure
Specifications.) (CONTACT)
• The TAKE AWAY ROLLER 4 for wear or a revolution
• The TRAY MODULE PWB for a failure failure DC330 [009-052] (Notes) 2ND BTR RETRACT MOTOR
• A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/ (RETRACT)
burr on the paper path Check Items
• Use of paper out of spec (Spec: Refer to Chapter 1 • The IBT for paper wrapping around it
Specifications.) • The 2ND BTR for a revolution failure and the Drive
• The TRAY MODULE PWB for a failure Transmission Gear for breakage
• The 2ND BTR for a contact failure
• The POB SENSOR for an operation failure
• The REGI ROLLER for wear and a revolution failure
• The REGI CLUTCH for operation failure
Specifications.)
• The I/F PWB, MCU PWB, or ESS PWB for a failure

008-175 REGI SENSOR ON JAM (FROM MSI FEED) • The I/F PWB, MCU PWB, or ESS PWB for a failure • The TRANSPORT ROLLER and WAIT ROLLER for
wear and revolution failure
Description The REGI SENSOR does not detect paper within
008-180 REGI SENSOR ON JAM (FROM DUPLEX FEED) • A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/
the specified time after it has been fed from the MSI.
Description The REGI SENSOR does not detect paper within burr on the paper path
DC330 Codes to be checked the specified time after DUPLEX FEED has begun. • Use of paper out of spec (Spec: Refer to Chapter 1
DC330 [008-104] REGI SENSOR Specifications.)
DC330 [004-004] MAIN MOTOR DC330 Codes to be checked
DC330 [008-104] REGI SENSOR • The DUPLEX PWB, I/F PWB, or MCU PWB for a failure
DC330 [007-003] MSI FEED SOLENOID
DC330 [008-009~008-012] DUPLEX MOTOR
Check Items 008-184 REGI SENSOR OFF JAM
• The MAIN MOTOR for an operation failure DC330 [008-046] DUPLEX GATE SOLENOID
Description The FUSER EXIT SWITCH does not detect paper
• The REGI SENSOR for an operation failure DC330 [008-043] INVERTER REVERSE CLUTCH
within the specific time after the REGI CLUTCH was turned
• The MSI FEED SOLENOID for an operation failure DC330 [004-004] MAIN MOTOR On.
• The MSI FEED ROLLER for wear and a revolution failure Check Items
• The DUPLEX MOTOR for an operation failure For the DC330 that have "Notes" in the following
• The MSI TAKE AWAY ROLLER for wear and a FIP, check the machine status before selecting and
revolution failure • The MAIN MOTOR for an operation failure
executing the appropriate DC330.
• A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/ • The INVERTER REVERSE CLUCTH for an operation
failure If the Diag with On signals is executed to the part
burr on the paper path that is On, the communication link between the PSW
• Use of paper out of spec (Spec: Refer to Chapter 1 • The DUPLEX GATE SOLENOID for an operation failure
Specifications.) • The REGI SENSOR for an operation failure
In addition, the Diagnostics button indicated in
• The I/F PWB, MCU PWB, or ESS PWB for a failure • The EXIT ROLLER, TRANSPORT ROLLER, and WAIT "Notes" is set to be executed after the Chain-Link
ROLLER for wear and revolution failure No. is selected.
008-176 REGI SENSOR ON JAM (FROM TRAY FEED) • A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/
Description The REGI SENSOR does not detect paper within burr on the paper path DC330 Codes to be checked
the specified time after it has been fed from each TRAY. • Use of paper out of spec (Spec: Refer to Chapter 1 DC330 [010-101] FUSER EXIT SWITCH
Specifications.) DC330 [004-004] MAIN MOTOR
• The DUPLEX PWB, I/F PWB, or MCU PWB for a failure DC330 [008-037] REGI CLUTCH
DC330 [008-104] REGI SENSOR
DC330 [009-051] (Notes) 2ND BTR RETRACT MOTOR
DC330 [008-038] TAKE AWAY CLUTCH 008-181 REGI SENSOR ON JAM (FROM WAIT SENSOR) (CONTACT)
DC330 [004-004] MAIN MOTOR
Description The REGI SENSOR does not detect paper within DC330 [009-052] (Notes) 2ND BTR RETRACT MOTOR
Check Items the specified time after the DUPLEX WAIT SENSOR was
• The MAIN MOTOR for an operation failure (RETRACT)
turned On.
• The REGI SENSOR for an operation failure Check Items
DC330 Codes to be checked • The FUSER EXIT SWITCH for operation failure
• The TAKE AWAY CLUTCH for an operation failure
DC330 [008-104] REGI SENSOR • The FUSER BELT and HEAT ROLLER for wear and a
• The TAKE AWAY ROLLER 1 for wear or a revolution
DC330 [008-105] DUPLEX WAIT SENSOR revolution failure, and the Drive Transmission Gear for
failure
DC330 [008-009~008-012] DUPLEX MOTOR breakage
Check Items • The 2ND BTR for a revolution failure and the Drive
• The DUPLEX MOTOR for an operation failure Transmission Gear for breakage
• The REGI SENSOR for an operation failure • The 2ND BTR for a contact failure
Specifications.)
• The DUPLEX WAIT SENSOR for an operation failure • The REGI ROLLER for wear and a revolution failure
• The REGI CLUTCH for operation failure MCU PWB (PL13.1) • After the DC956 Belt Edge Learn has completed
• A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/ successfully, run DC685 Regi Control Setup Cycle to
burr on the paper path 008-622 REGICON DATA OVERFLOW FAILURE check whether the same failure occurs.
• Use of paper out of spec (Spec: Refer to Chapter 1 (A1 PATCH-X) • If the failure persists, restore the values of NVM760-7~14
Specifications.) Description At A1 patch detection, the XSO correction setting and 19~26 that is related to Color Regi to defaults and run
• The I/F PWB or MCU PWB for a failure value of the calculation result (either Y, M, C, or K) exceeds the DC685 again.
setting range (NVM value 0 to 472). • The detection position of the MOB SENSOR 1 and 2 for
008-620 REGICON TEMP SENSOR FAILURE contamination, open circuit, or poor contact
This failure is a hidden failure. Therefore, even if a
• The IBT BELT and DRUM for a scratch and contamination
Description The outputs of the ENVIRONMENT SENSOR failure occurs in the custom mode that is used by a
exceed the range from -4 to 140 Degrees Fahrenheit. customer, the machine will not be aborted and the • The frame for distortion
Failure Code will not be displayed on the UI, which • The MCU PWB, ESS PWB, and LSU (ROS) ASSY for a
This failure is a hidden failure. Therefore, even if a means that copy output is possible. failure
failure occurs in the custom mode that is used by a
customer, the machine will not be aborted and the Check Items 008-624 REGICON DATA OVERFLOW FAILURE
Failure Code will not be displayed on the UI, which • After the DC956 Belt Edge Learn has completed (A3 PATCH-MAGNIFICATION)
means that copy output is possible. successfully, run DC685 Regi Control Setup Cycle to Description At A3 patch detection, the MAG correction
check whether the same failure occurs. setting value of the calculation result (either Y, M, C, or K)
BSD on : CH9.16 CH9.31E • If the failure persists, restore the values of NVM760-7~14 exceeds the setting range (NVM value 0 to 1432).
Procedure and 19~26 that is related to Color Regi to defaults and run
DC685 again. This failure is a hidden failure. Therefore, even if a
Turn Off the power. Check the connectivity and poor contact of
• The detection position of the MOB SENSOR 1 and 2 for failure occurs in the custom mode that is used by a
the following wires:
contamination, open circuit, or poor contact customer, the machine will not be aborted and the
• Between the I/F PWB J536-B4 and ENVIRONMENT
Failure Code will not be displayed on the UI, which
SENSOR J255-1 • The IBT BELT and DRUM for a scratch and contamination
means that copy output is possible.
• Between the I/F PWB J536-B2 and ENVIRONMENT • The frame for distortion
SENSOR J255-3 • The MCU PWB, ESS PWB, and LSU (ROS) ASSY for a Check Items
• Between the I/F PWB J536-B1 and ENVIRONMENT failure • After the DC956 Belt Edge Learn has completed
SENSOR J255-4 successfully, run DC685 Regi Control Setup Cycle to
Are the resistances of all wires 1 Ohm or less? 008-623 REGICON DATA OVERFLOW FAILURE check whether the same failure occurs.
Y N (A2 PATCH-Y) • If the failure persists, restore the values of NVM760-7~14
Check wires with more than 1 Ohm for an open circuit and Description At A2 patch detection, the YSO correction setting and 19~26 that is related to Color Regi to defaults and run
poor contact. value of the calculation result (either Y, M, C, or K) exceeds the DC685 again.
setting range (NVM value 0 to 474). • The detection position of the MOB SENSOR 1 and 2 for
Replace the ENVIRONMENT SENSOR J255. contamination, open circuit, or poor contact
Is the resistance between the ENVIRONMENT SENSOR This failure is a hidden failure. Therefore, even if a
P255-3 (+) and P255-4 (-) 6K to 20K Ohm? failure occurs in the custom mode that is used by a
Y N customer, the machine will not be aborted and the • The frame for distortion
Replace the ENVIRONMENT SENSOR (PL1.3). Failure Code will not be displayed on the UI, which • The MCU PWB, ESS PWB, and LSU (ROS) ASSY for a
means that copy output is possible. failure
Check Items

• If the failure persists, restore the values of NVM760-7~14

008-625 REGICON SAMPLE BLOCK FAILURE 008-628 REGICON SAMPLE LATERAL FAILURE
and 19~26 that is related to Color Regi to defaults and run
(A1 PATCH-REAR) (A1 PATCH-FRONT)
DC685 again.
Description At A1 (IN) patch detection, the number of the • The detection position of the MOB SENSOR 2 and 2 for Description At A1 (OUT) patch detection, the scan position of
sample blocks does not reach the specified number. contamination, open circuit, or poor contact CYAN color that is the standard for the rest is incorrect.
(Against the MOB SENSOR, the center position of the CYAN
This failure is a hidden failure. Therefore, even if a • The IBT BELT and DRUM for a scratch and contamination
pattern is shifted by ±500 µm or more. ?
failure occurs in the custom mode that is used by a • The frame for distortion
customer, the machine will not be aborted and the • The MCU PWB, ESS PWB, and LSU (ROS) ASSY for a This failure is a hidden failure. Therefore, even if a
Failure Code will not be displayed on the UI, which failure failure occurs in the custom mode that is used by a
means that copy output is possible. customer, the machine will not be aborted and the
008-627 REGICON SAMPLE LATERAL FAILURE Failure Code will not be displayed on the UI, which
Check Items (A1 PATCH-REAR) means that copy output is possible.
• After the DC956 Belt Edge Learn has completed
Description At A1 (IN) patch detection, the Fast Scan scan Check Items
successfully, run DC685 Regi Control Setup Cycle to
position of CYAN color that is the standard for the rest is • After the DC956 Belt Edge Learn has completed
check whether the same failure occurs.
incorrect. (Against the MOB SENSOR, the center position of successfully, run DC685 Regi Control Setup Cycle to
• If the failure persists, restore the values of NVM760-7~14 the CYAN pattern is shifted by ±500 µm or more. )
and 19~26 that is related to Color Regi to defaults and run check whether the same failure occurs.
DC685 again. This failure is a hidden failure. Therefore, even if a • If the failure persists, restore the values of NVM760-7~14
• The detection position of the MOB SENSOR 1 and 2 for failure occurs in the custom mode that is used by a and 19~26 that is related to Color Regi to defaults and run
contamination, open circuit, or poor contact customer, the machine will not be aborted and the DC685 again.
• The IBT BELT and DRUM for a scratch and contamination Failure Code will not be displayed on the UI, which • The detection position of the MOB SENSOR 2 and 2 for
means that copy output is possible. contamination, open circuit, or poor contact
• The frame for distortion
• The MCU PWB, ESS PWB, and LSU (ROS) ASSY for a Check Items
failure • The frame for distortion
successfully, run DC685 Regi Control Setup Cycle to • The MCU PWB, ESS PWB, and LSU (ROS) ASSY for a
008-626 REGICON SAMPLE BLOCK FAILURE check whether the same failure occurs. failure
(A1 PATCH-FRONT)
• If the failure persists, restore the values of NVM760-7~14
008-629 REGICON SKEW FAILURE
Description At A1 (OUT) patch detection, the number of the and 19~26 that is related to Color Regi to defaults and run
(A1 PATCH-Y)
sample blocks does not reach the specified number. DC685 again.
• The detection position of the MOB SENSOR 1 and 2 for Description At A1 patch detection, the relative skew
This failure is a hidden failure. Therefore, even if a difference amount of Yellow against CYAN color exceeds the
contamination, open circuit, or poor contact
failure occurs in the custom mode that is used by a allowable value.
customer, the machine will not be aborted and the • The IBT BELT and DRUM for a scratch and contamination
Failure Code will not be displayed on the UI, which • The frame for distortion This failure is a hidden failure. Therefore, even if a
means that copy output is possible. • The MCU PWB, ESS PWB, and LSU (ROS) ASSY for a failure occurs in the custom mode that is used by a
failure customer, the machine will not be aborted and the
Check Items Failure Code will not be displayed on the UI, which
• After the DC956 Belt Edge Learn has completed means that copy output is possible.
check whether the same failure occurs.
Check Items
(A1 PATCH-K)
check whether the same failure occurs. Description At A1 patch detection, the relative skew
• The detection position of the MOB SENSOR 1 and 2 for difference amount of Black against CYAN color exceeds the
contamination and detection failure allowable value.
• The IBT BELT for a scratch and contamination This failure is a hidden failure. Therefore, even if a
• The DRUM for a scratch and contamination failure occurs in the custom mode that is used by a
• The frame for distortion customer, the machine will not be aborted and the
• The MCU PWB, ESS PWB, LSU (ROS) ASSY, and Failure Code will not be displayed on the UI, which
DRUM for a failure means that copy output is possible.
Check Items
(A1 PATCH-M)
Description At A1 patch detection, the relative skew check whether the same failure occurs.
difference amount of Magenta against CYAN color exceeds the • The detection position of the MOB SENSOR 1 and 2 for
allowable value. contamination and detection failure
This failure is a hidden failure. Therefore, even if a • The IBT BELT for a scratch and contamination
failure occurs in the custom mode that is used by a • The DRUM for a scratch and contamination
customer, the machine will not be aborted and the • The frame for distortion
Failure Code will not be displayed on the UI, which • The MCU PWB, ESS PWB, and LSU (ROS) ASSY for a
means that copy output is possible. failure
Check Items 008-900 STATIC JAM

successfully, run DC685 Regi Control Setup Cycle to Description When all INTERLOCK are closed after the power
check whether the same failure occurs. is turned On, the SENSOR on the paper path detected paper.
• The detection position of the MOB SENSOR 1 and 2 for Check Items
contamination and detection failure • Check the power voltage for dropping.
• The IBT BELT for a scratch and contamination • The wire between the SENSOR on the paper path and each
• The DRUM for a scratch and contamination circuit board for an open circuit or poor contact.
• The frame for distortion • The paper path for foreign substance and unremoved
• The MCU PWB, ESS PWB, LSU (ROS) ASSY, and jammed paper
DRUM for a failure • The Reflective SENSOR Detection Position for
contamination and the Permeable SENSOR Actuator for
not-smooth operation, etc
• The TRAY MODULE PWB, I/F PWB, MCU PWB, and
ESS PWB for a failure

009-342 2ND BTR CONTACT FAILURE Is the open circuit or poor contact found? Y N
Y N Is +24 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J533-B8 (+)
Description The CONTACT operation cannot be performed
Replace the 2ND BTR RETRACT MOTOR. (PL2.9) and GND (-)?
within the specified time after the 2ND BTR MOTOR was
turned On.
If the problem persists, replace the I/F PWB. (PL9.1) Y N
For the DC330 that have "Notes" in the following Check the +24 VDC circuit to the I/F PWB J533-B8
FIP, check the machine status before selecting and Repair the open circuit or poor contact. by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data.
executing the appropriate DC330. (WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) (WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2)
Check the mechanical connection between the MOTOR and the (WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) (WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4)
If the Diag with On signals is executed to the part Shaft and check the Sensor Actuator. If no problems are found,
that is On, the communication link between the PSW replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1) Check the wire between the I/F PWB J533 and the 2ND
RETRACT MOTOR J216 for an open circuit and poor
In addition, the Diagnostics button indicated in 009-343 2ND BTR RETRACT FAILURE contact.
"Notes" is set to be executed after the Chain-Link Is the open circuit or poor contact found?
Description Retraction cannot be performed within the
No. is selected. Y N
specified time after the 2ND BTR MOTOR was turned On.
Replace the 2ND BTR RETRACT MOTOR. (PL2.9)
BSD on : CH9.24A CH9.31A For the DC330 that have "Notes" in the following Replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1)
FIP, check the machine status before selecting and If the problem persists, replace the I/F PWB. (PL9.1)
Procedure
executing the appropriate DC330.
Run DC330 [009-200].
If the Diag with On signals is executed to the part Repair the open circuit or poor contact.
Open the LEFT COVER, and turn the 2ND BTR RETRACT
SENSOR On/Off with paper. that is On, the communication link between the PSW
and the Main Unit may be broken. Check the mechanical connection between the MOTOR and the
Is the display switched between H and L? Shaft and check the Sensor Actuator. If no problems are found,
Y N In addition, the Diagnostics button indicated in
replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1)
Repair the 2ND BTR RETRACT SENSOR using Generic "Notes" is set to be executed after the Chain-Link
Rermeable SEnsor Failure FIP. (PL2.9) No. is selected.
009-348 1ST BTR CONTACT FAILURE
Close the LEFT COVER and run DC330 [009-051] (Notes) and Description The 1ST BTR RETRACT SENSOR does not
BSD on : CH9.24A CH9.31D
DC330 [009-052] (Notes) alternatively. detect H within the specified time after the 1ST BTR
Was the operating sound of the 2ND BTR RETRACT MOTOR Procedure RETRACT MOTOR was turned On (CONTACT operation has
audible? Run DC330 [009-200]. begun).
Y N Open the LEFT COVER, and turn the 2ND BTR RETRACT
SENSOR On/Off with paper. For the DC330 that have "Notes" in the following
Is +24 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J533-B8 (+)
Is the display switched between H and L? FIP, check the machine status before selecting and
and GND (-)?
Y N executing the appropriate DC330.
Y N Repair the 2ND BTR RETRACT SENSOR using Generic If the Diag with On signals is executed to the part
Check the +24 VDC circuit to the I/F PWB J533-B8 Rermeable Sensor Failure FIP. (PL2.9) that is On, the communication link between the PSW
by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. and the Main Unit may be broken.
(WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) (WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2) Close the LEFT COVER and run DC330 [009-051] (Notes) and In addition, the Diagnostics button indicated in
(WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) (WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4) DC330 [009-052] (Notes) alternatively. "Notes" is set to be executed after the Chain-Link
Was the operating sound of the 2ND BTR RETRACT MOTOR No. is selected.
Check the wire between the I/F PWB J533 and the 2ND audible?
RETRACT MOTOR J216 for an open circuit and poor
contact.
BSD on : CH9.18 CH9.31D
Run DC330 [004-014] (1ST BTR RETRACT SENSOR Y N
Procedure
POWER). Check the +24 VDC INTLK circuit to the I/F
Open the Front Door and cheat the Interlock.
Run DC330 [009-203] (1ST BTR RETRACT SENSOR). PWB J533-A16 by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring
Run DC330 [009-054] (Notes) (1ST BTR RETRACT MOTOR
And then, run DC330 [009-055] (Notes) (1ST BTR RETRACT Data.
CONTACT).
MOTOR RETRACT) and DC330 [009-054] (Notes) (1ST BTR (WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1)
Did the 1ST BTR perform the CONTACT operation?
RETRACT MOTOR CONTACT) alternatively. (WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2)
Y N
Is the level of the 1ST BTR RETRACT SENSOR switched (WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3)
Was the 1ST BTR RETRACT MOTOR going to operate?
between H and L? (WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4)
Y N
Y N
Is +24 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J533-
Check the 1ST BTR RETRACT SENSOR using Check conductivity of the following:
A16 (+) and GND (-)?
Permeable Sensor Failure FIP. • Between the I/F PWB J533-A20 and 1ST BTR
RETRACT MOTOR J237-5
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1) • Between the I/F PWB J533-A19 and 1ST BTR
Check the +24 VDC INTLK circuit to the I/F
PWB J533-A16 by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring RETRACT MOTOR J237-4
009-349 1ST BTR RETRACT FAILURE • Between the I/F PWB J533-A18 and 1ST BTR
Data.
(WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) Description The 1ST BTR RETRACT SENSOR does not RETRACT MOTOR J237-3
(WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2) detect L within the specified time after the 1ST BTR • Between the I/F PWB J533-A17 and 1ST BTR
(WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) RETRACT MOTOR was turned On (RETRACT operation has RETRACT MOTOR J237-2
(WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4) begun). • Between the I/F PWB J533-A16 and 1ST BTR
For the DC330 that have "Notes" in the following RETRACT MOTOR J237-1
FIP, check the machine status before selecting and If no problems are found, replace the 1ST BTR
• Between the I/F PWB J533-A16 and 1ST BTR
executing the appropriate DC330. RETRACT MOTOR.(PL5.4)
If the Diag with On signals is executed to the part If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB.
• Between the I/F PWB J533-A19 and 1ST BTR (PL13.1)
RETRACT MOTOR J237-4 that is On, the communication link between the PSW
and the Main Unit may be broken. If the problem persists, replace the I/F PWB. (PL9.1)
RETRACT MOTOR J237-3 In addition, the Diagnostics button indicated in Remove the mechanical load on the Contact/Retract
"Notes" is set to be executed after the Chain-Link mechanism of the 1ST BTR.
No. is selected.
Run DC330 [004-014] (1ST BTR RETRACT SENSOR
RETRACT MOTOR J237-1 BSD on : CH9.18 CH9.31D POWER).
Run DC330 [009-203] (1ST BTR RETRACT SENSOR).
If no problems are found, replace the 1ST BTR Procedure
And then, run DC330 [009-055] (Notes) (1ST BTR RETRACT
RETRACT MOTOR.(PL5.4) Open the Front Door and cheat the Interlock.
MOTOR RETRACT) and DC330 [009-054] (Notes) (1ST BTR
If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB. Run DC330 [009-054] (Notes) (1ST BTR RETRACT MOTOR
RETRACT MOTOR CONTACT) alternatively.
(PL13.1) CONTACT).
Is the level of the 1ST BTR RETRACT SENSOR switched
If the problem persists, replace the I/F PWB. (PL9.1) Did the 1ST BTR perform the CONTACT operation?
between H and L?
Y N
Y N
Remove the mechanical load on the Contact/Retract Was the 1ST BTR RETRACT MOTOR going to operate?
Check the 1ST BTR RETRACT SENSOR using
mechanism of the 1ST BTR. Y N
Is +24 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J533-
A16 (+) and GND (-)?

Y N Y N
009-350 IBT HOME SENSOR FAILURE
Close the Front Door. If the voltage between the Replace the MCU PWB (PL13.1). If the problem
Description The HOME detection signal was output from the J533-A9 (+) and the J533-A10 (-) is less than +5 persists, replace the I/F PWB (PL9.1) and the IBT
IBT HOME SENSOR before the IBT BELT completes VDC, replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1) STEERING MOTOR. (PL1.3)
revolving 1 cycle.
Is +5 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J533-A11 (+) Repair the open circuit or poor contact.
BSD on : CH9.19 CH9.31A and GND (-)?
Procedure
Y N are found, replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1)
Check the following:
• The detection position for paper strips or metal strips Is 0 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J533-A11
(+) and GND (-)? 009-358 FULL TONER SENSOR FAILURE
• Between the IBT HOME SENSOR and I/F PWB for an
open circuit and poor contact Description FULL TONER SENSOR failure
Y N
• The HVPS for leakage Check the wire between the I/F PWB J533 and BSD on : CH9.29 CH9.31E
• Check that the voltage of the IBT HOME SENSOR J121-3 the IBT EDGE SENSOR J119 for an open
is stabilized at +5 VDC. circuit and poor contact. If no problems are Procedure
found, replace the IBT EDGE SENSOR Remove the FULL TONER SENSOR from the bottle and run
• Check conductivity of the following:
(PL5.4). If the problem persists, replace the DC330 [009-150].
Between the IBT HOME SENSOR J121-2 and I/F PWB Turn the FULL TONER SENSOR On/Off using a sheet of
A13 MCU PWB. (PL13.1)
paper.
If no problems are found, replace the IBT HOME SENSOR. Is the display switched between H and L?
(PL5.4) Y N
If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1) Repair the FULL TONER SENSOR using Generic
poor contact.
If the problem persists, replace the I/F PWB. (PL9.1) Permeable Sensor Failure FIP. (PL4.1)
Replace the IBT EDGE SENSOR. (PL5.4)
009-351 DRIVE LOGIC FAILURE Check for paper with toner contamination and foreign
Description Operation failure of the IBT BELT Is +24 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J550-5 (+) and substance. If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB.
GND (-)? (PL13.1)
BSD on : CH9.31A
Y N 009-360 DRUM COMMUNICATION FAILURE (Y)
Procedure
Check the +24 VDC circuit to the I/F PWB J550-5 by Description A communication failure with the DRUM was
Is the Actuator of the IBT EDGE SENSOR touching the BELT?
referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. detected.
Y N
(WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) (WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2)
Check the installation status of the Actuator.
(WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) (WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4) BSD on : CH9.3 CH9.31B
Turn the power On. Is +3 VDC to +1 VDC measured between Procedure
Remove the IBT ASSY and run DC330 [004-001].
the I/F PWB J533-A11 (+) and GND (-)? Run DC330 [009-151].
Is the IBT STEERING MOTOR rotating?
Y N Is H displayed?
Y N Y N
Check the wire between the I/F PWB J550 and the IBT
Is +5 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J533-A9 (+) Check the installation status of the DRUM and the wire
STEERING MOTOR J207 for an open circuit and poor
and J533-A10 (-)? between the DRUM (Y) J151 and the MCU PWB J405 for
contact.
Is the open circuit or poor contact found? an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found,
replace the DRUM (Y). (PL4.1)
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1) Is H displayed? BSD on : CH9.11 CH9.31C
Y N
Procedure
009-361 DRUM COMMUNICATION FAILURE (M) Check the installation status of the DRUM and the wire
Perform the ATC measurement of the DC922 TRC Control. (If
Description A communication failure with the DRUM was between the DRUM (K) J153 and the MCU PWB J405 for
this measurement cannot be performed, rewrite the value of the
detected. an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found,
DC131 [752-324] to 2. After the measurement has completed,
replace the DRUM (K). (PL4.1)
restore the value.)
BSD on : CH9.3 CH9.31B Is the FAILURE judgement of the ATC SENSOR (M) OK?
Procedure Y N
Run DC330 [009-152]. Check the installation status of the ATC SENSOR and the
009-380 ATC SENSOR FAILURE (Y)
Is H displayed? wire between the ATC SENSOR P130 and the I/F PWB
Description The ATC SENSOR (Y) failure Or the failure was J534 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems
Y N
also detected when the amount of the developer material are found, replace the ATC SENSOR. (PL6.2)
Check the installation status of the DRUM and the wire
becomes low or the Auger of the Developer cannot revolve due
between the DRUM (M) J152 and the MCU PWB J405 for
to a faulty motor. After checking that no failures are detected during normal
an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found,
replace the DRUM (M). (PL4.1) operation, end the Diag.
To clear this fault, clear the value of DC131 [752-
109] to "0". 009-382 ATC SENSOR FAILURE (C)
Description The ATC SENSOR (C) failure. Or the failure was
009-362 DRUM COMMUNICATION FAILURE (C) BSD on : CH9.10 CH9.31C also detected when the amount of the developer material
Description A communication failure with the DRUM was Procedure becomes low or the Auger of the Developer cannot revolve due
detected. Perform the ATC measurement of the DC922 TRC Control. (If to a faulty motor.
this measurement cannot be performed, rewrite the value of the
DC131 [752-324] to 2. After the measurement has completed, To clear this fault, clear the value of DC131 [752-
restore the value.) 111] to "0".
Procedure Is the FAILURE judgement of the ATC SENSOR (Y) OK?
Run DC330 [009-153]. Y N BSD on : CH9.12 CH9.31C
Is H displayed? Check the installation status of the ATC SENSOR and the
Y N Procedure
wire between the ATC SENSOR P129 and the I/F PWB
Check the installation status of the DRUM and the wire Perform the ATC measurement of the DC922 TRC Control. (If
J534 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems
between the DRUM (C) J154 and the MCU PWB J405 for this measurement cannot be performed, rewrite the value of the
are found, replace the ATC SENSOR. (PL6.2)
an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, DC131 [752-324] to 2. After the measurement has completed,
replace the DRUM (C). (PL4.1) restore the value.)
After checking that no failures are detected during normal
Is the FAILURE judgement of the ATC SENSOR (C) OK?
operation, end the Diag.
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1) Y N
Check the installation status of the ATC SENSOR and the
009-381 ATC SENSOR FAILURE (M)
009-363 DRUM COMMUNICATION FAILURE (K) wire between the ATC SENSOR P131 and the I/F PWB
Description The ATC SENSOR (M) failure. Or the failure J534 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems
Description A communication failure with the DRUM was was also detected when the amount of the developer material are found, replace the ATC SENSOR. (PL6.2)
detected. becomes low or the Auger of the Developer cannot revolve due
to a faulty motor. After checking that no failures are detected during normal
Procedure To clear this fault, clear the value of DC131 [752-
Run DC330 [009-154]. 110] to "0".

(The coupling of the Dispence Motor and the Toner • Install the Toner Cartridge and retry to change the New/
009-383 ATC SENSOR FAILURE (K)
Cartridge may not be engaged.) Old Detection Switch by turning On the power of the
Description The ATC SENSOR (Y) failure. Or the failure was • Dispense Motor Revolution Check machine or closing the Front Door.
also detected when the amount of the developer material (The coupling of the Dispense Motor and the Toner
DC330 [009-001]
becomes low or the Auger of the Developer cannot revolve due Cartridge at the rear may not be engaged.)
to a faulty motor. Procedure
Remove the P/J405 from the MCU PWB. • Dispense Motor Revolution Check
To clear this fault, clear the value of DC131 [752- Has the display of 09-390 been cleared? DC330 [009-002]
112] to "0". Y N Procedure
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1) Remove the P/J405 from the MCU PWB.
BSD on : CH9.13 CH9.31C Has the display of 09-391 been cleared?
Remove the Top Cover of the machine. Y N
Procedure Remove the Toner Cartridge K and check the Despense Motor Replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1)
Perform the ATC measurement of the DC922 TRC Control. (If Assy.
this measurement cannot be performed, rewrite the value of the Remove the Faston 186/187 at both edges of the NEW Remove the Top Cover of the machine.
DC131 [752-324] to 2. After the measurement has completed, CARTRIDGE DETECT SWITCH (K). Remove the Toner Cartridge C and check the Despense Motor
restore the value.) Check connectivity at both edges of the NEW CARTRIDGE Assy.
Is the FAILURE judgement of the ATC SENSOR (K) OK? DETECT SWITCH (K). Remove the Faston 184/185 at both edges of the NEW
Y N Is there connectivity from the first while the Switch is not CARTRIDGE DETECT SWITCH (C).
Check the installation status of the ATC SENSOR and the pressed. Check connectivity at both edges of the NEW CARTRIDGE
wire between the ATC SENSOR P132 and the I/F PWB Y N DETECT SWITCH (C).
J534 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems Check the wire between the connector J405-A18 and the Is there connectivity from the beginning while the Switch is not
are found, replace the ATC SENSOR. (PL6.2) NEW CARTRIDGE DETECT SWITCH (K) FS187 for a pressed.
short circuit to the frame. Y N
After checking that no failures are detected during normal Check the wire between the connector J405-A17 and the
operation, end the Diag. Replace the NEW CARTRIDGE DETECT SWITCH (K). NEW CARTRIDGE DETECT SWITCH (C) FS185 for a
(PL16.1) short circuit to the frame.
009-390 NEW TONER DETECT FAILURE K
Description When a new Toner Cartridge was installed, the 009-391 NEW TONER DETECT FAILURE C Replace the NEW CARTRIDGE DETECT SWITCH (C).
level of the NEW CARTRIDGE DETECT SWITCH (K) Description When a new Toner Cartridge was installed, the (PL6.1)
remained L (NEW) although it should be changed from L level of the NEW CARTRIDGE DETECT SWITCH (C)
(NEW) to H (OLD) by the DISPENSE MOTOR drive. remained L (NEW) although it should be changed from L
(NEW) to H (OLD) by the DISPENSE MOTOR drive.
Check Items BSD on : CH9.14 CH9.31D
• Check that the NEW/OLD Detection Switch (metal part) at Check Items
the rear of the Toner Cartridge is raised. • Check that the NEW/OLD Detection Switch (metal part) at
• If the New/Old Detection Switch is not raised, lift it up the rear of the Toner Cartridge is raised.
with your hands and reset the value of DC131 [752-686] • If the New/Old Detection Switch is not raised, lift it up
(Accumulative Disp Time Value K) to "0". with your hands and reset the value of DC131 [752-685]
• Install the Toner Cartridge and retry to change the New/ (Disp Time Accumulated Value C) to "0".
Old Detection Switch by turning On the power of the
machine or closing the Front Door.
009-392 NEW TONER DETECT FAILURE M 009-393 NEW TONER DETECT FAILURE Y 009-408 WASTE TONER CONTAINER NEAR
Description When a new Toner Cartridge was installed, the FULL
Description When a new Toner Cartridge was installed, the
level of the NEW CARTRIDGE DETECT SWITCH (Y) Description The Waste Toner Container is nearly full.
level of the NEW CARTRIDGE DETECT SWITCH (M)
remained L (NEW) although it should be changed from L
remained L (NEW) although it should be changed from L
(NEW) to H (OLD) by the DISPENSE MOTOR drive. BSD on : CH9.29 CH9.31E
(NEW) to H (OLD) by the DISPENSE MOTOR drive.
Procedure
BSD on : CH9.14 CH9.31D The Actuator of the FULL PAPER SENSOR for toner
Check Items contarmination or foreign substance.
Check Items
• Check that the NEW/OLD Detection Switch (metal part) at Y N
• Check that the NEW/OLD Detection Switch (metal part) at
the rear of the Toner Cartridge is raised. Clean the machine.
the rear of the Toner Cartridge is raised.
• If the New/Old Detection Switch is not raised, lift it up
• If the New/Old Detection Switch is not raised, lift it up Run DC330 [009-150].
with your hands and reset the value of DC131 [752-683]
with your hands and reset the value of DC131 [752-684] Is H displayed?
(Accumulative Disp Time Value Y) to "0".
(Accumulative Disp Time Value M) to "0". Y N
• Install the Toner Cartridge and retry to change the New/
• Install the Toner Cartridge and retry to change the New/ Replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1)
machine or closing the Front Door.
machine or closing the Front Door. Repair the FULL TONER SENSOR using Generic Permeable
(The coupling of the Dispense Motor and the Toner Sensor Failure FIP. (PL4.1)
(The coupling of the Dispense Motor and the Toner Car-
Cartridge at the rear may not be engaged.)
tridge at the rear may not be engaged.)
• Dispense Motor Revolution Check
• Dispense Motor Revolution Check 009-410 TONER YELLOW NEAR EMPTY
DC330 [009-004] Description It is time to replace the YELLOW TONER.
DC330 [009-003]
Procedure Though a usual display does not need troubleshooting, it may
Procedure
Remove the P/J405 from the MCU PWB. be required in the following cases:
Remove the P/J405 from the MCU PWB.
Has the display of 09-393 been cleared?
Has the display of 09-392 been cleared? • Blocked toner
Y N
Y N • An operation failure of the Dispense Motor
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1) • When the machine outputs high-density prints
Remove the Top Cover of the machine. continuously
Remove the Top Cover of the machine.
Remove the Toner Cartridge Y and check the Despense Motor Assy.
Remove the Toner Cartridge M and check the Despense Motor Assy.
Remove the Faston 180/181 at both edges of the NEW BSD on : CH9.10 CH9.15 CH9.16 CH9.31C
Remove the Faston 182/183 at both edges of the NEW
CARTRIDGE DETECT SWITCH (Y). Procedure
CARTRIDGE DETECT SWITCH (M).
Check connectivity at both edges of the NEW CARTRIDGE Check that the toner in the DEVE UNIT is even.
Check connectivity at both edges of the NEW CARTRIDGE
DETECT SWITCH (Y). Y N
DETECT SWITCH (M).
Is there connectivity from the beginning while the Switch is not Run DC330 [009-001].
Is there connectivity from the beginning while the Switch is not
pressed. Is the DISPENSE MOTOR (Y) rotating?
pressed.
Y N Y N
Y N
Check the wire between the connector J405-B18 and the Repair the DISPENSE MOTOR using Generic Motor
Check the wire between the connector J405-B16 and the
NEW CARTRIDGE DETECT SWITCH (Y) FS181 for a Does Not Rotate Failure FIP. (PL6.1)
NEW CARTRIDGE DETECT SWITCH (M) FS183 for a
Check the Auger Mechanism for toner supply.
Replace the NEW CARTRIDGE DETECT SWITCH (Y).
Replace the NEW CARTRIDGE DETECT SWITCH (M).
(PL6.1) Run the DC922 TONE UP/DOWN.
(PL6.1)

Is the FAILURE judgement of the ATC SENSOR (Y) OK? Procedure

009-412 TONER CYAN NEAR EMPTY
Y N Check that the toner in the DEVE UNIT is even.
Check the installation status of the ATC SENSOR and the Y N Description It is time to replace the CYAN TONER.
wire between the ATC SENSOR P129 and the MCU PWB Run DC330 [009-002]. Though a usual display does not need troubleshooting, it may
J405 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems Is the DISPENSE MOTOR (M) rotating? be required in the following cases:
are found, replace the ATC SENSOR. (PL6.2) Y N • Blocked toner
Repair the DISPENSE MOTOR using Generic Motor • An operation failure of the Dispense Motor
Is +24 VDC measured between the DEVE MOTOR J232-4 (+) Does Not Rotate Failure FIP. (PL6.1)
and GND (-)? • When the machine outputs high-density prints
Check the Auger Mechanism for toner supply. continuously
Y N
Check the +24 VDC circuit to the DEVE MOTOR J232-4 Run the DC922 TONE UP/DOWN. BSD on : CH9.12 CH9.15 CH9.16 CH9.31C
by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. Is the FAILURE judgement of the ATC SENSOR (M) OK? Procedure
(WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) (WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2) Y N Check that the toner in the DEVE UNIT is even.
(WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) (WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4) Check the installation status of the ATC SENSOR and the Y N
wire between the ATC SENSOR P130 and the MCU PWB Run DC330 [009-003].
Is +5VDC measured between the DEVE MOTOR J232-7 (+) J405 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems Is the DISPENSE MOTOR (C) rotating?
and GND (-)? are found, replace the ATC SENSOR. (PL6.2) Y N
Repair the DISPENSE MOTOR using Generic Motor
Y N Is +24 VDC measured between the DEVE MOTOR J232-4 (+) Does Not Rotate Failure FIP. (PL6.1)
Check the +5 VDC circuit to the DEVE MOTOR J232-7 and GND (-)?
by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. Check the Auger Mechanism for toner supply.
(WN4.3.5 +5 VDC-1) (WN4.3.6 +5 VDC-2) Y N
(WN4.3.7 +5 VDC-3) (WN4.3.8 +5 VDC-4) Check the +24 VDC circuit to the DEVE MOTOR J232-4 Run the DC922 TONE UP/DOWN.
by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. Is the FAILURE judgement of the ATC SENSOR (C) OK?
Check the wire between the DEVE MOTOR J232 and the I/F (WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) (WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2) Y N
PWB J534 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems (WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) (WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4) Check the installation status of the ATC SENSOR and the
are found, replace the DEVE MOTOR. (PL1.1) wire between the ATC SENSOR P131 and the MCU PWB
After checking that no failures are detected during normal Is +5 VDC measured between the DEVE MOTOR J232-7 (+) J405 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems
operation, end the Diag. and GND (-)? are found, replace the ATC SENSOR. (PL6.2)
009-411 TONER MAGENTA NEAR EMPTY Y N Is +24 VDC measured between the DEVE MOTOR J232-4 (+)
Check the +5 VDC circuit to the DEVE MOTOR J232-7 and GND (-)?
Description It is time to replace the MAGENTA TONER.
by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data.
Though a usual display does not need troubleshooting, it may (WN4.3.5 +5 VDC-1) (WN4.3.6 +5 VDC-2) Y N
be required in the following cases: (WN4.3.7 +5 VDC-3) (WN4.3.8 +5 VDC-4) Check the +24 VDC circuit to the DEVE MOTOR J232-4
• Blocked toner by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data.
• An operation failure of the Dispense Motor Check the wire between the DEVE MOTOR J232 and the I/F (WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) (WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2)
• When the machine outputs high-density prints PWB J534 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems (WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) (WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4)
continuously are found, replace the DEVE MOTOR. (PL1.1)
After checking that no failures are detected during normal Is +5 VDC measured between the DEVE MOTOR J232-7 (+)
BSD on : CH9.11 CH9.15 CH9.16 CH9.31C operation, end the Diag. and GND (-)?
Y N Is the MAIN MOTOR rotating? Y N
Check the +5 VDC circuit to the DEVE MOTOR J232-7 Y N Check the wire between the I/F PWB J534-B10
by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. Is +24 VDC measured between the MAIN MOTOR J203- and the MAIN MOTOR J203-6 for an open
(WN4.3.5 +5 VDC-1) (WN4.3.6 +5 VDC-2) 1 (+) and GND (-)? circuit and poor contact. If no problems are
(WN4.3.7 +5 VDC-3) (WN4.3.8 +5 VDC-4) found, replace the I/F PWB (PL9.1) and the
Y N MCU PWB (PL13.1) in sequence.
Check the wire between the DEVE MOTOR J232 and the I/F Check the +24 VDC circuit to the MAIN MOTOR
PWB J534 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems J203-1 by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. Check the wire between the I/F PWB J534-B10 and
are found, replace the DEVE MOTOR. (PL1.1) (WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) (WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2) the MAIN MOTOR J203-6 for an open circuit and
After checking that no failures are detected during normal (WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) (WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4) poor contact.
Run DC330 [004-004]. Replace the MAIN MOTOR. (PL1.1)
009-413 TONER BLACK NEAR EMPTY Is 0 VDC measured between the MAIN MOTOR J203-5
(+) and GND (-)? Run DC330 [009-013].
Description It is time to replace the BLACK TONER.
Was the DEVE CLUTCH (K) activated?
Though a usual display does not need troubleshooting, it may Y N
Y N
be required in the following cases: Repair the DEVE CLUTCH using the Generic Clutch Not
Run DC330 [004-004].
• Blocked toner Is 0 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J534-B11 Energized Failure FIP. (PL1.2)
• An operation failure of the Dispense Motor (+) and GND (-)?
• When the machine outputs high-density prints After checking that no failures are detected during normal
continuously Y N operation, end the Diag.
Check the wire between the I/F PWB J534-B11
BSD on : CH4.1 CH9.13 CH9.15 CH9.16 CH9.31C and the MAIN MOTOR J203-5 for an open cir- 009-428 DRUM CARTRIDGE CHANGE SOON (K)
cuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, Description The DRUM needs to be replaced soon.
Procedure
replace the I/F PWB (PL9.1) and the MCU PWB
Check that the toner in the DEVE UNIT is even.
Y N
(PL13.1) in sequence. BSD on : CH9.4 CH9.31B
Run DC330 [009-004]. Procedure
Check the wire between the I/F PWB J534-B11 and
Is the DISPENSE MOTOR (B) rotating? Replace the DRUM (K) (PL4.1). If the problem persists,
the MAIN MOTOR J203-5 for an open circuit and
Y N replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1)
poor contact.
Repair the DISPENSE MOTOR using Generic Motor
Does Not Rotate Failure FIP. (PL6.1) Run DC330 [004-004]. 009-429 DRUM CARTRIDGE CHANGE SOON (Y)
Is 0 VDC measured between the MAIN MOTOR J203-6 Description The DRUM needs to be replaced soon.
(+) and GND (-)?
Run the DC922 TONE UP/DOWN.
Y N Procedure
Is the FAILURE judgement of the ATC SENSOR (K) OK?
Run DC330 [004-004]. Replace the DRUM (Y) (PL4.1). If the problem persists,
Y N
Is 0 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J534-B10 replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1)
Check the installation status of the ATC SENSOR and the
(+) and GND (-)?
wire between the ATC SENSOR P131 and the MCU PWB
J405 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems 009-430 DRUM CARTRIDGE CHANGE SOON(M)
are found, replace the ATC SENSOR. (PL6.2) Description The DRUM needs to be replaced soon.
Run DC330 [004-004]. BSD on : CH9.3 CH9.31B

Procedure Run the DC330 [009-078]. Procedure

Replace the DRUM (M) (PL4.1). If the problem persists, Is 0 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J536-A8 Check conductivity of the following:
replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1) (+) and GND (-)? • Between the I/F PWB J536-B2 and ENVIRONMENT
SENSOR J255-3
009-431 DRUM CARTRIDGE CHANGE SOON (C) Y N • Between the I/F PWB J536-B1 and ENVIRONMENT
Description The DRUM needs to be replaced soon. Check the wire between the I/F PWB J536-A8 SENSOR J255-4
and the ADC SENSOR UNIT J602-3 for an Is the resistance 1 Ohm or less for both wires?
BSD on : CH9.4 CH9.31B open circuit and poor contact. If no problems Y N
are found, replace the I/F PWB (PL9.1) and the Check for an open circuit and poor contact.
Procedure MCU PWB (PL13.1) in sequence.
Replace the DRUM (C) (PL4.1). If the problem persists,
Replace the ENVIRONMENT SENSOR J255.
replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1) Run the DC330 [009-079]. Is the resistance btween the ENVIRONMENT SENSOR P255-
Has the voltage between the I/F PWB J536-A6 (+) 3 and P255-4 60K to 20K Ohm?
009-654 ADC SENSOR FAILURE and GND (-) changed to 0 VDC momentarily?
Description The ADC SENSOR for an operation failure. Y N
Y N Replace the ENVIRONMENT SENSOR. (PL1.3)
BSD on : CH9.16 CH9.31D Check the wire between the I/F PWB J536-A6
and the ADC SENSOR UNIT J602-1 for an Replace the I/F PWB (PL9.1) and MCU PWB (PL13.1) in
Procedure
open circuit and poor contact. If no problems sequence.
Run DC934 ADC Output Check.
are found, replace the I/F PWB (PL9.1) and the
Is the FAILURE judgement of the ADC SENSOR OK?
MCU PWB (PL13.1) in sequence. 009-661 ENVIRONMENT SENSOR HUMIDITY
Y N
Is +5 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J536-A13 (+) FAILURE
Check the wire between the I/F PWB J536 and the
and GND (-)? ADC SENSOR UNIT J602 for an open circuit and Description Abnormal value was detected by the
poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the ENVIRONMENT SENSOR (Humidity).
Y N ADC SENSOR ASSY. (PL1.3)
Check the +5 VDC circuit to the I/F PWB J536-A13 BSD on : CH9.16 CH9.31E
by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. Check the installation status of the ADC SENSOR and the Procedure
(WN4.3.5 +5 VDC-1) (WN4.3.6 +5 VDC-2) wire between the I/F PWB J536 and the ADC SENSOR Is +0.4 VDC to +17 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J536-
(WN4.3.7 +5 VDC-3) (WN4.3.8 +5 VDC-4) UNIT J602 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no B3 (+) and GND (-)?
problems are found, replace the ADC SENSOR ASSY.
Run the DC330 [009-078]. (PL1.3) Y N
Was the ADC SHUTTER SOLENOID actuated?
Is +5 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J536-B4 (+)
Y N After checking that no failures are detected during normal and GND (-)?
Is +24 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J536-A7 operation, end the Diag.
(+) and GND (-)?
Y N
009-660 ENVIRONMENT SENSOR TEMP. Check the +5 VDC circuit to the I/F PWB J536-B4 by
Y N FAILURE referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data.
Check the +24 VDC circuit to the I/F PWB
Description Abnormal value was detected by the (WN4.3.5 +5 VDC-1) (WN4.3.6 +5 VDC-2)
J536-A7 by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data.
ENVIRONMENT SENSOR (Temperature). (WN4.3.7 +5 VDC-3) (WN4.3.8 +5 VDC-4)
(WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1)
(WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2)
BSD on : CH9.16 CH9.31E Turn Off the power. Check conductivity of the following:
(WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3)
• Between the I/F PWB J536-B2 and ENVIRONMENT
(WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4)
SENSOR J255-3
• Between the I/F PWB J536-B3 and ENVIRONMENT 009-673 New Toner Detect (Y) Y N
SENSOR J255-2 Check the wire between the I/F PWB J536-A6 and
Description It was detected that the Toner Cartridge has been
• Between the I/F PWB J536-B4 and ENVIRONMENT the ADC SENSOR UNIT J602-1 for an open circuit
replaced with a new one. (Hidden Failure)
SENSOR J255-1 and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace
the I/F PWB (PL9.1) and the MCU PWB (PL13.1) in
Is the resistance 1 Ohm or less for all wires? BSD on : CH9.14 CH9.31D
Y N sequence.
Procedure
Check for an open circuit and poor contact.
If too many of this Code are found in the Failure History, go to Check the wire between the I/F PWB J536 and the ADC
the 009-393 FIP to repair the trouble. SENSOR UNIT J602 for an open circuit and poor contact.
Replace the ENVIRONMENT SENSOR. (PL1.3)
If no problems are found, replace the ADC SENSOR
Replace the I/F PWB (PL9.1) and MCU PWB (PL13.1) in 009-684 ADC SHUTTER FAILURE ASSY. (PL1.3)
sequence. Description An operation failure of the ADC SHUTTER
009-670 New Toner Detect (K) BSD on : CH9.16 CH9.31D operation, end the Diag.
Description It was detected that the Toner Cartridge has been Procedure 009-910 DRUM TYPE MISS MATCH (K)
replaced with a new one. (Hidden Failure) Run the DC330 [009-078].
Was the ADC SHUTTER SOLENOID actuated? Description DRUM Type Mismatch
BSD on : CH9.14 CH9.31D Y N
Is +24 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J536-A7 (+) BSD on : CH9.4 CH9.31B
Procedure
If too many of this Code are found in the Failure History, go to and GND (-)? Procedure
the 009-390 FIP to repair the trouble. Y N Run DC330 [009-154].
Check the +24 VDC circuit to the I/F PWB J536-A7 Is H displayed?
009-671 New Toner Detect (C) by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. Y N
(WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) (WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2) Check installation status of the DRUM.
Description It was detected that the Toner Cartridge has been (WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) (WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4)
replaced with a new one. (Hidden Failure) Check the wire between the DRUM (K) J153 and the MCU
Run the DC330 [009-078]. PWB J405 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems
BSD on : CH9.14 CH9.31D Is 0 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J536-A8 (+) and are found, replace the DRUM (K). (PL4.1)
Procedure GND (-)? Replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1)
If too many of this Code are found in the Failure History, go to
the 009-391 FIP to repair the trouble. Y N 009-911 DRUM TYPE MISS MATCH (C)
Check the wire between the I/F PWB J536-A8 and Description DRUM Type Mismatch
009-672 New Toner Detect (M) the ADC SENSOR UNIT J602-3 for an open circuit
and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace BSD on : CH9.4 CH9.31B
Description It was detected that the Toner Cartridge has been
the I/F PWB (PL9.1) and the MCU PWB (PL13.1) in
replaced with a new one. (Hidden Failure) Procedure
sequence.
Run DC330 [009-153].
BSD on : CH9.14 CH9.31D Run the DC330 [009-079]. Is H displayed?
Procedure Has the voltage between the I/F PWB J536-A6 (+) and Y N
If too many of this Code are found in the Failure History, go to GND (-) changed to 0 VDC momentarily? Check installation status of the DRUM.
the 009-392 FIP to repair the trouble.

009-920 TONER YELLOW EMPTY Is +5 VDC measured between the DEVE MOTOR J232-7
Check the wire between the DRUM (C) J154 and the MCU (+) and GND (-)?
Description The YELLOW TONER cartridge is empty.
PWB J405 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems Y N
are found, replace the DRUM (C). (PL4.1) Though a usual display does not need troubleshooting, it may
Check the +5 VDC circuit to the DEVE MOTOR
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1) be required in the following cases:
• Blocked toner (WN4.3.5 +5 VDC-1) (WN4.3.6 +5 VDC-2)
009-912 DRUM TYPE MISS MATCH (M) • An operation failure of the Dispense Motor (WN4.3.7 +5 VDC-3) (WN4.3.8 +5 VDC-4)
Description DRUM Type Mismatch • When the machine outputs high-density prints
continuously Check the wire between the DEVE MOTOR J232 and the
BSD on : CH9.3 CH9.31B I/F PWB J534 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no
BSD on : CH9.10 CH9.15 CH9.16 CH9.31C problems are found, replace the DEVE MOTOR. (PL1.1)
Procedure
Is H displayed? Check that the toner in the DEVE UNIT is even.
Y N Y N
Check installation status of the DRUM. Run DC330 [009-001].
009-921 TONER MAGENTA EMPTY
Is the DISPENSE MOTOR (Y) rotating?
Check the wire between the DRUM (M) J152 and the MCU Y N Description The MAGENTA TONER cartridge is empty.
PWB J405 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems Repair the DISPENSE MOTOR using Generic Motor Though a usual display does not need troubleshooting, it may
are found, replace the DRUM (M). (PL4.1) Does Not Rotate Failure FIP. (PL6.1) be required in the following cases:
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1) • Blocked Toner
• An operation failure of the Dispense Motor
009-913 DRUM TYPE MISS MATCH (Y)
Run the DC922 TONE UP/DOWN. • When the machine outputs high-density prints
Description DRUM Type Mismatch Is the FAILURE judgement of the ATC SENSOR (Y) OK? continuously
Y N
BSD on : CH9.3 CH9.31B Check the installation status of the ATC SENSOR and the BSD on : CH9.11 CH9.15 CH9.16 CH9.31C
Procedure wire between the ATC SENSOR P129 and the MCU PWB Procedure
Run DC330 [009-151]. J405 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems Check that the toner in the DEVE UNIT is even.
Is H displayed? are found, replace the ATC SENSOR. (PL6.2) Y N
Y N Run DC330 [009-002].
Check installation status of the DRUM. Did the DEVE MOTOR rotate after the power was turned On/ Is the DISPENSE MOTOR (M) rotating?
Off? Y N
Check the wire between the DRUM (Y) J151 and the MCU Y N Repair the DISPENSE MOTOR using Generic Motor
PWB J405 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems Is +24 VDC measured between the DEVE MOTOR J232- Does Not Rotate Failure FIP. (PL6.1)
are found, replace the DRUM (Y). (PL4.1) 4 (+) and GND (-)?
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1) Check the Auger Mechanism for toner supply.
Y N
(WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) (WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2)
(WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) (WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4)
009-922 TONER CYAN EMPTY
Run the DC922 TONE UP/DOWN. Y N
Description The CYAN TONER cartridge is empty.
Is the FAILURE judgement of the ATC SENSOR (M) OK? Check the +5 VDC circuit to the DEVE MOTOR
Y N Though a usual display does not need troubleshooting, it may J232-7 by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data.
Check the installation status of the ATC SENSOR and the be required in the following cases: (WN4.3.5 +5 VDC-1) (WN4.3.6 +5 VDC-2)
wire between the ATC SENSOR P130 and the MCU PWB • Blocked toner (WN4.3.7 +5 VDC-3) (WN4.3.8 +5 VDC-4)
J405 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems • An operation failure of the Dispense Motor
are found, replace the ATC SENSOR. (PL6.2) • When the machine outputs high-density prints continuously Check the wire between the DEVE MOTOR J232 and the
I/F PWB J534 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no
BSD on : CH9.12 CH9.15 CH9.16 CH9.31C problems are found, replace the DEVE MOTOR. (PL1.1)
Did the DEVE MOTOR rotate after the power was turned On/
Off? Procedure After checking that no failures are detected during normal
Y N Check that the toner in the DEVE UNIT is even. operation, end the Diag.
Is +24 VDC measured between the DEVE MOTOR J232- Y N
4 (+) and GND (-)? Run DC330 [009-003]. 009-923 TONER BLACK EMPTY
Is the DISPENSE MOTOR (C) rotating?
Y N Description The BLACK TONER cartridge is empty.
Y N
Repair the DISPENSE MOTOR using Generic Motor Though a usual display does not need troubleshooting, it may
Does Not Rotate Failure FIP. (PL6.1) be required in the following cases:
(WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) (WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2) • Blocked toner
Check the Auger Mechanism for toner supply. • An operation failure of the Dispense Motor
(WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) (WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4)
• When the machine outputs high-density prints continuously
Run the DC922 TONE UP/DOWN.
Is +5 VDC measured between the DEVE MOTOR J232-7
Is the FAILURE judgement of the ATC SENSOR (C) OK?
(+) and GND (-)? BSD on : CH9.13 CH9.15 CH9.16 CH9.31C
Y N
Check the installation status of the ATC SENSOR and the Procedure
Y N
wire between the ATC SENSOR P131 and the MCU PWB Check that the toner in the DEVE UNIT is even.
J405 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems Y N
are found, replace the ATC SENSOR. (PL6.2) Run DC330 [009-004].
(WN4.3.5 +5 VDC-1) (WN4.3.6 +5 VDC-2)
Is the DISPENSE MOTOR (B) rotating?
(WN4.3.7 +5 VDC-3) (WN4.3.8 +5 VDC-4)
Did the DEVE MOTOR rotate after the power was turned On/ Y N
Off? Repair the DISPENSE MOTOR using Generic Motor
Check the wire between the DEVE MOTOR J232 and the
Y N Does Not Rotate Failure FIP. (PL6.1)
I/F PWB J534 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no
Is +24 VDC measured between the DEVE MOTOR J232-
problems are found, replace the DEVE MOTOR. (PL1.1)
4 (+) and GND (-)? Check the Auger Mechanism for toner supply.
After checking that no failures are detected during normal oper-
Y N Run the DC922 TONE UP/DOWN.
ation, end the Diag.
Check the +24 VDC circuit to the DEVE MOTOR Is the FAILURE judgement of the ATC SENSOR (K) OK?
J232-4 by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. Y N
(WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) (WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2) Check the installation status of the ATC SENSOR and the
(WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) (WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4) wire between the ATC SENSOR P131 and the MCU PWB
J405 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems
Is +5 VDC measured between the DEVE MOTOR J232-7 are found, replace the ATC SENSOR. (PL6.2)
(+) and GND (-)?

and the MAIN MOTOR J203-6 for an open Procedure

Run DC330 [004-004]. circuit and poor contact. If no problems are Is +5 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J535-A3 (+) and
Is the MAIN MOTOR rotating? found, replace the I/F PWB (PL9.1) and the GND (-)?
Y N MCU PWB (PL13.1) in sequence.
Is +24 VDC measured between the MAIN MOTOR J203- Y N
1 (+) and GND (-)? Check the wire between the I/F PWB J534-B10 and Is +5VDC measured between theWASTE TONER
the MAIN MOTOR J203-6 for an open circuit and CONTAINER INTERLOCK SW FS135 (+) and GND
Y N poor contact. (-)?
Check the +24 VDC circuit to the MAIN MOTOR
J203-1 by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. Replace the MAIN MOTOR. (PL1.1) Y N
(WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) (WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2) Check the +5 VDC circuit to the WASTE TONER
(WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) (WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4) Run DC330 [009-013]. CONTAINER INTERLOCK SWITCH FS135.
Was the DEVE CLUTCH (K) activated?
Run DC330 [004-004]. Y N Is +5 VDC measured between the WASTE TONER
Is 0 VDC measured between the MAIN MOTOR J203-5 Repair the DEVE CLUTCH using Generic Clutch Not CONTAINER INTERLOCK SW FS134 (+) and GND (-)?
(+) and GND (-)? Energized Failure FIP. (PL1.2)
Y N
Y N After checking that no failures are detected during normal Replace the WASTE TONER CONTAINER
Run DC330 [004-004]. operation, end the Diag. INTERLOCK SW. (PL4.1)
Is 0 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J534-B11
(+) and GND (-)? 009-924 WASTE TONER CONTAINER FULL Check the wire between the WASTE TONER
Description The Waste Toner Container is full. CONTAINER INTERLOCK SW FS134 and the I/F PWB
Y N J535-A3 for an open circuit or poor contact.
Check the wire between the I/F PWB J534-B11 BSD on : CH9.29 CH9.31E
and the MAIN MOTOR J203-5 for an open Check the connection of the connector P/J410 (P410/J410)
Procedure between the I/F PWB and the MCU PWB. If no problems are
The Actuator of the FULL PAPER SENSOR for toner found, replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1)
found, replace the I/F PWB (PL9.1) and the
contarmination or foreign substance. If the problem persists, replace the I/F PWB. (PL9.1)
MCU PWB (PL13.1) in sequence.
Y N
Clean the machine. 009-926 DRUM CARTRIDGE END OF LIFE (K)
Check the wire between the I/F PWB J534-B11 and
the MAIN MOTOR J203-5 for an open circuit and Description It is time to replace the DRUM.
Run DC330 [009-150].
poor contact.
Is H displayed?
Y N BSD on : CH9.4 CH9.31B
Run DC330 [004-004].
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1) Procedure
Is 0 VDC measured between the MAIN MOTOR J203-6
(+) and GND (-)? Replace the DRUM (K) (PL4.1). If the problem persists,
Repair the FULL TONER SENSOR using Generic Permeable replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1)
Sensor Failure FIP. (PL4.1)
Y N
Run DC330 [004-004].
009-925 WASTE TONER CONTAINER NOT SET 009-927 DRUM CARTRIDGE END OF LIFE (C)
Is 0 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J534-B10
(+) and GND (-)? Description Improper installation of the Waste Toner Description It is time to replace the DRUM.
Container
Y N BSD on : CH9.4 CH9.31B
Check the wire between the I/F PWB J534-B10 BSD on : CH9.29 CH9.31E
Procedure 009-932 DRUM NOT DETECT (M)
Replace the DRUM (C) (PL4.1). If the problem persists,
Description The DETECT data of the DRUM does not match.
009-928 DRUM CARTRIDGE END OF LIFE (M) Procedure
Description It is time to replace the DRUM.
the MCU PWB (PL13.1) and the DRUM (M). (PL4.1)
Procedure 009-933 DRUM NOT DETECT (Y)
Replace the DRUM (M) (PL4.1). If the problem persists,
009-929 DRUM CARTRIDGE END OF LIFE (Y)
Procedure
Description It is time to replace the DRUM.
the MCU PWB (PL13.1) and the DRUM (Y). (PL4.1)
Procedure
Replace the DRUM (Y) (PL4.1). If the problem persists,
009-930 DRUM NOT DETECT (K)


Procedure
the MCU PWB (PL13.1) and the DRUM (K). (PL4.1)
009-931 DRUM NOT DETECT (C)


Procedure
the MCU PWB (PL13.1) and the DRUM (C). (PL4.1)

010-105 FACE UP EXIT SENSOR ON JAM 010-110 FUSER EXIT SW ON JAM (FACE DOWN DUPLEX) 010-111 FUSER EXIT SW OFF JAM (FACE DOWN)
Description The FACE UP EXIT SENSOR did not turn On Description The FUSER UP EXIT SW did not turn On within Description The FUSER EXIT SW did not turn Off within the
within the specified time. the specified time. specified time.
DC330 Codes to be checked DC330 Codes to be checked
For the DC330 that have "Notes" in the following
• DC330 [010-103] FACE UP EXIT SENSOR • DC330 [010-101] FUSER EXIT SW
FIP, check the machine status before selecting and
• DC330 [010-101] FUSER EXIT SW executing the appropriate DC330. • DC330 [004-004] MAIN MOTOR
• DC330 [004-004] MAIN MOTOR If the Diag with On signals is executed to the part • DC330 [008-045] EXIT GATE SOLENOID
• DC330 [008-046] DUPLEX GATE SOLENOID that is On, the communication link between the PSW Check Items
• DC330 [008-045] EXIT GATE SOLENOID and the Main Unit may be broken. • The FUSER EXIT SWITCH for operation failure
Check Items In addition, the Diagnostics button indicated in • The FUSER EXIT ROLLER for wear and a revolution
• The FUSER EXIT SWITCH for operation failure "Notes" is set to be executed after the Chain-Link failure
• The FACE UP EXIT SENSOR for operation failure No. is selected. • The EXIT GATE for an operation failure
• The FUSER EXIT ROLLER for wear and a revolution • The MAIN MOTOR for a revolution failure
failure • The Gear for breakage and wear.
• DC330 [010-101] FUSER EXIT SW
• The EXIT GATE for an operation failure • Transport failure due to foreign substance in paper path
• DC330 [004-004] MAIN MOTOR
• The DUPLEX GATE for an operation failure • Use of paper out of spec (Refer to Spec. Chapter 1
• DC330 [008-045] EXIT GATE SOLENOID
• The DUPLEX GATE SOLENOID for an operation failure Specifications.)
• DC330 [008-037] REGI CLUTCH
• The Gear for breakage and wear.
• DC330 [009-051] (Note) 2ND BTR CONTACT 010-125 DUPLEX WAIT SENSOR ON JAM
• The MAIN MOTOR for an operation failure
• DC330 [004-002] IBT MOTOR Description The WAIT SENSOR did not turn On within the
• Transport failure due to foreign substance in paper path
Check Items specified time.
• Use of paper out of spec (Refer to Spec. Chapter 1 • The FUSER EXIT SWITCH for operation failure
Specifications.) DC330 Codes to be checked
• The FUSER EXIT ROLLER for wear and a revolution
• DC330 [008-105] DUPLEX WAIT SENSOR
failure
010-106 FACE UP EXIT SENSOR OFF JAM • DC330 [008-009] DUPLEX MOTOR
• The 2ND BTR for a contact failure
Description The FACE UP EXIT SENSOR did not turn Off • DC330 [008-046] DUPLEX GATE SOLENOID
• The REGI CLUTCH for operation failure
within the specified time after it has turned ON. Check Items
• The EXIT GATE for an operation failure
DC330 Codes to be checked • The WAIT SENSOR for an operation failure
• The MAIN MOTOR for a revolution failure
• DC330 [010-103] FACE UP EXIT SENSOR • The DUPLEX TRANS ROLLER for wear and a revolution
• The IBT MOTOR for a revolution failure failure
• DC330 [004-004] MAIN MOTOR
• The Gear for breakage and wear. • The DUPLEX WAIT ROLLER for wear and a revolution
Check Items
• Transport failure due to foreign substance in paper path failure
• The FACE UP EXIT SENSOR for operation failure
• Use of paper out of spec (Refer to Spec. Chapter 1 • The DUPLEX GATE for an operation failure
• The FACE UP EXIT ROLLER for wear and a revolution
Specifications.) • The DUPLEX MOTOR for a revolution failure
failure
• The Gear for breakage and wear. • The DUPLEX GATE SOLENOID for an operation failure
• Transport failure due to foreign substance in paper path • The Gear for breakage and wear.
• Use of paper out of spec (Refer to Spec. Chapter 1 • Transport failure due to foreign substance in paper path
Specifications.)
• Use of paper out of spec (Refer to Spec. Chapter 1 010-348 MAIN HEATER OVER HEAT FAILURE
Is +5 VDC measured before a failure occurs?
Specifications.) Description The FRONT THERMISTOR detected abnormal Y N
high temperature. Measure the voltage between the AC DRIVE PWB J590-5
(+) and GND (-).
To clear this fault, clear the value of DC131 [744-
003] to "0". Is +5 VDC measured before a failure occurs?
Y N
BSD on : CH10.1 CH10.8 Replace the AC DRIVE PWB. (PL9.2)
Procedure
Check for an open circuit and poor contact.
Turn Off the power, remove the FUSER ASSY, and allow it to
cool down.
Measure the resistance between the FUSER ASSY Connectors
P600-4 (+) and P600-6 (-).
Is the resistance between 30 and 190 k Ohm?

Y N
Check the FRONT THERMISTOR in the FUSER ASSY
for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are
found, replace the FUSER ASSY.(PL7.1)
Reinstall the FUSER ASSY, turn On the power, and run DC140
[010-100].
Is the monitor value between 900 and 1000?
Y N
Turn Off the power and check the wire between the MCU
PWB J404-11 and the FRONT THERMISTOR J211-1 for
an open circuit and poor contact.
Is the open circuit or poor contact found?
Y N
Check the wire between the MCU PWB J404-12 and
the FRONT THERMISTOR J211-2 for an open
Y N
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J404-5 (+) and
GND (-)?

010-349 FRONT THERMISTOR DISCONNECTION 010-350 SUB HEATER OVER HEAT FAILURE
Is +5 VDC measured before a failure occurs.
Description The system detected an open circuit of the Description The REAR THERMISTOR detected an abnormal Y N
FRONT THERMISTOR. high temperature. Measure the voltage between the AC DRIVE PWB J590-3
(+) and GND (-).
BSD on : CH10.1 CH10.8 To clear this fault, clear the value of DC131 [744-
003] to “0”. Is +5 VDC measured before a failure occurs.
Procedure
Turn Off the power, remove the FUSER ASSY, and allow it to Y N
cool down. BSD on : CH10.1 CH10.8 Replace the AC DRIVE PWB. (PL9.2)
Measure the resistance between the FUSER ASSY connectors Procedure
P600-4 (+) and P600-6 (-). Check for an open circuit and poor contact.
cool down.
Is the resistance between 30 and 190 k Ohm? Measure the resistance between the FUSER ASSY connectors
Y N P600-7 (+) and P600-9 (-).
for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are Is the resistance between 30 and 190 k Ohm?
found, replace the FUSER ASSY.(PL7.1) Y N
Check the REAR THERMISTOR in the FUSER ASSY for
Reinstall the FUSER ASSY, turn On the power, and run DC140 an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found,
[010-100]. replace the FUSER ASSY. (PL7.1)
Y N Reinstall the FUSER ASSY, turn On the power, and run DC140
Turn Off the power and check the wire between the MCU [010-101].
PWB J404-11 and the FRONT THERMISTOR J211-1 for Is the monitor value between 900 and 1000?
an open circuit and poor contact. Y N
Is the open circuit or poor contact found? Turn Off the power and check the wire between the MCU
Y N PWB J404-14 and the REAR THERMISTOR J212-1 for
Check the wire between the MCU PWB J404-12 and an open circuit and poor contact.
the FRONT THERMISTOR J211-2 for an open Is the open circuit or poor contact found?
circuit and poor contact. Y N
Is the open circuit or poor contact found? Check the wire between the MCU PWB J404-13 and
Y N the FRONT THERMISTOR J212-2 for an open
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1) circuit and poor contact.
Repair the open circuit or poor contact. Y N
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J404-5 (+) and
GND (-)?
010-351 REAR THERMISTOR DISCONNECTION 010-352 MAIN HEATER WARM UP FAILURE
Description The system detected an open circuit of the REAR Description The temperature did not reach the READY
THERMISTOR. temperature within the specified time. Repair the open circuit or poor contact.
BSD on : CH10.1 CH10.8 BSD on : CH10.1 CH10.8 Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J404-5 (+) and
GND (-)?
Procedure Procedure
Turn Off the power, remove the FUSER ASSY, and allow it to Turn Off the power, remove the FUSER ASSY, and allow it to
Is 0 VDC measured before a failure occurs?
cool down. cool down.
Y N
Measure the resistance between the FUSER ASSY connectors Measure the resistance between the FUSER ASSY connectors
Measure the voltage between the AC DRIVE PWB J590-5
P600-7 (+) and P600-9 (-). P600-4 (+) and P600-5 (-).
(+) and GND (-).
Is the resistance between 30 and 190 k Ohm? Is the resistance between 30 and 190 k Ohm?
Is 0 VDC measured before a failure occurs?
Y N Y N
Y N
Check the FRONT THERMISTOR in the FUSER ASSY Check the FRONT THERMISTOR in the FUSER ASSY
Is 0 VDC measured between the AC DRIVE PWB
for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are
J590-4 (+) and GND (-)?
found, replace the FUSER ASSY.(PL7.1) found, replace the FUSER ASSY. (PL7.1)
Reinstall the FUSER ASSY, turn On the power, and run DC140 Measure the resistance between the FUSER ASSY P600-1 (+) Y N
[010-101]. and P600-12 (-). Check the DC COM circuit to the AC DRIVE
Is the monitor value between 900 and 1000? PWB J590-4 by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring
Y N Is the resistance 20 Ohm or less? Data.
Turn Off the power and check the wire between the MCU Y N (WN4.3.9 +5 VRET-1)
PWB J404-14 and the REAR THERMISTOR J212-1 for Check the wire in the FUSER ASSY for an open circuit (WN4.3.10 +5 VRET-2)
an open circuit and poor contact. and poor contact, and the THERMOSTAT for an open (WN4.3.11 +5 VRET-3)
Is the open circuit or poor contact found? circuit. If no problems are found, replace the FUSER (WN4.3.12 +5 VRET-4)
Y N ASSY. (PL7.1)
Is 100VAC measured between the AC DRIVE PWB
Reinstall the FUSER ASSY, turn On the power, and run DC140 FS48 (+) and FS41 (-)?
the FRONT THERMISTOR J212-2 for an open
circuit and poor contact. [010-100].
Is the monitor value between 900 and 1000? Y N
Y N Is 100 VAC measured between the AC DRIVE
Y N
Turn Off the power and check the wire between the MCU PWB FS39 (+) and FS40 (-)?
Repair the open circuit or poor contact. an open circuit and poor contact. Y N
Is the open circuit or poor contact found? Check the AC circuit to the AC DRIVE
Repair the open circuit or poor contact. Y N PWB FS39 and FS40 by referring to
Check the wire between the MCU PWB J404-12 and Chapter 4 Wiring Data.(WN4.3.1 ACH/
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1) the FRONT THERMISTOR J211-2 for an open WN4.3.2 ACN)
Is +24 VDC measured between the AC DRIVE
PWB J590-1 (+) and GND (-)?
Y N

Y N
010-353 MAIN HEATER ON TIME FAILURE
Check the +24 VDC circuit to the AC Repair the open circuit or poor contact.
DRIVE PWB J590-1 by referring to Description The MAIN HEATER continued to light up for
Chapter 4 Wiring Data. more than the specified time. Repair the open circuit or poor contact.
(WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1)
(WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2) BSD on : CH10.1 CH10.8 Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J404-5 (+) and
(WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) GND (-)?
Procedure
(WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4) Is 0 VDC measured before a failure occurs?
Y N
cool down.
Is 0 VDC measured between the AC DRIVE Measure the voltage between the AC DRIVE PWB J590-5
Measure the resistance between the FUSER ASSY connectors
PWB J590-2 (+) and GND (-)? (+) and GND (-).
P600-4 (+) and P600-5 (-).
Y N Is 0 VDC measured before a failure occurs?

Is 0 VDC measured between the MCU Y N
Y N
PWB J404-8 (+) and GND (-)? Is 0 VDC measured between the AC DRIVE PWB
J590-4 (+) and GND (-)?L
for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are
Y N found, replace the FUSER ASSY. (PL7.1)
Check the wire between the AC Y N
DRIVE PWB J590-2 and the MCU Measure the resistance between the FUSER ASSY P600-1 (+) Check the DC COM circuit to the AC DRIVE
PWB J404-8 for an open circuit and and P600-12 (-). PWB J590-4 by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring
poor contact. If no problems are Data.
found, replace the MCU PWB. Is the resistance 20 Ohm or less? (WN4.3.9 +5 VRET-1)
(PL13.1) Y N (WN4.3.10 +5 VRET-2)
Check the wire in the FUSER ASSY for an open circuit (WN4.3.11 +5 VRET-3)
Check the wire between the AC DRIVE and poor contact, and the THERMOSTAT for an open (WN4.3.12 +5 VRET-4)
PWB J590-2 and the MCU PWB J404-8 for circuit. If no problems are found, replace the FUSER
an open circuit and poor contact. Is 100VAC measured between the AC DRIVE PWB
ASSY. (PL7.1)
FS48 (+) and FS41 (-)?
Replace the AC DRIVE PWB. (PL9.2) Reinstall the FUSER ASSY, turn On the power, and run DC140
[010-100]. Y N
Check the wires between the AC DRIVE PWB FS41 Is 100VAC measured between the AC DRIVE
and the FUSER ASSY J600-1 and between the AC PWB FS39 (+) and FS40 (-)?
Y N
DRIVE PWB FS48 and the FUSER ASSY J600-12
for an open circuit and poor contact. Y N
an open circuit and poor contact. Check the AC circuit to the AC DRIVE
Check the wire between the AC DRIVE PWB J590-5 and PWB FS39 and FS40 by referring to
the MCU PWB J404-5 for an open circuit and poor Chapter 4 Wiring Data.(WN4.3.1 ACH/
Y N
contact. WN4.3.2 ACN)
Check the wire for a short circuit to the frame. If no problems the FRONT THERMISTOR J211-2 for an open
are found, replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1) circuit and poor contact.
PWB J590-1 (+) and GND (-)?
Y N
Y N
010-354 SUB HEATER WARM UP FAILURE
DRIVE PWB J590-1 by referring to Description The temperature did not reach the READY
Chapter 4 Wiring Data. temperature within the specified time. Repair the open circuit or poor contact.
(WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1)
(WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) GND (-).
Procedure
Y N
cool down.
P600-7 (+) and P600-9 (-).

Y N
J590-4 (+) and GND (-)?
Y N replace the FUSER ASSY. (PL7.1)
(PL13.1) Y N (WN4.3.10 +5 VRET-2)
PWB J590-2 and the MCU PWB J401 for circuit. If no problems are found, replace the FUSER
an open circuit and poor contact. Is 100VAC measured between the AC DRIVE PWB
ASSY. (PL7.1)
FS48 (+) and FS47 (-)?
[010-101]. Y N
Check the wires between the AC DRIVE PWB FS41 Is 100 VAC measured between the AC DRIVE
Y N
PWB J404-14 and the REAR THERMISTOR J212-1 for
Check the wire between the AC DRIVE PWB J590-5 and PWB FS39 and FS40 by referring to
the MCU PWB J404-5 for an open circuit and poor Chapter 4 Wiring Data.(WN4.3.1 ACH/
Y N
Check the wire for a short circuit to the frame. If no problems the REAR THERMISTOR J212-2 for an open circuit
are found, replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1) and poor contact.
PWB J590-1 (+) and GND (-)?
Y N

Y N
010-356 SUB HEATER ON TIME FAILURE
DRIVE PWB J590-1 by referring to Description The SUB HEATER continued to light up for more
Chapter 4 Wiring Data. than the specified time. Repair the open circuit or poor contact.
(WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1)
(WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) GND (-).
Procedure
Y N
cool down.
P600-7 (+) and P600-9 (-).

Y N
J590-4 (+) and GND (-)?
Y N replace the FUSER ASSY. (PL7.1)
(PL13.1) Y N (WN4.3.10 +5 VRET-2)
PWB J590-2 and the MCU PWB J404-8 for circuit. If no problems are found, replace the FUSER
an open circuit and poor contact. Is 100 VAC measured between the AC DRIVE PWB
ASSY. (PL7.1)
FS48 (+) and FS47 (-)?
[010-101]. Y N
Check the wires between the AC DRIVE PWB FS47 Is 100VAC measured between the AC DRIVE
Y N
PWB J404-14 and the REAR THERMISTOR J212-1 for
Check the wire between the AC DRIVE PWB J590-3 and PWB FS39 and FS40 by referring to Chap-
the MCU PWB J404-7 for an open circuit and poor ter 4 Wiring Data. (WN4.3.1 ACH/
Y N
Check the wire for a short circuit to the frame. If no problems the REAR THERMISTOR J212-2 for an open circuit
are found, replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1) and poor contact.
PWB J590-1 (+) and GND (-)?
Y N
Y N Y N
010-398 FAN LOCK FAILURE
Check the +24 VDC circuit to the AC Check the wire between the FUSER FAN J222-3
DRIVE PWB J590-1 by referring to Description A failure of the FUSER FAN/LVPS FAN/REAR and the MCU PWB J407-15 for an open circuit
Chapter 4 Wiring Data. FAN and poor contact. If no problems are found,
(WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1)
(WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2) The system detected a failure of the FUSER FAN,
(WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) LVPS FAN, or REAR FAN before servicing. Check the wire between the FUSER FAN J222-3 and
(WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4) the MCU PWB J407-15 for an open circuit and poor
BSD on : CH1.2 CH9.30 CH10.2 CH10.8 contact.
Is 0 VDC measured between the AC DRIVE
Procedure (for FUSER FAN)
PWB J590-2 (+) and GND (-)? Replace the FUSER FAN. (PL8.1)
The procedures for the LVPS and REAR FAN are described
after this procedure. Run DC330 [004-050].
Y N
Run DC330 [004-050]. Is +3.3 VDC measured between the FUSER FAN J222-2 (+)
Is 0 VDC measured between the MCU
Is the FUSER FAN revolving at high speed? and GND (-)?
PWB J404-8 (+) and GND (-)?
Y N
Is +24 VDC measured between the FUSER FAN J222-4 Y N
Y N
(+) and GND (-)? Run DC330 [004-050].
Check the wire between the AC
DRIVE PWB J590-2 and the MCU Is +3.3 VDC measured between the MCU PWB J407-16
Y N (+) and GND (-)?
PWB J404-8 for an open circuit and
Check the +24DC circuit to FUSER FAN J222-4 by
poor contact. If no problems are
referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. Y N
found, replace the MCU PWB.
(WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) (WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2) Replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1)
(PL13.1)
(WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) (WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4)
Check the wire between the AC DRIVE Check the wire between the FUSER FAN J222-2 and the
Is +24 VDC measured between the FUSER FAN J222-4 MCU PWB J407-16 for an open circuit and poor contact.
PWB J590-2 and the MCU PWB J404-8 for
(+) and J222-1 (-)?
an open circuit and poor contact.
Replace the FUSER FAN. (PL8.1)
Y N Procedure (for LVPS FAN)
Replace the AC DRIVE PWB. (PL9.2)
Check the DC COM circuit to the FUSER FAN J222- The procedures for the REAR FAN are described after this
Check the wires between the AC DRIVE PWB FS47 1 by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. procedure.
and the FUSER ASSY J600-3 and between the AC (WN4.3.17 +24 VRET-1) (WN4.3.18 +24 VRET-2) Run DC330 [004-050].
DRIVE PWB FS48 and the FUSER ASSY J600-12 (WN4.3.19 +24 VRET-3) (WN4.3.20 +24 VRET-4) Is the LVPS FAN revolving at high speed?
Run DC330 [004-050]. Is +24 VDC measured between the LVPS FAN J214-4 (+)
Check the wire between the AC DRIVE PWB J590-3 and Is 0 VDC measured between the FUSER FAN J222-3 (+) and GND (-)?
the MCU PWB J404-7 for an open circuit and poor and GND (-)?
contact. Y N
Y N Check the +24DC circuit to LVPS FAN J214-4 by
Check the wire for a short circuit to the frame. If no problems Run DC330 [004-050]. referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data.
are found, replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1) Is 0 VDC measured between the MCU PWB J407-15 (WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) (WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2)
(+) and GND (-)? (WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) (WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4)

010-420 FUSER ASSY CHANGE SOON

Is +24 VDC measured between the LVPS FAN J214-4 (+) Check the wire between the MCU PWB J406-B13 and the
and J214-1 (-)? LVPS FAN J214-2 for an open circuit and poor contact. Description The FUSER ASSY needs to be replaced soon.
Y N Replace the LVPS FAN. (PL9.1) BSD on : CH10.8

Check the DC COM circuit to LVPS FAN J214-1 by Procedure (for REAR FAN) Procedure
referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. Run DC330 [004-050]. Was the [Replace] button pressed?
(WN4.3.17 +24 VRET-1) (WN4.3.18 +24 VRET-2) Is the REAR FAN revolving? Y N
(WN4.3.19 +24 VRET-3) (WN4.3.20 +24 VRET-4) Y N Press the [Replace] button.
Is +24 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J552-1 (+)
Run DC330 [004-050]. and GND (-)? Run the DC135 [954-804].
Is 0 VDC measured between the LVPS FAN J214-3 (+) Is the initial value 0?
and GND (-)? Y N Y N
Check the +24 VDC circuit by referring to Chapter 4 Replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1)
Y N Wiring Data.
Run DC330 [004-050]. (WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) (WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2) After confirming that the LIFE setting value is 10000, turn
Is 0 VDC measured between the MCU PWB J406- (WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) (WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4) power On/Off.
B12 (+) and GND (-)? Check the DC COM circuit by referring to Chapter 4 If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1)
Wiring Data.
Y N (WN4.3.17 +24 VRET-1) (WN4.3.18 +24 VRET-2) 010-421 FUSER ASSY END OF LIFE
Check the wire between the LVPS FAN J214-3 (WN4.3.19 +24 VRET-3) (WN4.3.20 +24 VRET-4)
Description It is time to replace the FUSER ASSY.
and the MCU PWB J406-B12 for an open circuit
and poor contact. If no problems are found, Replace the REAR FAN. (PL8.1)
BSD on : CH10.8
Check the wire between the LVPS FAN J214-3 and Is +3.3 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J552-3 (+) and Was the [Replace] button pressed?
the MCU PWB J406-B12 for an open circuit and poor GND (-)? Y N
contact. Press the [Replace] button.
Y N
Replace the LVPS FAN. (PL9.1) Replace the following parts: Run the DC135 [954-804].
• I/F PWB (PL9.1) Is the initial value 0?
Run DC330 [004-050]. • MCU PWB (PL13.1) Y N
Is +3.3 VDC measured between the LVPS FAN J214-2 (+) and Replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1)
GND (-)? Replace the REAR FAN. (PL8.1)
After confirming that the LIFE setting value is 10000, turn
Y N power On/Off.
Run DC330 [004-050]. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB. (PL13.1)
Is +3.3 VDC measured between the MCU PWB J406-B13
(+) and GND (-)?
Y N
012-100 H-TRA ENTRANCE SENSOR ON JAM Check Items
012-106 H-TRA EXIT SENSOR OFF JAM
• The H-TRANSPORT BELT for contamination, wear and a
Description The H-TRA ENTRANCE SENSOR does not Description Paper does not pass through the H-TRA EXIT
revolution failure
detect paper within the specific time after the REGI CLUTCH SENSOR within the specific time after the H-TRA EXIT
(main Unit) was turned On. (The specified time differs • The Sensor Actuator for return failure
SENSOR has detected the paper. (The specified time differs
depending on the paper size.) • The GATE for not-smooth operation and operation failure
depending on the paper size.)
• The paper path failure for burr and foreign substance, etc.
Though it is possible to run the following Diag on Though it is possible to run the following Diag on
• The H-TRA BELT DRIVE ROLLER for contamination,
the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error
wear and a revolution failure
will be displayed. will be displayed.
• The Drive Transmission Gear from the FINISHER DRIVE
MOTOR for wear and breakage
BSD on : CH11.4 CH11.11A BSD on : CH11.4 CH11.11A
• The DECURLER ROLLER for a revolution failure
DC330 Codes to be checked DC330 Codes to be checked
DC330 [012-103] H-TRA ENTRANCE SENSOR 012-104 H-TRA EXIT SENSOR ON JAM DC330 [012-104] H-TRA EXIT SENSOR
DC330 [012-060] GATE IN SOLENOID Description The H-TRA EXIT SENSOR did not detect paper DC330 [012-001] FINISHER DRIVE MOTOR
DC330 [012-001] FINISHER DRIVE MOTOR within the specific time after the H-TRA ENTRANCE Check Items
Check Items SENSOR has detected the paper. (The specified time differs • The H-TRANSPORT BELT for contamination, wear and a
• The GATE IN SOLENOID for operation failure depending on the paper size.) revolution failure
• The GATE for not-smooth operation and operation failure • The Sensor Actuator for return failure
Though it is possible to run the following Diag on
• The paper path failure for burr and foreign substance, etc. the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error • The paper path failure for burr and foreign substance, etc.
• The H-TRANSPORT BELT for contamination, wear and a will be displayed. • The H-TRA BELT DRIVE ROLLER for contamination,
revolution failure wear and a revolution failure
• The Sensor Actuator for breakage BSD on : CH11.4 CH11.11A • The Drive Transmission Gear from the FINISHER DRIVE
012-102 H-TRA ENTRANCE SENSOR OFF JAM DC330 Codes to be checked
DC330 [012-104] H-TRA EXIT SENSOR • The H-TRA and FINISHER for a docking failure
Description Paper does not pass through the H-TRA • The DECURLER ROLLER/PINCH ROLLER for a
DC330 [012-001] FINISHER DRIVE MOTOR
ENTRANCE SENSOR within the specific time after the H- revolution failure
TRA ENTRANCE SENSOR has detected the paper. (The Check Items
• The H-TRANSPORT BELT for contamination, wear and a • The COMPILER ENTRANCE ROLLER for a revolution
specified time differs depending on the paper size.) failure
revolution failure
Though it is possible to run the following Diag on • The SENSOR ACTUATOR for breakage and bending
the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error • The paper path failure for burr and foreign substance, etc.
will be displayed.
• The H-TRA BELT DRIVE ROLLER for contamination,
wear and a revolution failure
BSD on : CH11.4 CH11.11A • The Drive Transmission Gear from the FINISHER DRIVE
DC330 Codes to be checked MOTOR for wear and breakage
DC330 [012-103] H-TRA ENTRANCE SENSOR • The H-TRA and FINISHER for a docking failure
DC330 [012-001] FINISHER DRIVE MOTOR

012-120 COMPILER ENTRANCE SENSOR ON JAM • The Drive Transmission Gear from the FINISHER DRIVE BSD on : CH11.7 CH11.11B
Procedure Open the FINISHER FRONT COVER. Turn the
Description The COMPILER ENTRANCE SENSOR did not • The DECURLER ROLLER/PINCH ROLLER for a STAPLE HEAD ASSEMBLY manually.
detect paper within the specific time after the H-TRA EXIT revolution failure Does the STAPLE HEAD move smoothly without any load?
SENSOR has detected the paper. (The specified time differs
• The COMPILER ENTRANCE ROLLER for a revolution Y N
depending on the paper size.)
failure Remove the cause of STAPLE HEAD not moving, such as
Though it is possible to run the following Diag on rail breakage, drag, and gnawed gear.
the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error 012-170 SET EJECT JAM
will be displayed. Cheat the FRONT COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH.
Description The voltage level of the COMPILER PAPER
Enter and run DC330 [012-224].
SENSOR did not change within 400 ms after the EJECT
Turn On/Off the STAPLE MOVE SENSOR with paper, etc.
BSD on : CH11.5 CH11.11A MOTOR has turned On.
Is the display switched between H and L?
DC330 Codes to be checked Though it is possible to run the following Diag on Y N
DC330 [012-101] COMPILER ENTRANCE SENSOR the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error Repair the STAPLE MOVE SENSOR using the Generic
DC330 [012-001] FINISHER DRIVE MOTOR will be displayed. Permeable Sensor Failure FIP.
Check Items
Execute DC330 [012-081] (FRONT direction) or DC330 [012-
• The SENSOR ACTUATOR for breakage and bending BSD on : CH11.6 CH11.11B 083] (REAR direction).
• The paper path failure for burr and foreign substance, etc. DC330 Codes to be checked Was the STAPLE MOVE MOTOR activated?
• The DECURLER ROLLER/PINCH ROLLER for a DC330 [012-102] COMPILER PAPER SENSOR Y N
revolution failure DC330 [012-030 to 034] EJECT MOTOR Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB J847-
• The Drive Transmission Gear from the FINISHER DRIVE Check Items 3 (+) and GND (-)?
MOTOR for wear and breakage • The EJECT ROLLER for contamination, wear and a
revolution failure Y N
012-122 COMPILER ENTRANCE SENSOR OFF JAM Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB
• The Drive Transmission Gear from the EJECT MOTOR
J844-4 (+) and GND (-)?
Description Paper does not pass through the COMPILER for wear and breakage
ENTRANCE SENSOR within the specific time after the • The EJECT CLAMP for an UP/DOWN operation failure Y N
COMPILER ENTRANCE SENSOR has detected the paper.
• The STACKER TRAY for foreign substance Check the INTLK ON +24 VDC circuit to the
(The specified time differs depending on the paper size.)
FINISHER PWB J844-4 by referring to the BSD
Though it is possible to run the following Diag on 012-241 STAPLE MOVE SENSOR ON FAILURE CH11.1.
the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error Description In either one of the following cases:
will be displayed. Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13)
• The STAPLE MOVE SENSOR did not turn On within
2sec after the system has started to move to the STAPLE Check the wire between the FINISHER PWB J847 and the
BSD on : CH11.5 CH11.11A POSITION and the STAPLE MOVE SENSOR has turned STAPLER MOVE MOTOR J888 for an open circuit or
DC330 Codes to be checked Off. poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the
DC330 [012-101] COMPILER ENTRANCE SENSOR • The STAPLE MOVE SENSOR did not turn On after the STAPLER MOVE MOTOR (PL15.9) and the FINISHER
DC330 [012-001] FINISHER DRIVE MOTOR move to the STAPLE POSITION has completed. PWB (PL15.13) in sequence.
Check Items Though it is possible to run the following Diag on Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13)
• The Sensor Actuator for return failure the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error
• The paper path failure for burr and foreign substance, etc. will be displayed.
Y N Y N
012-242 STAPLE MOVE SENSOR OFF FAILURE
Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER
Description In either one of the following cases: J844-4 (+) and GND (-)? PWB J844-2 (+) and GND (-)?
• The STAPLE MOVE SENSOR did not turn Off within
500 ms after the move to the STAPLE POSITION has Y N Y N
started. Check the INTLK ON +24 VDC circuit to the Check the +24 VDC circuit to the
• The STAPLE MOVE SENSOR turned Off after STAPLE FINISHER PWB J844-4 by referring to the BSD FINISHER PWB J844-2 by referring to the
POSITION has been fixed. CH11.1. BSD CH11.1.
• The STAPLE MOVE SENSOR did not turn Off within
Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13) Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13)
500ms after it has turned On when paper passed through
the 1st position of the DUAL STAPLE at moving to the Check the wire between the FINISHER PWB J847 and the Check the wire between the FINISHER PWB J852-1
REAR STAPLE position. STAPLER MOVE MOTOR J888 for an open circuit or and the STAPLE HEAD ASSY J886-5 for an open
Though it is possible to run the following Diag on poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the circuit or poor contact.
the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error STAPLER MOVE MOTOR (PL15.9) and the FINISHER
PWB (PL15.13) in sequence. Turn the STAPLE MOTOR GEAR manually in order not
will be displayed.
to interrupt the SENSOR.
Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13) Is +5 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB J852-2
BSD on : CH11.7 CH11.11B (+) and GND (-)?
Procedure 012-244 STAPLE FAILURE
Open the FINISHER FRONT COVER. Turn the STAPLE Description The STAPLE HEAD HOME SENSOR never turn Y N
HEAD ASSEMBLY manually. On within 200 ms after the STAPLER MOTOR started to Turn Off the power.
Does the STAPLE HEAD move smoothly without any load? revolve backward (open). Pull out the J852 on the FINISHER PWB.
Y N Turn On the power.
Remove the cause of STAPLE HEAD not moving, such as Though it is possible to run the following Diag on Is +5 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB
rail breakage, drag, and gnawed gear. the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error J852-2 (+) and GND (-)?
will be displayed.
Cheat the FRONT COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH. Y N
Enter and run DC330 [012-224]. Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13)
Turn On/Off the STAPLE MOVE SENSOR with paper, etc.
Is the display switched between H and L? Procedure Check the circuit between the J852-2 and the
Y N Run the DC330 [012-207]. STAPLE HEAD ASSY J886-4 for short circuit.
Repair the STAPLE MOVE SENSOR using the Generic Turn the STAPLE HEAD HOME SENSOR On/Off using paper,
Permeable Sensor Failure FIP. etc. Block the sensor.
Is the display switched between H and L? Is 0 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB J852-2
Execute DC330 [012-081] (FRONT direction) or DC330 [012- Y N (+) and GND (-)?
083] (REAR direction). Is +5 VDC measured between the STAPLE HEAD ASSY
Was the STAPLE MOVE MOTOR activated? J886-5 (+) and GND (-)? Y N
Y N Is 0 VDC measured between the STAPLE HEAD
Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB J847- Y N ASSY J886-4 (+) and GND (-)?
3 (+) and GND (-)? Is +5 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB
J852-1 (+) and GND (-)? Y N
Replace the STAPLE HEAD ASSY. (PL15.9)

012-252 FRONT TAMPER FAILURE

Check the wire between the STAPLE HEAD ASSY Check the wire between the FINISHER PWB
J886-4 and the FINISHER PWB J852-2 for an open Description With the FRONT TAMPER HOME SENSOR J848-B8 and the FRONT TAMPER MOTOR
circuit or poor contact. OFF: J877B-5 for a short circuit, open circuit, or poor
• The FRONT TAMPER HOME SENSOR did not turn On contact.
Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13) within 800ms after move to the FRONT TAMPER HOME
position has begun. Check the wire (x 6) between the FINISHER PWB
Run DC330 [012-020] (CLOSE). J848 and the FRONT TAMPER MOTOR P/J877 for
With the FRONT TAMPER HOME SENSOR ON:
Does the STAPLE MOTOR operate? an open circuit or poor contact.
Y N • The FRONT TAMPER SENSOR did not turn Off when the
If no problems are found, replace the FRONT
With DC330 [012-020] running FRONT TAMPER HOME SENSOR is deactuating.
TAMPER MOTOR. (PL15.10) If the problem
Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB J847- Though it is possible to run the following Diag on persists, replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13)
7 (+) and GND (-)? the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error
will be displayed. Turn the power Off and check the tampering mechanism
Y N for load or drive transmission failure (gear wear or
Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB breakage, etc).
J844-4 (+) and GND (-)? BSD on : CH11.6 CH11.11A
Procedure Enter DC330 [012-216] and turn it On.
Y N Enter DC330 [012-091] (FRONT) or DC330 [012-094] Move the FRONT TAMPER manually and turn the FRONT
Check the INTLK ON +24 VDC circuit to the (REAR) and turn it On. TAMPER HOME SENSOR On/Off.
FINISHER PWB J844-4 by referring to the BSD Does the FRONT TAMPER GUIDE operate? Is the display switched between H and L?
CH11.1. Y N Y N
Does the FRONT TAMPER MOTOR operate (or is it Check the FRONT TAMPER HOME SENSOR using the
Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13) going to operate)? Generic Permeable Sensor Failure FIP.
Y N
Check conductivity of the following: Is +24 VDC measured between the FRONT Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13)
• Between the FINISHER PWB J847-7 ~ STAPLE TAMPER MOTOR J877B-5 (+) and GND (-)?
HEAD ASSY J887-1 012-253 REAR TAMPER FAILURE
• Between the FINISHER PWB J847-8 ~ STAPLE Y N Description With the REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR OFF:
HEAD ASSY J887-2 Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER • The REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR did not turn On
• Between the FINISHER PWB J847-9 ~ STAPLE PWB J848-B8 (+) and GND (-)? within 800ms after move to the REAR TAMPER HOME
HEAD ASSY J887-3 position has begun.
• Between the FINISHER PWB J847-10 ~ STAPLE Y N
With the REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR ON:
HEAD ASSY J887-4 Is +24 VDC measured between the
FINISHER PWB J844-4 (+) and GND (-)? • The REAR TAMPER SENSOR did not turn Off when the
If no problems are found, replace the STAPLE HEAD ASSY. REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR is deactuating.
(PL15.9)
Y N Though it is possible to run the following Diag on
If the problem persists, replace the FINISHER PWB.
Check the INTLK ON +24 VDC the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error
(PL15.13)
circuit to the FINISHER PWB J844-4 will be displayed.
Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13) by referring to the BSD CH11.1.
Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13) BSD on : CH11.6 CH11.11A

Procedure Move the REAR TAMPER manually and turn the REAR Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB
Enter DC330 [012-010] (FRONT) or DC330 [012-013] TAMPER HOME SENSOR On/Off. J847-12 (+) and GND (-)?
(REAR) and turn it On. Is the display switched between H and L?
Does the REAR TAMPER GUIDE operate? Y N Y N
Y N Check the REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR using the Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER
Does the REAR TAMPER MOTOR operate (or is it going Generic Permeable Sensor Failure FIP. PWB J844-4 (+) and GND (-)?
to operate)?
Y N Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13) Y N
Is +24 VDC measured between the REAR TAMPER Check the INTLK ON +24 VDC circuit to
MOTOR J878B-5 (+) and GND (-)? 012-254 STACKER TRAY FAILURE the FINISHER PWB J844-4 by referring to
Description In either one of the following cases: the BSD CH11.1.
Y N
• The STACK HEIGHT SENSOR did not detect that the tray
Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13)
went down within 500ms after the STACKER TRAY had
PWB J848-B2 (+) and GND (-)?
begun lowering down at initialization. With DC330 [012-050] (UP) running
Y N • The STACK HEIGHT SENSOR did not detect that the tray Is +24 VDC measured between the STACKER
Is +24 VDC measured between the went up within 5sec after the STACKER TRAY had begun MOTOR J889-1 (+) and GND (-)?
FINISHER PWB J844-4 (+) and GND (-)? lifting up.
Y N
Y N Check the wire between the FINISHER PWB
the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error
Check the INTLK ON +24 VDC J847-12 and the STACKER MOTOR J889-1 for
will be displayed.
circuit to the FINISHER PWB J844-4 an open circuit or poor contact.
by referring to the BSD CH11.1.
BSD on : CH11.10A CH11.11B With DC330 [012-050] (UP) running
Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13) Check Items Is +24 VDC measured between the STACKER
Check the STACK HEIGHT SENSOR Actuator for MOTOR J889-2 (+) and GND (-)?
Check the wire between the FINISHER PWB disengagement, bending, and breakage.
J848-B2 and the REAR TAMPER MOTOR Procedure Y N
J878B-5 for a short circuit, open circuit, or poor Enter DC330 [012-201] and turn it On. Replace the STACKER MOTOR. (PL15.11)
contact. Manually turn the STACK HEIGHT SENSOR Actuator to turn
Check the wire between the FINISHER PWB J847-11
the STACK HEIGHT SENSOR On/Off.
Check the wire (x 6) between the FINISHER PWB and the STACKER MOTOR J889-2 for an open
J848 and the REAR TAMPER MOTOR P/J878 for an circuit or poor contact. If no problems are found,
Y N
open circuit or poor contact. replace the STACKER MOTOR (PL15.11) and
Check the STACK HEIGHT SENSOR using the Generic
If no problems are found, replace the REAR FINISHER PWB (PL15.13) in sequence.
TAMPER MOTOR. (PL15.10) If the problem
persists, replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13) Check the following:
Turn DC330 [012-050] (UP) or [012-051] (DOWN) On.
• The STACKER MOTOR GEAR for wear and damage
Did the STACKER TRAY operate?
Turn the power Off and check the tampering mechanism Y N • The STACKER TRAY for dragging and improper
for load or drive transmission failure (gear wear or Was the operating sound of the STACKER MOTOR installation
breakage). audible? • The STACKER ELEVATOR BELT/RACK/GEAR for
Y N wear and damage
With DC330 [012-050] (UP) running

Remove the other mechanical causes of the STACKER Y N

TRAY not operating. Check the INTLK ON +24 VDC circuit to Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13)
the FINISHER PWB J844-4 by referring to
Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13) the BSD CH11.1. Check conductivity of the following:
• Between the FINISHER PWB J847-12 and the
012-255 STACKER TRAY UPPER LIMIT Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13) STACKER MOTOR J889-1
FAILURE • Between the FINISHER PWB J847-11 and the
Check conductivity of the following: STACKER MOTOR J889-2
Description In either one of the following cases:
• Between the FINISHER PWB J847-12 and the
• The system detected that the STACKER TRAY UPPER If no problems are found, replace the STACKER
STACKER MOTOR J889-1
LIMIT SENSOR was turned On after the STACKER MOTOR (PL15.11) and the FINISHER PWB
• Between the FINISHER PWB J847-11 and the (PL15.13) in sequence.
TRAY had begun lifting up.
STACKER MOTOR J889-2
• The system detected that the STACKER TRAY UPPER
If no problems are found, replace the STACKER Check the following:
LIMIT SENSOR remained On when lowering down of the
MOTOR (PL15.11) and the FINISHER PWB • The STACKER MOTOR GEAR for wear and damage
STACKER TRAY has completed.
(PL15.13) in sequence. • The STACKER TRAY for dragging and improper
Though it is possible to run the following Diag on installation
the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error Check the following:
• The STACKER ELEVATOR BELT/RACK/GEAR for
will be displayed. • The STACKER MOTOR GEAR for wear and damage
wear and damage
• The STACKER TRAY for dragging and improper
Remove the other mechanical causes of the STACKER
installation
BSD on : CH11.10A CH11.10B CH11.11B TRAY not operating.
• The STACKER ELEVATOR BELT/RACK/GEAR for
Procedure wear and damage Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13)
Turn On/Off the UPPER LIMIT SENSOR.
TRAY not operating. 012-256 STAPLE FRONT CORNER SENSOR ON
FAILURE
Y N
Turn DC330 [012-050] (UP) On.
Check the UPPER LIMIT SENSOR using the Generic Description In either one of the following cases:
Did the STACKER TRAY ascend?
Permeable Sensor Failure FIP. • The STAPLER FRONT CORNER SENSOR does not turn
Y N
Was the operating sound of the STACKER MOTOR On within 2sec after starting to move to FRONT
Turn DC330 [012-051] (DOWN) On. CORNER.
audible?
Did the STACKER TRAY lower? • The STAPLER FRONT CORNER SENSOR remained On
Y N
Y N when starting to move to FRONT CORNER.
Was the operating sound of the STACKER MOTOR
Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB
audible? Though it is possible to run the following Diag on
J847-12 (+) and GND (-)?
Y N the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error
With DC330 [012-050] (DOWN) running will be displayed.
Y N
Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER
J847-11 (+) and GND (-)?
PWB J844-4 (+) and GND (-)? BSD on : CH11.7 CH11.11B
Y N Procedure
Y N Open the FINISHER FRONT COVER. Turn the STAPLE
Check the INTLK ON +24 VDC circuit to HEAD ASSEMBLY manually.
PWB J844-4 (+) and GND (-)?
the FINISHER PWB J844-4 by referring to Does the STAPLE HEAD move smoothly without any load?
the BSD CH11.1.
Y N 012-257 STAPLE FRONT CORNER SENSOR OFF Y N
Remove the cause of STAPLE HEAD not moving, such as FAILURE Check the INTLK ON +24 VDC circuit to the
rail breakage, drag, and gnawed gear. FINISHER PWB J844-4 by referring to the BSD
Description In either one of the following cases:
CH11.1.
Enter DC330 [012-225] and turn it On. • The STAPLE FRONT CORNER SENSOR does not turn
Turn the STAPLE FRONT CORNER SENSOR On/Off. Off after the move from FRONT CORNER has completed. Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13)
Is the display switched between H and L? • The STAPLE FRONT CORNER SENSOR does not turn
Y N Off within 200 ms after starting to move from FRONT Check the wire between the FINISHER PWB J847 and the
Check the STAPLE FRONT CORNER SENSOR using the CORNER. STAPLER MOVE MOTOR J888 for an open circuit or
Generic Permeable Sensor Failure FIP. poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the
Though it is possible to run the following Diag on STAPLER MOVE MOTOR (PL15.9) and the FINISHER
Cheat the FRONT COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH. the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error PWB (PL15.13) in sequence.
Execute DC330 [012-081] (FRONT direction) or DC330 [012- will be displayed.
083] (REAR direction). Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13)
Was the STAPLE MOVE MOTOR activated? BSD on : CH11.7 CH11.11B
Y N 012-260 EJECT CLAMP HOME SENSOR ON
Procedure FAILURE
Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB J847-
Open the FINISHER FRONT COVER. Turn the STAPLE
3 (+) and GND (-)? Description The EJECT CLAMP HOME SENSOR does not
HEAD ASSEMBLY manually.
Does the STAPLE HEAD move smoothly without any load? turn On within 500 ms after the EJECT CLAMP UP has started.
Y N
Y N
Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB Though it is possible to run the following Diag on
Remove the cause of STAPLE HEAD not moving, such as
J844-4 (+) and GND (-)? the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error
rail breakage, drag, and bitting gear.
will be displayed.
Y N
Check the INTLK ON +24 VDC circuit to the BSD on : CH11.9 CH11.11B
Turn the STAPLE FRONT CORNER SENSOR On/Off.
FINISHER PWB J844-4 by referring to the BSD
Is the display switched between H and L? Procedure
CH11.1.
Y N Replace the FINISHER REAR COVER.
Check the STAPLE FRONT CORNER SENSOR using the Remove the EJECT CLAMP HOME SENSOR BRACKET.
Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13)
Generic Permeable Sensor Failure FIP. (Leave the Connector plugged in)
Check the wire between the FINISHER PWB J847 and the Enter DC330 [012-210] and turn it On.
Cheat the FRONT COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH. Turn On/Off the EJECT CLAMP HOME SENSOR with a sheet
STAPLER MOVE MOTOR J888 for an open circuit or
Execute DC330 [012-081] (FRONT direction) or DC330 [012- of paper, etc.
poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the
083] (REAR direction). Is the display switched between H and L?
STAPLER MOVE MOTOR (PL15.9) and the FINISHER
Was the STAPLE MOVE MOTOR activated? Y N
PWB (PL15.13) in sequence.
Y N Check the EJECT CLAMP HOME SENSOR using the
Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13) Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB J847- Generic Permeable Sensor Failure FIP.
3 (+) and GND (-)?
Restore the Sensor to the original state.
Y N Enter DC330 [012-034] and turn it On.
Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB Was the ELECT CLAMP up?
J844-4 (+) and GND (-)? Y N
Was the operating sound of the EJECT MOTOR audible?

Y N Turn On/Off the EJECT CLAMP HOME SENSOR with a sheet 012-267 DECURLER FAILURE
Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB of paper, etc.
Description The level of the DECURLER CAM HOME
J846-6 (+) and GND (-)? Is the display switched between H and L?
SENSOR did not change at 400 ms after the DECURLER CAM
Y N
CLUTCH has turned On. (The position of the CAM cannot be
Y N Check the EJECT CLAMP HOME SENSOR using the
determined.)
Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER Generic Permeable Sensor Failure FIP.
PWB J844-4 (+) and GND (-)? Though it is possible to run the following Diag on
Restore the Sensor to the original state. the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error
Y N Enter DC330 [012-032] and turn it On. will be displayed.
Check the INTLK ON +24 VDC circuit to Was the ELECT CLAMP down?
the FINISHER PWB J844-4 by referring to Y N
the BSD CH11.1. Was the operating sound of the EJECT MOTOR audible? BSD on : CH11.5 CH11.11A
Y N Procedure
Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13) Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB Replace the FINISHER REAR COVER.
J846-6 (+) and GND (-)? Enter DC330 [012-217] and turn it On.
Check the wire between the FINISHER PWB J846 Rotate the Actuator and turn the DECURLER CAM HOME
and the EJECT MOTOR J881 for an open circuit or Y N SENSOR On/Off.
poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER Is the display switched between H and L?
EJECT MOTOR (PL15.8) and the FINISHER PWB PWB J844-4 (+) and GND (-)? Y N
(PL15.13) in sequence. Check the DECURLER CAM HOME SENSOR using the
Y N Generic Permeable Sensor Failure FIP.
Remove the other mechanical causes of the EJECT Check the INTLK ON +24 VDC circuit to
CLAMP not operating, such as wear or damage of the the FINISHER PWB J844-4 by referring to Enter DC330 [012-070] and turn it On.
GEAR, BELT, and EJECT CAM. the BSD CH11.1. Was the DECURLER CAM CLUTCH energized?
Y N
Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13) Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13) Check the DECURLER CAM CLUTCH using the
Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP.
012-262 EJECT CLAMP HOME SENSOR OFF Check the wire between the FINISHER PWB J846
FAILURE and the EJECT MOTOR J881 for an open circuit or Enter DC330 [012-071] and turn it On.
Description The EJECT CLAMP HOME SENSOR does not poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the Does the DECURLER CAM rotate?
turn Off within 200ms after the EJECT CLAMP DOWN has EJECT MOTOR (PL15.8) and the FINISHER PWB Y N
started. (PL15.13) in sequence. Check the following:
• The DECURLER CAM CLUTCH for slippage
Though it is possible to run the following Diag on Remove the other mechanical causes of the EJECT • The Driver Gear for wear, a revolution failure, and
the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error CLAMP not operating, such as wear or damage of the breakage
will be displayed. GEAR, BELT, and EJECT CAM.
• The BELT for disengagement, breakage, and
Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13) improper tension
BSD on : CH11.9 CH11.11B Remove the other mechanical causes of the DECURLER
Procedure CAM not operating.
Replace the FINISHER REAR COVER.
Remove the EJECT CLAMP HOME SENSOR BRACKET. Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13)
(Leave the Connector plugged in)
Y N Y N
012-281 SET CLAMP FAILURE
Check the INTLK ON +24 VDC circuit to Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13)
Description The SET CLAMP HOME SENSOR does not turn the FINISHER PWB J844-4 by referring to
On within 200 ms after the SET CLAMP has started operation. the BSD CH11.1. Is +5 VDC measured between the TOP COVER
INTERLOCK SWITCH J890-3 (+) and GND (-)?
Though it is possible to run the following Diag on Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13)
the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error Y N
will be displayed. Check the wire between the FINISHER PWB J846 Check the wire between the TOP COVER
and the EJECT MOTOR J881 for an open circuit or INTERLOCK SWITCH J890-3 and the FINISHER
BSD on : CH11.9 CH11.11B poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the PWB J851-1 for an open circuit or poor contact.
EJECT MOTOR (PL15.8) and the FINISHER PWB
Procedure
(PL15.13) in sequence. Is +5 VDC measured between the TOP COVER
Replace the FINISHER REAR COVER.
INTERLOCK SWITCH J890-4 (+) and GND (-)?
Enter DC330 [012-211] and turn it On. Check the following:
Rotate the Actuator and turn the SET CLAMP HOME • The EJECT ROLLER for wear and a revolution Y N
SENSOR On/Off. failure Replace the TOP COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH.
• The EJECT SHAFT for wear and a revolution failure (PL15.13)
Y N
Check the SET CLAMP HOME SENSOR using the • Each Driver Gear for wear, a revolution failure, and
breakage Check the wire between the FINISHER PWB J851-2 and
Generic Permeable Sensor Failure FIP. the TOP COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH J890-4 for an
• The BELT for disengagement, breakage, and
open circuit or poor contact.
Enter DC330 [012-040] and turn it On. improper tension
Was the SET CLAMP SOLENOID energized? Remove the other mechanical causes of the SET CLAMP Mismatching between the TOP COVER and the TOP COVER
Y N not operating. INTERLOCK SWITCH.
Check the SET CLAMP SOLENOID using the Generic Check the TOP COVER for improper installation and the
Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP. Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13) actuator for breakage and bending.
After running DC330 [012-034] EJECT CLAMP UP, run 012-301 TOP COVER INTERLOCK OPEN 012-302 FRONT DOOR INTERLOCK OPEN
DC330 [012-032] and lower the EJECT CLAMP.
Description The TOP COVER INTERLOCK is open. Description The FRONT DOOR INTERLOCK is open.
Has the SET CLAMP rotated one? Though it is possible to run the following Diag on Though it is possible to run the following Diag on
Y N the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error
Enter DC330 [012-030] and turn it On. will be displayed. will be displayed.
Is the EJECT MOTOR rotating (or is it going to rotate)?
Y N
Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB BSD on : CH11.1 CH11.11A BSD on : CH11.1 CH11.11A
J846-6 (+) and GND (-)? Procedure Procedure
Cheat the TOP COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH. Cheat the FRONT DOOR INTERLOCK SWITCH.
Y N Has the display of 012-301 been cleared? Has the display of 012-302 been cleared?
Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER Y N Y N
PWB J844-4 (+) and GND (-)? Is +5 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB J851-1 Is +5 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB J851-3
(+) and GND (-)? (+) and GND (-)?

Y N Y N Block the DOCKING INTERLOCK SENSOR with a sheet of

Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13) Is +5 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB J845- paper, etc.
A2 (+) and GND (-)? Has the display of 012-305 been cleared?
Is +5 VDC measured between the FRONT DOOR Y N
INTERLOCK SWITCH J891-3 (+) and GND (-)? Y N Is +5 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB J850-
Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13) B11 (+) and GND (-)?
Y N
Check the wire between the FRONT DOOR Is +5 VDC measured between the H-TRA INTERLOCK Y N
INTERLOCK SWITCH J891-3 and the FINISHER SENSOR J853-2 (+) and GND (-)? Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13)
PWB J851-3 for an open circuit or poor contact.
Y N Is +5 VDC measured between the DOCKING
Is +5 VDC measured between the FRONT DOOR Check the wire between the H-TRA INTERLOCK INTERLOCK SENSOR J866-2 (+) and GND (-)?
INTERLOCK SWITCH J891-4 (+) and GND (-)? SENSOR J853-2 and the FINISHER PWB J845-A2
for an open circuit or poor contact. Y N
Y N Check the wire between the DOCKING
Replace the FRONT DOOR INTERLOCK SWITCH. Is +5 VDC measured between the H-TRA INTERLOCK INTERLOCK SENSOR J866-2 and the FINISHER
(PL15.13) SENSOR J853-1 (+) and 3 (-)? PWB J850-B11 for an open circuit or poor contact.
Check the wire between the FINISHER PWB J851-4 and Y N Is +5 VDC measured between the DOCKING
the FRONT DOOR INTERLOCK SWITCH J891-4 for an Check the wire between the FINISHER PWB J845- INTERLOCK SENSOR J866-1 (+) and 3 (-)?
open circuit or poor contact. A1 and the H-TRA INTERLOCK SENSOR J853-1
and between the FINISHER PWB J845-A3 and H- Y N
Mismatching between the FRONT DOOR and the FRONT TRA INTERLOCK SENSOR J853-3 for an open Check the wire between the FINISHER PWB J850-
DOOR INTERLOCK SWITCH. circuit or poor contact.If no problems are found, B12 and the DOCKING INTERLOCK SENSOR
Check the FRONT DOOR and FRONT COVER for improper replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13) J866-1 and between the FINISHER PWB J850-B10
installation, the Actuator for breakage and bending, and the and DOCKING INTERLOCK SENSOR J866-3 for
Magnet for improper mounting. Replace the H-TRA INTERLOCK SENSOR. (PL15.4) an open circuit or poor contact. If no problems are
found, replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13)
012-303 H-TRA INTERLOCK OPEN Mismatching between the H-TRA OPEN COVER and the H-
Description The H-TRA INTERLOCK SENSOR detected TRA INTERLOCK SENSOR. Replace the DOCKING INTERLOCK SENSOR.
OPEN. Check the H-TRACOVER for improper installation, the (PL15.13)
Actuator for breakage and bending, and the Magnet for
Though it is possible to run the following Diag on improper mounting. Mismatching between the Actuator and the DOCKING
the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error INTERLOCK SENSOR. Check the Sensor for improper
will be displayed. 012-305 DOCKING INTERLOCK OPEN installation, the Actuator for breakage and bending, and the
Description The DOCKING INTERLOCK is open. FINISHER and the Main Unit for the docking failure.
Procedure the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error
Block the H-TRA INTERLOCK SENSOR with a sheet of will be displayed.
paper, etc.
Has the display of 012-303 been cleared?
Procedure
012-350 FINISHER COMMUNICATION FAILURE • MCU PWB (PL13.1) 012-902 H-TRA EXIT SENSOR STATIC JAM
Description Communication cannot be established between Description The H-TRA EXIT SENSOR detected a paper at
012-399 STAPLE MODE LOGIC FAILURE
the MCU PWB and the FINISHER PWB. power On, when all the INTERLOCK were closed, or at
Description A paper size and STAPLE MODE that cannot be initialization.
Though it is possible to run the following Diag on specified were specified.
the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error BSD on : CH11.4 CH11.11A
will be displayed. Though it is possible to run the following Diag on
the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error Check Items
will be displayed. • Check that the power voltage at the customer site does not
BSD on : CH11.2 CH11.11A drop.
Procedure • The Actuator for return failure
Replace the FINISHER REAR COVER. • Run the following DC330 INPUT CHECK to check the
Turn the power Off and On. Procedure
circuit of the Sensor.
Is the CR7 on the FINISHER PWB lit on? No need for servicing
Make settings again or cancel the job. DC330 [012-104] H-TRA EXIT SENSOR
Y N
Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB J844- • FINISHER PWB failure (PL15.13)
2 (+) and GND (-)? 012-901 H-TRA ENTRANCE SENSOR STATIC JAM
012-903 COMPILER ENTRANCE SENSOR STATIC JAM
Description The H-TRA ENTRANCE SENSOR detected a
Y N paper at power On, when all the INTERLOCK were closed, or Description The COMPILER ENTRANCE SENSOR detected
Check the +24 VDC circuit to the FINISHER PWB at initialization. a paper at power On, when all the INTERLOCK were closed, or
J844-2 by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. at initialization.
(WN4.3.33 FINISHER +24 VDC-1) BSD on : CH11.4 CH11.11A
Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13) Check Items the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error
• Check that the power voltage at the customer site does not will be displayed.
Turn Off the power. drop.
Check conductivity of the following: • The Actuator for return failure BSD on : CH11.5 CH11.11A
(Including the I/F) • Run the following DC330 INPUT CHECK to check the
• Between the MCU PWB J403-B13 and the FINISHER Check Items
circuit of the Sensor.
PWB J843-3 • Check that the power voltage at the customer site does not
DC330 [012-103] H-TRA ENTRANCE SENSOR drop.
• Between the MCU PWB J403-B12 and the FINISHER • FINISHER PWB failure (PL15.13)
PWB J843-4 • The Actuator for return failure
• Between the MCU PWB J403-B15 and the FINISHER • Run the following DC330 INPUT CHECK to check the
PWB J843-1 circuit of the Sensor.
• Between the MCU PWB J403-B14 and the FINISHER DC330 [012-101] COMPILER ENTRANCE
PWB J843-2 SENSOR
Is the resistance 1 Ohm or less for all wires? • FINISHER PWB failure (PL15.13)
Y N
Check wires with more than 1 Ohm for an open circuit or
poor contact.

• FINISHER PWB (PL15.13)

012-904 COMPILER PAPER SENSOR STATIC JAM 012-910 STAPLE FEED READY FAILURE Is +5 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB J852-3
(+) and GND (-)?
Description In either one of the following cases: Description In either one of the following cases:
• The COMPILER PAPER SENSOR continues to detect • At the staple preparation operation at initialization, the Y N
paper when the paper was output automatically due to the STAPLE READY SENSOR does not go to READY (L) Turn Off the power.
power On initialization. status after 13 times of stapling operation. Pull out the J852 on the FINISHER PWB.
• The COMPILER PAPER SENSOR detected paper with no • The STAPLER READY SENSOR is turned Off (H) just Turn On the power.
history of paper output to the COMPILER TRAY when all before the STAPLE. Is +5 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB
the INTERLOCK were closed. P852-3 (+) and GND (-)?
BSD on : CH11.6 CH11.11B the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error Y N
Check Items will be displayed. Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13)
• Check that the power voltage at the customer site does not
Check the circuit between the J852-3 and the
drop. BSD on : CH11.8 CH11.11B
STAPLE HEAD ASSY J886-3 for short circuit.
• The Actuator for return failure Procedure
• Run the following DC330 INPUT CHECK to check the Remove the STAPLE HEAD ASSY with a connector Load the cartridge.
circuit of the Sensor. connected. Execute DC330 [012-209]. Is 0 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB J852-3
DC330 [012-102] COMPILER PAPER SENSOR Manually turn On and Off the STAPLE READY SENSOR. (+) and GND (-)?
• FINISHER PWB failure (PL15.13) Is the display switched between H and L?
Y N Y N
Is +5 VDC measured between the STAPLE HEAD ASSY Is 0 VDC measured between the STAPLE HEAD
J886-5 (+) and GND (-)? ASSY J886-3 (+) and GND (-)?
Y N Y N
Is +5 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB Replace the STAPLE HEAD ASSY. (PL15.9)
J852-1 (+) and GND (-)?
Check the wire between the STAPLE HEAD ASSY
Y N J886-3 and the FINISHER PWB J852-3 for an open
Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER circuit or poor contact.
PWB J844-2 (+) and GND (-)?
Y N
Check the +24 VDC circuit to the Restore the STAPLE HEAD to the original status and cheat the
FINISHER PWB J844-2 by referring to the FRONT INTERLOCK SWITCH.
BSD CH11.1. Run DC330 [012-020] (CLOSE).
Does the STAPLE MOTOR operate?
Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13) Y N
With DC330 [012-020] running
Check the wire between the FINISHER PWB J852-1 Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB J847-
and the STAPLE HEAD ASSY J886-5 for an open 7 (+) and GND (-)?
Pull out the cartridge.

Y N
012-911 STACKER LOWER SAFETY WARNING 012-916 STAPLE NG
J844-4 (+) and GND (-)? Description The Height Alignment was not successful within Description The STAPLE HEAD HOME SENSOR turned On
250ms during TRAY height adjustment (lowering down) of a by the OPEN operation while the Sensor failed to turn On
Y N JOB. (The STACKER TRAY is full.) (stapling was not available due to an error) within 450 msec
Check the INTLK ON +24 VDC circuit to the after the STAPLE HEAD had begun to close. (The system
FINISHER PWB J844-4 by referring to the BSD Though it is possible to run the following Diag on returned to the HOME POSITION by the OPEN operation.)
CH12.1. the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error
will be displayed. Though it is possible to run the following Diag on
Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13) the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error
BSD on : CH11.10A CH11.11B will be displayed.
Check Items
• Between the FINISHER PWB J847-7 ~ STAPLE BSD on : CH11.8 CH11.11B
This Fault Code is an operation message. No need for servicing
HEAD ASSY J887-1
If the display of 012-911 has not been cleared after removing Procedure
• Between the FINISHER PWB J847-8 ~ STAPLE paper in the STACKER TRAY, check the following: Enter DC330 [012-020] (CLOSE) and turn it On.
HEAD ASSY J887-2 • The Actuators of the STACK HEIGHT SENSOR for Does the STAPLE MOTOR operate?
• Between the FINISHER PWB J847-9 ~ STAPLE dragging and return failure. Y N
HEAD ASSY J887-3 • Run the following DC330 INPUT CHECK to check the Check conductivity of the following:
• Between the FINISHER PWB J847-10 ~ STAPLE circuit of the Sensor. • Between the FINISHER PWB J847-7 and the
HEAD ASSY J887-4 DC330 [012-201] STACK HEIGHT SENSOR STAPLE HEAD J887-1
• FINISHER PWB failure (PL15.13) • Between the FINISHER PWB J847-8 and the
If no problems are found, replace the STAPLE HEAD STAPLE HEAD J887-2
ASSY. (PL15.9) 012-914 STACKER TRAY STAPLE SET OVER • Between the FINISHER PWB J847-9 and the
If the problem persists, replace the FINISHER PWB. COUNT STAPLE HEAD J887-3
(PL15.13) • Between the FINISHER PWB J847-10 and the
Description The STAPLE SET count of the STACKER TRAY
exceeded 50 sets at the STAPLE SET EJECT operation. STAPLE HEAD J887-4
Turn Off the power.
Remove the STAPLE HEAD ASSY from the FINISHER. Is the resistance 1 Ohm or less for all wires?
Turn the STAPLE MOTOR GEAR manually. BSD on : CH11.10A CH11.11B Y N
Are the staple needles fed? Check wires with more than 1 Ohm for an open
Check Items
Y N circuit or poor contact.
This Fault Code is an operation message. No need for servicing
Replace the STAPLE HEAD ASSY. (PL15.9) If the display of 012-914 has not been cleared after removing Replace the STAPLE HEAD ASSY (PL15.9). If the
the STAPLE SET, check the following: problem persists, replace the FINISHER PWB (PL15.13).
Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13) • The Actuators of the STACK PAPER SENSOR for
dragging and return failure. Replace the STAPLE HEAD. (Leave the Connector plugged
• Run the following DC330 INPUT CHECK to check the in)
circuit of the Sensor. Turn the gear of the STAPLE MOTOR manually to make the
DC330 [012-200] STACK PAPER SENSOR Actuator interrupt the STAPLE HEAD HOME SENSOR.
• FINISHER PWB failure (PL15.13) Is +5 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB J852-2 (+)
and GND (-)?
Y N

Turn On/Off the STACK A SENSOR with a sheet of paper, etc. Is +24 VDC measured between the STACKER
Is +5 VDC measured between the STAPLE HEAD J886-4 (+) Is the display switched between H and L? MOTOR J889-1 (+) and GND (-)?
and GND (-)? Y N
Check the STACK A SENSOR using the Generic Y N
Y N Permeable Sensor Failure FIP. Check the wire between the FINISHER PWB
Check the wire between the STAPLE HEAD J886-4 and J847-12 and the STACKER MOTOR J889-1 for
the FINISHER PWB J852-2 for an open circuit or poor Enter DC330 [012-205] and turn it On. an open circuit or poor contact.
contact. Turn On/Off the STACK B SENSOR with a sheet of paper, etc.
Is the display switched between H and L? With DC330 [012-050] (UP) running
Check conductivity of the following: Y N Is +24 VDC measured between the STACKER
Check the STACK B SENSOR using the Generic MOTOR J889-2 (+) and GND (-)?
• Between the FINISHER PWB J852-1 and the STAPLE Permeable Sensor Failure FIP.
HEAD J886-5 Y N
• Between the FINISHER PWB J852-5 and the STAPLE Enter DC330 [012-200] and turn it On. Replace the STACKER MOTOR. (PL15.11)
HEAD J886-1 Manually turn On and Off the Actuator of the STACK PAPER
SENSOR. Check the wire between the FINISHER PWB J847-11
Is the resistance 1 Ohm or less for both wires?
Is the display switched between H and L? and the STACKER MOTOR J889-2 for an open
Y N
Y N circuit or poor contact. If no problems are found,
Check wires with more than 1 Ohm for an open circuit or
Check the PAPER SENSOR using the Generic Permeable replace the FINISHER PWB (PL15.13) and
poor contact.
Sensor Failure FIP. STACKER MOTOR (PL15.11) in sequence.
Replace the STAPLE HEAD ASSY (PL15.9). If the problem
Turn DC330 [012-050] (UP) or [012-051] (DOWN) On. Check the following:
persists, replace the FINISHER PWB (PL15.13).
Did the STACKER TRAY operate? • The STACKER MOTOR GEAR for wear and damage
Y N • The STACKER TRAY for dragging and improper
012-960 STACKER TRAY FULL STACK
Does the STACKER MOTOR operate (or is it going to installation
Description In either one of the following cases: operate)? • The STACKER ELEVATOR BELT/RACK/GEAR for
• The system detected Small Size Paper FULL during the Y N wear and damage
STACKER TRAY Height Adjustment operation (during With DC330 [012-050] (UP) running
lowering down). Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB
TRAY not operating.
• The system detected Small Size Paper FULL during the J847-12 (+) and GND (-)?
STACKER TRAY Height Adjustment operation (during Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13)
lowering down) when the Big Size Paper is ejected. Y N
• The Big Size Paper was ejected while the system already 012-961 MIX FULL STACK
detected Big Size Paper FULL (HALF). PWB J844-4 (+) and GND (-)?
Description After MIX FULL was detected (STACK A
Though it is possible to run the following Diag on Y N SENSOR), either one of the following conditions was fulfilled.
the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error Check the INTLK ON +24 VDC circuit to • Compared to the maximum paper size that was loaded at
will be displayed. the FINISHER PWB J844-4 by referring to the previous JOB, the paper size (either feed direction or
the BSD CH12.1. width direction) of the next JOB is bigger.
BSD on : CH11.10B CH11.11B • Staple mode has been changed while the width of the
Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13) maximum paper size that was loaded at the previous JOB is
Procedure less than 279.4mm.
Remove the FINISHER FRONT COVER. With DC330 [012-050] (UP) running
• The maximum paper size that was loaded at the previous Y N
012-965 STAPLE NEAR EMPTY
JOB is "unknown". Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER
PWB J844-4 (+) and GND (-)? Description In either one of the following cases:
Though it is possible to run the following Diag on • The LOW STAPLE SWITCH detected LOW STAPLE at
the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error Y N POWER ON and INTERLOCK CLOSE.
will be displayed. Check the INTLK ON +24 VDC circuit to • The LOW STAPLE SWITCH detected LOW STAPLE at
the FINISHER PWB J844-4 by referring to STAPLE HEAD CLOSE.
BSD on : CH11.10B CH11.11B the BSD CH12.1.
Procedure
Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13) the machine not installed with the Finisher, an error
Remove the FINISHER FRONT COVER.
will be displayed.
Enter DC330 [012-204] and turn it On. With DC330 [012-050] (UP) running
Turn On/Off the STACK A SENSOR with a sheet of paper, etc. Is +24 VDC measured between the STACKER
Is the display switched between H and L? BSD on : CH11.8 CH11.11B
MOTOR J889-1 (+) and GND (-)?
Y N Procedure
Check the STACK A SENSOR using the Generic Y N Install a new Staple Cartridge loaded with staples.
Permeable Sensor Failure FIP. Check the wire between the FINISHER PWB Is +5 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB J852-4 (+)
J847-12 and the STACKER MOTOR J889-1 for and GND (-)?
an open circuit or poor contact.
Turn On/Off the STACK B SENSOR with a sheet of paper, etc. Y N
Is the display switched between H and L? With DC330 [012-050] (UP) running Replace the FINISHER PWB. (PL15.13)
Y N Is +24 VDC measured between the STACKER
Check the STACK B SENSOR using the Generic MOTOR J889-2 (+) and GND (-)? Is +5 VDC measured between the STAPLE HEAD ASSY J886-
Permeable Sensor Failure FIP. 2 (+) and GND (-)?
Y N
Enter DC330 [012-200] and turn it On. Y N
Replace the STACKER MOTOR. (PL15.11)
Manually turn On and Off the Actuator of the STACK PAPER Check the wire between the STAPLE HEAD ASSY J886-
SENSOR. Check the wire between the FINISHER PWB J847-11 2 and the FINISHER PWB J852-4 for an open circuit or
Is the display switched between H and L? and the STACKER MOTOR J889-2 for an open poor contact.
Y N circuit or poor contact. If no problems are found,
Check the PAPER SENSOR using the Generic Permeable replace the FINISHER PWB (PL15.13) and Check the wire between the STAPLE HEAD ASSY J886-5 and
Sensor Failure FIP. STACKER MOTOR (PL15.11) in sequence. the FINISHER PWB J852-1 and between the STAPLE HEAD
ASSY J886-1 and FINISHER PWB J852-5 for an open circuit
Turn DC330 [012-050] (UP) or DC330 [012-051] (DOWN) Check the following: or poor contact.
On. Did the STACKER TRAY operate? Remove the other mechanical causes of the STACKER If no problems are found, replace the STAPLE HEAD ASSY
Y N TRAY not operating. (PL15.9). If the problem persists, replace the FINISHER PWB.
Does the STACKER MOTOR operate (or is it going to • The STACKER MOTOR GEAR for wear and damage (PL15.13)
operate)?
• The STACKER TRAY for dragging and improper
Y N
installation
Is +24 VDC measured between the FINISHER PWB • The STACKER ELEVATOR BELT/RACK/GEAR for
J847-12 (+) and GND (-)? wear and damage

012-966 SCRATCH SHEET COMPILE

Description An abnormal paper (SCRATCH SHEET) is output
to the COMPILER.

will be displayed.
BSD on : CH11.11B
Procedure
This Fault Code is an operation message. No need for
servicing.
012-969 IOT TOP TRAY FULL

Description The TOP TRAY FULL SENSOR has detected
FULL status for 10 sec continuously.

will be displayed.

Procedure
Bring paper near the TOP TRAY FULL SENSOR, then away
from it.
Y N
Check the TOP TRAY FULL SENSOR using the Generic
Reflective Sensor Failure FIP.
Check the sensor for improper installation. If no problems are

found, replace the FINISHER PWB (PL15.13).
015-362 X Hard Failure (1) Check the connection of the IIT/IPS PWB If the problem persists after turning the power On/Off,
Connection Harness. perform the following:
BSD on : CH6.12A (2) Replace the ESS PWB. (PL13.1) (1) Check the connection of the IIT/IPS PWB
[Detection Condition] X Hard Failure (3) Replace the IIT/IPS PWB. (PL16.3) Connection Harness.
[Actions] (2) Replace the ESS PWB. (PL13.1)
Turn the power On/Off. If the problem persists, 015-372 X PIO Initialization Failure 3 (3) Replace the IIT/IPS PWB. (PL16.3)
replace the IIT/IPS PWB. (PL16.3)
BSD on : CH6.12A 015-377 X PIO Unmatch Failure 2
015-367 X PIO Failure [Detection Conditions]
When Memory Ready Check [End] was received from BSD on : CH6.12A
BSD on : CH6.12A the IISS, and error of the X Hot Line was detected. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Condition] X PIO Failure [Actions] When IIT Image Delivered was received from the
[Actions] If the problem persists after turning the power On/Off, IISS, an error of the X Hot Line was detected.
Turn the power On/Off. If the problem persists, perform the following: [Actions]
replace the IIT/IPS PWB. (PL16.3). (1) Check the connection of the IIT/IPS PWB If the problem persists after turning the power On/Off,
Connection Harness. perform the following:
015-370 X PIO Initialization Failure 1 (2) Replace the ESS PWB. (PL13.1) (1) Check the connection of the IIT/IPS PWB
(3) Replace the IIT/IPS PWB. (PL16.3) Connection Harness.
BSD on : CH6.12A
(2) Replace the ESS PWB. (PL13.1)
[Detection Conditions] 015-375 X PIO Before Scan Failure (3) Replace the IIT/IPS PWB. (PL16.3)
When Power On Ack was received from the IISS, and
error of the X Hot Line was detected. BSD on : CH6.12A 015-380 Platen AGC CH1 Failure
[Actions] [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists after turning the power On/Off, An error of the X Hot Line was detected when Scan BSD on : CH6.12A
perform the following: Start is sent to the IISS. [Detection Conditions] Platen AGC CH1 Failure
(1) Check the connection of the IIT/IPS PWB [Actions] [Actions]
Connection Harness. If the problem persists after turning the power On/Off, Turn the power On/Off.
(2) Replace the ESS PWB. (PL13.1) perform the following: If the problem persists after turning the power On/Off,
(3) Replace the IIT/IPS PWB. (PL16.3) (1) Check the connection of the IIT/IPS PWB check the connection of the IPS PWB P721 and CCD
Connection Harness. Connector D741.
015-371 X PIO Initialization Failure 2 (2) Replace the ESS PWB. (PL13.1) If the problem persists, replace the following
(3) Replace the IIT/IPS PWB. (PL16.3) components in sequence:
BSD on : CH6.12A
• IIT/IPS PWB (PL16.3)
[Detection Conditions] 015-376 X PIO Unmatch Failure 1 • CCD Flat Cable (PL16.4)
When Memory Ready Check [Ready] was received • CCD PWB (PL16.4)
from the IISS, and error of the X Hot Line was BSD on : CH6.12A
detected. [Detection Conditions]
[Actions] When X Job Failure was received from the IISS, an
If the problem persists after turning the power On/Off, error of the X Hot Line was detected.
perform the following: [Actions]

015-381 Platen AGC CH2 Failure If the problem persists, replace the following
015-386 Platen AOC CH1 Failure
components in sequence:
BSD on : CH6.12A • IIT/IPS PWB (PL16.3) BSD on : CH6.12A
[Detection Conditions] Platen AGC CH2 Failure • CCD Flat Cable (PL16.4) [Detection Conditions] Platen AGC CH1 Failure
[Actions] • CCD PWB (PL16.4) [Actions]
Turn the power On/Off. Turn the power On/Off.
If the problem persists after turning the power On/Off, 015-384 Platen AGC CH5 Failure
If the problem persists after turning the power On/Off,
check the connection of the IPS PWB P721 and CCD check the connection of the IPS PWB P721 and CCD
BSD on : CH6.12A
Connector D741. Connector D741.
If the problem persists, replace the following [Detection Conditions] Platen AGC CH5 Failure
If the problem persists, replace the following
components in sequence: [Actions]
• IIT/IPS PWB (PL16.3) Turn the power On/Off.
• CCD Flat Cable (PL16.4) If the problem persists after turning the power On/Off,
• CCD Flat Cable (PL16.4)
• CCD PWB (PL16.4) check the connection of the IPS PWB P721 and CCD
Connector D741. • CCD PWB (PL16.4)
[Detection Conditions] Platen AGC CH3 Failure • CCD Flat Cable (PL16.4) [Detection Conditions] Platen AOC CH2 Failure
If the problem persists after turning the power On/Off, 015-385 Platen AGC CH6 Failure
BSD on : CH6.12A
If the problem persists, replace the following [Detection Conditions] Platen AGC CH6 Failure
components in sequence: [Actions]
• IIT/IPS PWB (PL16.3) Turn the power On/Off.
• CCD Flat Cable (PL16.4) If the problem persists after turning the power On/Off,
• CCD PWB (PL16.4) check the connection of the IPS PWB P721 and CCD
Connector D741. • CCD PWB (PL16.4)
[Detection Conditions] Platen AGC CH4 Failure • CCD Flat Cable (PL16.4) [Detection Conditions] Platen AOC CH3 Failure
If the problem persists after turning the power On/Off, If the problem persists after turning the power On/Off,
If the problem persists, replace the following [Actions]
components in sequence: Turn the power On/Off.
• IIT/IPS PWB (PL16.3) If the problem persists after turning the power On/Off,
• CCD Flat Cable (PL16.4) check the connection of the IPS PWB P721 and CCD
• CCD PWB (PL16.4) Connector D741.
015-389 Platen AOC CH4 Failure components in sequence:
BSD on : CH6.12A
[Detection Conditions] Platen AOC CH4 Failure • CCD PWB (PL16.4)
[Actions]
Turn the power On/Off. 015-790 X Detect Failure
check the connection of the IPS PWB P721 and CCD BSD on : CH6.12A
Connector D741. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, replace the following A normal document was mistakenly detected as a X
components in sequence: detection document.
• IIT/IPS PWB (PL16.3) [Actions]
• CCD Flat Cable (PL16.4) Clear it by the Reset button.
• CCD PWB (PL16.4) If the trouble persists, turn the power OFF.
If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB
015-390 Platen AOC CH5 Failure (PL16.3).
BSD on : CH6.12A
[Detection Conditions] Platen AOC CH5 Failure
[Actions]
Turn the power On/Off.
check the connection of the IPS PWB P721 and CCD
Connector D741.
• CCD PWB (PL16.4)
BSD on : CH6.12A
[Detection Conditions] Platen AOC CH6 Failure

016-311 Scanner Not Detected 016-318 Page Memory Broken 016-460 HDD FULL Status Was Detected.
[Detection Conditions] The system detected that the [Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
Scanner was not installed. During HDD access, HDD Full status was detected.
The system detected that the Scanner's Page Memory
[Actions] has an error. This is an error that FULL is cleared even during wait
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if [Actions] for timing.
the problem persists. [Actions] Depends on the service operation specification.
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
(1) Reinstall the Scanner. the problem persists.
016-500 Scan-to-Email Failure
(1) Replace the Scanner's Page Memory.
016-315 IIT Interface Failure [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] 016-450 Duplicate SMB Host Name While receiving from an SMTP Server an IP Address
An error in the I/F between the Scanner and the Main [Detection Conditions] error occurred.
Unit was detected [Actions]
A PC with the same host name already exists on a
[Actions] network. Specify the correct SMTP Server Name or IP Address.
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if [Actions] Change the host name.
the problem persists. 016-501 Scan-to-Email Failure
(1) Install or replace the I/F between the Scanner and 016-452 Duplicate IP Address [Detection Conditions]
the Main Unit. While receiving from a POP Server an IP Address
A PC with the same IP Address already exists on a error occurred.
016-316 Page Memory Not Detected
network. [Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Specify the correct POP Server Name or IP Address.
[Actions] Change the IP Address.
The system detected that the Scanner's Page Memory
(standard) was not installed. 016-453 DHCP Server IP Address Fetch Failure 016-502 Scan-to-Email Failure
[Actions] Occurred [Detection Conditions]
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if [Detection Conditions] While receiving from a POP Server an Account
the problem persists. The DHCP Server failed to grant an IP Address. Information error occurred.
(1) Install the Scanner's Page Memory (standard). [Actions] [Actions]
Set the IP address. (Fetching IP Address from the Specify the correct POP Server Account Information.
016-317 Page Memory Broken- Standard
DHCP Server is not performed.)
The system detected that the Scanner's Page Memory 016-454 Dynamic DNS - Dynamic Update Failed
(standard) has an error. [Detection Conditions] Dynamic DNS - Dynamic Update
[Actions] Failed
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if [Actions] Turn the power On/Off.
(1) Replace the Scanner's Page Memory (standard).
016-503 Scan-to-Email Failure 016-592 Read Verify Error (Partition C) 016-704 Security Box is Full
While sending to an SMTP Server an IP Address error A verify error has occurred in the HDD partition C The system detected that a Mailbox was full (it
occurred. during PC-Diag operation from PSW. exceeded the maximum number of documents per
[Actions] [Actions] Box) and aborted a job.
Specify the correct SMTP Server Name or IP Address. Set up the HDD partition C and perform the verify test FULL status was detected during HDD access and a
again. job was aborted.
016-504 Scan-to-Email Failure [Actions]
[Detection Conditions] 016-593 Read Verify Error (Partition D) Delete unwanted documents and retry the process.
While sending to a POP Server an IP Address error [Detection Conditions]
occurred. A verify error has occurred in the HDD partition D 016-705 Security Storage Without an HDD
[Actions] during PC-Diag operation from PSW. [Detection Conditions]
Specify the correct POP Server Name or IP Address. [Actions] Registry for Secure Print has failed because Security
Set up the HDD partition D and perform the verify test Storage cannot be performed without HDD.
016-505 Scan-to-Email Failure again. [Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Check whether the HDD is installed.
016-594 Read Verify Error (Partition E) If the problem has occurred at installation, check
While sending to a POP Server an Account
Information error occurred. [Detection Conditions] whether the Secure Print operations are correct.
[Actions] A verify error has occurred in the HDD partition E
during PC-Diag operation from PSW. 016-706 Max. Number of Users Exceeded
Specify the correct POP Server Account Information.
016-590 Read Verify Error (Partition A) Set up the HDD partition E and perform the verify test The system detected that a job exceeded the maximum
[Detection Conditions] again. number of users for Secure and Proof Prints and
aborted the job.
A verify error has occurred in the HDD partition A
016-595 Read Verify Error (Partition H) FULL status was detected during HDD access and the
during PC-Diag operation from PSW.
[Detection Conditions] job was aborted.
[Actions]
A verify error has occurred in the HDD partition H [Actions]
Set up the HDD partition A and perform the verify test
again. during PC-Diag operation from PSW. Delete unwanted documents/users and retry printing.
[Actions] ]
016-591 Read Verify Error (Partition B) Set up the HDD partition H and perform the verify test 016-707 PROOF_PRINT_FAILURE
[Detection Conditions] again. [Detection Conditions]
A verify error has occurred in the HDD partition B Detects HDD error during Proof Print data storage.
duringt PC-Diag operation from PSW. [Actions]
[Actions] Increase partition size for confidential data
Set up the HDD partition B and perform the verify test
again.

016-716 Unable to Spool TIFF Data 016-728 Unsupported TIFF Data 016-739 Invalid Job Template Server Path
The files to be spooled in the TIFF exceeded the disk Unsupported TIFF Data Invalid Job Template Server Path
capacity. The data contains a Tag that is not set in the Image The specified path of the Job Template Pool Server
[Actions] File Expansion Library. cannot be found.
Install the HDD or increase the capacity of the HDD, [Actions] [Actions]
etc. Delete the unsupported Tag from the data and retry (1) Set the resource of the storage destination path from
printing again. a client PC on the CentreWare.
016-718 SHORT_OF_SIF_PCL6_MEMORY [FXAP
Only] 016-729 TIFF Data Size is too Big 016-740 Job Template Server Login Error
[Detection Conditions] MEMORY shortage detected. [Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
[Actions] Replace MEMORY. TIFF Data Size is too Big Job Template Server Login Error
The specified settings exceed the upper limit of the Cannot log in to the Job Template Pool Server.
016-719 SHORT_OF_SIF_PCL_MEMORY [FXAP valid number of colors and pixels. [Actions]
Only]
[Actions] Correct to a valid range, etc. (1) Set the log-in name and password in the Job
[Detection Conditions] Template file storage destination.
Memory shortage detected when using PCL. 016-731 Invalid TIFF Data (2) From some other PC connected to the network,
[Actions] Increase PCL memory size. [Detection Conditions] check that you can log in with the above account.
Invalid TIFF Data (TIFF Data is broken or cut off (3) Set the log-in name and password as a resource
016-721 Other Errors halfway. from the CentreWare client PC.
[Detection Conditions] [Actions] Resend the data, etc.
An unexpected error has occurred during printing. 016-741 Job Template Server Connect Failure
[Actions] 016-735 Updating Job Template [Detection Conditions]
Execute the same job again to check the error status. [Detection Conditions] Job Template Server Connect Failure
Updating Job Template Cannot connect to the Job Template Pool Server.
016-726 Cannot Switch Decomposer <Auto The system tried to output the Job Template List while [Actions]
Judgement Error> the Job Template was being updated. (1) Connect the cable from the M/C to a network
[Detection Conditions] Print Language Auto Judgement [Actions] Perform the operation again after the Job correctly.
Error Template update has completed. (2) From the destination server, check that you can
[Actions] identify the M/C with "ping", etc.
Fix and select the Decomposer from the Operation 016-737 Job Template Server Read Error (3) Perform the "ping" test on the destination server
Panel or with a command. [Detection Conditions] from PSW.
Job Template Server Read Error (4) From a client PC to check that the ftp connection to
Read error from the Job Template Pool Server the destination server is possible.
[Actions]
(1) Check that "Authorization to read" is established for
the storage destination server directory set as
resource.
016-742 HD File System Full 016-748 HDD Full 016-761 FIFO Empty <Image Output>
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions] Image Enlargement Error (FIFO
HDD File System Full FULL status was detected at HD access and a job was EMPTY Error)
File system was full when the Job Template was aborted. [Actions]
stored into the local HD. [Actions] Retry printing after making more space of the Print in fast print mode.
[Actions] HDD capacity. If printing is still impossible, use print guarantee
(1) Because there is a possibility that the scanned mode.
images make the HDD full, wait for a while and 016-749 XJCL Syntax Error <JCL Syntax Error>
retry. [Detection Conditions] Syntax error of the JCL command 016-762 Specified Decomposer Not Exist
(2) Initialize the built-in HDD. was detected. <Decomposer does not exist>
(3) Replace the HDD. [Actions] Correct the command. [Detection Conditions]
The print language is not installed.
016-743 Job Template Pool Server Installation Error 016-757 Auditron-Invalid User An unsupported function (print language, print utility,
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions] Auditron-Invalid User etc) was required.
Job Template Pool Server Installation Error [Actions] (The Decomposer specified with PJL or Auto SW is
Job Template Pool Server setting failure Set a correct account and retry. not installed.)
[Actions] Set the Spool Server related parameters again. [Actions]
016-758 Auditron-Disabled Function Fix and select the Decomposer from the Operation
016-744 Job Template Pool Server Address Error [Detection Conditions] Auditron-Disabled Function Panel or with a command.
[Detection Conditions] [Actions]
016-763 Original Patch Not Exist
The Job Template Pool Server address cannot be (1) Set the new function that is allowed for that account
solved (Response to the DNS library Error) and retry. [Detection Conditions] Original Patch Not Exist
[Actions] (2) Consult the account administrator to add a right. [Actions]
Check the connection to the DNS. Or check that the Place the Auto Gradation Correction Chart correctly.
Job Template Pool Server domain name is the one that 016-759 Auditron-Reached Limit
has been registered in the DNS. [Detection Conditions] Auditron-Reached Limit 016-764 Result Code: 421/451-Server Failed or
Closing Transmission
[Actions]
016-745 Job Template Pool Server Address Not Defined Consult the account administrator to set the number of [Detection Conditions] SMTP Server Connection Error
[Detection Conditions] copies, etc. [Actions]
The Job Template Pool Server address cannot be Retrieve emails in the Server HD. Restart the SMTP
solved (The DNS address is not set) 016-760 PS Decompose Error <PS Decompose Error> service.
[Actions] [Detection Conditions] Error during decompose
processing 016-765 Result Code: 452-Server Insufficinet System
Set the DNS address. Or set the Job Template Pool
Storage
Server address by the IP address. [Actions]
Resend the job. (The execution environment/data [Detection Conditions] SMTP Server HD Full
check are required if the problem persists.) [Actions]
Retrieve emails in the Server HD. Rearrange the
server capacity.

016-766 Result Code: 552-Server Exceeded Storage 016-773 Invalid IP Address-DHCP Expired 016-778 HD Full during Scan Image Conversion
Allocation [Detection Conditions] Self-machine IP address failure [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] SMTP Server File System has a (DHCP Lease Expired) <Scanned Image Conversion Error>
problem. [Actions] The insufficient HDD capacity was detected during
[Actions] Check the DHCP environment. Set the fixed IP scanned image conversion process by I-Formatter.
Contact the SMTP Server administrator. Rearrange address for the self-machine. [Actions] Create free space of the HD capacity and retry
the server capacity limit. scanning.
016-774 HD Full during Conversion of Compression Type
016-767 Result Code: 550/551-Mailbox not found, or [Detection Conditions] 016-779 Scan Image Conversion Error
no access
<HDD Full at Compression type conversion> [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] Email Destination Address HDD Full has occurred when the S-Formatter did the <Scanned Image Conversion Error>
Incorrect compression type conversion of the JBIG compressed An error has occurred due to other causes than HDD
[Actions] Check the destination of the email. images into the MH system (partition #1). Access during scanned image conversion process by I-
[Actions] Create free space of the HDD capacity and retry. Formatter.
016-770 Template Processing-HD Full
[Actions] Turn the power On/Off and perform the
[Detection Conditions] 016-775 HD Full during Image Conversion operation again.
The system aborted a job due to insufficient HD [Detection Conditions]
capacity at Job Template processing. <Image Conversion Error> 016-780 HD Access Error during Scan Image Conversion
[Actions] Create free space of the HD capacity. The insufficient HDD capacity was detected during [Detection Conditions]
image conversion process by S-Formatter. <Scanned Image Conversion Error>
016-771 Scan Data Repository Error-No DNS Address
[Actions] Create free space of the HD capacity and retry. The HDD Access Error has occurred during scanned
[Detection Conditions] image conversion process by I-Formatter.
The Scanned Data Repository Address cannot be 016-776 Image Conversion Error [Actions] Change the HD and retry scanning.
solved. (DNS Address Not Set) [Detection Conditions]
[Actions] <Image Conversion Error> 016-781 Scan Server Not Connected
Set the DNS address. Or set the Scan Data Repository An error has occurred due to other causes than HDD [Detection Conditions]
address by the IP address. Access during image conversion process by S-Formatter. <Net Connection Error during Scanning>
[Actions] Turn the power On/Off and perform the Connection to the Server cannot be established during
016-772 Scan Data Repository Error for DNS Library
operation again. Scan to Server file transfer operation.
The Scan Data Repository address cannot be solved 016-777 HD Access Error during Image Conversion (1) Set "Sub-net Mask" and "Gateway" of the main
(Response to the DNS library Error) [Detection Conditions] Unit correctly.
[Actions] <Image Conversion Error> (2) From the destination server, check that you can
Check the connection to the DNS. Or check that the The HDD Access Error has occurred during image identify the M/C with "ping", etc.
Scanned Data Repository domain name is the one that conversion process by S-Formatter. (3) From a UNIX machine to check that the ftp connection
has been registered in the DNS. to the destination server is possible.
[Actions] Replace the HD and perform the operation again.
016-782 Scan Server Login Error 016-950 Tray 1 Empty 016-961 Size Mismatch Tray 3 Size Mismatch
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions] Tray 1 Empty [Detection Conditions]
<Server Login Error during Scanning> [Actions] Add paper. Size Mismatch
Cannot log in to the Server during Scan to Server file Tray 3 Size Mismatch
transfer operation. 016-951 Tray 2 Empty [Actions] Load proper paper in the tray.
[Actions] [Detection Conditions] Tray 2 Empty
(1) Set the log-in name and password in the destination [Actions] Add paper. 016-962 Size Mismatch Tray 4 Size Mismatch
server. [Detection Conditions]
(2) Make correct settings for the attributes of the Job 016-952 Tray 3 Empty Size Mismatch
Template file. [Detection Conditions] Tray 3 Empty Tray 4 Size Mismatch
(3) From a client PC, set the same account as the above [Actions] Add paper. [Actions] Load proper paper in the tray.
as a resource in CW.
016-953 Tray 4 Empty 016-965 ATS/APS No Paper APS/ATS NG (No Paper)
016-788 Mailbox to PC Failure (via Browser)
[Detection Conditions] Tray 4 Empty [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] [Actions] Add paper. ATS/APS No Paper
Retrieval Failed at Scan to PC (via Web Browser)
APS/ATS NG (No Paper)
[Actions] 016-954 Tray SMH Empty
[Actions] Add paper.
(1) Improve the connection status to a network. [Detection Conditions] Tray SMH Empty
(2) Check whether there is a problem such as [Actions] Add paper. 016-966 ATS/APS No Destination Error ATS/APS
duplicated IP addresses. NG (Other than No Paper)
016-958 Size Mismatch 1 SMH Size Mismatch [Detection Conditions]
016-789 REDIRECTOR_TEMP_HD_FULL
[Detection Conditions] ATS/APS No Destination Error
[Detection Conditions] Size Mismatch 1 ATS/APS NG (Other than No Paper)
Size of Scan to Email data was more than 100MB. SMH Size Mismatch [Actions] Change the settings and replace the Trays.
[Actions] [Actions] Load proper paper in the tray.
Re-send the data after reduced the data or changed the
resolution. 016-959 Size Mismatch Tray 1 Size Mismatch 016-981 FULL status was detected at HD access.
Or divides it to several files. [Detection Conditions] FULL status was not cleared even during
Size Mismatch waiting for timing. (One or more pages are
016-793 MF I/O HD Full already stored.)
Tray 1 Size Mismatch
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
[Actions] Load proper paper in the tray.
<MFIO>HD Full FULL status was detected at HD access.
[Actions] Insufficient Area of Hard Disk (MF I/O) 016-960 Size Mismatch Tray 2 Size Mismatch FULL status was not cleared even during waiting for
[Detection Conditions] timing.
Size Mismatch Tray 2 Size Mismatch (One or more pages are already stored.)
[Actions] Load proper paper in the tray. [Actions] Depends on the operation specifications of
servicing

016-982 FULL status was detected at HD access.

FULL status was not cleared even during
waiting for timing. (No pages can be stored.)
FULL status was detected at HD access.
FULL status was not cleared even during waiting for
timing.
(No pages can be stored.)
[Actions] Turn the power On/Off and perform the
operation again.
016-985 SCAN_TO_EMAIL_DATA_SIZE_OVER
Size of Job was over specified memory.
[Actions]
Machine confirms with operator to continue or
not.020-506 No Ability at Destination
[Detection Conditions] The recipient machine does not
have the remote sort copy function.
020-506 No Ability at Destination 020-514 Requested Invalid Function on TRESS
[Detection Conditions] The recipient machine does not [Detection Conditions]
have the remote sort copy function. The system received the remote maintenance request
[Actions] Perform the operation again. from the sending machine but does not have the
function for it.
020-507 Password Check Error [Actions] Perform the operation again.
Password Check Error. Mailbox Number Error. No 020-515 Receive Illegal Command
polling reserved documents are found. [Detection Conditions]
[Actions] Perform the operation again. DIS was received from the calling station. DCS was
received though the machine does not have the
020-510 DTMF Protocol Error capability. An illegal command was received.
[Detection Conditions] The system stopped [Actions] Perform the operation again.
communication after receiving the command reject
command.
020-511 No File Transfer Ability at Destination

[Detection Conditions] The recipient machine does not
have the file transfer function.
020-512 Detect Endless Loop During Remote Repaly

Broadcast
[Detection Conditions] An infinite loop was detected at
the remote relay broadcast.
020-513 Illegal Command on TRESS

The system received illegal command from the
sending machine at the remote maintenance.

102-310 Send Queue Full 102-316 Send Request Queue Full SIO 102-321 Send Message Failure
Sending queue full Sending Request Queue Full (SIO) Sending message error
Over the upper limit of the processing capability to Over the upper limit of the processing capability to Serial communication failure
send data from the Panel to the Controller. send data from the Panel to the Controller. [Actions] Perform re-installation of the software.
[Actions] Perform re-installation of the software. [Actions] Perform re-installation of the software.
102-322 Target Failure
102-311 Receive Queue Full 102-317 Receive Message Queue Full [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions] Target error
Receive queue full. Receive message queue full. Serial communication failure
The data received from the Controller exceeded the The data received from the Controller exceeded the [Actions] Perform re-installation of the software.
upper limit of the processing capability in the Panel. upper limit of the processing capability in the Panel.
[Actions] Perform re-installation of the software. [Actions] Perform re-installation of the software. 102-323 Address Failure
102-312 EVM Uses Wrong API 102-318 Receive Finish Queue Full
Address error
[Detection Conditons] Illegal use of API by EVM [Detection Conditions] Serial communication failure
[Actions] Perform re-installation of the software. Receiving completion queue full [Actions] Perform re-installation of the software.
The data received from the Controller exceeded the
102-313 AS Uses Wrong API upper limit of the processing capability in the Panel. 102-324 Size Failure
[Detection Conditons] Illegal use of API by AS [Actions] Perform re-installation of the software. [Detection Conditions]
[Actions] Perform re-installation of the software. Size error
102-319 Send Failure with No ACK
Serial communication failure
102-314 Wait Event Time Out [Detection Conditions]
[Actions] Perform re-installation of the software.
[Detection Conditions] Sending failure (ACK was not returned.)
Time-Out of the event waiting timer Serial communication failure 102-325 Object Creation Failure
The response message from the Controller was not [Actions] Perform re-installation of the software. [Detection Conditions]
notified for a specified time.
Object creation error
[Actions] Perform re-installation of the software. 102-320 Polling Failure
The specified object failed to be created due to a
[Detection Conditions] setting or specifying error on gm_create.
102-315 CTS Internal Failure Communication failure (polling error) [Actions] Perform re-installation of the software.
[Detection Conditions] CTS Internal Error Serial communication failure
102-326 Memory Overflow 102-330 Interface Failure with Invalid Parameter [Actions]
[Detection Conditions] LCD Perform re-installation of the software.
Memory overflow [Detection Conditions]
102-334 Interface Failure with Receiving Error Key
The memory in the GUAM exceeded the upper limit. Interface failure
Code
[Actions] Incorrect parameter was detected at the Drv. I/F
between the DM and LCD. [Detection Conditions]
Expand the memory in the GUAM.
[Actions] Interface failure
Perform re-installation of the software.
Check the D-RAM and ROM. Invalid Key Code was received from the Control Panel.
102-327 Button Overflow Perform re-installation of the software. [Actions]
Repair/adjust the Control Panel. (PL16.2)
102-331 UI Internal Failure with Invalid LED Panel-SW bug
Button overflow
Request
The memory for the (synchronous display) button in 102-335 Interface Failure with Receiving Invalid
the GUAM exceeded the upper limit. [Detection Conditions]
Coordinates
[Actions] I/F failure in the UI
The request for lighting up an incorrect LED was [Detection Conditions]
Expand the memory for the button in the GUAM.
received. Interface failure
[Actions] Invalid coordination value was received from the
Check the D-RAM and ROM. Control Panel with a parameter.
102-328 UI Internal Failure with Out of Area
Perform re-installation of the software. [Actions]
Repair/adjust the Control Panel. (PL16.2)
I/F failure in the UI
102-332 Interface Failure with Invalid Parameter CP Panel-SW bug
The coordination value out of the area of the displayed
screen was detected. (W x H = 640 x 240) [Detection Conditions]
102-336 Interface Failure DM - ACD Drv. I/F
[Actions] Interface failure
Incorrect parameter was detected at the Drv. I/F [Detection Conditions]
Check the D-RAM and ROM.
between the DM and CP. Interface failure
[Actions] Incorrect parameter was detected at the Drv. I/F
Check the D-RAM and ROM. between the DM and ACD.
102-329 UI Internal Failure with Invalid Coordinates
Perform re-installation of the software. [Actions]
Check the D-RAM and ROM. Replace the Control
I/F failure in the UI
102-333 Interface Failure with Impossible Panel. (PL16.2)
The coordination value that cannot be displayed was Communication Replace the SW.
detected. (X = 4 times number position)
[Actions]
Interface failure
Check the D-RAM and ROM.
Impossible communication with the Control Panel
was detected.
H/W connection failure in the Panel, or the internal
connection was unable to be detected correctly.

102-337 Frame Data Error with Invalid Data Type 102-340 Interface Failure GUAM - DM I/F 102-345 Timer Queue Full
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions] Timer queue full
Invalid frame data was detected. Interface failure [Actions]
The incorrect value of the Data Type detected by Incorrect parameter was detected at the I/F between Perform re-installation of the software.
Frame ID was detected. the GUAM and DM. Or replace the CONTROL PANEL. (PL16.2)
[Actions] [Actions]
Check the D-RAM and ROM. Replace the Control Check the D-RAM and ROM. Replace the Control 102-346 Invalid Timer Number
Panel. (PL16.2) Panel. (PL16.2) [Detection Conditions] Invalid timer number
Perform re-installation of the software. Perform re-installation of the software. [Actions]
102-338 Frame Data Error Offset Address Out of Scope 102-341 Event Queue Full
Or replace the CONTROL PANEL. (PL16.2)
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions] Event queue full
Invalid frame data was detected. [Actions] 102-347 Undefined Trap
The Offset Address out of range was extracted from Perform re-installation of the software. [Detection Conditions] Undefined trap
the Frame ID. Or replace the CONTROL PANEL. (PL16.2) [Actions]
Check the D-RAM and ROM. Replace the Control 102-342 Event Queue Empty
Panel. (PL16.2) [Detection Conditions] Event queue empty
Perform re-installation of the software. [Actions] 102-348 Command Access Exception
Perform re-installation of the software. [Detection Conditions] Exceptional command access
102-339 Display Request Code Invalid
Or replace the CONTROL PANEL. (PL16.2) [Actions]
Text Code failure 102-343 Invalid Class
The system detected that the Code requested to be [Detection Conditions] Invalid class
displayed was incorrect. [Actions] 102-349 Invalid Command
[Actions] Perform re-installation of the software. [Detection Conditions] Illegal command
Check the D-RAM and ROM. Replace the Control Or replace the CONTROL PANEL. (PL16.2) [Actions]
Panel. (PL16.2)
Perform re-installation of the software. 102-344 Invalid Type
[Detection Conditions] Invalid type
[Actions]
102-350 Privilege Command 102-355 No Co Processor Exception 102-361 Object Failure
[Detection Conditions] Privilege command [Detection Conditions] Exceptional Co Processor [Detection Conditions] Object error
[Actions] non-existence [Actions]
Perform re-installation of the software. [Actions] Perform re-installation of the software.
Or replace the CONTROL PANEL. (PL16.2) Perform re-installation of the software. Or replace the CONTROL PANEL. (PL16.2)
102-351 No FPU Exception 102-362 No Object
[Detection Conditions] Exceptional FPU non-existence 102-356 Short of Area [Detection Conditions] Object non-existence
[Actions] [Detection Conditions] Insufficient area [Actions]
102-352 Address Misalign 102-363 Invalid ID
[Detection Conditions] Address mis-alignment 102-357 Cancel Wait Status [Detection Conditions] Incorrect ID
[Actions] [Detection Conditions] Forced cancellation of the wait status [Actions]
102-353 Data Access Exception 102-364 Parameter Failure
[Detection Conditions] Exceptional data access 102-358 Time Out [Detection Conditions] Parameter error
[Actions] [Detection Conditions] Time-Out [Actions]
102-354 Tag Overflow 102-365 Reserve Attribute
[Detection Conditions] Tag overflow 102-359 Queue Overflow [Detection Conditions] Reserve attribute
[Actions] [Detection Conditions] Queue overflow [Actions]
102-360 Context Failure

[Detection Conditions] Context error
[Actions]

102-366 Reserve Function Code 102-371 Interface Parameter Failure 102-376 Internal Memory Failure
[Detection Conditions] Code number for reserve function [Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
[Actions] Interface parameter failure Internal memory failure
Perform re-installation of the software. The parameter notified from the Controller was incorrect. Panel-SW failure
Or replace the CONTROL PANEL. (PL16.2) [Actions] Perform re-installation of the software. [Actions] Perform re-installation of the software.
102-367 Unsupported Function 102-372 Interface Sequence Failure 102-377 UI Timer Failure
[Detection Conditions] Unsupported function [Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
[Actions] Interface sequence failure Timer failure
Perform re-installation of the software. The initial command from the Controller was not Panel-SW failure
Or replace the CONTROL PANEL. (PL16.2) notified for a specified time. [Actions] Perform re-installation of the software.
102-368 Short of UI Memory 102-378 Interface Format Failure
[Detection Conditions] Insufficient memory, or connection 102-373 Channel Failure [Detection Conditions]
failure [Detection Conditions] Interface format failure
[Actions] Channel failure The data format notified from the Controller was
Perform re-installation of the software. The channel notified from the Controller was incorrect. incorrect.
Or replace the CONTROL PANEL. (PL16.2) [Actions] Perform re-installation of the software. [Actions] Perform re-installation of the software.
102-369 Invalid Interface Value 102-374 Invalid User Job ID 102-379 Dispatch Failure
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions] Dispatch failure
Invalid interface value Incorrect User Job ID [Actions] Perform re-installation of the software.
Panel-SW failure The Job ID parameter notified from the Controller was
[Actions] Perform re-installation of the software. incorrect. 102-380 Copy Interface Failure
[Actions] Perform re-installation of the software. [Detection Conditions] Copy interface failure
102-370 Interface Length Failure [Actions] Perform re-installation of the software.
[Detection Conditions] 102-375 Internal Resource Failure
Interface length failure [Detection Conditions]
The parameter notified from the Controller was incorrect. Internal resource failure
[Actions] Perform re-installation of the software. Panel-SW failure
102-382 Scanner Interface Failure 102-391 Job Actual Parameter Failure Or replace the CONTROL PANEL. (PL16.2)
[Detection Conditions] Scanner interface failure [Detection Conditions] Job execution argument error
102-383 Report Interface Failure 102-392 Auditron Failure

[Detection Conditions] Report interface failure [Detection Conditions] Invalid Auditron
102-384 Server Access Failure 102-393 EP Failure EP

[Detection Conditions] Server access failure [Detection Conditions] Software failure
102-385 Service Object Overflow 102-394 File Access Failure

[Detection Conditions] Service object overflow [Detection Conditions] Invalid file access
102-386 Invalid Service Object 102-395 NVM Failure

[Detection Conditions] Invalid service object [Detection Conditions] NVM failure
102-387 Invalid Service Object Attribute 102-396 FF Failure

[Detection Conditions] Invalid service object attribute [Detection Conditions] FF error
102-388 Attribute Failure 102-397 MGR Failure

[Detection Conditions] Attribute Error [Detection Conditions] MGR error
102-389 Argument Failure 102-398 Delay Release Queue Full

[Detection Conditions] Argument Error [Detection Conditions] Delay release queue full
[Actions] Perform re-installation of the software. [Actions]
102-390 Job Parameter Failure Or replace the CONTROL PANEL. (PL16.2)
[Detection Conditions] Job parameter argument error
[Actions] Perform re-installation of the software. 102-399 Internal Failure
[Detection Conditions] Internal error
[Actions]

103-203 Machine Code Failure Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if If the trouble persists, replace the ESS built-in
the problem persists. standard ROM.
If the trouble persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1)
Product No Failure (Not initialized) 103-333 ASIC Failure (Panther-T)
or MCU PWB (PL13.1) in sequence. (Two PWB
[Actions] cannot be replaced at the same time.) [Detection Conditions] An error was detected in the
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if If the trouble persists, ask TSP or Support G for help. Panther.
[Actions]
If the trouble persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1) 103-320 EEPROM Failure Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
or MCU PWB (PL13.1) in sequence. (Two PWB
[Detection Conditions] the problem persists.
cannot be replaced at the same time.)
Write error has occurred in the SEEPROM on the ESS Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1).
If the trouble persists, ask TSP or Support G for help.
board.
[Actions] Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1). 103-334 Standard FontROM Error
103-204 Serial No Failure
[Detection Conditions] An error was detected in the
[Detection Conditions] Serial No Failure (Not initialized) 103-321 Backup SRAM Failure standard built-in FONT ROM.
[Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Write error has occurred in the [Actions]
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if NVM on the ESS board. Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
[Actions] Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1). the problem persists.
Replace the FONT ROM.
or MCU PWB (PL13.1) in sequence. (Two PWB 103-330 ESS ROM DIMM #3 Check Failure
cannot be replaced at the same time.)
[Detection Conditions] 103-335 FONT ROM NOT FOUND
If the trouble persists, ask TSP or Support G for help.
A failure was detected during check of the ESS ROM [Detection Conditions] The installation status of the
103-207 All Machine Codes Mismatch DIMM #3. FONT ROM was not detected.
[Actions] [Actions]
Pull out and insert the ESS ROM DIMM #3. Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
At least one of the three Product No. that are stored in
If the trouble persists, replace the ESS ROM DIMM #3. the problem persists.
three separate parts is different.
Install the FONT ROM.
[Actions]
103-331 ESS ROM DIMM #1 Not Found
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if 103-336 ESS RAM DIMM #3 W/R Check failure
the problem persists. [Detection Conditions]
The system detected that the ESS ROM DIMM #1 [Detection Conditions]
or MCU PWB (PL13.1) in sequence. (Two PWB was not installed. A failure was detected during Read/Write Check of
cannot be replaced at the same time.) [Actions] the ESS RAM DIMM #3.
If the trouble persists, ask TSP or Support G for help. Install the ESS ROM DIMM #1. [Actions]
If the trouble persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1). Pull out and insert the ESS RAM DIMM #3.
103-208 All Serial Nos Mismatch If the trouble persists, replace the ESS ROM DIMM #3.
[Detection Conditions] 103-332 ESS standard ROM Error
[Detection Conditions] An error was detected in the ESS 103-337 ESS standard RAM Error
At least one of the three Serial No. that are stored in
three separate parts is different. built-in standard ROM. [Detection Conditions] An error was detected in the ESS
[Actions] [Actions] built-in standard RAM.
Pull the ESS built-in standard ROM in and out. [Actions]
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if [Detection Conditions] The output tray was changed
the problem persists. (Finisher Tray to Center Output Tray).
Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1). [Actions] No actions.
103-338 Same Font ROMs Found

[Detection Conditions] The system detected that the
same FONT ROM was installed.
[Actions]
Check the FONT ROM. If the trouble persists, execute
the following:
Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1).
103-339 ROM DIMM of Another Product Found

[Detection Conditions] The system detected that the ROM
DIMM for another machine was installed.
[Actions]
[How to detect] Check the ROM DIMM and install
the appropriate ROM DIMM.
If the trouble persists, execute the following:
103-372 IOT sc Soft Failure

IOT Controller software failure
Due to an error during the software processing, the
subsequent processes cannot be performed.
[Actions]
(1) Perform the re-installation of the ESS software.
(2) Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1).
103-701 Changed Output Bin: Side to Center

[Detection Conditions] The output tray was changed
(Side Tray to Center Output Tray).
[Actions] No actions.
103-702 Changed Output Bin: Finisher to Center

116-200 Main PWBA IC Failure [Actions] 116-317 Standard ROM DIMM Check Failure
[Detection Conditions] An error was detected in the IC in Pull out and insert the ESS FONT ROM DIMM #2. [Detection Conditions]
the ESS PWB. If the trouble persists, replace the ESS FONT ROM An error was detected when the standard ROM DIMM
[Actions] Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1). DIMM #2. was checked.
[Actions]
116-201 HDD Failure 116-311 ESS Font ROM DIMM #3 Check Failure
Pull out and insert the standard ROM DIMM.
If the trouble persists, replace the standard ROM
The HDD was not booted due to a HDD error detected A failure was detected when the ESS FONT ROM DIMM.
on booting DIMM #3 was checked.
[Actions] [Actions] 116-318 Option ROM DIMM Check Failure
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if Pull out and insert the ESS FONT ROM DIMM #3. [Detection Conditions]
the problem persists. If the trouble persists, replace the ESS FONT ROM An error was detected when the optional ROM DIMM
(1) Run the HDD Diag (DC355). DIMM #3. was checked.
(2) Replace the HDD.(PL13.1) [Actions]
116-314 Ethernet Address Failure
(3) ESS PWB (PL13.1) Pull out and insert the optional ROM DIMM.
[Detection Conditions] A Ethernet error was detected.
If the trouble persists, replace the optional ROM
116-206 Timer Failure [Actions] DIMM.
[Detection Conditions] A timer error was detected. Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
[Actions] Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1).
the problem persists. 116-319 Serial Failure
Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1). [Detection Conditions]
116-207 Ethernet Board Failure There is no serial port at the serial board initialization
116-315 ESS RAM DIMM #1 W/R Check Failure
[Detection Conditions] A timer error was detected in the failure.
Ethernet board. [Detection Conditions] [Actions] This code is not supposed to occur.
[Actions] This code is not supposed to occur. A failure was detected during W/R of the ESS RAM
DIMM #1. 116-320 STREAMZ Soft Failure
116-209 ESS Font ROM DIMM #1 Check Failure [Actions] [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] Pull out and insert the ESS RAM DIMM #1. Fatal error of the STREAMZ
A failure was detected when the ESS FONT ROM If the trouble persists, replace the ESS RAM DIMM Due to an error during the software processing, the
DIMM #1 was checked. #1. subsequent processes cannot be performed.
[Actions] [Actions]
116-316 ESS RAM DIMM #2 W/R Check Failure
Pull out and insert the ESS FONT ROM DIMM #1. Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
[Detection Conditions] the problem persists.
If the trouble persists, replace the ESS FONT ROM
DIMM #1. A failure was detected during W/R of the ESS RAM (1) Perform re-installation of the ESS software.
DIMM #2.
116-310 ESS Font ROM DIMM #2 Check Failure [Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Pull out and insert the ESS RAM DIMM #2.
A failure was detected when the ESS FONT ROM If the trouble persists, replace the ESS RAM DIMM
DIMM #2 was checked. #2.
116-321 System Soft Failure 116-326 ESS ROM DIMM #1 Flash Failure [Actions]
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions] Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
Due to an error during the software processing, the A failure was detected in the ESS ROM DIMM #1
subsequent processes cannot be performed. Flash. (1) Run the HDD Diag (DC355).
[Actions] [Actions] (2) Replace the HDD (PL13.1).
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if (3) Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1).
the problem persists. the problem persists.
116-332 Invalid Log Info
(1) Perform re-installation of the ESS software. (1) Pull out and insert the ESS ROM DIMM #1.
(2) Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1). (2) Replace the ESS ROM DIMM #1. [Detection Conditions] A failure related to log was
detected.
116-323 ESS NVRAM W/R Check FAILURE 116-327 ESS ROM DIMM #2 Flash Failure [Actions]
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions] Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
An error was detected at the W/R check of the NVM A failure was detected in the ESS ROM DIMM #2
in the ESS PWB. Flash. (1) After removing the HDD and turning the power On/
Off, install the HDD again and turn the power On.
[Actions] [Actions]
(2) Run the HDD Diag (DC355).
the problem persists. the problem persists. (3) Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1).
Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1). (1) Pull out and insert the ESS ROM DIMM #2.
116-333 LocalTalk Soft Failure
(2) Replace the ESS ROM DIMM #2.
116-324 Exception Failure [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] 116-328 L2 Cache Failure Due to an error during the software processing, the
CPU exceptional error has occurred. subsequent processes cannot be performed.
[Detection Conditions] A L2 Cache failure was detected.
[Actions] [Actions]
[Actions]
Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1). (1) Perform re-installation of the ESS software.
116-325 ESS FAN FAILURE 116-329 Serial I/F Soft Failure
116-335 MFIO HDD Failure
[Detection Conditions] The ESS FAN revolution failure [Detection Conditions]
has occurred. [Detection Conditions]
The system call error related to the serial I/F was
[Actions] detected. <MFIO>
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if [Actions] This code is not supposed to occur. HD failure to be detected by MFIO
the problem persists. [Actions]
(1) Replace the ESS FAN (PL13.1). 116-330 HDD File System Failure Take actions by following the procedure below.
(2) Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1). [Detection Conditions] (1) Set up the HDD.
The system detected that the an error has occurred or (2) Replace the HDD (PL13.1).
the HDD was not formatted during HDD check at (3) Replace the ESS Board (PL13.1).
power On.

116-336 Redirector HDD Failure [Actions] Turn the power On/Off. 116-348 Redirecter Failure
116-342 JT Monitor Failure
<Redirector Failure> <Redirecter Failure>
HD failure to be detected by Redirector Fatal errors to be detected by Redirecter
<JT Monitor Failure>
[Actions] [Actions]
Fatal errors to be detected by the JT monitor
Take actions by following the procedure below. Take actions by following the procedure below.
[Actions]
(1) Set up the HDD. (1) Turn Off and On the power.
Take actions by following the procedure below.
(2) Replace the HDD (PL13.1). (2) Replace the ESS Board (PL13.1).
(1) Turn Off and On the power.
(3) Replace the ESS Board (PL13.1).
(2) Replace the ESS Board (PL13.1). 116-349 SIF Failure on Calling Pflite Function
116-337 Template HD Write Error [Detection Conditions]
116-344 MFIO Failure
[Detection Conditions] An error has occurred when calling the Pflite function
[Detection Conditions] with SIF.
<Write error in obtaining JT>
<MFIO Failure> [Actions]
An error has occurred when the Job Template was
stored in the local HD. Fatal errors to be detected by MFIO Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
Take actions by following the procedure below. Take actions by following the procedure below. Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1).
(1) Set up the HDD. (1) Turn Off and On the power.
(2) Replace the ESS Board (PL13.1). 116-350 AppleTalk Soft Failure
(2) Replace the HDD (PL13.1).
(3) Replace the ESS Board (PL13.1). [Detection Conditions]
116-345 (Not used) Overall fatal errors of the AppleTalk
116-340 Short of Memory Due to an error during the software processing, the
116-346 Formatter Failure
[Detection Conditions] When the system detected that the subsequent processes cannot be performed.
memory was insufficient.
Fatal errors to be detected by the Formatter were Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
[Actions]
detected. the problem persists.
[Actions] (1) Perform re-installation of the ESS software.
(1) Turn the power Off and On. (2) Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1).
(1) Add memory
(2) If the trouble persists, replace the ESS PWB
(2) Pull out PostScript option.
(PL13.1). 116-351 EtherTalk Soft Failure
116-341 ROM DIMMs Mismatch [Detection Conditions]
116-347 LocalTalk Board Failure
[Detection Conditions] Fatal error related to the EtherTalk
[Detection Conditions] The LocalTalk board cannot be
[Detection Conditions] several invalid ROM DIMM Due to an error during the software processing, the
activated successfully.
versions that are installed The combination of the subsequent processes cannot be performed.
[Actions]
installed ROM DIMMs is invalid for use at the same
time. When installing multiple ROM DIMMs, it is If there is no appropriate PWB in the DPC 2220, this
necessary to match the major version with the minor code is not supposed to occur.
version.
[Actions] 116-356 EWS Soft Failure [Actions]
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if [Detection Conditions] Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
Fatal error related to the EWS
(1) Perform re-installation of the ESS software. (1) Perform re-installation of the ESS software.
(2) Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1). subsequent processes cannot be performed. (2) Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1).
[Actions]
116-352 NetWare Soft Failure 116-360 SMB Soft Failure
[Detection Conditions] the problem persists. [Detection Conditions]
Fatal error related to the NetWare (1) Perform re-installation of the ESS software. Fatal error related to the SMB
Due to an error during the software processing, the (2) Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1). Due to an error during the software processing, the
subsequent processes cannot be performed. subsequent processes cannot be performed.
[Actions] 116-357 PS Soft Failure [Actions]
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if [Detection Conditions] Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
PS Fatal System Error
(1) Perform re-installation of the ESS software. (1) Perform re-installation of the ESS software.
(2) Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1). subsequent processes cannot be performed. (2) Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1).
[Actions]
116-353 lpd Soft Failure 116-361 Spool Fatal HDD
[Detection Conditions] the problem persists. [Detection Conditions]
Fatal error related to the lpd Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1). Fatal error of the SPL HDD
Due to an error during the software processing, the The spoolCont detected an error at HDD access.
subsequent processes cannot be performed. 116-358 Salutation Soft Failure [Actions]
[Actions] [Detection Conditions] Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if Fatal error related to the Salutation the problem persists.
the problem persists. (1) Run the HDD Diag (DC355).
(1) Perform re-installation of the ESS software. subsequent processes cannot be performed. (2) Replace the HDD (PL13.1).
(2) Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1). [Actions] (3) Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1).
116-355 SNMP Agent Soft Failure 116-365 Spool Fatal
[Detection Conditions] (1) Perform re-installation of the ESS software. [Detection Conditions]
Fatal error related to the SNMP Agent (2) Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1). Fatal error of the SPL
Due to an error during the software processing, the Due to an error during the software processing, the
subsequent processes cannot be performed. 116-359 PLW Soft Failure subsequent processes cannot be performed.
[Actions] [Detection Conditions] [Actions]
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if Fatal error in PLW Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
(1) Perform re-installation of the ESS software. subsequent processes cannot be performed. (1) Perform re-installation of the ESS software.
(2) Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1). (2) Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1).

116-366 Report Generator Soft Failure 116-370 XJCL Failure 116-373 Dynamic DNS Soft Failure
An operation failure of the Report Generator Fatal error of XJCL Fatal error related to DDNS
Due to an error during the software processing, the Due to an error during the software processing, the Due to an error during the software processing, the
subsequent processes cannot be performed. subsequent processes cannot be performed. subsequent processes cannot be performed.
[Actions] [Actions] [Actions]
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if Turn the power On/Off.
Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1). (1) Perform re-installation of the ESS software. 116-374 Auto Switch Failure
(2) Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1). [Detection Conditions]
116-367 Parallel I/F Soft Failure Fatal error of Auto SW
[Detection Conditions] 116-371 PCL Decomposer Software Failure Due to an error during the software processing, the
Overall fatal errors of the Parallel [Detection Conditions] Software illogical error. subsequent processes cannot be performed.
Due to an error during the software processing, the [Actions] [Actions]
subsequent processes cannot be performed. If same trouble happened occasinally,need to update Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
[Actions] software or replace ESS PWB. the problem persists.
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if (1) Perform re-installation of the ESS software.
the problem persists. 116-372 P-Formatter Failure (2) Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1).
(1) Perform re-installation of the ESS software. [Detection Conditions]
(2) Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1). Fatal error of P-Formatter 116-375 I-Formatter Failure
Due to an error during the software processing, the [Detection Conditions] Fatal error of I-Formatter
116-368 Dump Print Failure subsequent processes cannot be performed. [Actions]
[Detection Conditions] [Actions] Take actions by following the procedure below.
Fatal error of Dump Print Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if (1) Turn Off and On the power.
Due to an error during the software processing, the the problem persists. (2) Replace the ESS Board (PL13.1).
subsequent processes cannot be performed. Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1).
[Actions] 116-376 Port 9100 Software Failure
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if [Detection Conditions] Port 9100 Software Failure
the problem persists. [Actions] Turn the power On/Off.
(1) Perform re-installation of the ESS software.
(2) Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1). 116-377 Video DMA Failure
[Detection Conditions] Video DMA failure was detected.
[Actions]
116-378 MCR Soft Failure 116-382 Application Layer Command Error on UI 116-389 No Add-On RAM that Should Be
[Detection Conditions] Panel [Detection Conditions]
Fatal error of MCR (Mail Contents Requester) [Detection Conditions] The necessary expansion RAM was not installed.
[Actions] Turn the power On/Off. Controller - MF UI panel: Command error at the Though the system has the configuration requiring the
application level installation of the expansion RAM (with the HD), it
116-379 MCC Soft Failure A necessary parameter was not sent from the Panel, an detected that the expansion RAM was not installed.
[Detection Conditions] length error was detected in a variable parameter, or [Actions]
Fatal error of MCC (Mail Contents Creator) the confirmation message was not returned for a Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if
[Actions] Turn the power On/Off. specified time after the request message had been sent the problem persists.
to the Panel.
(1) Install the expansion RAM.
116-380 MF UI Control Soft Failure [Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if 116-390 Standard ROM and NVM Version Mismatch
Fatal error of MF UI Control [Detection Conditions]
(1) Perform re-installation of the ESS software.
Due to an error during the software processing, the A mismatch of the versions between the standard
subsequent processes cannot be performed. (2) Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1). ROM and NVM was detected.
[Actions] [Actions]
116-385 IDC Software Failure
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if Initialize the NVM by following the instructions on
the problem persists. [Detection Conditions] Software illogical error. the LCD display.
(1) Perform re-installation of the ESS software. [Actions] (When the NVM is not to be initialized, use the
(2) Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1). If same trouble happened occasinally,need to update standard ROM whose version is applicable.)
software or replace ESS PWB.
116-381 Data Link Layer Error between Control and 116-395 USB Soft Failure
UI Panel 116-388 No HD that Should Be
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions] Fatal error related to USB
Controller - MF UI panel: Communication error on The necessary HD was not installed. Due to an error during the software processing, the
the Data Link layer Though the system has the configuration requiring the subsequent processes cannot be performed.
At the communication between the ESS and Panel, the installation of the HD, it detected that the HD was not [Actions]
ESS detected an initialization error of SCOPE, a installed.
message sending error, or retrieve error of the received [Actions] the problem persists.
data. Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if (1) Perform re-installation of the ESS software.
[Actions] the problem persists.
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if (1) Install the HDD.
(1) Check the connection between the ESS and Panel.
(2) Perform re-installation of the ESS or Panel
software.
(3) Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1) or Control Panel
(PL16.2).

116-396 Mail IO Soft Failure 116-701 Execute Forced Separation of Two Sides. 116-714 A HP-GL Command Error was Detected.
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions] HP-GL/2 command error
Fatal error related to Mail IO Due to insufficient memory, 2-Sided print is [Actions]
Due to an error during the software processing, the impossible. Correct or remove the data in the print data that causes
subsequent processes cannot be performed. [Actions] the error.
[Actions] Expand the memory or install the HDD if the HD is
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if not installed. 116-715 PLW From Registry Error
the problem persists. [Detection Conditions]
(1) Perform re-installation of the ESS software. 116-702 Perform Printing by Using Substitute Font. The PLW form data cannot be registered because of
(2) Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1). [Detection Conditions] Printed with a substitution font. the restriction of the number of forms.
[Actions] No actions required. [Actions]
116-398 IPP Soft Failure Use the Operation Panel to check the registered forms,
[Detection Conditions] 116-703 PS Interpret Error and delete unnecessary ones. Or delete unnecessary
Fatal error related to IPP [Detection Conditions] An error has occurred in language forms.
Due to an error during the software processing, the analysis
[Actions] Correct the job data. 116-718 PLW From Registry Error
subsequent processes cannot be performed.
[Actions] [Detection Conditions] The specified form is not registered.
116-710 HP-GL Spool File Overflows. [Actions]
the problem persists. [Detection Conditions] HP-GL/2 memory overflow Use a registered form, or register a necessary form.
(1) Perform re-installation of the ESS software. [Actions]
Increase the HP-GL spool size. Or install the HDD. 116-720 PCL Memory Low, Page Simplified
116-399 JME Soft Failure 116-711 PLW From Synthesis Error Print as 1 sided , because of shortage of memory .
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions] [Actions]
Fatal error related to JME Synthesis is impossible because the size/orientation of Close the port not used.
Due to an error during the software processing, the the PLW form's drawing is different from that of the Adjust Buffer memory size, or add memory.
subsequent processes cannot be performed. paper.
[Actions] [Actions] 116-737 (Not used)
Turn the power On/Off and perform the following if Select the paper with the size and orientation of the
the problem persists. registered form.
(1) Perform re-installation of the ESS software. 116-712 Insufficient PLW form Capacity
(2) Replace the ESS PWB (PL13.1). [Detection Conditions]
The PLW form/logo data cannot be registered because
of the insufficient RAM or Hard Disk space.
[Actions]
Use the Operation Panel to check the registered forms/
logos, and delete unnecessary ones. Or increase the
allocated capacity of the RAM disk.
116-738 Form Synthesis Error [Actions] 16-790 Printed Without the Stapler
[Detection Conditions] Use the Operation Panel utility to check the registered [Detection Conditions] Printed without the stapler
Synthesis is impossible because the size/orientation of logos, and delete unnecessary ones. Or delete
the form's drawing is different from that of the paper. unnecessary logos with the Print command.
[Actions] 116-743 Form/Logo Size Overflow
Select the paper with the size and orientation of the
registered form. [Detection Conditions]
The received data (forms/logos) indicating that forms/
116-739 Insufficient Form/Logo Capacity logos cannot be registered (due to insufficient area)
exceeded the registered buffer size.
[Actions]
The form/logo data cannot be registered because of
the insufficient RAM or Hard Disk space. Increase the form registry area size from the Operation
Panel. Or install the HD.
[Actions]
Use the Operation Panel to check the registered forms, 116-746 Form Synthesis Error
and delete unnecessary ones. Or increase the
allocated capacity of the RAM disk. [Detection Conditions] The specified form is not
registered.
116-740 Value Calculation Error [Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Use a registered form, or register a necessary form.
The number calculated in the interpreter exceeded the
limit value.
116-747 White Page was Detected.
Remove the data that exceeds the limit value of the After subtracting the paper margin from the valid
printer from the print data. coordinate area, the result of the calculation will be
negative.
116-741 Form Registry Error [Actions] No actions required.
116-748 Page was Detected.
The form data cannot be registered because of the
restriction of the number of forms. [Detection Conditions]
[Actions] There is no drawing data in the page data.
Use the Operation Panel to check the registered forms, [Actions] No actions required.
and delete unnecessary ones. Or delete unnecessary
forms. 116-780 Attached Document Failure of Email to
XXX.
116-742 Logo Registry Error [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] Attached document failure of email to XXX
The logo data cannot be registered because of the [Actions] No actions required.
restriction of the number of logos.

202-399 Timer Internal Failure

Timer internal error
Panel-SW failure
[Actions]
Replace the SW or PANEL.
Turn the Power On/Off.
3. 3. 2 Other Failure FIP 3. 3. 2. 3 +5 VDC POWER (+5V LVPS)
Is 120 VAC measured between the MAIN POWER SW FS69
3. 3. 2. 1 AC POWER FIP (IOT) (+) and NOISE FILTER PWB FS76 (-)? Procedure
Y N Is +5 VDC measured between the +5V LVPS J511-2 (+) and
Procedure GND (-)?
Replace the MAIN POWER SW. (PL9.2)
Is the CIRCUIT BREAKER turned On? Y N
Y N Is 120 VAC measured between the +5V LVPS J16-1 (+)
120 VAC measured between the AC DRIVE PWB FS40 (+) and
Turn the CIRCUIT BREAKER ON. and J16-2 (-)?
the FS39 (-)?
When the BREAKER is turned Off, check for a short Y N
Y N
circuit at the AC circuit. Go to the AC POWER FIP (IOT).
Check the wire between the AC DRIVE PWB and the
MAIN POWER SW for an open circuit and poor contact.
Is 120 VAC measured between the NOISE FILTER PWB FS75 Is +0 VDC measured between the +5V LVPS J511-1 (+)
(+) and FS74 (-)? and GND (-)?
120 VAC measured between the AC DRIVE PWB J43-9 (+)
Y N Y N
and the J43-1 (-)?
Is 120 VAC measured between the CIRCUIT BREAKER Is +0 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J534-B1
Y N
J72-1 (+) and J72-1 (-)? (+) and GND (-)?
Replace the AC DRIVE PWB. (PL9.2)
Y N Y N
Disconnect the POWER CORD from the outlet. Is Check the AC circuit to each part by referring to Chapter 4 Is +0 VDC measured between the MCU PWB
the voltage of the power plug 120 VAC? Wiring Data. J400 (+) and GND (-)?
Y N Y N
Check the customer's BREAKER. 3. 3. 2. 2 +3.3 VDC POWER (+3.3V LVPS) Check the +3.3 VDC circuit to the MCU
Procedure PWB J400 by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring
Check the POWER CORD for an open circuit and the
Is +3.3 VDC measured between the +3.3V LVPS J510-2 (+) Data.(WN4.3.4 WN +3.3 VDC)
INLET for a poor contact. If no problems are found,
replace the CIRCUIT BREAKER. (PL9.2) and GND (-)?
Check the wire between the ESS PWB, the I/F
Y N
PWB, and the MCU PWB. If no problems are
Check the wire between the CIRCUIT BREAKER J72 and Is 120 VAC measured between the +3.3V LVPS J15A-1
found, replace the ESS PWB. (PL13.1)
the NOISE FILTER PWB for an open circuit and poor (+) and J15A-2 (-)?
contact. Y N
Check the wire between the I/F PWB J534-B1 and the
Go to the AC POWER FIP (IOT).
+5V LVPS J511-1 for an open circuit and poor contact.
Is 120 VAC measured between the NOISE FILTER PWB FS77
(+) and FS76 (-)? Turn Off the power switch and remove the J510.
Turn Off the power switch and remove the J511.
Y N Turn On the power after 10sec or more passes.
Turn On the power after 10sec or more passes.
If the CIRCUIT PROTECTER on the NOISE FILTER Is +3.3 VDC measured between the +3.3V LVPS P510-2
Is +5 VDC measured between the +5V LVPS P511-2 (+)
PWB is tripped, press the button. If it is not tripped, (+) and GND (-)?
and GND (-)?
replace the NOISE FILTER PWB. (PL9.2) Y N
Y N
Replace the +3.3V LVPS. (PL9.1)
Replace the +5V LVPS. (PL9.1)
Is 120 VAC measured between the MAIN POWER SW FS57
(+) and NOISE FILTER PWB FS76 (-)? Check the +3.3 VDC circuit for a short circuit to a frame
Check the +5 VDC circuit for a short circuit to a frame by
Y N by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data.
referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data.
Check the wire between the MAIN POWER SW and the (WN4.3.5 +5 VDC-1) (WN4.3.6 +5 VDC-2)
NOISE FILTER PWB for an open circuit and poor contact. Check the wire to the applicable component for an open circuit
(WN4.3.7 +5 VDC-3) (WN4.3.8 +5 VDC-4)
or poor contact by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data.

Check the wire to the applicable component for an open circuit Is +24 VDC measured between the +24V LVPS P502-1 Y N
or poor contact by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data. (+) and GND (-)? Check the wire between the ESS PWB J344 and
(WN4.3.5 +5 VDC-1) (WN4.3.6 +5 VDC-2) the IIT/IPS PWB J727. If no problems are
(WN4.3.7 +5 VDC-3) (WN4.3.8 +5 VDC-4) Y N found, replace the ESS PWB.
Replace the +24V LVPS. (PL9.1)
3. 3. 2. 4 +24 VDC POWER (+24V LVPS) Check the wire between the IIT/IPS PWB J725-7 and
Check the +24 VDC circuit for a short circuit to a frame by the IIT LVPS J705-3 for an open circuit or poor contact.
Procedure
referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data.
Is +24 VDC measured between the +24V LVPS J502-1 (+) and
(WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) (WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2) Replace the IIT LVPS. (PL16.4)
GND (-)?
(WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) (WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4)
Y N Check the wire to the appropriate part for an open circuit or
Is 120 VAC measured between the +24V LVPS J2-3 (+) poor contact.
Check the wire to the applicable component for an open circuit
and J2-4 (-)?
or poor contact by referring to Chapter 4 Wiring Data.
Y N
(WN4.3.13 +24 VDC-1) (WN4.3.14 +24 VDC-2)
Go to the AC POWER FIP (IOT).
(WN4.3.15 +24 VDC-3) (WN4.3.16 +24 VDC-4)
Is +5 VDC measured between the +24V LVPS J505-3 (+)
3. 3. 2. 5 +24 VDC POWER (IIT LVPS)
and GND (-)?
Y N Procedure
Is +5 VDC measured between the I/F PWB J534-B4 Turn On the power.
(+) and GND (-)? Is +24 VDC measured between the IIT LVPS J702-1 (+) and
Y N GND (-)?
Is +5 VDC measured between the MCU PWB
J400-5 (+) and GND (-)? Y N
Y N 120 VAC measured between the IIT LVPS P700-4 (+) and
Check the +5 VDC circuit to the MCU P700-3 (-)?
PWB J400-5 by referring to Chapter 4
Wiring Data. Y N
(WN4.3.5 +5 VDC-1) Go to the AC POWER FIP.
(WN4.3.6 +5 VDC-2)
(WN4.3.7 +5 VDC-3) Is +5 VDC measured between the IIT LVPS J705-4 (+)
(WN4.3.8 +5 VDC-4) and GND (-)?
Check the wire between the ESS PWB, the I/F Y N

PWB, and the MCU PWB. If no problems are Check the +5 VDC circuit to the IIT LVPS J705-4 by
found, replace the ESS PWB. (PL13.1) referring to the BSD CH1.6.
Check the wire between the I/F PWB J534-B4 and the Is +5 VDC measured between the IIT LVPS J705-3 (+)
+24V LVPS J505-3 for an open circuit and poor and GND (-)?
contact.
Y N
Turn Off the power switch and remove the J502. Is +5 VDC measured between the IIT/IPS PWB J725-
Turn On the power after 10sec or more passes. 7 (+) and GND (-)?
3. 3. 3 Generic FIP Remove the blank sheet of paper from the Sensor. Is the display Y N
[HIGH]? Check a short circuit between the sensor Pin 2 and the
3. 3. 3. 1 Reflective Sensor Failure FIP Y N PWB Pin 8. If no problems are found, replace the
Remove the sensor connector. PWB.
Has the display changed to [HIGH]?
Y N Replace the sensor.
Check a short circuit between the sensor Pin 2 and the
PWB Pin 8. Remove the obstruction of the sensor.
If no problems are found, replace the PWB. Has the display changed to [LOW]?
Y N
Check installation of the Sensor and the incident Is +5 VDC measured between the sensor Pin 2 (+) and
diffraction. If no problems are found, replace the sensor. GND (-)?
Y N
Check installation of the Sensor. If no problems are found, Check the wire between the sensor Pin 2 and the
replace the sensor. PWB Pin 8 for an open circuit and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the PWB.
3. 3. 3. 2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP Is +5 VDC measured between the sensor Pin 1 (+) and Pin
3 (-)?
2001 Y N
Check the wire between the PWB Pin 4 and the
Enter DC330[XXXX-XXX]. Block the Sensor with a blank sensor Pin 1 and between the PWB Pin 5 and the
sheet of paper. Is [LOW] displayed? sensor Pin 3 for an open circuit and poor contact.
Y N If no problems are found, replace the PWB.
Is +5 VDC measured between the sensor Pin 2 (+) and
GND (-)? Check the sensor for contamination.
Y N If no problems are found, replace the sensor.
Check the wire between the sensor Pin 2 and the
PWB Pin 8 for an open circuit and poor contact. Check the sensor for improper installation, damage and the
If no problems are found, replace the PWB. actuator for function failure.
If no problems are found, replace the sensor.
Is +5 VDC measured between the sensor Pin 1 (+) and Pin 3?
Y N
Is +5 VDC measured between the PWB Pin 4 (+) and
Pin 5? 2002
Y N
Replace the PWB. Enter DC330 [XXX-XXX]. Block the Sensor.
Is the display [HIGH]?
Check the wire between the PWB Pin 4 and the Y N
sensor Pin 1 and between the PWB Pin 5 and the Remove the sensor connector.
sensor Pin 3 for an open circuit and poor contact. Has the display changed to [HIGH]?
Check the sensor for contamination and improper installation.

If no problems are found, replace the sensor.

3. 3. 3. 3 Switch (Normal/Open) Failure FIP Y N Y N

Remove the Connector of the Switch. Is the display Is +24 VDC measured between Pin 1(+) of the Sole-
[HIGH]? noid/Clutch and GND(-)?
Y N
Check a short circuit of the circuit between the switch Y N
Pin 2 and the PWB Pin 3. Check the wire between the PWB Pin 4 and the
If no problems are found, replace the PWB. solenoid/clutch Pin 1 for an open circuit and
poor contact.
Replace the switch. If no problems are found, replace the PWB.
Check the switch for improper installation. Replace the solenoid/clutch.

If no problems are found, replace the switch.
Check the wire for the circuit between the PWB Pin 3 and the
solenoid/clutch Pin 2 for an open circuit and poor contact.
3. 3. 3. 4 Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP
Replace the PWB.
2003
3. 3. 3. 5 Solenoid/Clutch Left Energized Failure FIP
Enter DC330 [XXX-XXX]. Turn On the Switch. Is [LOW]
Turn Off the power.
displayed?
Remove the PWB connector.
Y N
Is the resistance 10 Ohm or less between the connector Pin 3
Is +5 VDC measured between Pin 2(+) of the Switch and
and the frame?
GND(-)?
Y N
Replace the PWB.
Y N
Check the wire between the switch Pin 2 and the Check a short circuit of the circuit between the connector Pin 3
PWB Pin 3 for an open circuit and poor contact. and the solenoid/clutch Pin 2.
If no problems are found, replace the PWB. If no problems are found, replace the solenoid/clutch.
Is +5 VDC measured between Pin 1(+) of the Switch and
GND(-)? 2004
Y N Before performing this FIP, ensure that there is no

Replace the switch. mechanical problem for the solenoid and clutch.
Check the wire between the PWB Pin 4 and the switch Pin Go to the DC330 [XXX-XXX] and turn it On.
1 for an open circuit and poor contact. Is +24 VDC measured between the PWB Pin 3 (+) and GND
If no problems are found, replace the PWB. (-)?
Y N
Turn Off the Switch. Is the display [HIGH]?
Is +24 VDC measured between Pin 2(+) of the Solenoid/
Clutch and GND(-)?
3. 3. 3. 6 Motor Does Not Rotate Failure FIP Replace the motor.
3. 3. 3. 8 NIP/RELEASE SOLENOID Not Energized
Failure FIP
Check the wire between the PWB Pin 3 and the MTOTR
Pin 2 for an open circuit and poor contact.
Replace the PWB.
3. 3. 3. 7 Motor Left Running Failure FIP

Turn Off the power. Remove the PWB connector. Is the
resistance 10 Ohm or less between the connector Pin 3 and the
frame?
Y N
Replace the PWB.
Check the wire between the connector Pin 3 and the motor Pin 2
for a short circuit.
2005 If no problems are found, replace the motor. 2004
Before performing this FIP, ensure that the motor is
not locked or loaded. Before performing this FIP, ensure that there is no
(mechanical) operation failure for the solenoid.
Enter the DC330 [XXX-XXX] and turn it On.
Is +24 VDC measured between Pin 3(+) of the PWB and GND
(-)? Is +24 VDC measured between the NIP/RELEASE
SOLENOID Pin 1 (+) and GND (-)?
Y N Y N
Is +24 VDC measured between the Motor Pin 2(+) of the Is +24 VDC measured between the PWB Pin 5 (+) and
Motor and GND(-)? GND(-)?
Y N
Y N Check +24 VDC inputs of the PWB. If no problems
Is +24 VDC measured between the Motor Pin 1(+) of are found, replace the PWB.
the Motor and GND(-)?
Check the wire between the PWB Pin 5 and the NIP/
RELEASE SOLENOID Pin 1 for an open circuit and poor
Y N
contact.
Is +24 VDC measured between the PWB Pin
4(+) of the PWB and GND(-)?
Follow the following FIP when the NIP has a problem.
Go to the DC330 [XXX-XXX] and turn the SOL NIP On.
Y N
Is +24 VDC measured between the PWB Pin 4 (+) and GND(-)?
Replace the PWB.
Y N
Go to the DC330 [XXX-XXX] and turn the SOL NIP On.
Check the wire between the PWB Pin 4 and the
Motor Pin 1 for an open circuit and poor contact.

Is +24 VDC measured between the NIP/RELEASE

SOLENOID Pin 3 (+) and GND (-)?
Y N
Replace the NIP/RELEASE SOLENOID.
contact.
Follow the following FIP when the RELEASE caused a problem.

Go to the DC330 [XXX-XXX] and turn the SOL RELEASE
On.
Is +24 VDC measured between the PWB Pin 6 (+) and GND(-)?
Y N
Go to the DC330 [XXX-XXX] and turn the SOL
RELEASE On. Is +24 VDC measured between the NIP/
RELEASE SOLENOID Pin 2 (+) and GND (-)?
Y N
Replace the NIP/RELEASE SOLENOID.
contact.
Replace the PWB.

3. 4 Service Mode 5. System Data (NVM)
3. 4. 1 PC-Diag Screen Configuration DC Code No. DC Code Name DP-C321/C401
The following image shows the 10 categories of the tab buttons on the PC-Diag "Service Mode DC131 NVM Read/Write O
Screen". DC132 Billing Data Matching & Serial No. Settings O
This tab screen has push buttons (DIAG CODE) for each Diag function.
The state of each Diag function in each tab screen shown below is indicated by Enabled (O) or DC301 NVM Initialization O
Disabled (X).
DC361 NVM Save/Restore X
Disabled Diag is shown dimmed. The items may be displayed "blank" according to the product
configuration and options. 6. Sub System
The following shows the applicable models for each abbreviation in the table.
DC Code No. DC Code Name DP-C321/C401
1. Basic Service Info
DC355 Hard Disk Diag Program O
DC527 ADF Independent Operation O
DC100 Service Mode Entry O
DC701 Fuser Nip Measurement X
2. History DC945 IIT Calibration O
DC Code No. DC Code Name DP-C321/C401 DC955 Automatic Developer Replacement Mode X
DC122 Shutdown History O DC956 Belt Edge Learning O

DC957 X'FER Belt Monitor X
3. Counter
DC960 Install Toner X
DC118 Jam Counter O 7. Test Pattern Print
DC120 Failure Counter O DC Code No. DC Code Name DP-C321/C401
DC132 Billing Data Matching Serial No. Settings O DC612 Test Pattern Print O
DC135 HFSI Counter O 8. Registration
4. IO Check DC Code No. DC Code Name DP-C321/C401
DC Code No. DC Code Name DP-C321/C401 DC681 Regi Measurement Cycle O
DC140 Analog Monitor O DC683 Regi Control Sensor Check Cycle O
DC305 UI Component Check O DC684 Regi Control Correction Check Cycle O
DC330 Component Control O DC685 Regi Control Setup Cycle O

DC726 Paper Path Timing Measurement X

9. B/W Image Ctrl

DC923 Process Control PG X
DC933 VH/VM Setup X
DC945 IIT Calibration O
10. Color Image Ctrl

DC930 Process Control Switch/Evaluation X
DC890 C-POP TRC Auto Adjust X
DC891 C-POP TRC Manual Adjust X
DC892 C-POP TRC Patch Density X
DC897 TRC User Target Set X
DC898 C-POP TRC Target Set Patch Density X
DC900 TRC Adjust X
DC916 Highlight Auto Setup X
DC917 ALC/TRC Target Value Setup X
DC918 Highlight Manual Setup X
DC919 Color Balance Adjustment X
DC921 TC/ATC Sensor Setup O
DC922 TRC Control O
DC923 Process Control PG X
DC924 TRC Adjust O
DC933 VH/VM Setup X
DC934 ADC AGC Setup O
DC936 Process Control Monitor X
DC945 IIT Calibration O
11. Report
At this manual release, there is no applicable DC code.
3. 4. 2 How to Enter the Service Mode
Check
1. Inform customers that "The machine cannot be used as servicing will be started." (To
suspend a copy job and a local print job.)
2. Connect the Portable Service Work Station (shall be called as PSW below) to the machine.
(Fig. 1)
Take note of the following when supplying power for the PSW from the Service
Outlet on the M/C:
• DO NOT supply power from the PSW AC outlet during Warm Up mode or the
following modes. Wait until "Ready to Copy" is displayed.
Reason: The machine uses 1.5KVA at maximum during Warm Up.
Applicable modes
- Warm-Up mode when the power is turned On
- Recovery mode after Standby mode
- Recovery mode after Sleep mode
- Recovery mode after Diag mode
• Do not connect other equipment except the PSW to this outlet. Connecting with
other equipment except PSW may cause fire/electric shock.
• As this outlet is to be used by the Service Engineer only, reinstall the Cover as
soon as the servicing has completed so that the customer is unable to use this
outlet.
(Fig. 1) j0mf2402
• To enter the Service mode, you must connect the PSW to the PSW connection outlet
(RS232C) on the Main Unit using the RS232C straight cable. (As the machine
cannot identify the type of equipment, it cannot set up the electronic manual,
component names, etc.)
• When the screen indicating the [Retry] button is displayed, press the button after
making sure that the machine operation has stopped.

Procedure • When starting to obtain the machine type, it will display the machine type when the
The following procedures show how to perform the Service Mode only with PC Diag, not using machine entered the Service Mode in the Service Mode screen. (Once the machine
electronic manuals. In the electronic manuals, you can enter the appropriate Service Mode from type is identified, it customizes the appropriate DC code, electronic manual, and
each button of the items requiring that mode. component name, etc. ) After obtaining the machine type is complete, it displays
[Ready] at the lower left corner of the Service Mode Screen.
1. After making sure that no copies or prints are being output ("Ready to copy" and "Ready to
print" are displayed), carry out the following: • Functions not used in the Service Mode will show a dimmed display.
• Double-click the "Diag." icon on the desktop. • Jams to be repaired, the HFSI to be replaced, and the machine types in the HFSI
The PSW Login screen is displayed. Counter, Jam Counter, Failure Counter, Shutdown History are obtained when the
• Enter the password "6.7.8.9" and click [OK]. screen for each function is opened. However, if double-click [Service Mode] with
• The screen indication of the Main Unit changes from "Ready to copy" to "Connecting the [Z] key pressed, they will be obtained at Service Mode entry.
the PSW". If you cannot enter the Service Mode, the message "[!] Main Unit cannot
enter Service Mode. Wait and enter again." is displayed on the Information screen. Model Information Description
Product Code The 8-digit code assigned for each model (MINK Code) is displayed.
• Due to shortening of the startup time, the following data is not obtained at the
(Example: NC100046)
startup.
• HFSI Data Machine Serial No. Displays the 10-digits No. (0~9) which are numbered per model, to
• Jam Data identify the model.
• Failure Counter Total No. of Copies Displays the total no. of copies/prints made.
• Shutdown History
No. of Copies since Displays the total no. of copies/prints since the last call by Service.
Information on the above items will be displayed respectively when the applicable Last Call
items are selected.
Jam To Repair Displays the jam with the frequency over the standard value (over the
Threshold). (Displays Max. 5 cases)
When you enter the Service Mode with the [Z] key pressed, the Service Mode
screen becomes Ready after all the data is obtained. HFSI To Repair Parts that should be replaced (HFSI that is over its replacement life)
will be displayed. (Displays Max. 5 cases)
• In the Service Mode, you must not put the Offline back to the Online.
Active Fault Faults that are currently occurring in the machine will be displayed.
• In the Service Mode, even if you turn On/Off the power, the PSW always returns to
(Displays Max. 10 cases)
this screen. (You cannot exit the Service Mode.)
3. 4. 2. 1 Faults Resolving Procedure in Service Mode 3. The PSW displays the page of the Electronic Manual (corresponding fault of the FIP)
corresponding to the specified fault code.
3. 4. 2. 1. 1 When opening the desired page of the Electronic Manual in the Service
Mode In case there is no corresponding Electronic Manual, the PSW displays "[!] The items or
functions specified by the machine in connection cannot be executed now." on the
Procedure message screen.
1. In case the fault was detected when executing the Service Mode (Diag) or after selecting
[Stop], the PSW stops the execution and displays the Electronic Manual Connection 4. When diagnostic for the fault is completed, select either [Return to DIAG] or [Close] on the
Information screen. (Fig. 1) Electronic Manual.
5. The display returns to the Electronic Manual Connection Information screen.
6. If you select [Cancel], the display will return to the same Service Mode screen as appeared
when the Electronic Manual Connection Information screen was shown for the first time
and the fault information will be deleted at the same time.
3. 4. 2. 1. 2 When opening the desired page of the Electronic Manual from

the desired Service Mode screen
Procedure
1. Select [Connecting the Electronic Manual] from the system menu (Opened by clicking the
menu box at the upper left of the screen).
2. The Electronic Manual Connection Information screen is displayed. (Fig. 1)
(Fig. 1) j0mf2403
Fault 1,2,3,... represent newly generated faults when executing the Service Mode (the
faults related with the Service Mode).
2. Select one of the fault codes being displayed, and select [OK].
• There are primary (main cause) faults and secondary faults. The machine identifies
those fault types. Only when the machine add identifiers to them, the identifiers
(Example:<p>) will be added and displayed. This purpose is to clarify the cause
effect relationship between primary and secondly faults.
• For [History], refer to 3.4.2.1.3 The history menu linked with the Diag/Electronic
Manual. (Fig. 1) j0mf2404
• The Fault a,b,c,... represent all the faults currently active. (Active Fault)
• Every time the screen is opened, the active faults will be updated.

3. Select from the fault code displayed or [Home Page]. (The "Home Page" indicates the table The PSW has all the progress history of the Diag/EDOC (Electronic Manual). The
of contents.) contents of the history display is added on the messages below:
• There are primary (main cause) faults and secondly faults. The machine identifies a. DIAG -> The key information when linking DIAG -> Electronic Manual (Fault Code)
those fault types. Only when the machine add identifiers to them, the identifiers b. The key information when linking Electronic Manual - DIAG (DC NO.)
(Example:<p>) will be added and displayed. This purpose is to clarify the The following messages are added to the displays above.
cause-effect relationship between primary and secondry faults. a-1 "Occurrence Screen (DIAG)"
• For [History], refer to 3.4.2.1.3 The history menu linked with the Diag/Electronic a-2 "Explanation of Fault (EDOC)"
Manual. b-1 "Execution Instructions (EDOC)"
4. The PSW displays the page of the Electronic Manual (corresponding fault of the FIP) The indications such as CCC-LLL(1) of Fig. 1 are descriptions for convenience, and the
corresponding to the specified fault code. Or, the top page of the table of contents will be PSW actually displays the Chain Link No. that represents the Fault Code.
displayed.
3. Select the screen you want to display from the history column, and select [Jump].
5. When diagnostic for the fault is completed, select either [Return to DIAG] or [Close] on the
Electronic Manual. This [Jump] also becomes a target of the Diag/Electronic Manual link history.
6. The display returns to the Electronic Manual Connection Information screen.
7. If you select [Cancel], the display will return to the same Service Mode screen as appeared 4. The PSW displays the specified Diag (Service Mode) screen or the Electronic Manual
when the Electronic Manual Connection Information screen was shown for the first time. screen.
3. 4. 2. 1. 3 The history menu linked with the Diag/Electronic Manual • In case the progress destination is the Diag screen, you can link the Diag operation,
execution and the Electronic Manual.
Procedure • If transfer destination is an Electronic manual, linking with Diag is possible. In this
1. Select [Electronic Manual Connection History] from the system menu (which is opened by case, the appropriate Diag (Service Mode) will be linked and displayed by the
clicking the menu box at the upper left of the screen). Or, select [History] in the Electronic execution instruction operation such as double-clicking on the description portion
Manual Connection Information. of DCXXX[CCC-LLL] in FIP.
2. The Diag/Electronic Manual History screen is displayed. (Fig. 1) • In case the PSW linked the Diag to the Electronic Manual here, they will be a target
of linkage history.
• In case the PSW cannot link the specified Diag, it displays " [!] The items or
functions specified by the machine in connection cannot be executed now." on the
message screen.
5. Select [Return to Diag] or [Close] on the Electronic Manual.

6. The previous Diag (Service Mode) screen before the Diag/Electronic Manual History
screen will be displayed. (E.g.: For the electronic manual transferred from the description
(EDOC) of the CCC-LLL2 Fault in Figure 1, the system will return to the Diag (Service
Mode) screen for the CCC-LLL2 Occurrence screen (DIAG).
7. When you select [Close] on the Diag (Service Mode) screen, the PSW returns to the Electronic
Manual screen immediately shown before the Diag/Electronic Manual History screen.
8. Select [Clear History] on the Diag/Electronic Manual History screen.
9. Clear the Diag/Electronic Manual History to display the first Diag (Service Mode) screen of
the history. (E.g.: For the electronic manual transferred from the description (EDOC) of the
CCC-LLL1 Fault in Figure 1, the system will return to the Diag (Service Mode) screen for
(Fig. 1) j0mf2405 the CCC-LLL2 Occurrence screen (DIAG).
3. 4. 2. 2 How to Use the System Menu in the Service Mode Procedure
Procedure 1. Double-click the "Diag." icon on the desktop.
1. Click the menu box at the upper left of the screen in the Service Mode. The PSW Login screen is displayed.
2. The PSW opens the system menu. 2. Enter the password "6.7.8.9", and place a check mark on the "Select the series of the
connecting model" check box, then click [OK].
• The system menu is as shown below.
3. Select the connecting model from the "Specify the connecting model" box, then select
Menu Function [Dummy] for the Dummy Mode, [Compulsion] for the Compulsion Manual Boot Up Mode
from the Boot Up Mode Box.
Help (H) The PSW opens the appropriate help screen.
4. Select [Execute].
Connect the Electronic Displays the Electronic Manual Connection Information screen • If you select "Compulsion", the PSW displays the message screen to urge rebooting
Manual (E) (Fig. 1) of 3. 4. 2. 1. 2 When opening the desired page of the after checking the system configuration. Select [OK].
Electronic Manual from the desired Service Mode screen. 5. The Service Mode Basic Frame is displayed.
History of connection to Displays the Diag/Electronic Manual History screen (Fig. 1) of • The Service Mode basic screen in the dummy mode is the same as that of the normal
Electronic Manual (R) 3. 4. 2. 1. 3 The history menu linked with the Diag/Electronic mode. If the Service Mode is not started, the message prompting to check whether the
Manual. dummy machine information file is installed properly will be displayed. Select [OK] to
return to the WIN95 desktop screen (Win95). (For dummy mode, this completes all the
Exit the Service Mode (S) The display moves to the Exit Service Mode screen.
procedures to be performed.)
• The Service Mode basic screen that was booted up in the compulsion manuual boot up
[Exit from Service Mode] is invalid with the functions which need mode does not contain [Product Code] and [Machine Serial Number]. Or, it displays
to check stopping of the Machine parts operation at [Close], such as the information that is not matched with the actual machine.
the COMPONENT CONTROL function. 6. Select the [Adjustment/Setting], follow by [NVM Read/Write] to enter the NVM Read/
Move (M) Moves to Window. Write Basic screen, then check the "Product Code and Machine Information" and
"Configuration NVM Code List" below, and carry out rewriting of the NVM data. (Refer to
Close (C) Alt+F4 Same as selecting [Close] button. 3. 4. 4. 8 DC131 NVM Read/Write for the detailed procedure.)
7. When you complete rewriting the NVM Data, temporarily exit the Service Mode with
3. Select the appropriate menu.
"Complete the operation".
3. 4. 2. 3 Dummy by Models/Compulsion Manual Boot Up in the Service Mode 8. Once the Product Code has been entered, the PSW can be connected in the normal way.
Product Name and Product Code
Dummy Mode and Compulsion Manual Boot Up Mode
• Dummy mode is used to start the Service Mode by loading the machine information of the Destination Product Name Product Code
dummy machine (for each machine type), not using the actual machine. (Machine information
is dummy) (Perform Procedures 1 to 4.) Panasonic DP-C401 TC100043
• The compulsion manual boot up mode is used when the machine type cannot be identified at Panasonic DP-C321 TC100057
Service Mode Entry (that is, Product Codes do not match), and then the message stating that
the machine information file cannot be loaded is displayed, and the Service Mode cannot be
started. This mode allows you to compulsively boot up the mode in this trouble. However, this
mode does not have to be used because DP-C321/C401 sends a temporary product code to the
PSW when no product code can be found. (When the Service Mode initial screen is displayed,
and [Product Code] and [Machine Serial Number] are not matched, Procedure 5 and onwards
must be performed.)

3. 4. 2. 3. 1 ASCII Code List

Configuration NVM Code List
Decimal Hexadecimal Characters (Numeral)
DC131 Chain
Link No. Name Setup Range Description 32 20 SP (space)
[700-166] MARKET 0~3 1: 48 30 0

2: North America
3: 49 31 1
4: 50 32 2
[700-006] M/C CONFIG Displayed in 0X0D(Hex): CPS 51 33 3
Hex C: Copier, P: Printer, S: Scanner
52 34 4
[715-400] DADF EXIST 0~1 0: OFF
1: Detected 53 35 5
[780-005] OUTPUT CON- Auto Detection 0: Not equipped with Output device 54 36 6
FIG 1: Finisher
55 37 7
[780-001] TRAY CONFIG Auto Detection 1: 1 Tray
2: 2 Tray 56 38 8
4: 4 Tray
57 39 9
[700-073] IPS Page Memory Auto Detection 64.68
65 41 A
[700-329] PRODUCT 0~255 1st column of 8-digit Product Code:
CODE No1 Refer to 3. 4. 2. 3. 1 ASCII Code List 66 42 B
[700-330] PRODUCT 0~255 2nd digit of 8-digit Product Code: Refer 67 43 C

CODE No2 to 3. 4. 2. 3. 1 ASCII Code List
68 44 D
[700-331] PRODUCT 0~255 3rd digit of 8-digit Product Code: Refer
69 45 E
70 46 F
[700-332] PRODUCT 0~255 4th digit of 8-digit Product Code: Refer
CODE No4 to 3. 4. 2. 3. 1 ASCII Code List 71 47 G
[700-333] PRODUCT 0~255 5th digit of 8-digit Product Code: Refer 72 48 H
73 49 I
CODE No6 to 3. 4. 2. 3. 1 ASCII Code List 74 4A J
[700-335] PRODUCT 0~255 7th digit of 8-digit Product Code: Refer 75 4B K
76 4C L
CODE No8 to 3. 4. 2. 3. 1 ASCII Code List 77 4D M
78 4E N
79 4F O
Decimal Hexadecimal Characters (Numeral)
80 50 P
81 51 Q
82 52 R
83 53 S
84 54 T
85 55 U
86 56 V
87 57 W
88 58 X
89 59 Y
90 5A Z

3. 4. 3 How to Exit Service Mode 4. Select and execute [Terminate the Service Mode at PSW alone].
Procedure • The PSW displays "[?] Main processor is unable to exit from the Service Mode. Is it
1. Click [Exit Service Mode] of the Service Mode Basic Frame and each screen for the OK?", [Yes] and [No].
Diagnostics, Adjustment/Setup and Preventive Maintenance in the service work group. a. If you select [Yes], the PSW can exit the Service Mode, even if it is separated
• The PSW opens the Exit Service Mode screen (DC188). Select [Complete the from the machine. (This is the action taken when a System Error occurs due to
operation and exit], [Abort the operation and exit] or [Terminate the Service Mode at the Main Processor power being turned Off, or the connector of the PSW
PSW alone]. disconnected, thus making recovery impossible.)
2. Select and execute [Complete the operation and exit]. b. The display will return to the Exit Service Mode Screen if [No] is selected. In
addition, if [Cancel] is selected in the End Service Mode Screen, the previous
• The PSW displays "[?] Clear the error log history in the main processor. Are you
screen of it is displayed.
sure?", [Yes] and [No].
a. If you select [Yes], the PSW resets the Shutdown History (DC122), Failure Even if the PSW is separated from the machine after entering the Service Mode, neither
Counter (DC120), Jam Counter (DC118) and No. of Copies Since Last Call, PSW nor Main Processor automatically exit the Service Mode. However, if you turn On/
and exits the Service Mode. Off the power of the Main Processor with the PSW separated from the Main Processor,
b. The display will return to the Exit Service Mode Screen if [No] is selected. In the Main Processor exits the Service Mode.
• In case the PSW cannot notify [Complete the operation and exit] to the printer, the
PSW displays "Main processor is unable to exit from the Service Mode. Check the
connection between PSW and main processor, and the power supply to main processor.
Select [Retry]. Main processor is unable to exit from the Service Mode if it is not
connected to the PSW." on the Caution screen.
3. Select and execute [Abort the operation and exit].
• The PSW displays "[?] Unable to clear the Error Log History in the main processor. Is
it OK?", [Yes] and [No].
a. If [Yes] is selected, the Shutdown History (DC122), Failure Counter (DC120)
and Jam Counter (DC118) are not reset. Then the printer exits from the Service
Mode without resetting the number of copies since the previous visit.
b. The display will return to the Exit Service Mode Screen if [No] is selected. In
• In case the PSW cannot notify [Abort the operation and exit] to the Main Processor, the
PSW displays "Main processor is unable to exit from the Service Mode. Check the
connection between PSW and main processor, and the power supply to main processor.
Select [Retry]. Main processor is unable to exit from the Service Mode if it is not
connected to the PSW." on the Caution screen.
3. 4. 4 How to Use DC Codes • The screen displays the Shutdown History of Document Jam based on the data
obtained from the Main Processor.
3. 4. 4. 1 DC122 Shutdown History
Data is obtained when the screen is opened or when entering the Service Mode (when
Description [Service Mode] is double clicked and with the [Z] key pressed).
• Displays history classifying into 3 categories: Document Jam, Paper Jam and Other Failure.
• The last 40 faults history are not available. • The screen displays the last 20 document jams occurred in the Customer Mode from
the time data was cleared on completion of the previous service call up to now.
• Does not count faults detected in the Service Mode. Does not count the interlock • The screen displays the Paper Jam Name, Date & Time of Occurrence, Total Counter,
open detected while the Main Processor is stopped. and the detailed information on Input Device, Document Size/Orientation, Paper Size/
• Logs only the main cause when several faults have occurred at the Main Processor. Direction, Tray in use and Output Device.
The main cause means the first fault that has occurred in a series of faults. • The Detailed Information displays the information corresponding to the document jam
items being selected. The document jam item being selected is displayed in blue. The
• Select [Complete the operation and exit] on the Exit Service Mode screen (DC188)
first row is selected by default.
for servicing. After exiting the Service Mode, all the data in the Shutdown History
is cleared. 5. Select [Close] to return to the History screen after checking of the Document Jam has completed.
<Paper Jam History>
<Failure History> Procedure
Procedure 1. Select the "History" tab on the Service Mode screen.
1. Select the "History" tab on the Service Mode screen. 2. Select [DC122] on the History screen.
2. Select [DC122] on the History screen. 3. Select [Paper Jam] on the Shutdown History screen.
3. The Shutdown History screen is displayed. (Default: Failure screen) 4. The Paper Jam screen is displayed.
• The screen displays the Shutdown History of Failure based on the data obtained from • Displays the Shutdown History of Paper Jam based on the data obtained from the Main
the Main Processor. Processor.
Data is obtained when the screen is opened or when entering the Service Mode (when Data is obtained when the screen is opened or when entering the Service Mode (when
[Service Mode] is double clicked and with the [Z] key pressed). [Service Mode] is double clicked and with the [Z] key pressed).
• The screen displays the last 20 Faults occurred in the Customer Mode from the time • Displays the last 20 paper jams which have occurred in the Customer Mode from the
the data was cleared on completion of the previous service call up to now. time when data was cleared on completion the previous service call up to now.
• The screen displays the Paper Jam Name, Date & Time of Occurrence, Total Counter,
• The screen displays the Failure Name, Date & Time of Occurrence, Total Counter, and
and the detailed information on Input Device, Document Size/Orientation, Paper Size/
the detailed information of Input Device, Document Size/Orientation, Paper Size/
Direction, Tray in use and Output Device.
Direction, Tray in use and Output Device.
• The Detailed Information displays the information corresponding to the paper jam
• The Detailed Information displays the information corresponding to the failure items items being selected. The paper jam item being selected is displayed in blue. The first
being selected. The failure item being selected is displayed in blue. The first row is row is selected by default.
selected by default.
5. Select [Close] to return to the History screen after checking of the Paper Jam has completed.
4. Select [Close] to return to the History screen after checking of the failures has completed.
<Document Jam History>
Procedure
1. Select the "History" tab on the Service Mode screen.
2. Select [DC122] on the History screen.
3. Select [Document Jam] on the Shutdown History screen.
4. The Document Jam screen is displayed.

3. 4. 4. 2 DC118 Jam Counter

Description Displays the No. of Occurrences of jams from the time of reset on completion of the
previous servicing up to now.
• The following screen appears on the Jam Counter Screen.
A. Paper Jam History
B. Document Jam History
C. Jam History
Does not count jams detected in the Service Mode.
As the Occurrence Interval and Threshold features are not supported, their displays are
dimmed.
A. Paper Jam History/B. Document Jam History
Procedure
1. Select the "Counter" tab on the Service Mode screen.
2. Select [DC118] on the Counter screen.
3. Select [Paper Jam History] or [Document Jam History].
4. Paper Jam History or Document Jam History is displayed.
The figure shows the Paper Jam History Screen.
• Based on the data obtained from the Main Processor, the PSW displays the jam history.
• Displays failures from the last exit from the Service Mode with "Complete the
operation" until now.
• The No. of Occurrences is the item to be reset at the time of exit from the Service
Mode by use of "Complete the operation".
5. Select [Close] to return to the Counter screen after checking of the Paper Jam History or
Document Jam History has completed.
C. Jam History
Procedure
3. Select [Jam History].
4. Jam Counter: Jam History is displayed.
• The jams are displayed in the sequence of Chain Link No.
5. Select [Close] to return to the Counter screen after checking of the Jam History has completed.
3. 4. 4. 3 DC120 Failure Counter B. Display in the order of Chain Link No. (Displays the list in the order of Chain Link No.)
Description Displays the No. of Occurrences of each failure from the time of reset on completion Procedure
of the previous servicing up to now. 1. Select the "Counter" tab on the Service Mode screen.
• The following screen appears on the Failure Counter Screen. (Default is displayed in the order 2. Select [DC120] on the Counter screen.
of No. of Occurrences.) 3. Select [Display in the order of Chain Link No.].
A. Display in the order of No. of Occurrences. 4. The Failure Counter: Display in the order of Chain Link No. screen is displayed.
B. Display in the order of Chain Link No. • Based on the data obtained from the Main Processor, the PSW displays failures in the
C. Specify the Chain No. order of Chain Link No.
Does not count fails detected in the Service Mode. Does not count the interlock open The data is obtained when opening the screen or entering the Service Mode (If you
detected while the Main Processor is stopped. double click [Service Mode] with the [Z] key pressed.)
As No. of Occurrences and troubles are not managed, these items and P1, P2 and P3 are • Displays failures from the last exit from the Service Mode with "Complete the
not displayed. operation" until now.
A. Display in the order of No. of Occurrences. (Displays the list starting with a failure having Mode by use of "Complete the operation".
occurred most frequently.) 5. Select [Close] to return to the Counter screen after checking of the display in order of Chain
Procedure Link has completed.
1. Select the "Counter" tab on the Service Mode screen. C. Specify the Chain No. (Displays Specify the Chain No.)
2. Select [DC120] on the Counter screen. Procedure
3. Select [Display in the order of No. of Occurrences]. 1. Select the "Counter" tab on the Service Mode screen.
4. Failure Counter Screen: Displays in the order of No. of Occurrences. 2. Select [DC120] on the Counter screen.
• Based on the data obtained from the Main Processor, the PSW displays the data in the 3. Select [Specify the Chain No.].
order of No. of failure occurrences. If the No. of occurrences is the same, the PSW 4. The Enter the Chain No. screen is displayed.
displays the data in the order of Chain Link No.
5. Enter the Chain No. using the keyboard and select [OK].
The data is obtained when opening the screen or entering the Service Mode (If you 6. The Failure Counter: Specify the Chain No. screen is displayed.
double click [Service Mode] with the [Z] key pressed.) • Based on the data obtained from the Main Processor, the PSW displays the data only
on the Failures in the order of Chain Link No.
operation" until now. The data is obtained when opening the screen or entering the Service Mode (If you
• The No. of Occurrences is the item to be reset at the time of exit from the Service double click [Service Mode] with the [Z] key pressed.)
5. Select [Close] to return to the Counter screen after checking of the Display in the order of
No. of Occurrences has completed.
7. Select [Close] to return to the Counter screen after checking of the display in order of Chain
Link has completed.

3. 4. 4. 4 DC135 HFSI Counter 6. The screen indicating the reason for resetting the current value is displayed. (Fig. 1)
Description
• Displays the replacement life (Threshold Value) and the current value (usage status) of the
periodic replacement parts. You can change the replacement life and reset the current value.
• The following screen appears on the HFSI Counter Screen. (Default is set to the Components
to be Replaced.)
A. Components to be Replaced
B. All HFSI
Data obtained from the Main Processor when opening each screen or entering the
Service Mode (By double clicking [Service Mode] with the [Z] key pressed.) are as
follows:
• Current Counter Reading
• Replacement Life
A. Components to be Replaced (Identifying the Components to be Replaced.)

Procedure
1. Select the "Counter" tab on the Service Mode screen. (Fig. 1) j0mf2417
7. Select the reason for the reset from UM replacement, SM replacement, or Others.
3. The HFSI Counter: Components with Expired Replacement Life screen is displayed.
• Displays only the items with the current value being over the Replacement Life. In case the Main Processor automatically resets the count for [Current Value] to zero
when the parts are replaced, set up the reason for resetting in [Others] with the Main
Displays the items with the current value being over the Replacement Life in red. The Processor.
blue indication shows the selected HFSI items, and the first line has been selected as
default. 8. To confirm the reset, the machine displays the message "[!] If current value is reset, values
of P1, P2 and P3 will be renewed too. [Select [OK] to reset."
Counts up the current value when the Feed begins per Tray for the Tray Feed, when the
Document Feed begins for the DADF, and at the same timing as Billing for others. P1, P2 and P3 are not managed.
4. In case you want to reset the current value after replacing the parts, select the appropriate
9. If you want to change the Replacement Life, select the appropriate HFSI items.
HFSI items.
10. Select [Change Replacement Life].
5. Select [Reset Current Value].
11. The Change Replacement Life screen is displayed.
• The current Replacement Life is displayed as default.
12. Set up a new Replacement Life (Max. 8 digits) using the keyboard and select [OK].
• The Replacement Life on the HFSI Counter: Components with Expired Replacement
Life screen is rewritten into the new Replacement Life.
13. Select [Close] to return to the Counter screen after checking of the HFSI Counter has completed.
B. All HFSI (Confirm data for all items.)
Procedure
3. The HFSI Counter: Components with Expired Replacement Life screen is displayed.
4. Select [All HFSI].
5. The HFSI Counter: All HFSI screen is displayed.
• Displays values of Replacement Life and the current value for all HFSI.
Displays the items with the current value being over the Replacement Life in red. The
blue indication shows the selected HFSI items, and the first line has been selected as
default.
6. Procedure for resetting the current value and changing the Replacement Life are the same as
A. Components to be Replaced (Refer to Procedure 4~12).
7. Select [Close] to return to the Counter screen after checking of the HFSI Counter has completed.

3. 4. 4. 5 DC140 Analog Monitor (IO Check) components which can be checked at the same time is 5. When the 5th output
component was instructed for checking, selection of [Execute] becomes invalid.
Description Monitors the analog value of the A/D converted sensor, by operating each component
(such as C.C). You can temporarily change the output value. You can also check the Input (6) If you want to stop checking of the target components being selected, select [Stop]
Component and Output Component simultaneously. or select [Stop All] to turn Off all the output components.
(7) Turns Off an appropriate output component. The status display of the appropriate
Procedure output component selected shows "Disable" The display of the Level becomes
1. Select the "IO Check" tab on the Service Mode screen. blank.
2. Select [DC140] on the IO Check screen. (8) There are 2 methods to change and check the Output Level of the output component
3. The Analog Monitor screen is displayed. temporarily. Procedure A uses the Change Output Level Screen by selecting
• The Analog Output Component names and the Analog Input Component names are [Change Output Level]. Procedure B uses [Level+] and [Level-] to add/subtract the
displayed in the table in the sequence of Chain Link No. together with the Chain Link Output Level Value by 1 at a time. Go to Step (9) when using [Change Output
No. Level]. Go to Step (14) and the subsequent steps when using [Level+] and [Level-].
• All the status display of the appropriate output components show "Disable" (checking (9) Select the desired components for changing the Output Level in "Procedure A" and
stopped). Display of the Level column is blank. All the status display of the select [Change Output Level].
appropriate input components show "Disable". Display of the Input Value column is Both components status showing either "Disable" or "Enable" can be selected.
blank.
The figure uses the screen when both input component and output component are (10)The Change Output Level screen is opened.
selected for execution. (11) Input the new Output Level by using the keyboard, select [OK] to close the Change
Output Level screen and display the Analog Monitor screen.
4. Carry out the Output Component Check items.
(12) The new output level is added or subtracted for inputting, and the new output level
<Output Component Check>
will be displayed in the level column of output components on the Analog Monitor
(1) Select the target components. screen. If the output level value input is out of the range, the message "[!] The value
(2) Select [Execute] of the Output Component Check. entered is out of the specified range. Enter the value again." will be displayed on the
(3) The corresponding output component of the Main Processor is turned On at an Information screen. (Out of the specified range means that it is out of the Upper and
output level based on the Output Level Value (value specified only for the test). Lower Limits data range set up in the Main Processor.)
(4) The PSW changes the status display of output components to "Enable" (Checking in (13)For the subsequent procedures, repeat and check Procedure 4 - <Output Component
progress) and displays the Output Level Value received. (Level: 0~1000) Check> from (2) to (12).
(14)Select the desired components for changing the Output Level in Procedure B and
• Other components required for checking the applicable output component of the
select [Level+] or [Level-].
Main Processor are also turned On.
(15)Adds/subtracts the Output Level Value by 1 at a time. The new output level is added
• The components which are turned On only for the limited period of time will be
or subtracted for inputting, and the new output level will be displayed in the Level
automatically turned Off after they were turned On for the specific period of time.
column of output components on the Analog Monitor screen. If the output level
• If the PSW is instructed to turn On a component which cannot be turned On at the
value input is out of the range, the message "[!] The value entered is incorrect. Enter
same time with another component which is already turned On, the component
the value again." will be displayed on the Information screen. (Out of the specified
previously turned On will automatically be turned Off. (Last Precedence Control)
range means that it is out of the Upper and Lower Limits data range set up in the
When the component cannot be automatically turned Off, "[!] Unable to check this
Main Processor.)
component. Stop the other output components." is displayed.
(16)For the subsequent procedures, repeat Procedure 4 - <Output Component Check>
(5) When you want to check several components at the same time, repeat Step 4 - from (2) to (15) (except from (9) to (13)).
<Output Component Check> from (1) to (4). The maximum no. of output 5. Select [Close] to return to the IO Check screen after checking of the Analog Monitor has
completed.
3. 4. 4. 6 DC305 Component Check (IO Check)
Description Performs operation checks on the UI screen and buttons on the Control Panel.
Procedure
1. Select the "IO Check" tab on the Service Mode screen.
2. Select [DC305] on the IO Check screen.
3. The UI Component Check Screen is displayed.
5. Use the UI and the Control Panel buttons of the Main Processor to execute the 3 tests as
described below.
• LED Check: Lights up all the LEDs at the same time as displaying the DC305 Touch
Screen Test screen. All LEDs will turn Off when [Stop] is selected.
• LCD Check: Move your finger on the DC305 Touch Screen Test screen, and the area
being touched (80 long X 30 short Matrix) will be displayed in reverse video.
• Beep Check: The selected tone will be emitted every time the Control Panel buttons
are pressed. This Check can be also performed by using the Start/Stop buttons in the
same way.
6. Select [Stop] on the UI Component Check screen.
7. The DC305 Touch Screen Test screen on the Main Processor UI is closed, and the message
"Stopped" is displayed at the bottom left of the UI Component Check screen.
8. Select [Close] to return to the UI screen after checking of the UI Component Check has
completed.

3. 4. 4. 7 DC330 Component Control (IO Check) (5) When you want to check several components at the same time, repeat Procedure 5 -
<Output Component Check> from (3) to (4).
Description Displays the instruction and the result for the Input Component Check and the Output
Component Check. The maximum no. of output components which can be executed at the same time is 12.
• You can monitor the individual Input Component or check operation of the individual Output At the time when the 12th output component was instructed for execution, selections of
Component. [Execute] and [Cycle] become invalid.
• You can check both multiple Input and multiple Output Components at the same time.
(6) If you want to stop checking of the target components being selected, select [Stop]
• You can perform a simple batch check for all the Input Component in the appropriate module.
or select [Stop All] to turn Off all the output components.
Procedure (7) Turns Off the corresponding output component at the Main Processor.
1. Select the "IO Check" tab on the Service Mode screen. (8) Select [Close] to return to the Component Control screen after checking of the
2. Select [DC330] on the IO Check screen. output components has completed.
3. The Component Control Screen is displayed. <Input Component Check>
4. Select the desired modules from the Module Selection box or select [Direct Code Input]. (1) Select an appropriate module from the Specify a Module selection.
(2) The input component names in the selected module are displayed in sequence of
[DRIVE] and [Output and Input Components] from the Component selection box have Chain Link No. The status and No. of Changes of all the input components show
been selected as the default settings of the Component Control screen. blank display. (The Output Component Name table shows a blank display. All the
buttons for Output Component Check show dimmed displays.
• Go to Procedure 6 and the subsequent procedures for selecting [Direct Code Input].
(3) Select the desired components, and select [Execute] of the Input Components.
5. Perform Item Check on Output Component and Input Component.
(4) The status of the target components in the Main Processor "High" or "Low" is
<Output Component Check>
accepted and displayed as "High" or "Low" in the Input Component Status
(1) Select an appropriate module from the Specify a Module selection. column."0" is displayed in the No. of Changes column. Emits Beep sounds which
(2) The output component names in the selected module are displayed in sequence of can distinguish the Low from High status.
Chain Link No. The status of all the output components shows OFF. (The Input
Component Name table shows a blank display. All the buttons for Input Component • The input components High/Low sounds are Beep sounds which can distinguish the
Check show dimmed displays.) Low, High status of the last components instructed to be checked. High sound:
(3) Select the target component and select [Execute] of the Output Component. Or, Repeats 125 ms ON, 125 ms OFF, 125 ms ON and 625 ms OFF 3 times. Low
select [Cycle] if the output component is capable of performing Cycle operation. sound: Repeats 500 ms ON and 500 ms OFF 3 times.
• The default of the input components High/Low sounds is set to "ON" (being checked).
• Cycle operation: Repeats 1 sec ON and 1 sec OFF in a cyclic.
• The PSW holds information on whether the component is applicable to cycle operation. (5) Changes the On/Off status of the target components to check in the Main Processor.
(6) The PSW updates "High" or "Low" in the Input Component Status column based on
(4) The status display shows "On" or "T-On" if the target components of the Main the status of the input component, and emits a Beep sound to tell the difference
Processor are being started normally. between High and Low. +1 is added into the No. of Changes column every time the
"High" or "Low" level changes. (No. of Changes: 0~99)
• "T-On": The components which are turned On only for a specific period of time, are
(7) When you want to check several components at the same time, repeat Step 5 - Input
automatically turned Off after that.
Component Check from (3) to (4).
• If the PSW is instructed to turn On a component which cannot be turned On at the
same time with another component which is already turned On, the component The maximum no. of input components which can be checked at the same time is 12.
previously turned On will automatically be turned Off. (Last Precedence Control) When the 12th output component was instructed for checking, selection of [Execute]
When the component cannot be automatically turned Off, "[!] Unable to check this becomes invalid.
component. Stop the other output components." is displayed.
(8) If you want to stop checking of the target components being selected, select [Stop] (6) The subsequent steps are the same as those of Output Component Check and Input
or select [Stop All] to turn Off all the input components. Component Check.
During multiple selection of components, the Beep sound goes out when execution of When the Input/Output Components checking is "In Progress", [Confirm] will not
the last component to be executed stopped. respond in the direct input of Chain Link No.
(9) Stops the status check of the appropriate input components. The display of the Input (7) Select [Close] to return to the Component Control screen after checking of the
Component Status corresponding to the selection is blank and the No. of Changes Direct Code Input has completed.
column maintains the no. of changes at the time when checking stopped. 7. Select [Close] to return to the IO Check screen after checking of the Component Control
(10)Select [Close] to return to the Component Control screen after checking of the input has completed.
components has completed.
6. Execute Direct Code Input. Select [Direct Code Input] to display the Component Control:
Direct Code Input Check screen.
(1) The [Execute], [Stop], [Stop All] and [Cycle] buttons for both the output and input
component checks show dimmed displays.
(2) Input the Chain Link No. into the input field of the Direct Code Input.
(3) Select [Confirm].
(4) The input and output components are classified by recognizing the Chain Link No.
being input.
When there is no corresponding Chain Link No. or when the input/output components
cannot be classified, the message screen informing that the machine or the function is
abnormal is displayed.
• For the input components (Link No. 100~309), the Chain Link No. and the Input
Component Name are indicated in the Input Component Name column. Both Status
and No. of Changes have blank displays. [Execute] for the Input Component Check
becomes available.
• For the output components (Link No. 001~099), the Chain Link No. and the Output
Component Name are indicated in the Output Component Name column. The dis-
play of Status shows OFF. [Execute] and [Cycle] for the Output Component Check
becomes available.
• The selection of [Open Loop] and [Cycle Loop] of the Output Component becomes
disabled (Unique Model).
(5) When you want to check several components at the same time, repeat Procedure 6-
(2) to (4). The maximum no. of the input/output components which can be registered
is 12 each. If registration of the 13th component was instructed, "[?] Up to 12
components for each input and output components can be registered. Are you sure
you want to delete the components registered previously before new registration?"
will be displayed. At this point, the components registered previously will be cleared
if [Yes] is selected.

3. 4. 4. 8 DC131 NVM Read/Write (System Data) <Direct Code Input>

Description It is possible to refer to or set/change the NVM data. Procedure
1. Select the "NVM" tab on the Service Mode screen.
All the NVM data including the NVM for the Key Operator are accessible. However,
2. Select [DC131] on the NVM screen.
Billing, Counterfeit Prevention and Auditron Administration Password cannot be
rewritten. 3. The NVM Read/Write screen is displayed.
4. Select [Direct Code Input].
<Specify a Module> 5. Input the NVM Code into the NVM Code input field of the Direct Code Input box.
Procedure
• Input Chain Link No. for displaying and inputting the NVM Code.
1. Select the "System Data (NVM)" tab on the Service Mode screen.
• Repeated input of the NVM Code will not be accepted.
2. Select [DC131] on the NVM screen.
3. The NVM Read/Write screen is displayed. 6. Select [NVM Read].
4. Select the module. 7. NVM data is displayed.
In the Module Selection, "Cxx:Lxx" is displayed. Select modules while checking The message "[!] Parameter is incorrect. Enter the correct Parameter again." will be
Chain-Link because modules with many items are separated into several to be stored. displayed when the NVM Code specified has not been used.
5. Select [NVM Read]. 8. Select the target NVM to write from the table.
6. NVM data of the selected module is displayed. 9. The current value of the target NVM to write is displayed in the Direct Input column of the
7. Select the target NVM to write from the table. (Default: First row) NVM Write box.
8. The current value of the target NVM to write is displayed in the Direct Input column of the • [NVM Write] can be made while figures are being displayed in the Direct Input
NVM Write box. column.
• [NVM Write] can be made while figures are being displayed in the Direct Input column. 10. Input the new value into the Direct Input column.
9. Input the new value into the Direct Input column. 11. Select [NVM Write] of the NVM Write box.
10. Select [NVM Write] of the NVM Write box. • When the Upper Limit Value is not informed from the Main Processor, the Input Value
• When the Write is OK (Input value being within the valid range): NVM value of the is limited to the same number of digits as the Current Value.
target NVM Code of the Main Processor will be rewritten by the new value. • When the Write is OK (Input value being within the valid range): NVM value of the
• When the Write is NG (Input value being out of the valid range): The message "[!] The target NVM Code of the Main Processor will be rewritten by the new value.
value entered is incorrect. Enter the value again." will be displayed on the Information • When the Write is NG (Input value being out of the valid range): The message "[!] The
screen. value entered is incorrect. Enter the value again." will be displayed on the Information
• When Write is NG (Write-prohibited NVM): The message "[!] The specified NVM screen.
prohibits writing. Unable to write to it." will be displayed on the Information screen. • When Write is NG (Write-prohibited NVM): The message "[!] The specified NVM
11. After rewriting of the specified NVM code is completed, the completion message will be prohibits writing. Unable to write to it." will be displayed on the Information screen.
displayed and the value in the Direct Input column will be copied to the Current Value 12. After rewriting of the specified NVM code is completed, the completion message will be
column. The Current Value before the change will now become the Previous Value. displayed and the value in the Direct Input column will be copied to the Current Value
column. The Current Value before the change will now become the Previous Value.
3. 4. 4. 9 DC132 Billing Data Matching & Serial No. Setup (System Data) 6. After entering the M/C Serial No. using the PSW keyboard, click [OK].
Function To match the Serial No., Product No., and Billing Count Value between the PSWs when [Case 1]
the MCU PWB or ESS PWB has been replaced, sets the Serial No., Product No. and Billing Count The M/C Serial No. Confirmation screen is displayed.
Value of the old PSW to those of the new PSW. [Case 2]
DC132 is displayed only at occurrence of the following failures.
Check the match of the selected PWB Serial No. and the Serial No. entered. When the
• 003-205 (when three items of billing counter mismatch)
result is OK, [M/C Serial No. Confirmation] screen is displayed.
• 103-207 (when even one Product No. is incorrect)
7. After entering the M/C Serial No. again using the PSW keyboard, click [OK].
• 103-208 (when even one Serial No. is incorrect)
The M/C checks if the Serial No. entered matches the No. entered at the first time.
• Serial No., Product No. and billing count are stored in three locations; 1 in the MCU If the result is OK: The message "Execution Completed" is displayed.
PWB and 2 in the ESS PWB. If the result is NG: The re-enter screen is displayed.
• The IOT displayed indicates the one in the MCU PWB, and SYS1 and SYS2 Checking of M/C Information
indicate the ones in the ESS PWB. 1. Select the "System Data (NVM)" tab on the Service Mode screen.
2. Select [DC132] on the System Data screen.
Reference
3. Click [M/C Information] on the Billing Data Matching & Serial No. Setup screen.
• This function is available only when a failure occurs.
4. Check the PWB to be replaced. Or, check the M/C Serial No. setting results.
(This function is supposed to be available with the failure active.)
• When the Service Mode is exited after the Serial No. has been set up, the failure will be
canceled.
(During failure, the test pattern print is not available.)
Procedure
1. Select the "System Data (NVM)" tab on the Service Mode screen.
3. The Billing Data Matching & Serial No. Setup screen is displayed.
[Case 1]
When all the PWB Serial No. have not been set, the PWB name is not displayed in
"List of PWBA not replaced" and the [M/C Serial No. Setup] button is enabled. Go to
Procedure 5.
[Case 2]
When any PWB Serial No. has been set, the PWB name is displayed in "List of PWBA
not replaced" and the [M/C Serial No. Setup] button is disabled. Go to Procedure 4.
4. Select one of the PWBs not replaced.
The [M/C Serial No. Setup] button becomes enabled.
5. Click the [M/C Serial No. Setup].
The M/C Serial No. Setup screen is displayed.

3. 4. 4. 10 DC301 NVM Initialization (System Data) A. Initialization Procedure

Function Executes initialization for the desired NVM Area. 1. Select the "System Data (NVM)" tab on the Service Mode screen.
At NVM Initialize, the settings related to Billing Counter, M/C Serial No., Market, 3. The NVM Initialization screen is displayed.
HFSI, Shutdown History, Jam/Failure Counter are not initialized. Shutdown History and
4. Select the desired target module from the [Specify a Module] in the Initialize area.
Jam/Failure Counters are cleared during Execution Completed operation specified at
Diag Exit. 5. Select [Execute].
6. "[?] If initialization is executed, NVM data will be initialized. Are you sure you want to
DCC400G can do only the initialization with the module specified. execute?" is displayed on the confirmation message screen.
All Selection and Dust Off are not available. 7. Select [Yes].
8. The message "XXX NVM Initialization in progress" is displayed.
[NVM initialization/ Lo-ID when performing ROM_Ver.UP] 9. When the initialization is completed successfully, "XXX NVM Initialization completed
Condition: Lo-ID when NVM initialization/ ROM_Ver.UP is performed will appear from New successfully" will be displayed in the Execution Condition column. When the initialization
Deve to 1000 sheets (including the time for the installation). After new installation, or during is not completed successfully, "XXX NVM Initialization not completed successfully" will
about 1.0 kpv right after replacing the developer material in Field, it is comparatively hard for the be displayed in the Execution Condition column.
developer material to develop. If ROM_Ver.UP/NVM are initialized in this status, the density may
10. The message "Execution Completed" is displayed after all initialization of the specified
be somewhat lighter because the default value of the LD light quantity is set for stable status of the
area are completed.
developer material (the status for the material to develop with comparative ease: the status passing
1.5 kpv from the initialization) In this case, the density needs to be recovered by the following
process. Raise the LD light quantity NVM of the appropriate color (752-375~378: YMCK) to
400~450. Turn the power Off/On to print again. (Or, repeat the Power Off/On + Printing process
or repeat DC934 ADC Check to recover the density. ) This servicing can restore the density to its
status before ROM_Ver.Up/NVM has been initialized.
Notes at NVM Initialize

• Take notes on the NVM values (752-804~807 in the order of Y, M, C, and K) for the
deterioration correction before NVM Initialize, and input the noted NVM value
after the NVM Initialize. If you do not do this process, the initial density variations
may occur again.]
• Take notes on the NVM values (752-683~686 in the order of Y, M, C, and K) of the
cumulative Disp time before NVM Initialize, and input the noted NVM value after
the NVM Initialize. If you do not do this process, the display of the Toner Indicator
will become inaccurate.]
• Take out the detection sheet that is installed in the machine after the NVM Initialize,
and set up the ATC sensor using the Comparison Table of the ATC barcode values
for each color and the sensor sensitivity that is described in the sheet in DC921. If
you do not do this process, the Toner Density Control will not work properly and
may cause image troubles.]
3. 4. 4. 11 DC355 Hard Disk Diag Program (Sub System)
Function Replace the Hard Disk (HDD), and perform Setup Replacement Judgement, etc at
checking.
For detailed procedure and explanation, refer to Chapter 2 ADJ1.1.8 DC355 Hard Disk
Diag Program.
Procedure
1. Select the "Sub System" tab on the Service Mode screen.
2. Select [DC355] on the Sub System screen.
3. The "Hard Disk Diag Program" screen is displayed.
4. Select [Target Hard Disk].
MP.All (Multiple Purpose) means to execute the selected functions to each partition in
the order of partition 1 to 6.
5. Select the appropriate function.

• Setup
• Hard Disk Test
• Diagnostic
• Trouble Forecast

3. 4. 4. 13 DC527 Document Feeder Independent Operation (Sub System)

Description Checks for any unusual noise by operating the document feeder independently.
Procedure
1. Select the "Sub System" tab on the Service Mode screen.
3. The Document Feeder Independent Operation screen is displayed.
4. Load documents on the DADF and select [Execute].
5. Select [Close] to return to the Sub System screen.
3. 4. 4. 14 DC956 Belt Edge Learn Mode (Sub System)
Function To set the machine in the Edge Learn mode at factory shipment or replacement of Belt
parts (IBT Belt, Edge sensor), creates the Edge Profile Table (table used to control the Belt Walk).
Always perform this diag before executing DC685 and complete it successfully.
Reference Execution Time: 100 sec at maximum (13 revolutions of the Belt)
Procedure
1. Select the [Sub System] tab on the Service Mode screen.
3. The "Belt Edge Learn" screen is displayed.
5. Select [Close] to return to the Sub System screen.

3. 4. 4. 15 DC612 Color Test Pattern Print (Test Pattern Print)

Description Performs copy quality check and isolates the problems by printing the built-in Test
Pattern.
For the Test Pattern List , refer to Chapter 3, 3.5.5 DC612 Test Pattern List.
For the PWB names that store the test patterns, and IC names, refer to Chapter 8, 8.1
DCC400G Image Information Flow.
Perform the operation in DC010 because the current PC-Diag cannot select SMH (MSI)
paper. For the procedure, refer to Chapter 3, 3.4.4.27.
Procedure
1. Select the "Test Pattern Print" tab on the Service Mode screen.
2. Select [DC612] on the Test Pattern Print screen.
3. Select the Test Pattern name. (For the test pattern list, refer to Chapter 3, 3.5.5.
4. Select a mode for the pattern.
Mode Selectable Modes

Color Mode 4C,3C,K,Y,M,C,R,G,B
Number of Prints 1~99
Cin (%) 1~99
Tray Trays 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 (MSI)
Paper Type Plain Paper A, B, C, D, E, F, G, and S
Heavy Weight paper 1.2
Transparency
Thin Paper
Label
Printing Side 1-Sided (1st side), 2-Sided
Screen 600, 300, Text, Photo, 2-value ED
Resolution 1200 x 1200
1200 x 600
600 x 600
5. After selection, select [Execute].

6. Select [Close] to return to the Test Pattern Print screen.
3. 4. 4. 16 DC681 Regi Measurement Cycle (Registration)
Function To know the control state of the AC Control (DrumDrive, BeltDrive, BeltSteering, etc),
which is one of the color regi elements, this cycle performs the Color Regi measurement including
the AC element detection.
• Detects the color shift amount using the A1 patch (all colors, IN/OUT). Calculates the average
value (DC element) and difference of the maximum and minimum values (AC element) of
relative color shift amounts compared with Cyan in Fast and Slow Scan directions detected by
each sensor, and set them as the measurement results. Displays those Regi measurement
results. Correction is not performed.
• Overview of Regi Measurement
Display
Displayed Data Range Unit Remarks
Lateral DC misregistration (IN/OUT) -500~+500 micron Target Colors = Y, M, K
Lateral AC misregistration (IN/OUT) -500~+500 micron Target Colors = Y, M, K
Process DC misregistration (IN/OUT) -500~+500 micron Target Colors = Y, M, K
Process AC misregistration (IN/OUT) -500~+500 micron Target Colors = Y, M, K
Number of Patterns detected (IN/OUT) 0~24 Block
The cause of error display is shown below.

• Sensor: Improper installation, failure
• Pattern: Density insufficient, Belt scratched
• Frame: Distortion
Reference Execution Time: Approx. 15 sec.

Procedure
1. Select "Registration" tab on the Service Mode screen.
2. Select [DC681] on the Registration screen.
3. The Regi Measurement Cycle screen is displayed.
5. In [Judgement],
OK is displayed: Complete
NG is displayed: Check the following causes and execute DC681 again.
Causes of Error
If the result is NG again, refer to FIP to repair the trouble.
6. Select [Close] to return to the Registration screen.

3. 4. 4. 17 DC683 Regi Control Sensor Check Cycle

Function Checks the functions of the Regi Control Sensor. This is self-diagnostics cycle for
checking whether the detection system works properly.
• To check that the detection result is "Misregistration=zero", detects each misregistration
amount at IN/OUT using the C patch (single Cyan color), and displays the misregistration
amount detected by each sensor in the UI screen. Correction is not performed.
• Overview of Regi Control Sensor Check Cycle detection results
Display
Displayed Data Range Unit Remarks
Lateral misregistration -500~+500 micron
detected (IN/OUT)
Process misregistration -500~+500 micron
detected (IN/OUT)
Misregistration between -500~+500 BLOCK Sensor is at the Center.
when the MOB sensor is • If misregistration amount <- 500,
used for a center and when [-ERROR] is displayed.
the pattern is used for a • If misregistration amount >+500,
center (IN/OUT) [+ERROR] is displayed.
• If the orientation of the
misregstration cannot be judged,
[ERROR] is displayed.
The causes of error display are shown below.

Reference Execution time: Approx. 15 sec.

Procedure
3. The Regi Control Sensor Check Cycle screen is displayed.
5. In [Judgement],
3. 4. 4. 18 DC684 Regi Control Correction Check Cycle (Registration)
Function Checks the functions of the Regi Control Correction system, assuming that the Regi
Control Sensor Check Cycle does not detect any errors.
• After shifting the setting value of each correction system by a certain amount (approx. +150
microns), checks whether the color shift occurs by the value each correction system
intentionally shifted by executing the A1 patch detection again. Then, displays the correction
difference results of each correction system in the UI screen.
• Overview of the results detected by Regi Control Correction Check Cycle
Displayed Data Display Range Unit Remarks

Lateral Margin -500~+500 micron Target Colors = Y, M, K
Process Margin -500~+500 micron Target Colors = Y, M, K
Magnification Margin -500~+500 micron Target Colors = Y, M, K
Skew (only detection) -500~+500 micron Target Colors = Y, M, K
The causes of error display are shown below.

Reference Execution time: Approx. 75 sec.

Procedure
3. The Regi Control Correction Check Cycle screen is displayed.
5. In [Judgement],
Causes of Error

3. 4. 4. 19 DC685 Regi Control Setup Cycle (Registration) Procedure

Function Sets or displays the optimal values of skew and the NVM values of other Regi control 1. Select "Registration" tab on the Service Mode screen.
correction systems. 2. Select [DC685] on the Registration screen.
• This is the cycle to set the optimal values of the skew and the NVM values of other Regi 3. The Regi Control Setup Cycle screen is displayed.
Control correction systems, assuming that this is executed at factory shipment and at LSU
The following DC subcodes can be selected in the combo boxes for each execution type.
(ROS) replacement in the field. Only this cycle detects and corrects the skew and
magnification balance. Check Items in the
• There are four functions of the Regi Control Setup Cycle. These functions work Sub DC code name Name Execution Result Values
independently. Usually, they are performed in the order of 1-2-3. Perform Procedure 4. Skew
DC685-1 Skew Fine SetUp IN/OUT only
Rough Setup only when an error is displayed during Procedures 2 and 3. For details, refer to
Chapter 2 ADJ1.1.6 Regi Control Adjustment. DC685-2 IN/OUT SetUp IN/OUT only
(1) Skew Fine SetUp
DC685-3 Centre SetUp Centre only
(2) IN/OUT SetUp
(3) Center SetUp DC685-4 Skew Rough SetUp IN/OUT only
(4) Skew Rough SetUp 4. Perform the procedures in the order of DC685-1 -> 2 -> 3. Regi results are not guaranteed if
• Overview of the results detected by Regi Control Setup Cycle you perform the DC subcode along the way. For details, refer to Chapter 2 ADJ1.1.6 Regi
Control Adjustment.
Displayed Data Display Range Unit Remarks
Skew correction amount -5.00(CCW) ~ No. of rev- Target Colors = Y, M, C, K
+5.00(CW) olutions No. of revolutions=skew
amount (micro-m)/100
Skew amount -500~+500 micron
Detection value of the Regi -20~60 Degrees Latest data at execution of
Control Temperature Sensor Celsius this cycle
Number of Blocks detected 0~24 BLOCK
(IN/OUT)
• Be sure that the DC956 Belt Edge Learn mode is completed successfully before
execution of DC685.
• If the Skew Rough SetUp is not completed successfully, there is a fatal error for
Regi Control execution. Cause must be identified by DC681 and DC683.
Reference Execution Time: Approx. 2 mins 30 sec.

3. 4. 4. 20 DC921 ATC Sensor SetUp (Color Image Control)
Function Sets the correction value "ATC Correction Coefficient" and "ATC Correction Offset" to
correct each sensor at factory shipment and ATC sensor replacement.
• By inputting the characteristics value to be attached to each sensor, and by inputting "skew of
each sensor sensitivity" and "output of each sensor at standard TC", sets up the correction
values "ATC Correction Coefficinet" and "ATC Correction Offset".
• Outline of Characteristic Values
Setup
Items Input Number Range
Outputs of each sensor at the standard TC (Y, M, C, K) Input 4 0~1023
Display: Initial value of output at standard TC Value
Skew of each sensor sensitivity (Y, M, C, K) Input 4 0~32767
Display: Initial values of sensitivity skews Value
For detailed procedure, refer to Chapter 2 ADJ1.1.6.
Procedure
1. Select the "Color Image Ctrl" tab on the Service Mode screen.
2. Select [DC921] on the Color Image Ctrl screen.
3. The TC/ATC Sensor Setup screen is displayed.
4. In the [Color (Y/M/C/K) of replaced TC sensor], check the sensors replaced.
5. In [Initial value Measurement & Judgement], input the value of [Sensitivity Gradient Initial
Value] and [Std. TC initial value].
How to obtain the input data
Convert the bar code No. (last 2 digits) attached to each sensor using the Comparison
Table into the data to input. (For the Comparison Table, refer to Chapter 2 ADJ1.1.6.)
7. Select [Close] to return to the Color Image Ctrl screen.

3. 4. 4. 21 DC922 TRC Control (Color Image Control)

Function Calculates the added/extracted amount of the toner by using the difference between the
read value of the ATC sensor and the reference value to set the appropriate density.
• Check that A4 paper (LEF) is loaded in Tray 1 since the Toner Density Adjustment
(TONE UP/DOWN) uses paper.
• At the Toner Density Adjustment (TONE UP/DOWN), the Execute button is
disabled (displayed dimmed) when the required No. of paper for adjustment of the
YMCK radio selection colors is "0".
• Paper is not fed at the TRC Control.
• Execution time is not displayed because the TRC Control does not take a long time.
<TRC Control>
Procedure
1. Select the "Color Image Ctrl" on the Service Mode screen.
3. The TRC Control screen is displayed.
5. Select [Close] to return to the Color Image Quality Ctrl screen.
<Toner Density Adjustment>
Procedure
3. Click [Execute].
Data is displayed in the Setup Info. area.
4. Select the [Toner Density Adjustment] button in the TRC Control screen.
5. Select a color required for UP/DOWN and click it.
6. Perform the process for the other colors in the same way.
7. Select [Close] twice to return to the Color Image Ctrl screen.
3. 4. 4. 22 DC924 TRC Adjust (Color Image Control)
Function To set up the image quality to meet the user's preference, by increasing and decreasing
the value of gradation correction center value of low density, medium density, and high density for
each YMCK color.
Do not perform this Diag unless the customer requests.
Procedure
3. The TRC Adjustment screen is displayed.
• The density becomes darker when data is increased, and lighter when decreased.
Even when the value is changed, it is not reflected into the image quality immediately. It
is reflected after completing this Diag, turning power On/Off, and after printing 2 jobs
(e.g.: when one print is performed twice, the change in value is reflected in the image
quality of the 2nd print job).
In addition, to change the appearance of the image, data must be changed by 4 or more.

3. 4. 4. 23 DC934 ADC/AGC Setup (Color Image Control)

Function Sets up the ADC target value by reading the ADC (1-gradation) patch for potential
control on the IBT with the ADC sensor. At the same time, sets up the desired LD light amount.
Procedure
3. The ADC/AGC Setup screen is displayed.
3. 4. 4. 24 DC945 IIT Calibration (Color Image Control) <CCD Calibration>
Description 1. Select and execute the CCD Calibration.
• <White Reference Adjustment> Calculates and sets the White Reference Correction Coefficient. 2. Follow the instructions shown in the screen. Place the Chart on the Platen Glass and select
[OK].
• <CCD Calibration> Corrects the IIT sensitivity variations.
3. The data obtained is displayed in the CCD Calibration Setup Value column.
• <Optical Axis Correction> Reads the glass Regi positions (Lead/Side) with the platen open
when the lens unit is replaced, and calculates and displays the Regi Skew amount based on the 4. Select [Close] to return to the IIT screen.
difference with the target value. <Optical Axis Correction>
Function details 1. Select the Optical Axis Correction from the measurement items.
2. Open the Platen, and click [Execute] without placing anything on the glass.
Reference Refer to ADJ1.1.7 IIT Calibration (DC945) in Chapter 2 for details on DC945 IIT
3. Click [OK] on the confirmation message.
Calibration.
After execution, the following data will appear. (Check while lowering the scroll bar in the
Procedure Execution Result Value area.)
1. Select the "Color Image Ctrl" tab on the Service Mode screen. • Judgement: OK/NG
2. Select [DC945] on the IIT screen. • Front NUT Correction Angle: (Displayed in numbers)
3. The IIT Calibration screen is displayed. • Rear NUT Correction Angle: (Displayed in numbers)
The following measurement items can be selected: 4. At NG, perform the required adjustments. (Refer to Chapter 2 ADJ1.1.7.)
• White Reference Adjustment
• CCD Calibration
• Optical Axis Correction
<White Reference Adjustment>
1. Select and execute the White Reference.
2. Follow the instructions on the screen to execute. (Load 10 sheets or more on the Platen.)
The software to be adjusted was produced for P paper. For details, refer to ADJ1.1.7
DC945 IIT Calibration.
3. The Setup Value (3) is displayed on the White Reference Setup Value screen.
The M/C carries out the following operations:

(1) Carries out shading to stabilize the IIT state.
(2) Obtains the shading data.
(3) Carries out sampling of white paper data, then calculate and set up the White
Reference Correction Coefficient. (NVM715-080~082 are set.)
(4) Carries out shading to reflect the result of the White Reference Adjustment.

3. 4. 4. 25 Direct Code Input Diag (Others) <SMH Code Input Table>

Description This is the DC code that is set mainly for development, and it is not used in the field. PI Selection of
This is used only when a special indication is issued. Number Specified Items No. Data Type Selection of Output Pattern
Procedure 1 Selection of Color Test 416 Decimal, 2 bytes 1: Data Selection at LSU
1. Select the "Others" tab on the Service Mode screen. Pattern No. (ROS) Check Pattern
2. Select [DC010] on the Others screen. 2: Data Selection at Halftone
(IOT) Pattern
3. The Direct Code Input Diag screen is displayed.
3: Data Selection at Grid 1-dot
4. Input the message ID, DCNO and parameters to execute. The execution status/completion Pattern
notification are displayed in the right screen. 4: Data Selection at Fast Scan
5. Select [Close] to return to the Others screen. 8-Gradation Pattern
2 Selection of Tray 33 Decimal, 1 bytes 129
Paper Size Tentative Prevention Operation when SMH is Specified in [DC612 Test Pattern Print].
(SMH specified)
<DC010 How to operate the Direct Code Input Diag>
1. Enter DC010. 3 Selection of No. of Sets 42 Decimal, 1 bytes 0~99
2. In the Direct Code Input Diag screen, input "612" in [DC No. :]. to be output
3. Input "416" in the [P1] of the Parameter column. 4 Selection of 2-Sided 38 Decimal, 1 bytes 0: 1-Sided
4. Select [Decimal, 2 bytes] in [Data] of the Parameter column. 1: 2-Sided
5. In the Data column under [Decimal, 2 bytes], input a value based on the selection of the
5 Selection of Paper Type 208 Decimal, 1 bytes 2: Transparency
[SMH Code Input Table] (1) Color Test Pattern No. and the data in Selection of Output
3: Light Weight Paper
Pattern (e.g. "1" at LSU (ROS) Check Pattern).
5: Label
6. Input or select values for the PI No. and Selection of Data Type of (2) and (3), and Data 7: Heavy Weight paper 1
based on the [SMH Code Input Table] (2) and (3). 8: Heavy Weight paper 2
7. Select [Next], and input or select values for the PI No. and Data of (4) and (6) based on the 10: Plain paper A
[SMH Code Input Table] (4) and (6). 11: Plain paper B
8. Select [Next], and input or select values for the PI No. and Data of (7) and (9) based on the 12: Plain paper C
[SMH Code Input Table] (7) and (9). 13: Plain paper D
9. Load paper of the paper size to be output to the SMH of the machine in the same direction. 14: Plain paper E
(Check the load status.) 15: Plain paper F
16: Plain paper G
10. Select the [Execute] button.
17: Plain paper S
This executes test pattern print from the SMH.
Others: 6 Paper Size/Orientation 35 Decimal, 1 bytes 5: B5SEF
• Once values are input or selected, they will be saved until the [Close] button is selected in the 8: A4SEF
DC010 Direct Code Input Diag. 14: B4SEF
• Other patterns (LSU (ROS) Check, Halftone (IOT), Grid 1-dot, Fast Scan 8-Gradation), paper 15: A3SEF
type, or paper size/orientation can be changed by inputting values in each Data column 37: B5LEF
corresponding to the ( ) number in the PC-Diag screen while operating the [Previous] and 40: A4LEF
[Next] buttons.
PI Selection of
Number Specified Items No. Data Type Selection of Output Pattern
7 Selection of Color 209 Decimal, 1 bytes Only 2:4C can be selected for
Mode Pattern 1.
The following can be selected
for the others.
1:K
2:4C
3:3C
16:Y
17:M
18:C
19:R
20:G
21: B
8 Selection of Screen 210 Decimal, 1 bytes 0: 600-line
Type 1: 300-line
9 Selection of Cin % at 211 Decimal, 1 bytes The following can be selected
Halftone for Pattern 2.
0~100
Standard value: Other values
are invalid even if specified.

3. 4. 4. 26 Read Report (Data Dump) 5. If the Memory Dump List or the Serial Communication Monitor Report is selected, the
Function Reads and stores the each report information that is stored in the machine in the PSW will open the Memory Dump List Setup screen or the Serial Communication Monitor
Customer mode. Does not display and print out the information. (To perform the trouble analysis Report Setup screen for setting up the details.
by sending the feedback of each report information to the development side.) • When "Memory Dump List Setup" screen is open:
(1) Specify "303000" instructed by the development. (Default: 0, Hex 8 digits at
The PSW does not perform the machine type authentification and option authentification
maximum)
for this function. Therefore, if an item that is not stored in the machine is requested, the
message "[!] Parameter is incorrect. Enter the correct parameter again." is displayed in (2) Click [Close] to return to the Read Report screen.
the Information screen. When an inappropriate address is specified, the whole system of the machine will reboot.
Procedure
1. Connect the PSW to the machine. • When the "Serial Communication Monitor Report Setup screen" is open:
2. After making sure that no copies or prints are being output ("Ready to copy" and "Ready to (1) Specify the following report type No. instructed by the development.
print" are displayed), carry out the following: (Default: 0, Setting range: 0 ~ 255)
• Double-click the "Data Dump" icon on the desktop. The PSW Login screen is Report
displayed. Enter the password "6.7.8.9" and click [OK]. Type No. Applies To Trace Type Remarks
3. The Read Report screen is displayed.
1 I/F Between DC and MF Serial Communi- To read the report, perform
• After the machine enters the System Operation Mode, the operations in the "Read Report cation Monitor it in the order of 1, 2 and 3.
screen" will be accepted. If the entry is not completed successfully, the message " [!]
Unable to enter Read Report mode." is displayed in the Information screen. 2 I/F Between Panel and MF Ditto Ditto
4. Select the appropriate report item. (Multiple items can be selected.) 3 I/F Between Printer ESS and MF Ditto Ditto
• The report items and the conditions of displaying the specified items are as shown
below. 101 DC-MONITOR Event Trace
a. Activity Report (User Mode) 102 COPY Ditto
b. Activity Report (Customer Engineer/Service Mode) 103 PRINTER (For DC) Ditto
c. Self Diagnostics Report
104 SCAN Ditto For scanning trouble
d. Memory Dump List
e. Serial Communication Monitor Report 111 Panel-MONITOR Ditto
f. Printer ESS PV Data Report 121 PrinterESS-MONITOR Ditto
Printer ESS PV Data Report cannot be performed. 122 Host-MONITOR Ditto
123 PRINTER (For Printer ESS) Ditto
• When selecting a target report item, click the support item to be selected and check
124 Host Ditto
that the item is highlighted in blue. To select multiple items, click the report items to
be selected while pressing the [Shift] key. 201 File Ditto
• If there is no appropriate report, the PSW will display the message "[!] Parameter is 202 File (HDD) Ditto
incorrect. Enter the correct parameter again." in the Information screen.
203 OS ALL Data (204-207) Ditto
204 OS Data Ditto
Report (20456) (303000),200207151654)
Type No. Applies To Trace Type Remarks 7. If you select [Execute], the PSW will display the message "In Progress".
• The PSW checks the status of storage medium. If an error is detected, an error
205 Log & Job Data Ditto For the troubles below message is displayed.
1. Start button does not
8. If no problems are found in the storage medium, the PSW will display "Reading" at the
work
Execution Process column.
2. Interruption button
does not work • Some of the Serial Communication Monitor Report take time for reading. (Max:
3. Mode transfer cannot Approx. 17 min.)
be performed (PSW/ • You can read reports even if the memory status is full, but the reading of some
Remote KO*/CE reports may not be completed successfully. In this case, the message stating that the
MAint/LowPower etc.) data storage is not completed successfully is displayed.
*: System Operation
Mode 9. If [Abort] is selected during execution, the execution of the next item waiting for the execution
instruction is cancelled. The report read operation in progress is not aborted and is executed.
4. Printing does not
10. When execution of Read Report is completed, the PSW will record the report information
start
received from the Main Processor in the storage medium, displaying the output result at the
5. Transfer does not Execution Process column.
start
• On normal termination: "Completed Successfully" appears.
6. Scanning trouble
• On abnormal termination: "Not Completed Successfully" appears.
206 Job & Core Data Ditto For frequent rebooting 11. In case multiple report items have been selected, the PSW outputs them sequentially and
displays the output results.
207 NVL Data Ditto
12. Select [Close] after Read Report has completed.
241~ Release to DCSys • The machine exits from the system operation mode. The PSW close the "Read Report
Screen" and returns to the "Report" tab screen.
(2) Click [Close] to return to the Read Report screen. 13. When the Main Processor cannot exit the System Operation Mode, a notification message
6. Select [HDD] or [Floppy] from the storage medium box. (Default is HDD) will appear. (Fig. 1)
[Floppy] can only be selected an FD is inserted.
• The file name to be stored is repXXXX.dat. XXXX is 0001 ~ 9999, which is

automatically detected by the PSW. The file name is managed and determined by the
PSW.
• The Storage Medium (HDD or FD) to store the file onto is as below:
When HDD is selected: C:\PSW\DIAG\MCDATA (MCDATA is the sub-directory)
When FD is selected: A: \PSW\DIAG\MCDATA
• Saves the following 5 points as ID to use it as the header indicating the file contents.
(Fig. 1) j0mf2449
(1) Product Code
(2) M/C Serial No. • When selecting [Retry], this screen is closed and the request to exit the System
(3) Function Name (a function available when filing data) Operation mode is issued to the machine again. If the machine still cannot exit, this
(4) Item Name (NVM Area Name) screen is displayed again.
(5) Time Stamp (YYYY.MM.DD.hh.mm) when saving data • When selecting [Ignore], this screen is closed and the system error screen is displayed.
Follow the instructions in the screen.
(Example: Product Code, 01234567, REPORTSAVE, Memory Dump List
• Select [Cancel] to close this screen.

3. 5 Service Data [PSW Display]: INTLK_3

[Display]: H/L
3. 5. 1 DC330 Input Component Check List [Operation Description]:
1. 001-300 High when Open is detected.
INTLK_1 On: High
[PSW Display]: INTLK_1 [Reference BSD]: CH1.7
[Display]: H/L 6. 004-100
[Operation Description]: Belt Home Sensor
High when Open is detected. [PSW Display]: Belt Home Sensor
On: High [Display]: H/L
[Reference BSD]: CH1.7 [Operation Description]: IBT is not at Home Position. Open circuit.
2. 001-301
It is necessary to operate IBT 5V On.
INTLK_2
[PSW Display]: INTLK_2
[Display]: H/L On: High
[Operation Description]: [Reference BSD]: CH9.19
High when Open is detected. 7. 004-101
On: High Drum Motor YMC Failure Detection
[Reference BSD]: CH1.7 [PSW Display]: Drum Motor YMC Failure Detection
3. 001-302 [Display]: H/L
LH LOW I/L SW [Operation Description]:
[PSW Display]: LH LOW I/L SW PR (Drum) Motor YMC Failure
High when Open is detected. 8. 004-102
On: High Drum Motor K Failure Detection
[Reference BSD]: CH8.2 [PSW Display]: Drum Motor K Failure Detection
4. 001-304 [Display]: H/L
LH 3TM I/L SW [Operation Description]:
[PSW Display]: LH 3TM I/L SW PR (Drum) Motor K Failure
Low when Open is detected. 9. 004-200
On: Low FAN FAILURE
[Reference BSD]: CH1.8 [PSW Display]: FAN_LOCK_FAILURE
5. 001-306 [Display]: H/L
INTLK_3 [Operation Description]:
Fan rotation is stopped [PSW Display]: #1 Size Sensor
On: FAILURE [Display]: H/L
[Reference BSD]: LVPS Fan:CH1.4, Rear Fan: CH9.30, Fuser Fan: CH10.2 [Operation Description]:
10. 005-102 No paper detected by #1 Size Sensor
Document Sensor On: High
[PSW Display]: Document Sensor [Reference BSD]: CH5.4
[Display]: H/L 15. 005-151
[Operation Description]: #2 Size Sensor
No paper detected by Document Sensor [PSW Display]: #2 Size Sensor
[Reference BSD]: CH5.3 [Operation Description]:
11. 005-110 No paper detected by #2 Size Sensor
Regi Sensor (DADF) On: High
[PSW Display]: Regi Sensor (DADF) [Reference BSD]: CH5.4
[Display]: H/L 16. 005-201
[Operation Description]: Exchange From IISS
Paper detected by Regi Sensor [PSW Display]: Exchange from IISS
On: Low [Display]: H/L
12. 005-115 Document Exchange Instruction On from IISS
Exit Sensor On: Low
[PSW Display]: Exit Sensor [Reference BSD]: CH5.2
[Display]: H/L 17. 005-300
[Operation Description]: Platen I/L Switch
Paper detected by Exit Sensor [PSW Display]: Platen I/L Switch
13. 005-119 Platen Cover Open
Dup Sensor On: High
[PSW Display]: Dup Sensor [Reference BSD]: CH5.2
[Display]: H/L 18. 005-301
[Operation Description]: Top Cover I/L Switch
Paper detected by Dup Sensor [PSW Display]: Top Cover I/L Switch
14. 005-150 Top Cover Inter Lock Open
#1 Size Sensor On: High


19. 006-160 Document is detected
READY Signal of Polygon Motor On: APS SNR1: Low, APS On: High
[PSW Display]: Polygon Motor Ready Signal [Reference BSD]: CH6.3
[Display]: H/L 24. 006-253
[Operation Description]: APS Sensor3
Regular rotation of Polygon Motor [PSW Display]: APS Sensor3
20. 006-201 Document is detected
Sheet Abort On: APS SNR3: Low, APS On: High
[PSW Display]: Sheet Abort [Reference BSD]: No available in domestic model
[Display]: H/L 25. 006-272
[Operation Description]: PM-0
Document Regist [PSW Display]: PM-0
21. 006-212 Flash Memory writing is not in progress
IIT Regi Sensor On: Inside PWBA
[PSW Display]: IIT Regi Sensor [Reference BSD]: -
[Display]: H/L 26. 006-281
[Operation Description]: IPS Fan Failure
Deactuation of Regi Sensor [PSW Display]: IPS Fan Failure
[Reference BSD]: CH6.4 [Operation Description]
22. 006-240 High when FAN failure is detected.
ADF Exist On: High
[PSW Display]: ADF Exist [Reference BSD]: CH6.1
[Display]: H/L 27. 006-300
[Operation Description]: Platen I/L Switch
DADF is not installed [PSW Display]: Platen I/L Switch
[Reference BSD]: CH5.2 [Operation Description]
23. 006-251 Low when Platen closed.
APS Sensor1 On: Low
[PSW Display]: APS Sensor1 [Reference BSD]: CH6.3
[Display]: H/L
28. 006-301 33. 007-104
Angle Sensor #2Tray Size SW1
[PSW Display]: Angle Sensor [PSW Display]: #2Tray Size SW1
[Display]: H/L [Display]: H/L
[Operation Description]: [Operation Description]: -
Low when Platen closed. On: AN value
On: Low [Reference BSD]: CH7.2
[Reference BSD]: CH6.3 34. 007-105
29. 007-100 #2Tray Size SW2
#1Tray Size SW1 [PSW Display]: #2Tray Size SW2
[PSW Display]: #1Tray Size SW1 [Display]: H/L
[Display]: H/L [Operation Description]: -
[Operation Description]: - On: AN value
On: AN value [Reference BSD]: CH7.2
30. 007-101 #2Tray Size SW3
31. 007-102 #2Tray Size SW4
32. 007-103 #3Tray Size SW1
#3Tray Size SW2

[PSW Display]: #3Tray Size SW2 [Operation Description]: -

[Display]: H/L On: AN value
[Operation Description]: - [Reference BSD]: CH7.4
On: AN value 44. 007-115
[Reference BSD]: CH7.3 #4Tray Size SW4
39. 007-110 [PSW Display]: #4Tray Size SW4
#3Tray Size SW3 [Display]: H/L
[PSW Display]: #3Tray Size SW3 [Operation Description]: -
[Display]: H/L On: AN value
[Operation Description]: - [Reference BSD]: CH7.4
On: AN value 45. 007-116
[Reference BSD]: CH7.3 #1Level Sensor
40. 007-111 [PSW Display]: #1Level Sensor
#3Tray Size SW4 [Display]: H/L
[PSW Display]: #3Tray Size SW4 [Operation Description]:
[Display]: H/L Lift Up
[Operation Description]: - On: High
41. 007-112 #2Level Sensor
#4Tray Size SW1 [PSW Display]: #2Level Sensor
[Display]: H/L [Operation Description]:
[Operation Description]: - Lift Up
On: AN value On: High
[Reference BSD]: CH7.4 [Reference BSD]: CH7.6
42. 007-113 47. 007-118
#4Tray Size SW2 #3Level Sensor
[PSW Display]: #4Tray Size SW2 [PSW Display]: #3Level Sensor
[Operation Description]: - [Operation Description]:
On: AN value Lift Up
[Reference BSD]: CH7.4 On: High
43. 007-114 [Reference BSD]: CH7.7
#4Tray Size SW3 48. 007-119
[PSW Display]: #4Tray Size SW3 #4Level Sensor
[Display]: H/L [PSW Display]: #4Level Sensor
[Display]: H/L 53. 007-125
[Operation Description]: SMH Nopaper Sensor
Lift Up [PSW Display]: SMH Nopaper Sensor
49. 007-120 Nopaper
#1Nopaper Sensor On: High
[PSW Display]: #1Nopaper Sensor [Reference BSD]: CH7.9
[Display]: H/L 54. 007-128
[Operation Description]: Face Up Tray Detect
Nopaper [PSW Display]: Face Up Tray Detect
50. 007-121 Low when Tray is installed
#2Nopaper Sensor On: Low
[PSW Display]: #2Nopaper Sensor [Reference BSD]: -
[Display]: H/L 55. 008-100
[Operation Description]: #1Feed Out Sensor
Nopaper [PSW Display]: #1Feed Out Sensor
51. 007-122 Paper detected
[Display]: H/L 56. 008-102
[Display]: H/L 57. 008-103

Paper detected [PSW Display]: TTM Path Sensor2

Regi Sensor On:
[PSW Display]: Regi Sensor [Reference BSD]: -
[Display]: H/L 63. 008-109
[Operation Description]: OHP Sensor#L
No paper [PSW Display]: OHP Sensor#L
59. 008-105 On: Low
Dup Wait Sensor [Reference BSD]: CH8.5
[PSW Display]: Dup Wait Sensor 64. 008-110
[Display]: H/L OHP Sensor#R
[Operation Description]: [PSW Display]: OHP Sensor#R
Paper detected [Display]: H/L
On: High [Operation Description]:
[Reference BSD]: CH10.6 On: Low
T/A Sensor 65. 008-300
[PSW Display]: T/A Sensor DUP Open Switch
[Display]: H/L [PSW Display]: DUP Open Switch
[Operation Description]: [Display]: H/L
Paper detected [Operation Description]:
On: High On: High
61. 008-107 66. 009-101
TTM Path Sensor1 TONER Y NEW
[PSW Display]: TTM Path Sensor1 [PSW Display]: Toner_Y New
[Operation Description]: [Operation Description]:
Paper detected CRU Connection of Y color is open
On: (The CRU in use is present, or it is not present)
[Reference BSD]: - On: Low=new, High=old
TTM Path Sensor2
67. 009-102 [Display]: H/L
TONER M NEW [Operation Description]:
[PSW Display]: Toner_M New CRU is installed
CRU Connection of M color is open 72. 009-152
(The CRU in use is present, or it is not present) #M_CRU detect
On: Low=new, High=old [PSW Display]: #M_CRU detect
[Reference BSD]: CH9.14 [Display]: H/L
68. 009-103 [Operation Description]:
TONER C NEW CRU is installed
[PSW Display]: Toner_C New On: High
[Display]: H/L [Reference BSD]: CH9.3
[Operation Description]: 73. 009-153
CRU Connection of C color is open #C_CRU detect
(The CRU in use is present, or it is not present) [PSW Display]: #C_CRU detect
On: Low=new, High=old [Display]: H/L
69. 009-104 CRU is installed
TONER K NEW On: High
[PSW Display]: Toner_K New [Reference BSD]: CH9.4
[Display]: H/L 74. 009-154
[Operation Description]: #K_CRU detect
CRU Connection of K color is open [PSW Display]: #K_CRU detect
(The CRU in use is present, or it is not present) [Display]: H/L
On: Low=new, High=old [Operation Description]:
[Reference BSD]: CH9.14 CRU is installed
70. 009-150 On: High
TNR FULL SNR [Reference BSD]: CH9.4
[PSW Display]: TNR FULL SNR 75. 009-200
[Display]: H/L 2nd BTR Retract Sensor
[Operation Description]: [PSW Display]: 2nd BTR Retract Sensor
71. 009-151 Retraction
#Y_CRU detect On: Low
[PSW Display]: #Y_CRU detect [Reference BSD]: CH9.24A

[Display]: H/L
76. 009-201
[Operation Description]:
POB Sensor
Paper detected
[PSW Display]: POB Sensor
On: High
[Display]: H/L
[Reference BSD]: CH10.4B
81. 012-100
Paper detected
IOT Regi Clutch
On: Low
[PSW Display]: IOT Regi Clutch
[Reference BSD]: CH9.25
[Display]: H/L
77. 009-203
1st BTR Retract Sensor
Clutch Off
[PSW Display]: 1st BTR Retract Sensor
On: High
[Display]: H/L
82. 012-101
Retraction
Compiler Tray Exit Sensor
On: Low
[PSW Display]: Compiler Tray Exit Sensor
[Display]: H/L
78. 010-101
Fuser Exit
Paper detected
[PSW Display]: Fuser Exit
On: High
[Display]: H/L
83. 012-102
Paper detected
Compiler Paper Sensor
On: High
[PSW Display]: Compiler Paper Sensor
[Display]: H/L
79. 010-102
Full Paper Stack Sensor
Paper detected
[PSW Display]: Full Paper Stack Sensor
On: High
[Display]: H/L
84. 012-103
NotFull
H-Tra Ent. Sensor
On: Low
[PSW Display]: H-Tra Ent. Sensor
[Reference BSD]:
[Display]: H/L
When Duplex is not installed: CH10.3
When Duplex is installed: CH10.4B
Paper detected
80. 010-103
On: High
Face Up Exit Sensor
[PSW Display]: Face Up Exit Sensor
85. 012-104 Non-transmissive position
H-Tra Exit Sensor On: High
[PSW Display]: H-Tra Exit Sensor [Reference BSD]: CH11.10B
[Display]: H/L 90. 012-205
[Operation Description]: Stacker Stack B Sensor
Paper detected [PSW Display]: Stacker Stack B Sensor
Stacker Paper Sensor On: High
[PSW Display]: Stacker Paper Sensor [Reference BSD]: CH11.10B
[Display]: H/L 91. 012-207
[Operation Description]: Staple Head Home Sensor
Paper detected [PSW Display] Staple Head Home Sensor
[Reference BSD]: CH11.10A [Operation Description]:
87. 012-201 Not at Home Position
Stacker Height Sensor On: High
[PSW Display]: Stacker Height Sensor [Reference BSD]: CH11.8
[Display]: H/L 92. 012-208
[Operation Description]: Low Staple Switch
Higher than the detection surface [PSW Display]: Low Staple Switch
[Reference BSD]: CH11.10A [Operation Description]:
88. 012-202 Low Staple
Stacker Upper Limit Sensor On: High
[PSW Display]: Stacker Upper Limit Sensor [Reference BSD]: CH11.8
[Display]: H/L 93. 012-209
[Operation Description]: Staple Ready Sensor
Upper Limit Position [PSW Display] Staple Ready Sensor
[Reference BSD]: CH11.10B [Operation Description]:
89. 012-204 Not at Ready Position
Stacker Stack A Sensor On: High
[PSW Display]: Stacker Stack A Sensor [Reference BSD]: CH11.8
[Display]: H/L 94. 012-210
[Operation Description]: Eject Clamp Home Sensor

[PSW Display]: Eject Clamp Home Sensor [Reference BSD]: CH11.6

[Display]: H/L 99. 012-217
[Operation Description]: Deculer Cam Position Sensor
Not at Home Position (Roller is DOWN) [PSW Display]: Deculer Cam Position Sensor
95. 012-211 Not at Home Position (transmissive)
Set Clamp Home Sensor On: High
[PSW Display]: Set Clamp Home Sensor [Reference BSD]: CH11.5
[Display]: H/L 100.012-224
[Operation Description]: Stapler Move Sensor
Not at Home Position (transmissive) [PSW Display]: Stapler Move Sensor
Rear Tamper Home Sensor On: High
[PSW Display]: Rear Tamper Home Sensor [Reference BSD]: CH11.7
[Display]: H/L 101.012-225
[Operation Description]: Stapler Front Corner Sensor
Home Position [PSW Display]: Stapler Front Corner Sensor
97. 012-215 Front Corner Position
H-Tra IOT Full Paper Sensor On: High
[PSW Display]: H-Tra IOT Full Paper Sensor [Reference BSD]: CH11.7
[Display]: H/L 102.012-300
[Operation Description]: Front Cover Interlock Switch
No paper [PSW Display]: Front Cover Interlock Switch
98. 012-216 Open
Front Tamper Home Sensor On: High
[PSW Display]: Front Tamper Home Sensor [Reference BSD]: CH11.1
[Display]: H/L 103.012-301
[Operation Description]: Top Cover Interlock Switch
Home Position [PSW Display]: Top Cover Interlock Switch
Open
On: High
104.012-302
Docking Interlock Sensor
[PSW Display]: Docking Interlock Sensor
[Display]: H/L
Docking release
On: High
105.012-305
H-Tra Interlock Sensor
[PSW Display]: H-Tra Interlock Sensor
[Display]: H/L
Open
On: High

3. 5. 2 DC330 Output Component Check List 4. 004-005

1. 004-001 Steering Motor Home Position
Steering Motor [PSW Display]: Steering Motor Home Position
[PSW Display]: Steering Motor [Operation Description]:
[Operation Description]: Return the Steering Cam to Home Position.
Return the Steering Cam to Home Position once and operate it at half cycle after that. On: Low
On: Low->High [T-ON]: Off
[T-ON]: Off [Cycle]: Off
[Cycle]: Off [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 004-001
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 004-005 [Reference BSD]: CH9.19
2. 004-002 Main Motor (Half Speed)
IBT Motor (Medium Speed) [PSW Display]: Main Motor (52mm/sec)
[PSW Display]: IBT Motor (104mm/sec) [Operation Description]:
[Operation Description]: Rotate at half speed.
Rotate at medium speed.
Operate the motor with the 2nd BTR nipped, or the LH Cover opened. Otherwise,
Operate with the IBT unit removed. the 2nd BTR might damage the teeth.
The Belt might be damaged since the Belt Work Control is not performed.
On: LHH
On: Every 4 phase H/L toggling [T-ON]: Off
[Cycle]: Off [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 004-004, 004-008
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 004-012, 004-013 [Reference BSD]: CH4.1
3. 004-004 Main Motor (Double Speed)
Main Motor (Medium Speed) [PSW Display]: Main Motor (194mm/sec)
[PSW Display]: Main Motor (104mm/sec) [Operation Description]:
[Operation Description]: Rotate at double speed.
Rotate at medium speed. Operate the motor with the 2nd BTR nipped, or the LH Cover opened. Otherwise,
Operate the motor with the 2nd BTR nipped, or the LH Cover opened. Otherwise, the 2nd BTR might damage the teeth.
the 2nd BTR might damage the teeth.
On: Low
On: Low [T-ON]: Off
[Cycle]: Off [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 004-004, 004-007
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 004-007, 004-008 [Reference BSD]: CH4.1
7. 004-012 10. 004-050
IBT Motor (Half Speed) FUSER FAN, LV FAN and REAR FAN at High rotation
[PSW Display]: IBT Motor (52mm/sec) [PSW Display]: Fuser Fan, LV Fan and Rear Fan Rotation High speed
Rotate at half speed. Rotate the FUSER FAN, LV FAN and REAR FAN at high speed.
(Rotation is Low at Power On)
Operate with the IBT unit removed. The Belt might be damaged since the Belt Work
Control is not performed. On: L
[T-ON]: Off
On: Every 4 phase H/L toggling [Cycle]: Off
[T-ON]: Off [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: -
[Cycle]: Off [Reference BSD]: LVPS Fan: CH1.2, Rear Fan: CH9.30, Fuser Fan: CH10.2
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 004-012, 004-013 11. 005-011
[Reference BSD]: CH9.17 Set Gate Solenoid Open
8. 004-013 [PSW Display]: Set Gate Solenoid Open
IBT Motor (Double Speed) [Operation Description]:
[PSW Display]: IBT Motor (194mm/sec) Turn Set Gate Open On (Towards bottom of Nudger Roller) for 5sec -> Auto Off
[Operation Description]: On: L
Rotate at double speed. [T-ON]: On
[Cycle]: Off
Operate with the IBT unit removed. The Belt might be damaged since the Belt Work
Control is not performed. [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: -
On: Every 4 phase H/L toggling 12. 005-012
[T-ON]: Off Set Gate Solenoid Close
[Cycle]: Off [PSW Display]: Set Gate Solenoid Close
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 004-002, 004-012 [Operation Description]:
[Reference BSD]: CH9.7 Turn Set Gate Close On (Towards bottom of Nudger Roller) for 5sec -> Auto Off
9. 004-014 On: Low
IBT_5V ON [T-ON]: On
[PSW Display]: IBT_5V ON [Cycle]: Off
[Operation Description]: [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: -
On: High [Reference BSD]: CH5.3
[T-ON]: Off 13. 005-040
[Cycle]: Off Feed Mot.
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: - [PSW Display]: Feed Mot.
[Reference BSD]: [Operation Description]:
For IBT Home SNR: CH9.19 DADF Feed Motor for 2sec -> Auto OFF
For 1st BTR Retract Sensor: CH9.18 On: Every 4 phase H/L toggling

[T-ON]: On [Operation Description]:

[Cycle]: Off Operate the DADF Exit Motor
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: - On: Every 4 phase H/L toggling
[Reference BSD]: CH5.3 [T-ON]: Off
14. 005-055 [Cycle]: Off
Belt Motor Non CVT Mode (Forward Revolution) [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: -
[PSW Display]: Belt Motor Non CVT Mode(CW) [Reference BSD]: CH5.6
Rotate the DADF Belt Motor forward. Doc Ready
On: Every 4 phase High/Low toggling [PSW Display]: Doc Ready
[T-ON]: Off [Operation Description]:
[Cycle]: Off Turn On the Doc Ready signal.
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 005-056 On: Low
15. 005-056 [Cycle]: Off
Belt Motor Non CVT Mode (Backward Revolution) [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: -
[PSW Display]: Belt Motor Non CVT Mode (CCW) [Reference BSD]: CH5.2
Rotate the DADF Belt Motor backward. Doc Set LED
On: Every 4 phase High/Low toggling [PSW Display]: Doc Set LED
[Cycle]: Off Turn On the DOC SET LED
16. 005-075 [Cycle]: Off
Regi Gate Solenoid [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: -
[PSW Display]: Regi Gate Solenoid [Reference BSD]: CH5.3
Push the Regi Gate with the Arm to turn it On for 5sec -> Auto Off IIT Exposure Lamp
On: Low [PSW Display]: IIT Exposure Lamp
[Cycle]: Off Turn the Lamp On for 180sec -> Auto Off
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: - On: L
[Reference BSD]: CH5.5 [T-ON]: On
17. 005-081 [Cycle]: Off
Exit Motor Non CVT Mode [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: -
[PSW Display]: Exit Motor Non CVT Mode [Reference BSD]: CH6.1
21. 006-004 [Cycle]: Off
IPS Cooling Fan (Low speed) [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: -
[PSW Display]: IPS Cooling Fan (Low speed) [Reference BSD]: CH6.1
After operating the IPS Cooling Fan at high speed for 5sec, operate it at low speed. LD On Enable Signal (4 Colors concurrently)
On: FAN On: 24V, FAN Slow: L->H (About 13V) [PSW Display]: LD ON Enable Signal (concurrently for 4 colors)
[Cycle]: Off Operation
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: - On: Low
22. 006-005 [Cycle]: Off
IIT Scan Motor (Scan Direction) [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: -
[PSW Display]: IIT Scan Motor (Scan ) [Reference BSD]: Y: CH6.5, M: CH6.6, C: CH6.7, K: CH6.8
More it 50mm from current position in Scan direction -> Auto Off Polygon Motor Start Signal
On: Every 4 phase H/L toggling [PSW Display]: Polygon Motor Start Signal
[Cycle]: Off Operation
23. 006-006 [Cycle]: Off
IIT Scan Motor (Return Direction) [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: -
[PSW Display]: IIT Scan Motor (Return) [Reference BSD]: CH6.9
More it 50mm from current position in Return direction -> Auto Off IIT Image Area
On: Every 4 phase H/L toggling [PSW Display]: IIT Image Area
[Cycle]: Off IMG-AREA Signal Output
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 006-005 On: P727 LVDS (Differential) High
24. 006-014 [Cycle]: Off
IPS Cooling Fan (High speed) [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: -
[PSW Display]: IPS Cooling Fan (High speed) [Reference BSD]: -
Operate the IPS Cooling Fan at high speed. Exchange To ADF
On: FAN On: 24V, FAN Slow: L [PSW Display]: Exchange To ADF

Turn On the document exchange command signal to the DADF 32. 008-002
On: Low #1Feed Motor (Rev)
[T-ON]: Off [PSW Display]: #1Feed Motor (Rev)
[Cycle]: Off [Operation Description]: Lift Up
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: - It turns Off automatically 6sec after Lift Up has started, or when the Level Senser
[Reference BSD]: CH5.2 detected Lift Up.
29. 007-003 Lift Up cannot be performed when the Level Snr should detect Lift Up.
SMH FEED Clutch
[PSW Display]: SMH FEED Clutch
On: Every 4 phase H/L toggling
[T-ON]: On
On
[Cycle]: Off
On: Low
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 8-001
[T-ON]: Off
[Cycle]: Off
33. 008-003
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: -
#2Feed Motor (Fwd)
[PSW Display]: #2Feed Motor (Fwd)
30. 007-004
HOTLINE_TRAY
Feed (Turn #2Feed Motor On in paper feed direction at 192mm/sec)
[PSW Display]: HOTLINE_TRAY
On: -
[T-ON]: Off
Not used.
[Cycle]: Off
On: -
[T-ON]: Off
[Cycle]: Off
34. 008-004
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: -
#2Feed Motor (Rev)
[Reference BSD]: -
[PSW Display]: #2Feed Motor (Rev)
31. 008-001
[Operation Description]: Lift Up
#1Feed Motor (Fwd)
It turns Off automatically 6sec after Lift Up has started, or when the Level Senser
[PSW Display]: #1Feed Motor (Fwd)
detected Lift Up.
Feed (Rotate #1Feed Motor in paper feed direction at 200mm/sec) Lift Up cannot be performed when the Level Snr should detect Lift Up.
On: Every 4 phase High/Low toggling
[T-ON]: Off On: -
[Cycle]: Off [T-ON]: On
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 8-002 [Cycle]: Off
[Reference BSD]: CH7.5 [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 8-003
35. 008-005 [Operation Description]: Lift Up
#3Feed Motor (Fwd) It turns Off automatically 6sec after Lift Up has started, or when the Level Snr
[PSW Display]: #3Feed Motor (Fwd) detected Lift Up.
[Operation Description]: Lift Up cannot be performed when the Level Snr should detect Lift Up.
Feed (Turn #3Feed Motor On in paper feed direction at 192mm/sec)
On: -
On: -
[T-ON]: Off
[T-ON]: On
[Cycle]: Off
[Cycle]: Off
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]:
36. 008-006
39. 008-009
#3Feed Motor (Rev)
Dup Motor(200.1mm/sec)
[PSW Display]: #3Feed Motor (Rev)
[PSW Display]: Dup Motor (200.1mm/sec)
[Operation Description]: Lift Up
It turns Off automatically 6sec after Lift Up has started, or when the Level Snr
detected Lift Up. Start operation. Turns Off automatically at 1000msec.
On: Low
Lift Up cannot be performed when the Level Snr should detect Lift Up. [T-ON]: On
[Cycle]: On
On: - [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 8-010, 011, 012, 053, 054, 055, 056
[T-ON]: On [Reference BSD]: CH10.5
[Cycle]: Off 40. 008-010
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 8-005 Dup Motor(104mm/sec)
[Reference BSD]: CH7.7 [PSW Display]: Dup Motor (104mm/sec)
#4Feed Motor (Fwd) Start operation. Turns Off automatically at 1000msec.
[PSW Display]: #4Feed Motor (Fwd) On: Low
[Operation Description]: [T-ON]: On
Feed (Turn #4Feed Motor On in paper feed direction at 192mm/sec) [Cycle]: On
On: - [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 8-009, 011, 012, 053, 054, 055, 056
[T-ON]: Off [Reference BSD]: CH10.5
[Cycle]: Off 41. 008-011
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 8-008 Dup Motor (200.1mm/sec) Long
[Reference BSD]: CH7.8 [PSW Display]: Dup Motor (200.1mm/sec) Long
#4Feed Motor (Rev) Start operation
[PSW Display]: #4Feed Motor (Rev) On: Low


[Cycle]: Off Start operation. Turns Off automatically at 1000 m sec.
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 8-009, 010, 012, 053, 054, 055, 056 On: High
42. 008-012 [Cycle]: On
Dup Motor (104mm/sec) Long [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 8-029, 030, 032, 033, 034, 035, 036
[PSW Display]: Dup Motor (104 mm/sec) Long [Reference BSD]: CH8.4
Start operation TTM TA Motor (370mm/sec)
On: Low [PSW Display]: TTM TA Motor (370 mm/sec)
[Cycle]: Off Start operation. Turns Off automatically at 1000 m sec.
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 8-009, 010,011, 053, 054, 055, 056 On: High
43. 008-029 [Cycle]: On
TTM TA Motor (52mm/sec) [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 8-029, 030, 031, 033, 034, 035, 036
[PSW Display]: TTM TA Motor (52 mm/sec) [Reference BSD]: CH8.4
Start operation. Turns Off automatically at 1000 m sec. TTM TA Motor (52mm/sec) Long
On: High [PSW Display]: TTM TA Motor (52 mm/sec) Long
[Cycle]: On Start operation
44. 008-030 [Cycle]: Off
TTM TA Motor (104mm/sec) [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 8-029, 030, 031, 032, 034, 035, 036
Start operation. Turns Off automatically at 1000 m sec. TTM TA Motor (104mm/sec) Long
On: High [PSW Display]: TTM TA Motor (104 mm/sec) Long
[Cycle]: On Start operation
45. 008-031 [Cycle]: Off
TTM TA Motor (192 mm/sec) [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 8-029, 030, 031, 032, 033, 035, 036
49. 008-035 52. 008-038
TTM TA Motor (192 mm/sec) Long #1TA Clutch
[PSW Display]: TTM TA Motor (192 mm/sec) Long [PSW Display]: #1TA Clutch
Start operation Turns On. Turns Off automatically at 400 msec.
On: High On: Low
[T-ON]: Off [T-ON]: On
[Cycle]: Off [Cycle]: On
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 8-029, 030, 031, 032, 033, 034, 036 [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: None
50. 008-036 53. 008-042
TTM TA Motor (370mm/sec) Long Invert Clutch CW
[PSW Display]: TTM TA Motor (370 mm/sec) Long [PSW Display]: Invert Clutch CW
Start operation Turns On in output direction. Turns Off automatically at 400 msec.
On: High On: Low
[T-ON]: Off [T-ON]: On
[Cycle]: Off [Cycle]: On
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 8-029, 030, 031, 032, 033, 034, 035 [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: None
[Reference BSD]: CH8.4 [Reference BSD]: CH10.4A
51. 008-037 54. 008-043
Regi Clutch Invert Clutch CCW
[PSW Display]: Regi Clutch [PSW Display]: Invert Clutch CCW
Turns On. Turns Off automatically at 400 msec. Turns On in Invert direction. Turns Off automatically at 400 msec.
On: Low On: Low
[T-ON]: On [T-ON]: On
[Cycle]: On [Cycle]: On
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: None [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: None
[Reference BSD]: CH8.5 [Reference BSD]: CH10.4A
55. 008-045
Exit Gate Solenoid
[PSW Display]: Exit Gate Solenoid
Turns On in output direction. Turns Off automatically at 200 msec.
On: Low
[T-ON]: On

[Cycle]: On MOB SNR2 LED Light quantity switching signal, Light quantity UP (increase
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: None voltage) at PORT H.
[Reference BSD]: CH10.4B On: ANA Output LED2 Light quantity UP
56. 008-046 [T-ON]: Off
Dup Gate Solenoid [Cycle]: Off
[PSW Display]: Dup Gate Solenoid [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: None
Turns On in FaceUp direction. Turns Off automatically at 200 msec. 60. 008-050
On: Low MOB2LED_ON
[T-ON]: On [PSW Display]: OB2LED_ON
[Cycle]: On [Operation Description]:
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: None MOB SNR2 LED ON
[Reference BSD]: CH10.4B On: ANA output
57. 008-047 [T-ON]: Off
TTM TM Motor2 (370 mm/sec) [Cycle]: Off
[PSW Display]: TTM TM Motor2 (370 mm/sec.) [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: None
Start operation. Turns Off automatically at 1000 msec. 61. 008-051
On: High MOB1LED_CHNG
[T-ON]: On [PSW Display]: MOB1LED_CHNG
[Cycle]: On [Operation Description]:
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: None MOB SNR1 LED Light quantity switching signal, Light quantity UP (increase
[Reference BSD]: CH8.4 voltage) at PORT H.
58. 008-048 On: ANA Output LED1 Light quantity UP
TTM TM Motor2 (370 mm/sec) Long [T-ON]: Off
[PSW Display]: TTM TM Motor2 (370 mm/sec.) Long [Cycle]: Off
[Operation Description]: [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: None
Start operation [Reference BSD]: CH6.11
On: High 62. 008-052
[T-ON]: Off MOB1LED_ON
[Cycle]: Off [PSW Display]: MOB1LED_ON
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: None [Operation Description]:
[Reference BSD]: CH8.4 MOB SNR1 LED ON
59. 008-049 On: ANA output
MOB2LED_CHNG [T-ON]: Off
[PSW Display]: MOB2LED_CHNG [Cycle]: Off
[Operation Description]: [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: None
63. 008-053 [Cycle]: Off
Dup Motor(373.2 mm/sec) [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 8-009, 010, 011, 012, 053, 054, 055
[PSW Display]: Dup Motor (373.2 mm/sec) [Reference BSD]: CH10.5
Start operation. Turns Off automatically at 1000 m sec. #1 Disp. MOT
On: Low [PSW Display]: #Y_Disp MOT_Y
[Cycle]: On Y Color Disp. MOT turns On, and turns Off automatically after 5sec.
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 8-009, 010, 011, 012, 054, 055, 056 On: Low
64. 008-054 [Cycle]: Off
Dup Motor(194mm/sec) [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: -
[PSW Display]: Dup Motor (194 mm/sec) [Reference BSD]: CH9.15
Start operation. Turns Off automatically at 1000 m sec. #2 Disp. MOT
On: Low [PSW Display]: #M_Disp MOT
[Cycle]: On M Color Disp. MOT turns On, and turns Off automatically after 5sec.
65. 008-055 [Cycle]: Off
Dup Motor (373.2mm/sec) Long [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: -
[PSW Display]: Dup Motor (373.2 mm/sec) Long [Reference BSD]: CH9.15
Start operation #3 Disp. MOT
On: Low [PSW Display]: #C_Disp MOT
[Cycle]: Off C Color Disp. MOT turns On, and turns Off automatically after 5sec.
66. 008-056 [Cycle]: Off
Dup Motor (194 mm/sec) Long [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: -
[PSW Display]: Dup Motor (194 mm/sec) Long [Reference BSD]: CH9.15
Start operation #4 Disp. MOT
On: Low [PSW Display]: #K_Disp MOT

[Operation Description]: [PSW Display]: #C_DB DC

K Color Disp. MOT turns On, and turns Off automatically after 5sec. [Operation Description]:
On: Low C Color Developer Bias DC Component Output
[T-ON]: On On:
[Cycle]: Off [T-ON]: Off
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: - [Cycle]: Off
[Reference BSD]: CH9.15 [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: -
71. 009-005 [Reference BSD]: Refer to DC140 [009-026] of the CH below.
DEVE DC #1 Y: CH9.5
[PSW Display]: #Y_DB DC M: CH9.6
[Operation Description]: C: CH9.7
Y Color Developer Bias DC Component Output K: CH9.8
On: 74. 009-008
[T-ON]: Off DEVE DC #4
[Cycle]: Off [PSW Display]: #K_DB DC
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: - [Operation Description]:
[Reference BSD]: Refer to DC140 [009-026] of the CH below. K Color Developer Bias DC Component Output
Y: CH9.5 On:
M: CH9.6 [T-ON]: Off
C: CH9.7 [Cycle]: Off
K: CH9.8 [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: -
DEVE DC #2 Y: CH9.5
[PSW Display]: #M_DB DC M: CH9.6
M Color Developer Bias DC Component Output K: CH9.8
On: 75. 009-009
[T-ON]: Off DEVE AC #1,2
[Cycle]: Off [PSW Display]: #YM_DB AC
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: - [Operation Description]:
[Reference BSD]: Refer to DC140 [009-026] of the CH below. YM Color Developer Bias AC Component Output
Y: CH9.5 On:
K: CH9.8 [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: -
DEVE DC #3 Y: CH9.5
M: CH9.6 79. 009-016
C: CH9.7 Deve Motor (Half speed)
K: CH9.8 [PSW Display]: Deve_MOT Half-speed
DEVE AC #3.4 The MOT for driving Color turns On at higher speed and turns Off automatically after 5sec.
[PSW Display]: #CK_DB AC On: Low
[Operation Description]: [T-ON]: On
CK Color Developer Bias AC Component Output [Cycle]: Off
On: [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 9-14
[T-ON]: Off [Reference BSD]: CH9.9
[Cycle]: Off 80. 009-026
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: - #Y_BCR DC
[Reference BSD]: Refer to DC140 [009-026] of the CH below. [PSW Display]: #Y_BCR DC
Y: CH9.5 [Operation Description]:
M: CH9.6 High pressure output value of BCR DC_Y
C: CH9.7 On: PWM
K: CH9.8 [T-ON]: Off
77. 009-013 [Cycle]: Off
DEVE CL [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 9-30
[PSW Display]: Deve_CL [Reference BSD]: Refer to DC140 [009-026] of the CH below.
[Operation Description]: Y: CH9.5
The clutch for driving K Color turns On, and turns Off automatically after 5sec. M: CH9.6
On: Low C: CH9.7
[T-ON]: On K: CH9.8
[Cycle]: Off 81. 009-027
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: - #M_BCR DC
[Reference BSD]: CH9.13 [PSW Display]: #M_BCR DC
DEVE Motor (Normal speed) High pressure output value of BCR DC_M
[PSW Display]: Deve_MOT Normal-speed On: PWM
[Operation Description]: [T-ON]: Off
The MOT for driving Color turns On at normal speed and turns Off automatically after 5sec. [Cycle]: Off
On: Low [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 9-31
[T-ON]: On [Reference BSD]: Refer to DC140 [009-026] of the CH below.
[Cycle]: Off Y: CH9.5
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 9-16 M: CH9.6
[Reference BSD]: CH9.9 C: CH9.7

K: CH9.8 [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 9-26

#C_BCR DC Y: CH9.5
[PSW Display]: #C_BCR DC M: CH9.6
High pressure output value of BCR DC_C K: CH9.8
On: PWM 85. 009-031
[T-ON]: Off #M_BCR AC
[Cycle]: Off [PSW Display]: #M_BCR AC
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 9-32 [Operation Description]:
[Reference BSD]: Refer to DC140 [009-026] of the CH below. High pressure output value of BCR AC_M
Y: CH9.5 On: PWM
#K_BCR DC Y: CH9.5
[PSW Display]: #K_BCR DC M: CH9.6
High pressure output value of BCR DC_K K: CH9.8
On: PWM 86. 009-032
[T-ON]: Off #C_BCR AC
[Cycle]: Off [PSW Display]: #C_BCR AC
[Reference BSD]: Refer to DC140 [009-026] of the CH below. High pressure output value of BCR AC_C
Y: CH9.5 On: PWM
#Y_BCR AC Y: CH9.5
[PSW Display]: #Y_BCR AC M: CH9.6
High pressure output value of BCR AC_Y K: CH9.8
On: PWM 87. 009-033
[T-ON]: Off #K_BCR AC
[Cycle]: Off [PSW Display]: #K_BCR AC
[Operation Description]: [Cycle]: Off
High pressure output value of BCR AC_K [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]:
On: PWM [Reference BSD]: CH9.8
[T-ON]: Off 91. 009-039
[Cycle]: Off BCRAC Clock
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 9-29 [PSW Display]: BCRAC Clock
[Reference BSD]: Refer to DC140 [009-026] of the CH below. [Operation Description]:
Y: CH9.5 Frequency signal common to BCR AC All Colors.
M: CH9.6 On: PWM
C: CH9.7 [T-ON]: Off
K: CH9.8 [Cycle]: Off
88. 009-034 [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]:
AGT MOT [Reference BSD]: CH9.5 CH9.6 CH9.7 CH9.8
[PSW Display] AGT MOT 92. 009-040
[Operation Description]: Shutter Motor Forward Revolution
AGITATOR MOT ON [PSW Display]: LSU (ROS) Shutter Close
On: Low [Operation Description]:
[T-ON]: Off LSU (ROS) Shutter: Rotates in Close direction (Brush : Contact direction).
[Cycle]: Off On: LLH
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: [T-ON]: Off
[Reference BSD]: CH9.29 [Cycle]: Off
89. 009-035 [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 9-41
CRUM PWR [Reference BSD]: CH6.10
[PSW Display]: CRUM PWR 93. 009-041
[Operation Description]: Shutter Motor Reverse Revolution
Power ON of CRUM-YMCK [PSW Display]: LSU (ROS) Shutter Open
On: High [Operation Description]:
[T-ON]: Off LSU (ROS) Shutter: Rotates in Open direction (Brush : Retract direction).
[Cycle]: Off On: HHH
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: [T-ON]: Off
[Reference BSD]: CH9.3 CH9.4 [Cycle]: Off
90. 009-038 [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 9-40
BCR ACDC K CHG [Reference BSD]: CH6.10
[PSW Display]: BCR ACDC K CHG 94. 009-042
[Operation Description]: DEVE_AC_K changes at connector terminals trailing. #K_Erase Lamp (Normal speed)
On: Low [PSW Display]: #K_Erase Lamp 104mm/s

K ERASE LAMP lit. 98. 009-053

On: Low De Tack Saw HV
[T-ON]: Off [PSW Display]: De Tack Saw HV
[Cycle]: Off [Operation Description]:
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 9-43, 9-44 Turn on DTS HV.
[Reference BSD]: CH9.27 On: PWM
95. 009-045 [T-ON]: Off
#YMC_Erase Lamp (Normal speed) [Cycle]: Off
[PSW Display]: #YMC_Erase Lamp 104mm/s [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: -
YMC ERASE LAMP lit. 99. 009-054
On: Low 1st BTR Contact
[T-ON]: Off [PSW Display]: 1st BTR Contact
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 9-46 Turns Off 100ms after the Retract Senser detected the Contact Position (High).
[Reference BSD]: Y, M: CH9.26, C: CH9.27 On: -
96. 009-051 [T-ON]: On
2nd BTR Contact [Cycle]: Off
[PSW Display]: 2nd BTR Contact [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: -
Driving of BTR2RETMOT. 100.009-055
Turns Off 800ms after the Retract Senser detected the Contact Position (High). 1st BTR Retract
On: - [PSW Display]: 1st BTR Retract
[Cycle]: Off Turns Off 100ms after the Retract Senser detected the Retract Position (Low).
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: - On: -
[Reference BSD]: CH9.24A [T-ON]: On
97. 009-052 [Cycle]: Off
[PSW Display]: 2nd BTR Retract [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: -
Driving of BTR2RETMOT. 101.009-076
Turns Off 60ms after the Retract Senser detected the Retract Position (Low). Specular Reflection LED
On: - [PSW Display]: Specular reflection LED
[Cycle]: Off When the Specular Reflection LED of ADC Senser turns On and YMC density is
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: - detected.
[Reference BSD]: CH9.24A On: Low
[T-ON]: Off [PSW Display]: ATC Sensor 5V On
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: - 5V Power supply to ATC Senser.
[Reference BSD]: CH9.16 On: High
102.009-077 [T-ON]: Off
Diffusion Reflection LED [Cycle]: Off
[PSW Display]: Diffusion reflection LED [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: -
[Operation Description]: [Reference BSD]: Y: CH9.10, M: CH9.10, C: CH9.12, K: CH9.13
When the Diffusion Reflection LED of ADC Senser turns On and K density is 106.012-001
detected. Main Drive Motor On/Off
On: Low [PSW Display]: Main Drive Motor On/Off
[Cycle]: Off On:
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: - [T-ON]: Off
103.009-078 [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 12-71
ADC Sensor ShutterOpen [Reference BSD]: CH11.3
[PSW Display]: ADC Sensor ShutterOpen 107.012-010
[Operation Description]: Rear Tamper Motor Low Front On/Off
Turns Off automatically after 100 m sec. [PSW Display]: Rear Tamper Motor Low Front On/Off
[T-ON]: On Turns Off automatically after 100pulses.
[Cycle]: Off On:
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 9-79 [T-ON]: On
104.009-079 [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 12-11, 12-12, 12-13, 12-14, 12-15
ADC Sensor ShutterClose [Reference BSD]: CH11.6
[PSW Display]: ADC Sensor ShutterClose 108.012-011
[Operation Description]: Rear Tamper Motor Middle Front On/Off
Turns Off automatically after 100 m sec. [PSW Display]: Rear Tamper Motor Middle Front On/Off
[T-ON]: On Turns Off automatically after 100pulses.
[Cycle]: Off On:
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 9-78 [T-ON]: On
105.009-080 [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 12-10, 12-12, 12-13, 12-14, 12-15
ATC 5V ON [Reference BSD]: CH11.6

109.012-012 [Cycle]: Off

Rear Tamper Motor High Front On/Off [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 12-10, 12-11, 12-12, 12-13, 12-14
[PSW Display]: Rear Tamper Motor High Front On/Off [Reference BSD]: CH11.6
[Operation Description]: 113.012-020
Turns Off automatically after 100pulses. Staple Motor Close On/Off
On: [PSW Display]: Staple Motor Close On/Off
[Cycle]: Off Stops at Home Position.
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 12-10, 12-11, 12-13, 12-14, 12-15 On:
110.012-013 [Cycle]: Off
Rear Tamper Motor Low Rear On/Off [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 12-21
[PSW Display]: Rear Tamper Motor Low Rear On/Off [Reference BSD]: CH11.8
Turns Off automatically after 100pulses. Stapler Motor Reverse
On: [PSW Display]: Stapler Motor Reverse
[Cycle]: Off Turns Off automatically after 110msec.
111.012-014 [Cycle]: Off
Rear Tamper Motor Middle Rear On/Off [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 12-20
[PSW Display]: Rear Tamper Motor Middle Rear On/Off [Reference BSD]: CH11.8
Turns Off automatically after 100pulses.
On:
[T-ON]: On
[Cycle]: Off
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 12-10, 12-11, 12-12, 12-13, 12-15
112.012-015
Rear Tamper Motor High Rear On/Off
[PSW Display]: Rear Tamper Motor High Rear On/Off
Turns Off automatically after 100pulses.
On:
[T-ON]: On
115.012-030 On:
Eject Motor FORWARD On/Off [T-ON]: On
[PSW Display]: Eject Motor FORWARD On/Off [Cycle]: Off
[Operation Description]: [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 12-30, 12-31, 12-32, 12-34, 12-41
Turns Off automatically after 2000pulses. [Reference BSD]: CH11.9
On: 119.012-034
[T-ON]: On Eject Clamp UP
[Cycle]: Off [PSW Display]: Eject Clamp UP
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 12-31, 12-32, 12-33, 12-34, 12-41 [Operation Description]:
[Reference BSD]: CH11.9 Turns Off automatically at 46pulses after the Eject Home Sensor detected Home
116.012-031 Position.
Eject Motor Reverse On/Off On:
[PSW Display]: Eject Motor Reverse On/Off [T-ON]: On
Turns Off automatically after 2000pulses. [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 12-30, 12-31, 12-32, 12-33, 12-41
On: [Reference BSD]: CH11.9
[T-ON]: On 120.012-040
[Cycle]: Off Set Clamp Paddle Solenoid
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 12-30, 12-32, 12-33, 12-34, 12-4 [PSW Display]: Set Clamp Paddle Solenoid
117.012-032 Turns Off automatically after 1000 m sec.
Eject Clamp Low Down On:
[PSW Display]: Eject Clamp Low Down [T-ON]: On
Turns Off automatically at 702pulses after the Eject Home Sensor detected Home [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 12-41
Position. [Reference BSD]: CH11.9
On: 121.012-041
[T-ON]: On Set Clamp Paddle Rev
[Cycle]: Off [PSW Display]: Set Clamp Paddle Rev
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 12-30, 12-31, 12-33, 12-34, 12-41 [Operation Description]:
[Reference BSD]: CH11.9 Turns Off automatically at Mot: 583pulses and Sol: 200 m sec.
118.012-033 On:
Eject Clamp Middle Down [T-ON]: On
[PSW Display]: Eject Clamp Middle Down [Cycle]: Off
[Operation Description]: [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 12-30, 12-31, 12-32, 12-33, 12-34, 12-40
Turns Off automatically at 365pulses after the Eject Home Sensor detected Home [Reference BSD]: CH11.9
Position.

122.012-050 [Cycle]: Off

Stacker Motor UP On/Off [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 12-60
[PSW Display]: Stacker Motor UP On/Off [Reference BSD]: CH11.3
Turns Off automatically after 500 msec. Decurler Cam Clutch On
On: [PSW Display]: Decurler Cam Clutch On
[Cycle]: Off Turns Off automatically after 1000 msec.
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 12-51 On:
[Reference BSD]: CH11.10A [T-ON]: On
123.012-051 [Cycle]: Off
Stacker Motor Down On/Off [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 12-71
[PSW Display]: Stacker Motor Down On/Off [Reference BSD]: CH11.5
Turns Off automatically after 500 msec. Decurler Penetration Change
On: [PSW Display]: Decurler Penetration Change
[Cycle]: Off Turns Off automatically after the Decurler Home Snr detected On. (Stops when
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 12-50 the Home Snr detected On -> Off or Off -> On by turning On Decurler Cam
[Reference BSD]: CH11.10A Clutch 500ms after driving the Main Drive Motor.)
124.012-060 On:
H-Tra Gate In Solenoid Open [T-ON]: On
[PSW Display]: H-Tra Gate In Solenoid Open [Cycle]: Off
[Operation Description]: [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 12-1, 12-70
Turns Off automatically after 200 msec. [Reference BSD]: CH11.5
On: 128.012-080
[T-ON]: On Stapler Move Motor High Front On/Off
[Cycle]: Off [PSW Display]: Stapler Move Motor High Front On/Off
[Reference BSD]: CH11.3 Turns Off automatically at 250pulses.
125.012-061 On:
H-Tra Gate In Solenoid Close [T-ON]: On
[PSW Display]: H-Tra Gate In Solenoid Close [Cycle]: Off
[Operation Description]: [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 12-81, 12-82, 12-83
Turns Off automatically after 200 msec. [Reference BSD]: CH11.7
On: 129.012-081
[T-ON]: On Stapler Move Motor Low Font On/Off
[PSW Display]: Stapler Move Motor Low Font On/Off [Reference BSD]: CH11.6
Turns Off automatically at 250pulses. Front Tamper Motor Middle Front On/Off
On: [PSW Display]: Front Tamper Motor Middle Front On/Off
[Cycle]: Off Turns Off automatically at 100pulses.
[Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 12-80, 12-82, 12-83 On:
[Reference BSD] [T-ON]: On
130.012-082 [Cycle]: Off
Stapler Move Motor High Rear On/Off [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 12-91, 12-93, 12-94, 12-95, 12-96
[PSW Display]: Stapler Move Motor High Rear On/Off [Reference BSD]: CH11.6
Turns Off automatically at 250pulses. Front Tamper Motor High Front On/Off
On: [PSW Display]: Front Tamper Motor High Front On/Off
131.012-083 [Cycle]: Off
Stapler Move Motor Low Rear On/Off [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 12-91, 12-92, 12-94, 12-95, 12-96
[PSW Display]: Stapler Move Motor Low Rear On/Off [Reference BSD]: CH11.6
Turns Off automatically at 250pulses. Front Tamper Motor Low Rear On/Off
On: [PSW Display]: Front Tamper Motor Low Rear On/Off
132.012-091 [Cycle]: Off
Front Tamper Motor Low Front On/Off [Multiple Output Prohibited Items]: 12-91, 12-92, 12-93, 12-95, 12-96
[PSW Display]: Front Tamper Motor Low Front On/Off [Reference BSD]: CH11.6
Turns Off automatically at 100pulses. Front Tamper Motor Middle Rear On/Off
On: [PSW Display]: Front Tamper Motor Middle Rear On/Off

[T-ON]: On
[Cycle]: Off
137.012-096
Front Tamper Motor High Rear On/Off
[PSW Display]: Front Tamper Motor High Rear On/Off
Turns Off automatically at 100pulses.
On:
[T-ON]: On
[Cycle]: Off
3. 5. 3 DC140 Analog Monitor Code List BCRDC_K(DC330:009-029)
1. 004-100 BCRAC_Y(DC330:009-030)
IBT BELT EDGE SNR BCRAC_M(DC330:009-031)
[PSW Display]: IBT BELT EDGE SNR BCRAC_C(DC330:009-032)
[Component Type]: IN BCRAC_K(DC330:009-033)
[Simultaneous Output Items]: DEVEDC_Y(DC330:009-005)
Displays the sensor output value corresponding to the Belt position (actuation DEVEDC_M(DC330:009-006)
position). DEVEDC_C(DC330:009-007)
DEVEDC_K(DC330:009-008)
It is necessary to operate IBT 5V On.
DEVEAC_Y(DC330:009-009)
DEVEAC_M(DC330:009-010)
[Operation Description]: DEVEAC_C(DC330:009-011)
Displays the sensor output value corresponding to the Belt position (actuation DEVEAC_K(DC330:009-012)
position).
P/R MOT(DC330:004-003)
It is necessary to operate IBT 5V On. MAIN MOT(DC330:004-004)
Deve MOT(DC330:009-014)
Controls the output to 512 (Belt is in centre position). 0 <- Rear, Front -> 1023 [Operation Description]: Outputs VH when BCR AC Monitor is performed.
2. 007-100 5. 009-051
MSI Size Sensor 1st BTR HV
[PSW Display]: MSI Size Sensor [PSW Display]: 1st BTR HV
[Component Type]: IN [Component Type]: OUT
[Simultaneous Output Items]: Off [Simultaneous Output Items]:
[Operation Description]: - 009-026,052,076,077,080
3. 007-101 004-014
Option Detect [Operation Description]: Outputs NVM 746-44 and 45 setup Primary Transfer Electric
Current.
[PSW Display]: Option Detect
6. 009-052
[Component Type]: IN
2nd BTR HV
[Simultaneous Output Items]: Off
[PSW Display]: 2nd BTR HV
[Operation Description]: -
[Component Type]: OUT
4. 009-026 BCR DC/ACDEVE DC/AC
[Simultaneous Output Items]:
1st BTR HV
009-026,051,076,077,080
[PSW Display]: BCR DC/ACDEVE DC/AC
004-014
[Component Type]: OUT
[Operation Description]: Outputs NVM 746-12 setup Secondary Transfer Electric Current.
7. 009-076
BCRDC_Y(DC330:009-026)
ADC Shutter Open/Regular reflection LED On
BCRDC_M(DC330:009-027)
[PSW Display]: ADC Shutter Open/Regular Reflectance LED ON
BCRDC_C(DC330:009-028)

[Component Type]: OUT [Component Type]: IN

[Simultaneous Output Items]: 009-077, 026, 051, 052 [Simultaneous Output Items]: Displays ATC Sensor #4 Monitor Value.
[Operation Description]: - [Operation Description]: Displays ATC Sensor #4 Monitor Value.
8. 009-077 14. 009-200
ADC Shutter Open/Diffusion LED On 1ST BTR #1 MONI
[PSW Display]: ADC Shutter Open/Diffusion LED ON [PSW Display]: 1ST BTR #1 MONI
[Simultaneous Output Items]: 009-076, 026, 051, 052 [Simultaneous Output Items]: Off
[Operation Description]: - [Operation Description]: Monitors the analog value of the sensor that changes AD.
9. 009-080 15. 009-201
ATC_5V_On 1ST BTR #2 MONI
[PSW Display]: [PSW Display]: 1ST BTR #2 MONI
[Simultaneous Output Items]: [Simultaneous Output Items]: Off
009-026,051,052 [Operation Description]: Monitors the analog value of the sensor that changes AD.
[Operation Description]: - 16. 009-202
10. 009-100 1ST BTR #3 MONI
ATC SNR #1 [PSW Display]: 1ST BTR #3 MONI
[PSW Display]: Y ATC sensor [Component Type]: IN
[Component Type]: IN [Simultaneous Output Items]: Off
[Simultaneous Output Items]: Displays ATC Sensor #1 Monitor Value. [Operation Description]: Monitors the analog value of the sensor that changes AD.
[Operation Description]: Displays ATC Sensor #1 Monitor Value. 17. 009-203
11. 009-101 1ST BTR #4 MONI
ATC SNR #2 [PSW Display]: 1ST BTR #4 MONI
[PSW Display]: M ATC sensor [Component Type]: IN
[Component Type]: IN [Simultaneous Output Items]: Off
12. 009-102 2ND BTR MONI
ATC SNR #3 [PSW Display]: 2ND BTR MONI
[PSW Display]: C ATC sensor [Component Type]: IN
[Component Type]: IN [Simultaneous Output Items]:
13. 009-103 ADC Sensor S
ATC SNR #4 [PSW Display]: ADC Sensor S
[PSW Display]: K ATC sensor [Component Type]: IN
[Operation Description]: Monitors reflective ratio on the belt of ADC_Sensors by a
specific interval.
20. 009-256
TEMP Sensor
[PSW Display]: TEMP Sensor
[Operation Description]: Monitors temperature sensor by a specific interval.
21. 009-257
HUM Sensor
[PSW Display]: HUM Sensor
[Operation Description]: Monitors temperature sensor by a specific interval.
22. 010-100
STS Front Temperature
[PSW Display]: STS Front Temperature
Displays the average value calculated from the formula below using the
temperature AD value obtained from the front Thermister.
Average value = (Previous average value + Temperature AD value obtained from
Thermister) /2
23. 010-101
STS Rear Temperature
[PSW Display]: STS Rear Temperature
Displays the average value calculated from the formula below using the
temperature AD value obtained from the rear Thermister.
Average value = (Previous average value + Temperature AD value obtained from
Thermister) /2

3. 5. 4 DC135 HFSI List 5. 954-803

1. 005-805 IBT Belt CLN Assy Replacement Standard Value
Document Feed [PSW Display]: IBT Belt CLN Assy
[PSW Display]: Document Feed [Initial Value]: 100 kPV
[Initial Value]: 0 [Setup Range]: 0~99999999
[Setup Range]: 0~5,898,190 [Count Condition]:
[Count Condition]: No. of DADF Feed after HFSI Counter Cleared. Copying when smaller than 8.5 x 11": +1
[Description]: Copying when longer than 8.5 x 11": +2
2. 006-802 [Description]:
IIT Scan Replacement of the IBT Belt CLN Assy
[PSW Display]: IIT Scan Warning at 98.5 kPV
[Initial Value]: 0 6. 954-804
[Setup Range]: 0~5,898,190 Fuser-CRU Standard Value
[Count Condition]: No. of Scan (Including pre-scan) after HFSI Counter Cleared. [PSW Display]: Fuser-CRU
[Description]: [Initial Value]: 10000000
3. 954-801 [Setup Range]: 0~99999999
IBT Belt Unit Replacement Standard Value [Count Condition]: Area conversion with A4L=100
[PSW Display]: IBT Belt Unit [Description]:
[Initial Value]: 480 kPV Usage of Fuser CRU equivalent to A4L conversion
[Setup Range]: 0~99999999 Warning at 900000
[Count Condition]: 7. 954-806
Copying when smaller than 8.5 x 11": +1 1Tray Feed No. Standard Value
Copying when longer than 8.5 x 11": +2 [PSW Display]: 1Tray Feed counter
Replacement of the IBT Belt Unit [Setup Range]: 0~99999999
Warning at 478.5 kPV [Count Condition]: 1 sheet
4. 954-802 [Description]: Replacement time of periodic replacement parts
2nd BTR Unit Replacement Standard Value 8. 954-807
[PSW Display]: 2nd BTR Unit MSI Feed No. Standard Value
[Initial Value]: 150 kPV [PSW Display]: MSI Feed counter
[Setup Range]: 0~99999999 [Initial Value]: 300000
[Count Condition]: [Setup Range]: 0~99999999
Copying when smaller than 8.5 x 11": +1 [Count Condition]: 1 sheet
Copying when longer than 8.5 x 11": +2 [Description]: Replacement time of periodic replacement parts
[Description]: 9. 954-808
Replacement of the 2nd BTR Unit 2Tray Feed No. Standard Value
Warning at 98.5 kPV [PSW Display]: 2Tray Feed counter
[Initial Value]: 300000
[Setup Range]: 0~99999999
[Count Condition]: 1 sheet
[Description]: Replacement time of periodic replacement parts
10. 954-809
3Tray Feed No. Standard Value
[PSW Display]: 3Tray Feed counter
11. 954-810
4Tray Feed No. Standard Value
[PSW Display]: 4Tray Feed counter

3. 5. 5 DC612 Test Pattern Print (PG) List PG

No. Pattern Name Overview Purpose PG Built-in Location
PG
No. Pattern Name Overview Purpose PG Built-in Location 6 A2 Patch Forms a 1 axial near For Color Regi Controller
CNT for approx. 1 adjustment in Diag
1 LSU (ROS) Seal Glass Cleaning The engine where IOT
cycle (1: 4 sheets of DC685-3 (Center
Check Guide: 20 % Half defect has occurred
8.5 x 11" continuous) Setup)
Tone Full Band Width can be determined as
of IBT Belt in full
KCMRY Fast Scan an output sheet
color. (Chevron
direction Stripe contains Seal Glass
Pattern)
Pattern smearing. -> To
determine defect 7 B1 Patch Forms a bi-axial near For Color Regi rough Controller
engine the IN and OUT edges adjustment in Diag
for approx. 1 cycle (1: DC685-1 (Skew Fine
2 Halftone (IOT) Seal Glass Cleaning Defect can be IOT
4 sheets of 8.5 x 11" Setup) and 685-4
Guide: 20% Half detected/evaluated
continuous) in full (Skew Rough Setup).
Tone Full Band Width (steaks, uneven
color. ("<" pattern)
Full Half Tone. Select density, banding)
the density from 8 B2 Patch Forms a 1 axial near For Color Regi Controller
Cin=0~100. CNT for approx. 1 adjustment in Diag
cycle (1: 4 sheets of DC685-3 (Center
3 Grid 1dot (For separating - Around Alignment IOT
8.5 x 11" continuous) Setup)
troubles) 512 dot and Color Regi
of IBT Belt in full
Pitch Grid Pattern - Secondary Transfer
color. ("<" pattern)
with 1 dot width part magnification
failure 9 C Patch Forms a three-axle IN/ For Diag DC683 (to Controller
CNT/OUT in approx. check Sensor, Cyan
4 Fast Scan 8 (For separating For development. IOT
1 cycle (1: 4 sheets of and position shift).
Gradation troubles) Fast Scan For ASIC debug.
8.5 x 11" continuous)
direction 8 Gradation
of IBT Belt in single
Pattern
color C. (Chevron
5 A1 Patch Forms a bi-axial near For Color Regi Controller Pattern)
the IN and OUT edges adjustment in Diag
in full color. DC685-1 (Skew Fine
(Chevron Pattern) At Setup) and DC685-2
normal Regi Control (In/Out Setup) during
cycle: Approx. half JOB, at beginning of
cycle of IBT Belt (2 JOB and end of JOB.
sheets of 8.5 x 11" Also, for Color Regi
continuous) At Diag reading in DC681 and
Regi Control cycle: DC684.
Approx. 1 cycle of
IBT Belt (1: 4 sheets
of 8.5 x 11"
continuous)
PG PG
No. Pattern Name Overview Purpose PG Built-in Location No. Pattern Name Overview Purpose PG Built-in Location
10 Binary/Auto (For gradation To output during Auto Controller 12 Binary/Auto (For gradation To output during Auto Controller
Gradation correction) Gradation Gradation Correction. Gradation correction) Gradation Gradation Correction.
Correction PG pattern for gradation For checking Correction PG pattern for gradation For checking
(For Printer) correction for CTRACS feature. The (For Printer) correction for CTRACS feature. The
LUT: C-TRA printing LUT: C-TRA same pattern as this LUT: C-TRA printing LUT: C-TRA same pattern as this
Off IOT Off Off IOT Off output pattern is even Off IOT Off Off IOT Off output pattern is even
output in the output in the
CTRACS feature CTRACS feature
(Reads the output (Reads the output
pattern by IIT and sets pattern by IIT and sets
up the color up the color
reproducibility) inside reproducibility) inside
the Tools (opened to the Tools (opened to
customer). The test customer). The test
pattern here is able to pattern here is able to
check the setup effects check the setup effects
of the Printer feature. of the Printer feature.
11 Binary/Auto (For gradation To output during Auto Controller 13 Binary/Auto (For gradation To output during Auto Controller
Gradation correction) Gradation Gradation Correction. Gradation correction) Gradation Gradation Correction.
Correction PG pattern for gradation For checking Correction PG pattern for gradation For checking
(For Printer) correction for CTRACS feature. The (For Printer) correction for CTRACS feature. The
LUT: C-TRA printing LUT: C-TRA same pattern as this LUT: C-TRA printing LUT: C-TRA same pattern as this
Off IOT On Off IOT On output pattern is even On IOT On On IOT On output pattern is even
output in the output in the
CTRACS feature CTRACS feature
(Reads the output (Reads the output
pattern by IIT and sets pattern by IIT and sets
up the color up the color
reproducibility) inside reproducibility) inside
the Tools (opened to the Tools (opened to
customer). The test customer). The test
pattern here is able to pattern here is able to
check the setup effects check the setup effects
of the Printer feature. of the Printer feature.

PG PG
14 Binary/Auto (For gradation To output during Auto IPS 18 Binary/Process (Density adjustment, The Primary color/ IPS
Gradation correction) Gradation Gradation Correction. Control LUT: gradation check) Secondary color/
Correction PG pattern for gradation For checking C-TRA Off Gradation pattern for Tertiary color
(For Copy) correction for CTRACS feature. IOT Off density adjustment gradation
LUT: C-TRA copying LUT: Same as 10. The test LUT: C-TRA Off IOT reproducibility can be
Off IOT Off C-TRA Off IOT Off pattern here is able to Off checked by crossing
check the setup effects over to entire
of the Copy feature. gradation. For
checking TRC.
15 Binary/Auto (For gradation To output during Auto IPS
Gradation correction) Gradation Gradation Correction. 19 Binary/Process (Density adjustment, The Primary color/ IPS
Correction PG pattern for gradation For checking Control LUT: gradation check) Secondary color/
(For Copy) correction for CTRACS feature. C-TRA Off Gradation pattern for Tertiary color
LUT: C-TRA copying LUT: Same as 10. The test IOT On density adjustment gradation
Off IOT On C-TRA Off IOT On pattern here is able to LUT: C-TRA Off IOT reproducibility can be
check the setup effects On checked by crossing
of the Copy feature. over to entire
gradation. For
checking TRC.
Gradation correction) Gradation Gradation Correction.
Correction PG pattern for gradation For checking 20 Binary/Process (Density adjustment, The Primary color/ IPS
(For Copy) correction for CTRACS feature. Control LUT: gradation check) Secondary
LUT: C-TRA copying LUT: Same as 10. The test C-TRA On IOT Gradation pattern for color/Tertiary color
On IOT Off C-TRA On IOT Off pattern here is able to On density adjustment gradation
check the setup effects LUT: C-TRA On IOT reproducibility can be
of the Copy feature. Off checked by crossing
over to entire
gradation. For
Gradation correction) Gradation Gradation Correction.
checking TRC.
Correction PG pattern for gradation For checking
(For Copy) correction for CTRACS feature. 21 Binary/Process (Density adjustment, The Primary color/ IPS
LUT: C-TRA copying LUT: Same as 10. The test Control LUT: gradation check) Secondary color/
On IOT On C-TRA On IOT On pattern here is able to C-TRA On IOT Gradation pattern for Tertiary color
check the setup effects On density adjustment gradation
of the Copy feature. LUT: C-TRA On IOT reproducibility can be
On checked by crossing
over to entire
gradation. For
checking TRC.
PG PG
22 Binary/ (Highlight gradation In the gradation IPS 26 IIT/FS Incre/ (For separating For development. IPS
Highlight PG check) Gradation reproducibility of Gradation troubles) Fast Scan Determine the defect
LUT: C-TRA pattern for highlight Primary color/ direction gradation locations when IPS
Off IOT Off adjustment LUT: Secondary color/ YMC process BK defect and ASIC poor
C-TRA Off IOT Off Tertiary color, the pattern installation etc. has
highlight parts easily occurred.
varied can be checked
27 IIT/SS Incre/ (For separating For development. IPS
in details. For
Gradation troubles) Slow Scan Determine the defect
checking TRC.
direction gradation locations when IPS
23 Binary/ (Highlight gradation In the gradation IPS YMC process BK defect and ASIC poor
Highlight PG check) Gradation reproducibility of pattern installation etc. has
LUT: C-TRA pattern for highlight Primary color/ occurred.
Off IOT On adjustment LUT: Secondary color/
28 Shading Data (For separating For development. IPS
C-TRA Off IOT On Tertiary color, the
Output troubles) Shading Determine the defect
highlight parts easily
RAM data output locations when IPS
pattern defect and ASIC poor
in details. For
installation etc. has
checking TRC.
occurred.
24 Binary/ (Highlight gradation In the gradation IPS
29 COSAC Count (For separating For separating IPS
Highlight PG check) Gradation reproducibility of
Mode/YMCK troubles) 10.84 mm troubles. It
LUT: C-TRA pattern for highlight Primary color/
Vertical Stripe width YMCK determines the
On IOT Off adjustment LUT: Secondary color/
Vertical Stripe Pattern defective locations
C-TRA On IOT Off Tertiary color, the
when an error image
was output. Normal:
Pre IPS Asic onwards
in details. For
can be determined as
checking TRC.
normal.
25 Binary/ (Highlight gradation In the gradation IPS
30 COSAC Count (For separating For development. IPS
Highlight PG check) Gradation reproducibility of
Mode/8 troubles) Determine the defect
LUT: C-TRA pattern for highlight Primary color/
Gradation 21.67x10.84 mm 8 locations when IPS
On IOT On adjustment LUT: Secondary color/
Patch Gradation Patch defect and ASIC poor
C-TRA On IOT On Tertiary color, the
Pattern installation etc. has
occurred.
in details. For
checking TRC.

PG PG
31 COSAC Solid (For development) For development. IPS 36 FSRE Count (For separating For development. IPS
PG ALL AAh Entire Solid Data Determine the defect Mode/Slanting troubles)5.42 mm Determine the defect
Pattern. locations when IPS Grid YMCK Slanting Grid locations when IPS
defect and ASIC poor Pattern. defect and ASIC poor
installation etc. has installation etc. has
occurred. occurred.
32 AES L* Pass (For separating For development. IPS 37 VIPER Fixed (For separating For development. IPS
Check troubles) 32.51 mm Determine the defect Pattern Output/ troubles) Connection Determine the defect
Grey + 10.84 mm locations when IPS BW Binary between IPS- locations when IPS
White, Vertical Stripe defect and ASIC poor Controller CHK defect and ASIC poor
Pattern. installation etc. has Entire 2dot width installation etc. has
occurred. Horizontal Ladder occurred.
Pattern.
33 VIPER Grid/ (For development) For development. IPS
4C 10.84 mm Grid Determine the defect 38 VIPER Fixed (For separating For development. IPS
Pattern. locations when IPS Pattern Output/ troubles) Entire 2 dot Determine the defect
defect and ASIC poor 4C Binary width Horizontal locations when IPS
installation etc. has Ladder Pattern. defect and ASIC poor
occurred. installation etc. has
occurred.
34 VIPER Grid/ (For development) For development. IPS
BW 10.84 mm Grid Determine the defect 39 TAG Fixed (For development) For development. IPS
Pattern. locations when IPS Binary COPY- TAG='0' Fixed COPY. Determine the defect
defect and ASIC poor 1 locations when IPS
installation etc. has defect and ASIC poor
occurred. installation etc. has
occurred.
35 FSRE Count (For separating For separating IPS
Mode/Grid troubles)5.42 mm troubles. It 40 TAG Fixed (For development) For development. IPS
YMCK Grid Pattern. determines the Binary COPY- TAG='1' Fixed Determine the defect
defective locations 2 COPY. locations when IPS
when an error image defect and ASIC poor
was output. Normal: installation etc. has
Pre IPS Asic onwards occurred.
can be determined as
normal.
PG PG
41 Multi-valued/ (For gradation See Note 46 Multi-valued/ (Density adjustment, See Note
Auto correction) Gradation Process Control gradation check)
Gradation pattern for gradation PG LUT: Gradation pattern for
Correction PG correction for C-TRA Off density adjustment
(For Copy) copying LUT: IOT On LUT: C-TRA Off IOT
LUT: C-TRA C-TRA Off IOT Off On
Off IOT Off
47 Multi-valued/ (Density adjustment, See Note
42 Multi-valued/ (For gradation See Note Process Control gradation check)
Auto Grada- correction) Gradation PG LUT: Gradation pattern for
tion Correction pattern for gradation C-TRA On IOT density adjustment
PG (For Copy) correction for Off LUT: C-TRA On IOT
LUT: C-TRA copying LUT: Off
Off IOT On C-TRA Off IOT On
48 Multi-valued/ (Density adjustment, See Note
43 Multi-valued/ (For gradation See Note Process Control gradation check)
Auto correction) Gradation PG LUT: Gradation pattern for
Gradation pattern for gradation C-TRA On IOT density adjustment
Correction PG correction for On LUT: C-TRA On IOT
(For Copy) copying LUT: On
LUT: C-TRA C-TRA On IOT Off
49 Multi-valued/ (Highlight gradation See Note
On IOT Off
Highlight PG check) Gradation
44 Multi-valued/ (For gradation See Note LUT: C-TRA pattern for highlight
Auto correction) Gradation Off IOT Off adjustment LUT:
Gradation pattern for gradation C-TRA Off IOT Off
Correction PG correction for
(For Copy) copying LUT:
LUT: C-TRA C-TRA On IOT On
LUT: C-TRA pattern for highlight
On IOT On
Off IOT On adjustment LUT:
45 Multi-valued/ (Density adjustment, See Note C-TRA Off IOT On
Process Control gradation check)
PG LUT: Gradation pattern for
C-TRA Off density adjustment
IOT Off LUT: C-TRA Off IOT
On IOT Off adjustment LUT:
Off
C-TRA On IOT Off

PG
No. Pattern Name Overview Purpose PG Built-in Location
On IOT On adjustment LUT:
C-TRA On IOT On
Reserve
No. 41~52 are specifications meant for Post Launch.

3. 5. 6 DC131 710-xxx DADF NVM List [PSW Display]: FS MAX value
1. 710-001 [Initial Value]: 2970
[NVM Name]: ADF Failure Bypass [Setup Range]: 1297~3070
[PSW Display]: ADF Failure Bypass [Description]: For customized registration of DADF Document Size Detection
Decurler
[Initial Value]: 0
7. 710-019
[Setup Range]: 0~1
[NVM Name]: Fast Scan direction MIN Value
[Description]: 0: Bypass On 1: Bypass Off
[PSW Display]: FS MIN value
2. 710-002
[NVM Name]: JAM Bypass
[PSW Display]: JAM Bypass
[Description]: For customized registration of DADF Document Size Detection
[Initial Value]: 0
Decurler
[Setup Range]: 0~1
8. 710-020
[Description]: 0: Bypass On 1: Bypass Off
[NVM Name]: Slow Scan direction MAX Value
3. 710-005
[PSW Display]: SS MAX value
[NVM Name]: No. of Steps after the Regi Sensor turned Off and until the Belt Motor
started to reduce speed in the Non CVT Mode.
[PSW Display]: Regi Sensor Off to Belt Motor Slowdown Step (Non CVT Mode)
[Description]: For customized registration of DADF Document Size Detection
Decurler
9. 710-021
[Description]: Lead Regi Adjustment Value: 5 +/5 mm
[NVM Name]: Slow Scan direction MIN Value
4. 710-006
[PSW Display]: SS MIN value
[NVM Name]: No. of Steps after the Regi Sensor turned On and until the Belt Motor
started to reduce speed in the Non CVT Mode (Reverse & Reverse Output Loop)
[PSW Display]: DupMode Regi Sensor On to Belt Mot. Slowdown Step (Non CVT
Mode) [Description]: For customized registration of DADF Document Size Detection
Decurler
[Initial Value]: 44
10. 710-022
[NVM Name]: Document Size
[Description]: Regi Roller Loop Adjustment Value at Reverse & Reverse Output: 4 +/-
5 mm [PSW Display]: Document Size
5. 710-012 [Initial Value]: 8
[NVM Name]: 8.5x11"LEF Threshold [Setup Range]: 3~20
[PSW Display]: 8.5x11"LEF Threshold [Description]: For customized registration of DADF Document Size Detection
Decurler
11. 710-023
[NVM Name]: Document Feed Direction Specification
[Description]: Threshold to separated the size detection of 8.5 x 11" LEF and 8 x 10" LEF.
[PSW Display]: Document Process Direction
6. 710-018
[Initial Value]: 0
[NVM Name]: Fast Scan direction MAX Value
[Setup Range]: 0~1

[Description]: For customized registration of DADF Document Size Detection 16. 710-800
Decurler [NVM Name]: ADF No Sensor Static Jam
12. 710-024 [PSW Display]: ADF Static Jam Count Total (No Sensor Sensed Jam)
[NVM Name]: Customized registration specification for DADF Document Size [Initial Value]: 0
Detection Decurler [Setup Range]: 0~65535
[PSW Display]: DADF Doc Size Detection Table [Description]: Cumulative Jam Counter (Write not permitted)
[Setup Range]: 0~1 [NVM Name]: ADF No Sensor Static Jam
[Description]: For customized registration of DADF Document Size Detection [PSW Display]: ADF Static Jam Count Since Reset (No Sensor)
Decurler
[Initial Value]: 0
13. 710-025
[NVM Name]: S Size document Side 2 Lead Regi Correction Value
[Description]: Cumulative Jam Counter at the previous clearing (Write not permitted)
[PSW Display]: S Size Side2 Lead Regi Adjust
18. 710-802
[NVM Name]: ADF Doc In Sensor Static Jam
[PSW Display]: ADF Document Input Sensor Static Jam Count Total
[Description]: Side 2 Lead Regi Correction Value of S Size document. Unit: Step
[Initial Value]: 0
S Size = 131.7mm~158.0mm in Slow Scan Direction [Setup Range]: 0~65535
[Description]: Cumulative Jam Counter (Write not permitted)
14. 710-026 19. 710-803
[NVM Name]: M Size document Side 2 Lead Regi Correction Value [NVM Name]: ADF Doc In Sensor Static Jam
[PSW Display]: M Size Side2 Lead Regi Adjust [PSW Display]: ADF DocInput SNR Static Jam Count Since Reset
[Initial Value]: 250 [Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 217~283 [Setup Range]: 0~65535
[Description]: Side 2 Lead Regi Correction Value of M Size document. Unit: Step [Description]: Cumulative Jam Counter at the previous clearing (Write not permitted)
20. 710-804
M Size = 158.1mm~245.9mm in Slow Scan Direction [NVM Name]: ADF Regi Sensor Static Jam
[PSW Display]: ADF Registration Sensor Static Jam Count Total
[NVM Name]: L Size document Side 2 Lead Regi Correction Value [Setup Range]: 0~65535
[PSW Display]: L Size Side2 Lead Regi Adjust [Description]: Cumulative Jam Counter (Write not permitted)
[Initial Value]: 250 21. 710-805
[Setup Range]: 217~283 [NVM Name]: ADF Regi Sensor Static Jam
[Description]: Side 2 Lead Regi Correction Value of L Size document. Unit: Step [PSW Display]: ADF Regi Sensor Static Jam Count Since Reset
L Size = 246.0 mm~460.0 mm in Slow Scan Direction [Initial Value]: 0
22. 710-806 28. 710-812
[NVM Name]: ADF Exit Sensor Static Jam [NVM Name]: ADF Regi Sensor Off Dynamic Jam
[PSW Display]: ADF Exit Sensor Static Jam Count Total [PSW Display]: ADF RegiSNR Off NonInvert DynamicJam Count Total
[Description]: Cumulative Jam Counter (Write not permitted) [Description]: Cumulative Jam Counter (Write not permitted)
23. 710-807 29. 710-813
[NVM Name]: ADF Exit Sensor Static Jam [NVM Name]: ADF Regi Sensor Off Dynamic Jam
[PSW Display]: ADF Exit Sensor Static Jam Count Since Reset [PSW Display]: ADF Regi SNR Off Dynamic Jam Count Since Reset
[Description]: Cumulative Jam Counter at the previous clearing (Write not permitted) [Description]: Cumulative Jam Counter at the previous clearing (Write not permitted)
24. 710-808 30. 710-814
[NVM Name]: ADF Dup Sensor Static Jam [NVM Name]: ADF Regi Sensor On Dynamic Jam (At document inversion)
[PSW Display]: ADF Duplex Sensor Static Jam Count Total [PSW Display]: ADF Regi SNR On Dynamic Jam Count Total (invert)
25. 710-809 31. 710-815
[NVM Name]: ADF Dup Sensor Static Jam [NVM Name]: ADF Regi Sensor On Dynamic Jam (At document inversion)
[PSW Display]: ADF Duplex Sensor Static Jam Count Since Reset [PSW Display]: ADF RegiSNROn DynamicJamCount SinceReset (invert)
26. 10-810 32. 710-816
[NVM Name]: ADF Regi Sensor On Dynamic Jam [NVM Name]: ADF Regi Sensor Off Dynamic Jam (At document inversion)
[PSW Display]: ADF Regi SNR On NonInvert DynamicJam Count Total [PSW Display]: ADF Regi SNR Off Dynamic Jam Count Total (invert)
27. 710-811 33. 710-817
[NVM Name]: ADF Regi Sensor On Dynamic Jam [NVM Name]: ADF Regi Sensor Off Dynamic Jam (At document inversion)
[PSW Display]: ADF Regi SNR On Dynamic Jam Count Since Reset [PSW Display]: ADF RegiSNROffDynamicJamCount SinceReset (invert)

34. 710-818 40. 710-900

[NVM Name]: ADF Exit Sensor On Dynamic Jam [NVM Name]: Feed Count Replacement Life (Upper digits)
[PSW Display]: ADF Exit Sensor On Dynamic Jam Count Total [PSW Display]: Feed Life Count (upper digits)
[Description]: Cumulative Jam Counter (Write not permitted) [Description]: Feed Count Replacement Life (Upper digits) (Write not permitted)
35. 710-819 41. 710-901
[NVM Name]: ADF Exit Sensor On Dynamic Jam [NVM Name]: Feed Count Replacement Life (Lower digits)
[PSW Display]: ADF Exit Sensor On Dynamic Jam Count Since Reset [PSW Display]: Feed Life Count (lower digits)
[Description]: Cumulative Jam Counter at the previous clearing (Write not permitted) [Description]: Feed Count Replacement Life (Lower digits) (Write not permitted)
36. 710-820
[NVM Name]: ADF Exit Sensor Off Dynamic Jam
[PSW Display]: ADF Exit Sensor Off Dynamic Jam Count Total
[Initial Value]: 0
37. 710-821
[NVM Name]: ADF Exit Sensor Off Dynamic Jam
[PSW Display]: ADF Exit Sensor Off DynamicJam Count Since Reset
[Initial Value]: 0
38. 710-822
[NVM Name]: Size Mismatch Jam in No Mix
[PSW Display]: Size Mismatch Jam Count Total
[Initial Value]: 0
39. 710-823
[NVM Name]: Size Mismatch Jam in No Mix
[PSW Display]: Size Mismatch Jam Count Since Reset
[Initial Value]: 0
3. 5. 7 DC131 715-xxx IIT NVM List 6. 715-017
1. 715-001 [NVM Name]: COSAC Fast Scan 1x5 Filter Switching
[NVM Name]: PreIPS Failure Bypass [PSW Display]: COSAC FS1x5 Filter
[PSW Display]: PreIPS Failure Bypass [Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 0~1 [Description]: 0:OFF, 1:ON (Moire reduction)
[Description]: 0: Failure Bypass is not available, 1: Failure Bypass is available 7. 715-018
2. 715-004 [NVM Name]: COSAC Special Feature
[NVM Name]: BW/Color Auto Recognition Level Adjustment [PSW Display]: COSAC Special Feature
[PSW Display]: ACS Detection Level [Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 0~4 [Description]:
[Description]: Level 0 (judged from Black and White)~Level 4 (judged from Color) bit 0 -> 0: Normal, 1: LSWIDE LineSync Active large width
3. 715-014 bit 1 -> 0: Normal, 1: AGOC Cancel, Manual Setup from NVM-AGCP, AOCP.
[NVM Name]: PRadjF bit 2 -> 0: Normal, 1: Forward revolution output (ONPF=0)
[PSW Display]: PRadjF 8. 715-051
[Initial Value]: 120 [NVM Name]: AOCerr
[Setup Range]: 0~240 [PSW Display]: AOCerr
[Description]: Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (Dot) "Adjustment at ex-fac- [Initial Value]: 0
tory" [Setup Range]: 0~255
VLSS=PROMVLSS+PRadjF -120 - Shift Amount [Description]: No. of times the AOC flow has ended in an abnormal way.
4. 715-015 9. 715-080
[NVM Name]: DADF FS Offset [NVM Name]: Pshad (1)
[PSW Display]: DADF FS Offset [PSW Display]: Pshad (1)
[Description]: Fast Scan Offset Value (Dot) when DADF is used. [Description]: Red W-Ref Correction Coefficient "Adjustment at ex-factory"
VLSS=PROMVLSS+PRadjF -120 +DADF Offset- Shift Amount, "Adjustment at 10. 715-081
ex-factory" (DUP Side can be used too) [NVM Name]: Pshad (2)
5. 715-016 [PSW Display]: Pshad (2)
[NVM Name]: Side Regi Shift Amount (-) [Initial Value]: 158
[PSW Display]: Side Registration Shift (-) [Setup Range]: 115~255
[Initial Value]: 0 [Description]: Green W-Ref Correction Coefficient "Adjustment at ex-factory"
[Setup Range]: 0~256 11. 715-082
[Description]: For VLSS=PROMVLSS+PRadjF - 120 - Shift Amount and (Dot) Regi [NVM Name]: Pshad (3)
adjustments. [PSW Display]: Pshad (3)


[Description]: Blue W-Ref Correction Coefficient "Adjustment at ex-factory" [Description]: 0.210 mm(A4S)~6.216 mm(8.5") (1step=1mm)
12. 715-083 18. 715-116
[NVM Name]: Pshad (4) [NVM Name]: Special Document Detection Table Selection
[PSW Display]: Pshad (4) [PSW Display]: Original detection table for special paper
[Description]: Red W-Ref Correction Coefficient P Paper "Adjustment at ex-factory" [Description]:
13. 715-084 0: Do not use special table
[NVM Name]: Pshad (5) 1: A Series (A4L when APS is Off, and A3S when APS is On)
[PSW Display]: Pshad (5) 2: Inch Series (Letter LEF when APS is Off, and 11x17" when APS is On)
[Initial Value]: 72 19. 715-128
[Setup Range]: 0~127 [NVM Name]: DADF FS Offset Side 2
[Description]: Green W-Ref Correction Coefficient P Paper "Adjustment at [PSW Display]: DADF FS Offset (side 2)
ex-factory" [Initial Value]: 71
14. 715-085 [Setup Range]: 01~50
[NVM Name]: Pshad (6) [Description]: Fast Scan Offset value (Dot) on IPS at DADF DUP Side 2
[PSW Display]: Pshad (6) VLSS=PROMVLSS+PRadjF - 50 +DADF Offset Side 2 "Adjustment at
[Initial Value]: 69 ex-factory"
[Setup Range]: 0~127 20. 715-138
[Description]: Blue W-Ref Correction Coefficient P Paper "Adjustment at ex-factory" [NVM Name]: Document Size Detection, Platen Back Contamination Countermeasure
15. 715-113 [PSW Display]: Document Size Detection
[NVM Name]: A6 Document/Postcard Document Judgement Switching [Initial Value]: 0
[PSW Display]: A6/Postcard Detection [Setup Range]: 0~1
[Initial Value]: 0 [Description]: 0: Detection by 4 Registers, 1: Detection by 3 Registers (Contamination
[Setup Range]: 0~1 Countermeasure)
[Description]: 0: Postcard Document, 1: A6 Document 21. 715-139
16. 715-114 [NVM Name]: B5/8 x 10 " Detection Switching
[NVM Name]: A4S/8.5 in Judgement Area Switching [PSW Display]: B5/8 x 10 " Detection
[PSW Display]: A4S/8.5 in Detection 1 [Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 0~1 [Description]: B5/8 x 10 " Switching (Default 0: B5 Detection, 1: 8 x 10 " Detection)
[Description]: 0: , Letter Fixed, 1: Can be changed by Area Switching 2 22. 715-140
17. 715-115 [NVM Name]: 8K Detection Specification
[NVM Name]: A4S/8.5 in Judgement Area Switching 2 [PSW Display]: 8K Detection
[PSW Display]: A4S/8.5 in Detection 2 [Initial Value]: 0
[Description]: 8K detection specification (Default 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect) 28. 715-208
23. 715-142 [NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/Slow Scan Fixed
[NVM Name]: NutAngleF Position
[PSW Display]: NutAngleF [PSW Display]: Line to Fix Variation
[Description]: Front NUT Revolution Angle (990~1980: Right revolution angle, [Description]: Speed Priority AE/Slow Scan variation fixed position/NCON
0~990: Left revolution angle) (1step=0.16mm)
24. 715-143 29. 715-212
[NVM Name]: NutAngleR [NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/B/W Suppression Mode
[PSW Display]: NutAngleR Setup
[Initial Value]: 990 [PSW Display]: Background Color Suppression mode for BW
[Description]: Rear NUT Revolution Angle (990~1980: Right revolution angle, 0~990: [Setup Range]: 0~2
Left revolution angle) [Description]: Speed Priority AE/Suppression Mode Setup in B/W 0: Register, 1:
25. 715-200 Fixed, 2: Vary
[NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/Fast Scan Undetected 30. 715-213
Area [NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/Color Suppression
[PSW Display]: External Area of FS Sampling Mode Setup
[Initial Value]: 255 [PSW Display]: Background Color Suppression mode for Color
[Description]: Speed Priority AE/Fast Scan direction undetected area [Setup Range]: 0~2
26. 715-204 [Description]: Speed Priority AE/Suppression Mode Setup in Color 0: Register, 1:
Fixed, 2: Vary
[NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/Background Detection
Upper Limit 31. 715-214
[PSW Display]: Maximum Sampling Value of Background color [NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/B/W Register Mode
Fixed Value
[Initial Value]: 90
[PSW Display]: Undercolor Data for BW
[Initial Value]: 0
[Description]: Speed Priority AE/Samping Upper Limit/B MAX
27. 715-205
[Description]: Speed Priority AE/Fixed background color data in B/W Register Mode
[NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/Background Color
(When value of NVM(715-212) is 0.)
Initial Value
32. 715-215
[PSW Display]: Initial Background color Value
[NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/Color Register Mode
[Initial Value]: 0
Fixed Value
[PSW Display]: Undercolor Data for Color
[Description]: Speed Priority AE/Background level initial value/INIT
[Initial Value]: 0

[Description]: Speed Priority AE/Fixed background color data in Color Register Mode [NVM Name]: Default Color Balance Adjustment Level Y Color Low density
(When value of NVM(715-212) is 0.) [PSW Display]: Color Balance Default: Y/Low density
[NVM Name]: Underground removal level: Full Color Copy [Setup Range]: 0~8
[PSW Display]: Undercolor removal level for Color Copy [Description]: Default Color Balance Adjustment Level Y Color Low density
[Setup Range]: 0~4 [NVM Name]: Default Color Balance Adjustment Level Y Color Medium density
[Description]: [PSW Display]: Color Balance Default: Y/Medium density
0:Removal Level: Very little [Initial Value]: 4
1: Removal Level: Little [Setup Range]: 0~8
2: Normal [Description]: Default Color Balance Adjustment Level Y Color Medium density
3: Removal Level: Large 39. 715-222
4: Removal Level: Very large [NVM Name]: Default Color Balance Adjustment Level Y Color High density
34. 715-217 [PSW Display]: Color Balance Default: Y/High density
[NVM Name]: Underground removal level: Full Color Scan [Initial Value]: 4
[PSW Display]: Underground removal level for Color Scan [Setup Range]: 0~8
[Initial Value]: 2 [Description]: Default Color Balance Adjustment Level Y Color High density
[Setup Range]: 0~4 40. 715-223
[Description]: [NVM Name]: Default Color Balance Adjustment Level M Color Low density
0:Removal Level: Very little [PSW Display]: Color Balance Default: M/Low density
1: Removal Level: Little [Initial Value]: 4
2: Normal [Setup Range]: 0~8
3: Removal Level: Large [Description]: Default Color Balance Adjustment Level M Color Low density
4: Removal Level: Very large 41. 715-224
35. 715-218 [NVM Name]: Default Color Balance Adjustment Level M Color Medium density
[NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/B/W Gamma Value [PSW Display]: Color Balance Default: M/Medium density
[PSW Display]: Gamma Data for BW [Initial Value]: 4
[Setup Range]: 0~2 [Description]: Default Color Balance Adjustment Level M Color Medium density
[Description]: AE GAMMA Data in B/W mode 0: GMD=2, 1: GMD=3, 2: GMD=5 42. 715-225
36. 715-219 [NVM Name]: Default Color Balance Adjustment Level M Color High density
[NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/Color Gamma Value [PSW Display]: Color Balance Default: M/High density
[PSW Display]: Gamma Data for Color [Initial Value]: 4
[Setup Range]: 0~2 [Description]: Default Color Balance Adjustment Level M Color High density
[Description]: AE GAMMA Data in Color mode 0: GMD=2, 1: GMD=3, 2: GMD=5 43. 715-226
37. 715-220 [NVM Name]: Default Color Balance Adjustment Level C Color Low density
[PSW Display]: Color Balance Default: C/Low density [Initial Value]: 1
[Setup Range]: 0~8 [Description]: 0: Above Text, 1: Normal, 2: Above Photo
[Description]: Default Color Balance Adjustment Level C Color Low density 50. 715-233
44. 715-227 [NVM Name]: Text/Photo Separation Level
[NVM Name]: Default Color Balance Adjustment Level C Color Medium density [PSW Display]: Text/Photo separation level
[PSW Display]: Color Balance Default: C/Medium density [Initial Value]: 2
[Setup Range]: 0~8 [Description]: 0: Above Text, 1: Slightly above text, 2: Normal, 3: Slightly above
[Description]: Default Color Balance Adjustment Level C Color Medium density photo, 4: Above Photo
45. 715-228 51. 715-234
[NVM Name]: Default Color Balance Adjustment Level C Color High density [NVM Display]: Fast Scan direction Magnification Correction Value
[PSW Display]: Color Balance Default: C/High density [PSW Display]: FS Magnification Adjustment
[Description]: Default Color Balance Adjustment Level C Color High density [Description]: Magnification fine adjustment in Fast Scan direction. Specified in units
46. 715-229 between range of 0~100.
[NVM Name]: Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color Low density The value indicates the magnification adjustment with 0= -5 %, 50= 0 % and 100=
5 % at ±5 % (0.1 %unit) (Adjustment at ex-factory)
[PSW Display]: Color Balance Default: K/Low density
52. 715-237
[Initial Value]: 4
[NVM Name]: B/W COPY Text Normal Density Adjustment
[Setup Range]: 0~8
[PSW Display]: Normal Density Text (BW Copy)
[Description]: Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color Low density
47. 715-230
[NVM Name]: Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color Medium density
[Description]: B/W COPY Text Normal Density Adjustment
[PSW Display]: Color Balance Default: K/Medium density
53. 715-238
[Initial Value]: 4
[NVM Name]: B/W COPY Text Darker 3 Density Adjustment
[Setup Range]: 0~8
[PSW Display]: High Density Text (BW Copy)
[Description]: Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color Medium density
48. 715-231
[NVM Name]: Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color High density
[Description]: B/W COPY Text Darker 3 Density Adjustment
[PSW Display]: Color Balance Default: K/high density
54. 715-239
[Initial Value]: 4
[NVM Name]: Scan Text Normal Density Adjustment
[Setup Range]: 0~8
[PSW Display]: Normal Density Text (Scan)
[Description]: Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color High density
49. 715-232
[NVM Name]: Photo Reproduction Level
[NVM Name]: Scan Text Normal Density Adjustment
[PSW Display]: Photo reproduction level

55. 715-240 60. 715-245

[NVM Name]: Scan Text Darker 3 Density Adjustment [NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/For B/W OFFSET Value
[PSW Display]: High Density Text (Scan) Platen Text
[Initial Value]: 128 [PSW Display]: B/W-Offset for Text Platen mode (Real Time AE)
[NVM Name]: Scan Text Darker 3 Density Adjustment [Setup Range]: 0~255
56. 715-241 [Description]: For AE OFFSET data Platen text in B/W model
[NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/For Slow Scan 61. 715-246
Non-detection Area Platen model. [NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/For B/W OFFSET Value
[PSW Display]: SS Not Detect Area for Platen model (Real Time AE) Platen Map
[Initial Value]: 38 [PSW Display]: B/W-Offset for Map Platen mode (Real Time AE)
[Description]: Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup value at Real Time AE for platen [Setup Range]: 0~255
model. [Description]: For AE OFFSET data Platen map in B/W model
57. 715-242 62. 715-247
[NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/For Slow Scan [NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/For B/W OFFSET Value
Non-detection Area DADF model platen job. DADF Single Side Document Text/Photo
[PSW Display]: SS Not Detect Area for DADF model DADF mode (Real Time AE) [PSW Display]: B/W-Offset for Text/Image DADF Single Side mode (Real Time AE)
[Description]: Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup value at Real Time AE for DADF [Description]: For AE OFFSET data DADF Single Side Document text/photo in B/W
model platen job. model
58. 715-243 63. 715-248
[NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/For Slow Scan [NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/For B/W OFFSET Value
Non-detection Area DADF model DADF job. DADF Single Side Document Text
[PSW Display]: SS Not Detect Area for DADF model Platen mode (Real Time AE) [PSW Display]: B/W-Offset for Text DADF Single Side mode(Real Time AE)
[Description]: Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup value at Real Time AE for DADF [Description]: For AE OFFSET data DADF Single Side Document text in B/W model
model DADF job. 64. 715-249
59. 715-244 [NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/For B/W OFFSET Value
[NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/For B/W OFFSET Value DADF Single Side Document Map
Platen Text/Photo [PSW Display]: B/W-Offset for Map DADF Single Side mode Real Time AE)
[PSW Display]: B/W-Offset for Text/Image Platen mode (Real Time AE) [Initial Value]: 13
[Setup Range]: 0~255 [Description]: For AE OFFSET data DADF Single Side Document map in B/W model
[Description]: For AE OFFSET data Platen text/photo in B/W model
65. 715-250 70. 715-255
[NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/For B/W OFFSET Value [NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/For Color OFFSET
DADF Duplex Side Document Text/Photo Value Platen Map
[PSW Display]: B/W-Offset for Text/Image DADF Duplex Side mode (Real Time AE) [PSW Display]: Color-Offset for Text Platen mode (Real Time AE)
[Description]: For AE OFFSET data DADF Duplex Side Document text/photo in B/W [Description]: For AE OFFSET data Platen map in Color model
model 71. 715-256
66. 715-251 [NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/For Color OFFSET
[NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/For B/W OFFSET Value Value DADF Single Side Document Text/Photo
DADF Duplex Side Document Text [PSW Display]: Color-Offset for Text/Image DADF Single Side mode (Real Time AE)
[PSW Display]: B/W-Offset for Text DADF Duplex Side mode (Real Time AE) [Initial Value]: 17
[Setup Range]: 0~255 [Description]: For AE OFFSET data DADF Single Side Document text/photo in Color
[Description]: For AE OFFSET data DADF Duplex Side Document text in B/W model model
67. 715-252 72. 715-257
[NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/For B/W OFFSET Value [NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/For Color OFFSET
DADF Duplex Side Document Map Value DADF Single Side Document Text
[PSW Display]: B/W-Offset for Map DADF Duplex Side mode (Real Time AE) [PSW Display]: Color-Offset for Text DADF Single Side mode (Real Time AE)
[Description]: For AE OFFSET data DADF Duplex Side Document map in B/W [Description]: For AE OFFSET data DADF Single Side Document text in Color model
model 73. 715-258
68. 715-253 [NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/For Color OFFSET
[NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/For Color OFFSET Value DADF Single Side Document Map
Value Platen Text/Photo [PSW Display]: Color-Offset for Map DADF Single Side mode (Real Time AE)
[PSW Display]: Color-Offset for Text/Image Platen mode (Real Time AE) [Initial Value]: 17
[Setup Range]: 0~255 [Description]: For AE OFFSET data DADF Single Side Document map in Color
[Description]: For AE OFFSET data Platen text/photo in Color model model
69. 715-254 74. 715-259
[NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/For Color OFFSET [NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/For Color OFFSET
Value Platen Text Value DADF Duplex Side Document Text/Photo
[PSW Display]: Color-Offset for Text Platen mode (Real Time AE) [PSW Display]: Color-Offset for Text/Image DADF Duplex Side mode (Real Time AE)
[Description]: For AE OFFSET data Platen text in Color model [Description]: For AE OFFSET data DADF Duplex Side Document text/photo in
Color model

75. 715-260 [PSW Display]: Platen/ADF

[NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/For Color OFFSET [Initial Value]: 0
Value DADF Duplex Side Document Text [Setup Range]: 0~1
[PSW Display]: Color-Offset for Text DADF Duplex Side mode (Real Time AE) [Description]: 0: Platen model 1: ADF model "Adjustment at ex-factory"
[Initial Value]: 18 81. 715-401
[Setup Range]: 0~255 [NVM Name]: Time between Power On/Energy Saver recovery and AGOC
[Description]: For AE OFFSET data DADF Duplex Side Document text in Color [PSW Display]: AGOC Timing
model [Initial Value]: 15
76. 715-261 [Setup Range]: 0~29
[NVM Name]: Speed Priority Background Color Suppression/For Color OFFSET [Description]: Time between Power On/Energy Saver recovery and AGOC (min)
Value DADF Duplex Side Document Map (0: Timer not available
[PSW Display]: Color-Offset for Map DADF Duplex Side mode (Real Time AE) 82. 715-800
[Initial Value]: 17 [NVM Name]: IISS~ADF Communication Failure
[Setup Range]: 0~255 [PSW Display]: lIISS/ADF Communication Failure Count Overall Total
[Description]: For AE OFFSET data DADF Duplex Side Document map in Color [Initial Value]: 0
model
77. 715-300
[Description]: Cumulative Failure Counter (Write not permitted)
[NVM Name]: IIT Failure Bypass
83. 715-801
[PSW Display]: IIT Failure Bypass
[NVM Name]: IISS~ADF Communication Failure
[Initial Value]: 0
[PSW Display]: IISS/ADF Communication Failure Count Since Reset
[Setup Range]: 0~1
[Initial Value]: 0
[Description]: 0: Failure Bypass is not available, 1: Failure Bypass is available
78. 715-301
[Description]: Cumulative Failure Counter at the previous clearing
[NVM Name]: Slow Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (Write not permitted)
[PSW Display]: SS Registration Adjustment 84. 715-802
[Initial Value]: 100 [NVM Name]: IISS RAM CHECK Failure
[Setup Range]: 16~184 [PSW Display]: lIISS RAM CHECK Failure Count Overall Total
[Description]: Slow Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (0.036mm/step) [Initial Value]: 0
"Adjustment at ex-factory"
79. 715-302
[NVM Display]: Slow Scan direction Magnification Correction Value
85. 715-803
[PSW Display]: SS Magnification Adjustment
[NVM Name]: IISS RAM CHECK Failure
[Initial Value]: 50
[PSW Display]: IISS RAM CHECK Failure Count Since Reset
[Initial Value]: 0
[Description]: Slow Scan direction Magnification Correction Value (0.1%/step)
"Adjustment at ex-factory"
80. 715-400
(Write not permitted)
[NVM Name]: Switching of Platen model and ADF model
86. 715-804 [Description]: Cumulative Failure Counter at the previous clearing
[NVM Name]: EEPROM Failure (Write not permitted)
[PSW Display]: EEPROM Failure Count Overall Total 92. 715-810
[Initial Value]: 0 [NVM Name]: Scan Initialize Regi Sensor Failure
[Setup Range]: 0~65535 [PSW Display]: Scan CRG Init Regi SNR Failure Count Overall Total
[Description]: Cumulative Failure Counter (Write not permitted) [Initial Value]: 0
87. 715-805 [Setup Range]: 0~65535
[NVM Name]: EEPROM Failure [Description]: Cumulative Failure Counter (Write not permitted)
[PSW Display]: EEPROM Failure Count Since Reset 93. 715-811
[Initial Value]: 0 [NVM Name]: Scan Initialize Regi Sensor Failure
[Setup Range]: 0~65535 [PSW Display]: Scan CRG Init Regi Sensor Failure Count Since Reset
[Description]: Cumulative Failure Counter at the previous clearing [Initial Value]: 0
(Write not permitted) [Setup Range]: 0~65535
[NVM Name]: Fan Failure (Write not permitted)
[PSW Display]: Fan Failure Count Overall Total 94. 715-812
[Initial Value]: 0 [NVM Name]: PreIPS X Recognition Failure
[Setup Range]: 0~65535 [PSW Display]: PreIPS (X) Recognition Failure Count Overall Total
89. 715-807 [Setup Range]: 0~65535
[NVM Name]: Fan Failure [Description]: Cumulative Failure Counter (Write not permitted)
[PSW Display]: Fan Failure Count Since Reset 95. 715-813
[Initial Value]: 0 [NVM Name]: PreIPS X Recognition Failure
[Setup Range]: 0~065535 [PSW Display]: PreIPS (X) Recognition Failure Count Since Reset
[NVM Name]: CRG Position Failure (Write not permitted)
[PSW Display]: Scan Carriage Position Failure Count Overall Total 96. 715-814
[Initial Value]: 0 [NVM Name]: Lamp Failure
[Setup Range]: 0~65535 [PSW Display]: Lamp Failure Count Overall Total
91. 715-809 [Setup Range]: 0~65535
[NVM Name]: CRG Position Failure [Description]: Cumulative Failure Counter (Write not permitted
[PSW Display]: Scan Carriage Position Failure Count Since Reset
[Initial Value]: 0

97. 715-815 [Setup Range]: 0~65535

[NVM Name]: Lamp Failure [Description]: Cumulative Failure Counter (Write not permitted)
[PSW Display]: Lamp Failure Count Since Reset 103.715-821
[Initial Value]: 0 [NVM Name]: Scan Initialize Motor Driver Failure
[Setup Range]: 0~65535 [PSW Display]: CRG INIT Motor Driver Failure Count Since Reset
[NVM Name]: CRG Over Run Failure (Scan End) (Write not permitted)
[NVM Name]: CRG Over Run Failure Count Overall Total (Scan End) 104.715-822
[Initial Value]: 0 [NVM Name]: Platen AGC CH1 Failure
[Setup Range]: 0~65535 [PSW Display]: Platen AGC Channel 1 Failure Count Overall Total
99. 715-817 [Setup Range]: 0~65535
[NVM Name]: CRG Over Run Failure (Scan End) [Description]: Cumulative Failure Counter (Write not permitted)
[NVM Name]: CRG Over Run Failure Count Since Reset (Scan End) 105.715-823
[Setup Range]: 0~65535 [PSW Display]: Platen AGC Channel 1 Failure Count Since Reset
100.715-818 [Description]: Cumulative Failure Counter at the previous clearing
[NVM Name]: CRG Over Run Failure (Home End) (Write not permitted)
[NVM Name]: CRG Over Run Failure Count Overall Total (Home End) 106.715-824
101.715-819 [Setup Range]: 0~65535
[NVM Name]: CRG Over Run Failure (Home End) [Description]: Cumulative Failure Counter (Write not permitted)
[NVM Name]: CRG Over Run Failure Count Since Reset (Home End) 107.715-825
[NVM Name]: Scan Initialize Motor Driver Failure (Write not permitted)
[PSW Display]: CRG INIT Motor Driver Failure Count Overall Total 108.715-826
[PSW Display]: Platen AGC Channel 3 Failure Count Overall Total 114.715-832
109.715-827 [Setup Range]: 0~65535
[NVM Name]: Platen AGC CH3 Failure [Description]: Cumulative Failure Counter (Write not permitted)
[PSW Display]: Platen AGC Channel 3 Failure Count Since Reset 115.715-833
[NVM Name]: Platen AGC CH4 Failure (Write not permitted)
[Initial Value]: 0 [NVM Name]: Platen AOC CH1 Failure
[Setup Range]: 0~65535 [PSW Display]: Platen AOC Channel 1 Failure Count Overall Total
111.715-829 [Setup Range]: 0~65535
[Setup Range]: 0~65535 [PSW Display]: Platen AOC Channel 1 Failure Count Since Reset
[NVM Name]: Platen AGC CH5 Failure (Write not permitted)
113.715-831 [Setup Range]: 0~65535


[NVM Name]: Platen AOC CH3 Failure (Write not permitted)
[PSW Display]: Platen AOC Channel 3 Failure Count Overall Total 126.715-844
121.715-839 [Setup Range]: 0~65535
[NVM Name]: Platen AOC CH3 Failure [Description]: Cumulative Failure Counter (Write not permitted)
[PSW Display]: Platen AOC Channel 3 Failure Count Since Reset 127.715-845
[Initial Value]: 0 [NVM Name]: Original Size Sensor Failure
[Setup Range]: 0~65535 [PSW Display]: Original Size Sensor Failure Total Count
123.715-841 [Setup Range]: 0~65535
[PSW Display]: Platen AOC Channel 4 Failure Count Since Reset 129.715-855
[Initial Value]: 0 [NVM Name]: Original Size Sensor Failure
[Setup Range]: 0~65535 [PSW Display]: Original Size Sensor Failures Since Reset
[Initial Value]: 0 [NVM Name]: IIT Memory Hot Line Failure
[Setup Range]: 0~65535 [NVM Name]: IIT Memory Hot Line Failure Total Count
125.715-843 [Setup Range]: 0~65535
[PSW Display]: Platen AOC Channel 5 Failure Count Since Reset
131.715-857
[NVM Name]: IIT Memory Hot Line Failure
[NVM Name]: IIT Memory Hot Line Failures Since Reset
[Initial Value]: 0
(Write not permitted)
132.715-858
[NVM Name]: ADF RAM CHECK Failure
[PSW Display]: DADF RAM CHECK Failure Total Count
[Initial Value]: 0
133.715-859
[NVM Name]: ADF RAM CHECK Failure
[PSW Display]: DADF RAM CHECK Failures Since Reset
[Initial Value]: 0
[Description]: Cumulative Failure Counter at the previous clearing (Write not permit-
ted)
134.715-900
[NVM Name]: Scan Count Replacement Life
[PSW Display]: Scan Life Count (upper digits)
[Initial Value]: 36
[Description]: Scan Count Replacement Life (Upper Level) (Write not permitted)
135.715-901
[NVM Name]: Scan Count Replacement Life
[PSW Display]: Scan Life Count (lower digits)
[Description]: Scan Count Replacement Life (Lower Level) (Write not permitted)

3. 5. 8 DC131 719-xxx IIT/DADF Software NVM List 6. 719-007

1. 719-001 [NVM Name]: IISS Revision Version
[NVM Name]: Version No. (Upper level) [PSW Display]: IISS Revision Version
[PSW Display]: Version No. (Upper level) [Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 0~65535 [Description]: IISS Revision Version No.
[Description]: Indicates the IISS Version No. 7. 719-008
[NVM Name]: IISS Patch Version
Refer to the ROM Data. [PSW Display]: IISS Patch Version
[Initial Value]: 0
2. 719-003 [Setup Range]: 0~65535
[NVM Name]: A4/Letter [Description]: IISS Patch Version No.
[PSW Display]: A4/Letter 8. 719-010
[Initial Value]: 1 [NVM Name]: ADF Major Version
[Setup Range]: 0~3 [PSW Display]: ADF Major Version
[Description]: Basic unit of document size. For A4: bit0=1, letter: bit=1 *Checking of [Initial Value]: 0
range is not performed. [Setup Range]: 0~65535
3. 719-004 [Description]: ADF Major Version No.
[NVM Name]: ADF Version No. 9. 719-011
[PSW Display]: ADF Version No. [NVM Name]: ADF Minor Version
[Initial Value]: 0 [PSW Display]: ADF Minor Version
[Description]: Indicates the ADF Version No. [Setup Range]: 0~65535
4. 719-005 [Description]: ADF Minor Version No.
[NVM Name]: IISS Major Version 10. 719-012
[PSW Display]: IISS Major Version [NVM Name]: ADF Revision Version
[Initial Value]: 0 [PSW Display]: ADF Revision Version
[Description]: IISS Major Version No. [Setup Range]: 0~65535
5. 719-006 [Description]: ADF Revision Version No.
[NVM Name]: IISS Minor Version 11. 719-013
[PSW Display]: IISS Minor Version [NVM Name]: ADF Patch Version
[Initial Value]: 0 [PSW Display]: ADF Patch Version
[Description]: IISS Minor Version No. [Setup Range]: 0~65535
[Description]: ADF Patch Version No.
3. 5. 9 DC131 740-xxx IOT Manager NVM List
1. 740-024
[NVM Name]: For checking Regi Control at Power On.
[PSW Display]: RegiCon Request Flag
[Initial Value]: 0
[Description]: 0: Performed, 1: Not performed
2. 740-025
[NVM Name]: For checking Edge Check at Power On.
[PSW Display]: Edge Check Request Flag
[Initial Value]: 0
3. 740-026
[NVM Name]: For checking Process Control at Power On.
[PSW Display]: ProCon Request Flag
[Initial Value]: 0

3. 5. 10 DC131 741-xxx Drive NVM List 5. 741-068

1. 741-054 [NVM Name]: NVM_PR_MOT_DOUBLE_PULSE (PR (Drum) Motor Speed Fine
Adjustment (Double Speed)
[NVM Name]: NVM_PR_MOT_HIGH_PULSE (PR (Drum) Motor Speed Fine
Adjustment (Standard) [PSW Display]: NVM_PR_MOT_DOUBLE_PULSE
[PSW Display]: NVM_PR_MOT_HIGH_PULSE (standard) [Initial Value]: 22
[Setup Range]: 0~40 [Description]: Fine adjusts the Drum Speed at double speed.
[Description]: Performs fine adjustment of Drum Speed at Standard Speed. Increases the Drum Speed by +1 (approx. 0.05 %) with respect to the initial value.
Increases the Drum Speed by +1 (approx. 0.05 %) with respect to the initial value. Decreases the Drum Speed by -1 (approx. 0.05 %).
Decreases the Drum Speed by -1 (approx. 0.05 %).
2. 741-055
[NVM Name]: NVM_PR_MOT_LOW_PULSE (PR (Drum) Motor Speed Fine
Adjustment (Heavy Weight /Transparency)
[PSW Display]: NVM_PR_MOT_LOW_PULSE (thick paper, Transparency)
[Initial Value]: 23
[Setup Range]: 0~40
[Description]: Fine adjusts the Drum Speed at half speed.
Increases the Drum Speed by +1 (approx. 0.05 %) with respect to the initial value.
Decreases the Drum Speed by -1 (approx. 0.05 %).
3. 741-056
[NVM Name]: Belt Home Failure Too Long Counter
[PSW Display]: Belt Home Failure Too Long counter
[Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 0~3
[Description]: It is necessary to reset the No. of Occurrence of Belt Home Failure Too
Long to 3.
4. 741-057
[NVM Name]: NoPaperRun Mode SW
[PSW Display]: NoPaperRun Mode SW
[Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 0~2
[Description]:
0: Normal No Paper Run
1: Main Motor Stop
2: Main/Deve Motor Stop
3. 5. 11 DC131 742-xxx Paper Handling NVM List [Description]: Regi Loop Length Adjustment (Double Speed) for Standard Paper from
MSI
1. 742-001
7. 742-013
[NVM Name]: Invert Clutch CW Off Timing
[NVM Name]: RegiLoopLengthAjust (MSI Heavy Weight Paper)
[PSW Display]: Invert Clutch CW Off Timing
[PSW Display]: RegiLoopLengthAjust (MSI Heavy2 Paper)
[Initial Value]: 91
[Initial Value]: 41
[Setup Range]: 0~163 (1 Count: 2.4462 ms)
[Description]: Paper inversion position adjustment (P Speed)
[Description]: Regi Loop Length Adjustment (Half Speed) for Heavy Weight Paper
2. 742-002
from MSI
[NVM Name]: Invert Clutch CW Off Timing (MF-1)
8. 742-014
[PSW Display]: Invert Clutch CW Off Timing (MF-1)
[NVM Name]: RegiLoopLengthAjust (DUP) (2 sheets of paper)
[Initial Value]: 90
[PSW Display]: RegiLoopLengthAjust (DUP) (2sheets of paper)
[Initial Value]: 39
[Description]: Paper inversion position adjustment (Double Speed)
3. 742-006
[Description]: Regi Loop Length Adjustment (P Speed) from Dup (Feeding length
[NVM Name]: RegiLoopLengthAjust (Tray Standard Paper) Letter-LEF and Shorter)
[PSW Display]: RegiLoopLengthAjust (Tray Standard Paper) 9. 742-015
[Initial Value]: 41 [NVM Name]: RegiLoopLengthAjust (DUP) (MF)
[Setup Range]: 0~81 (1 Count: 2.4462 ms) [PSW Display]: RegiLoopLengthAjust (DUP) (MF)
[Description]: Regi Loop Length Adjustment (P Speed) for Standard Paper from Tray [Initial Value]: 72
4. 742-007 [Setup Range]: 0~152 (1 Count: 1.3114 ms)
[NVM Name]: RegiLoopLengthAjust (Tray Standard Paper) (MF) [Description]: Regi Loop Length Adjustment (Double Speed) from Dup
[PSW Display]: RegiLoopLengthAjust (Tray Standard Paper) (MF) 10. 742-016
[Initial Value]: 41 [NVM Name]: T/A Clutch On Timing (From Regi Start)
[Setup Range]: 0~81 (1 Count: 1.31136 ms) [PSW Display]: T/A Clutch On Timing (From Regi Start)
[Description]: Regi Loop Length Adjustment (Double Speed) for Standard Paper from [Initial Value]: 20
Tray
5. 742-009
[Description]: Synchronize adjustment to be same as Regi Clutch at Regi Start
[NVM Name]: RegiLoopLengthAjust (MSI Standard Paper) (-30~30ms)
[PSW Display]: RegiLoopLengthAjust (MSI Standard Paper) 11. 742-017
[Initial Value]: 41 [NVM Name]: Dup On Timing (From Regi Start)
[Setup Range]: 0~81 (1 Count: 2.4462 ms) [PSW Display]: Dup On Timing (From Regi Start)
[Description]: Regi Loop Length Adjustment (P Speed) for Standard Paper from MSI [Initial Value]: 20
[NVM Name]: RegiLoopLengthAjust (MSI Standard Paper) (MF) [Description]: Synchronize adjustment to be same as Regi Clutch at Regi Start
[PSW Display]: RegiLoopLengthAjust (MSI Stacerd Paper) (MF) (P Speed)
[Initial Value]: 41 12. 742-018
[Setup Range]: 0~81 (1 Count: 1.322 ms) [NVM Name]: Full Stack Paper Detection Condition

[PSW Display]: Full Stack Paper Sensing Condition 18. 742-024

[Initial Value]: 4 [NVM Name]: Regi Clutch Off Timing (MF)
[Setup Range]: 1~12 (1 Count: 5 sec) [PSW Display]: Regi Clutch Off Timing (MF)
[Description]: Full Stack Detection Condition (5~60 sec), Defalut: 20 [Initial Value]: 76
[NVM Name]: Full Stack Paper Cancel Condition [Description]:
[PSW Display]: Full Stack Paper Cancel Condition Adjusts the time between the paper rear edge has passes the Regi Sensor and the
[Initial Value]: 1 Regi Clutch Turns Off (Double Speed)
[Setup Range]: 1~30 (1 Count: 1 sec) 19. 742-025
[Description]: Full Stack Cancel Condition (1~30 sec), Defalut: 1sec [NVM Name]: ADJUST SIDE REGI (ALL)
14. 742-020 [PSW Display]: ADJUST SIDE REGI (ALL)
[NVM Name]: Feed Start Timing (MSI) [Initial Value]: 25
[PSW Display]: Feed Start Timing (MSI) [Setup Range]: 0~50 (1 Count: 0.211 mm)
[Initial Value]: 41 [Description]: Side Regi Adjustment (ALL, Offset value)
[Setup Range]: 0~82 (1 Count: 2.4462 ms) 20. 742-026
[Description]: Feed Start Timing Adjustment from Pitch (P Speed) (512~712 ms) [NVM Name]: ADJUST SIDE REGI (MSI)
15. 742-021 [PSW Display]: ADJUST SIDE REGI (MSI)
[NVM Name]: Feed Start Timing (MSI) (MF) [Initial Value]: 22
[PSW Display]: Feed Start Timing (MSI) (MF) [Setup Range]: 0~50 (1 Count: 0.211 mm)
[Initial Value]: 150 [Description]: Side Regi Adjustment (MSI)
[Description]: Feed Start Timing Adjustment from Pitch (Double Speed) (650~850 ms) [NVM Name]: ADJUST SIDE REGI (Dup)
16. 742-022 [PSW Display]: ADJUST SIDE REGI (Dup)
[NVM Name]: Feed Motor Off Timing [Initial Value]: 18
[PSW Display]: Feed Motor Off Timing [Setup Range]: 0~50 (1 Count: 0.211 mm)
[Initial Value]: 10 [Description]: Side Regi Adjustment (Dup)
[Setup Range]: 0~35 (1 Count: 10 ms) 22. 742-028
[Description]: Feed Motor Off Timing Adjustment from T/A Nip [NVM Name]: ADJUST LEAD REGI (ALL)
17. 742-023 [PSW Display]: ADJUST LEAD REGI (ALL)
[NVM Name]: Regi Clutch Off Timing [Initial Value]: 20
[PSW Display]: Regi Clutch Off Timing [Setup Range]: 0~40 (1 Count: 0.2544 mm)
[Initial Value]: 41 [Description]: Lead Regi Adjustment (ALL, Offset value)
[Description]: [NVM Name]: ADJUST LEAD REGI (Tray)
Adjusts the time between the paper rear edge has passes the Regi Sensor and the [PSW Display]: ADJUST LEAD REGI (Tray)
Regi Clutch Turns Off (P Speed) (90~290 ms). [Initial Value]: 6
[Setup Range]: 0~40 (1 Count: 0.2544 mm)
[Description]: Lead Regi Adjustment (P Speed) from Tray [Initial Value]: 7
24. 742-030 [Setup Range]: 0~40 (1 Count: 0.2544 mm)
[NVM Name]: ADJUST LEAD REGI (Tray) (MF) [Description]: Lead Regi Adjustment (Half Speed) Heavy Weight Paper 1 from MSI
[PSW Display]: ADJUST LEAD REGI (Tray) (MF) (22P exclusive)
[Initial Value]: 21 30. 742-036
[Setup Range]: 0~40 (1 Count: 0.2544 mm) [NVM Name]: ADJUST LEAD REGI (MSI 22P Heavy Weight Paper 2)
[Description]: Lead Regi Adjustment (Double Speed) from Tray [PSW Display]: ADJUST LEAD REGI (MSI) (Heavy Paper2)
[NVM Name]: ADJUST LEAD REGI (MSI) (22P Standard Paper) [Setup Range]: 0~40 (1 Count: 0.2544 mm)
[PSW Display]: ADJUST LEAD REGI (MSI) (Standard Paper) [Description]: Lead Regi Adjustment (Half Speed) Heavy Weight Paper 2 from MSI
[Initial Value]: 10 (22P exclusive)
[Setup Range]: 0~40 (1 Count: 0.2544 mm) 31. 742-037
[Description]: Lead Regi Adjustment (P Speed) Standard Paper from MSI (22P exclu- [NVM Name]: ADJUST READ REGI (DUP)
sive) [PSW Display]: ADJUST LEAD REGI (Dup)
26. 742-032 [Initial Value]: 21
[NVM Name]: ADJUST LEAD REGI (MSI) (MF Standard Paper) [Setup Range]: 0~40 (1 Count: 0.2544 mm)
[PSW Display]: ADJUST LEAD REGI (MSI) (Standard Paper) (MF) [Description]: Lead Regi Adjustment (P Speed) (Side2)
[Initial Value]: 21 32. 742-038
[Setup Range]: 0~40 (1 Count: 0.2544 mm) [NVM Name]: ADJUST LEAD REGI (DUP) (MF)
[Description]: Lead Regi Adjustment (Double Speed) Standard Paper from MSI [PSW Display]: ADJUST LEAD REGI (Dup) (MF)
27. 742-033 [Initial Value]: 21
[NVM Name]: ADJUST LEAD REGI (MSI) (MF Heavy1) [Setup Range]: 0~40 (1 Count: 0.2544 mm)
[PSW Display]: ADJUST LEAD REGI (MSI) (MF) (Heavy1) [Description]: Lead Regi Adjustment (Double Speed) (Side2)
[Initial Value]: 20 33. 742-039
[Setup Range]: 0~40 (1 Count: 0.2544 mm) [NVM Name]: JamBypass
[Description]: Lead Regi Adjustment (P Speed) Heavy Weight Paper 1 from MSI (MF [PSW Display]: Jam Bypass
exclusive) [Initial Value]: 0
28. 742-034 [Setup Range]: 0~255
[NVM Name]: ADJUST LEAD REGI (MSI) (MF Heavy 2) [Description]: 0: Normal Mode 255: JamPypass
[PSW Display]: ADJUST LEAD REGI (MSI) (MF) (Heavy2) 34. 742-046
[Initial Value]: 7 [NVM Name]: FaceUpTray Availability
[Setup Range]: 0~40 (1 Count: 0.2544 mm) [PSW Display]: Face Up Tray Condition
[Description]: Lead Regi Adjustment (Half Speed) Heavy Weight Paper 2 from MSI [Initial Value]: 0
(MF exclusive) [Setup Range]: 0~1
[NVM Name]: ADJUST LEAD REGI (MSI 22P Heavy Weight Paper 1) FaceUpTray
[PSW Display]: ADJUST LEAD REGI (MSI) (Heavy Paper1) 0: No

1: Yes [PSW Display]: ADJUST SIDE REGI 1Tray

35. 742-048 [Initial Value]: 22
[NVM Name]: OHP Sheet Detection [Setup Range]: 0~50 (1 Count: 0.211 mm)
[PSW Display]: OHP Sheet Sensing Condition [Description]: SIDE REGI Adjustment for each TRAY
[Setup Range]: 0~1 [NVM Name]: PAPER THE REST Printer 1Tray
[Description]: [PSW Display]: PAPER THE REST 1Tray
Transparency Detection [Initial Value]: 0
1: Detect [Setup Range]: 0~4000
0: Does not detect [Description]: Saves the Cumulative LIFT UP Time from TRAY insertion (For
36. 742-049 remaining detection calculation as=A).
[NVM Name]: MSI Side Guide Min Data 42. 742-058
[PSW Display]: MSI Side Guide Min Data [NVM Name]: PRE T/A START TIMING TTM-1
[Initial Value]: 972 [PSW Display]: PRE T/A START TIMING TTM-1
[Setup Range]: 927~1017 (1 Count: 1 mm) [Initial Value]: 10
[Description]: Saves the MSI Size Detection Min Value [Setup Range]: 0~16 (1 Count: 2.4462 ms)
37. 742-050 [Description]: Adjusts the Time between PRE T/A Starts and Standard Signal (IOT)
[NVM Name]: MSI Side Guide Max Data 43. 742-059
[PSW Display]: MSI Side Guide Max Data [NVM Name]: PRE T/A START TIMING TTM-2
[Initial Value]: 52 [PSW Display]: PRE T/A START TIMING TTM-2
[Setup Range]: 7~97 (1 Count: 1 mm) [Initial Value]: 74
[Description]: Saves the MSI Size Detection Max Value [Setup Range]: 0~115 (1 Count: 2.4462 ms)
[NVM Name]: FEED START TIMING Printer 1Tray (457~957ms)
[PSW Display]: FEED START TIMING 1Tray 44. 742-060
[Initial Value]: 82 (450ms) [NVM Name]: PRE T/A START TIMING TTM-3
[Setup Range]: 0~163 (1 Count: 2.4462 ms) [PSW Display]: PRE T/A START TIMING TTM-3
[Description]: Adjusts the time between Pitch (Standard Signal IOT) and FEED Starts [Initial Value]: 74
(250~650ms). [Setup Range]: 0~115 (1 Count: 2.4462 ms)
[NVM Name]: FEED START TIMING Printer 1Tray (MF) (431~931ms)
[PSW Display]: FEED START TIMING 1Tray (MF) 45. 742-061
[Initial Value]: 82 [NVM Name]: PRE T/A START TIMING 1TM-1
[Setup Range]: 0~163 (1 Count: 1.31136 ms) [PSW Display]: PRE T/A START TIMING 1TM-1
[NVM Name]: ADJUST SIDE REGI Printer 1Tray
[Description]: Adjusts the Time between PRE T/A Starts and Standard Signal (IOT) 51. 742-073
(303~803 ms) [NVM Name]: MAIN FEED START TIMING TTM-2
46. 742-065 [PSW Display]: MAIN FEED START TIMING TTM-2
[NVM Name]: ADJUST PRE FEED POSITION TTM-1 [Initial Value]: 20
[PSW Display]: ADJUST PRE FEED POSITION TTM-1 [Setup Range]: 0~44 (1 Count: 2.4462 ms)
[Initial Value]: 0 [Description]: Adjust the Time between the MAIN FEED Starts and the PRE T/A
[Setup Range]: 0~40 (1 Count: 10 ms) (780~1280 ms).
[Description]: Adjust the Time between the FEED OUT SNR On and the FEED MOT 52. 742-074
Off (0~400ms). [NVM Name]: MAIN FEED START TIMING TTM-3
47. 742-066 [PSW Display]: MAIN FEED START TIMING TTM-3
[NVM Name]: ADJUST PRE FEED POSITION TTM-2 [Initial Value]: 20
[PSW Display]: ADJUST PRE FEED POSITION TTM-2 [Setup Range]: 0~44 (1 Count: 2.4462 ms)
Off (0~400ms). [NVM Name]: MAIN FEED START TIMING 1TM-1
48. 742-067 [PSW Display]: MAIN FEED START TIMING 1TM-1
[NVM Name]: ADJUST PRE FEED POSITION TTM-3 [Initial Value]: 25 (580 ms)
[PSW Display]: ADJUST PRE FEED POSITION TTM-3 [Setup Range]: 0~50 (1 Count: 10 ms)
Off (100~500 ms). [NVM Name]: ADJUST SIDE REGI 2Tray
49. 742-068 [PSW Display]: ADJUST SIDE REGI 2Tray
[NVM Name]: ADJUST PRE FEED POSITION 1TM-1 [Initial Value]: 18
[PSW Display]: ADJUST PRE FEED POSITION 1TM-1 [Setup Range]: 0~50 (1 Count: 0.211 mm)
[Initial Value]: 0 [Description]: SIDE REGI adjustment of 2TRAY
[Setup Range]: 0~40 (1 Count: 10 ms) 55. 742-077
[Description]: Adjust the Time between the FEED OUT SNR On and the FEED MOT [NVM Name]: ADJUST SIDE REGI 3Tray
Off (0~400ms). [PSW Display]: ADJUST SIDE REGI 3Tray
50. 742-072 [Initial Value]: 18
[NVM Name]: MAIN FEED START TIMING TTM-1 [Setup Range]: 0~50 (1 Count: 0.211 mm)
[PSW Display]: MAIN FEED START TIMING TTM-1 [Description]: SIDE REGI adjustment of 3TRAY
[Initial Value]: 20 56. 742-078
[Setup Range]: 0~44 (1 Count: 2.4462 ms) [NVM Name]: ADJUST SIDE REGI 4Tray
[Description]: Adjust the Time between the MAIN FEED Starts and the PRE T/A [PSW Display]: ADJUST SIDE REGI 4Tray
(330~830 ms).
[Initial Value]: 19

[Setup Range]: 0~50 (1 Count: 0.211 mm) [NVM Name]: OCT Availability
[Description]: SIDE REGI adjustment of 4TRAY [PSW Display]: OCT Condition
[NVM Name]: ADJUST SIDE REGI TrayModuleAll [Setup Range]: 0~1
[PSW Display]: ADJUST SIDE REGI TrayModuleAll [Description]: 0: Not available, 1: Available
[Initial Value]: 25 63. 742-088
[Setup Range]: 0~50 (1 Count: 0.211 mm) [NVM Name]: Dup On Timing (From Regi Start) (MF)
[Description]: SIDE REGI adjustment of 2, 3, 4TRAY (Batch adjustment) [PSW Display]: Dup On Timing (From Regi Start) (MF)
58. 742-083 [Initial Value]: 20
[NVM Name]: PAPER THE REST TTM-1 [Setup Range]: 0~40 (1 Count: 1.31136 ms)
[PSW Display]: PAPER THE REST TTM-1 [Description]: Synchronize adjustment to be same as the Regi Clutch at Regi Start
[Initial Value]: 0 (Double Speed)
[Setup Range]: 0~4000 64. 742-096
[Description]: Saves the Cumulative LIFT UP Time from TRAY insertion (For [NVM Name]: PRE T/A START TIMING TTM-2
remaining detection calculation as=A). [PSW Display]: PRE T/A START TIMING TTM-2
59. 742-084 [Initial Value]: 139
[PSW Display]: PAPER THE REST TTM-2 [Description]: Adjusts the Time between PRE T/A Starts and Standard Signal (IOT)
[Initial Value]: 0 (457~957 ms)
[Setup Range]: 0~12000 65. 742-097
[Description]: Saves the Cumulative LIFT UP Time from TRAY insertion (For [NVM Name]: PRE T/A START TIMING TTM-3
remaining detection calculation as=A). [PSW Display]: PRE T/A START TIMING TTM-3
60. 742-085 [Initial Value]: 139
[PSW Display]: PAPER THE REST TTM-3 [Description]: Adjusts the Time between PRE T/A Starts and Standard Signal (IOT)
[Initial Value]: 0 (431~931 ms)
[Setup Range]: 0~15000 66. 742-101
[Description]: Saves the Cumulative LIFT UP Time from TRAY insertion (For [NVM Name]: MAIN FEED START TIMING TTM-2
remaining detection calculation as=A). [PSW Display]: MAIN FEED START TIMING TTM-2
61. 742-086 [Initial Value]: 38
[NVM Name]: PAPER THE REST 1TM-1 [Setup Range]: 0~83 (1 Count: 1.31136 ms)
[PSW Display]: PAPER THE REST 1TM-1 [Description]: Adjust the Time between the MAIN FEED Starts and the PRE T/A
[Initial Value]: 0 (780~1280 ms).
[Setup Range]: 0~4000 67. 742-102
[Description]: Saves the Cumulative LIFT UP Time from TRAY insertion (For [NVM Name]: MAIN FEED START TIMING TTM-3
remaining detection calculation as=A). [PSW Display]: MAIN FEED START TIMING TTM-3
62. 742-087 [Initial Value]: 38
[Description]: Adjust the Time between the MAIN FEED Starts and the PRE T/A [NVM Name]: MAIN FEED START TIMING TTM-2 (Half)
(1410~1910 ms). [PSW Display]: MAIN FEED START TIMING TTM-2 (Half)
68. 742-103 [Initial Value]: 10
[NVM Name]: Paper Series Switching for SMH Regular Size Auto Detection [Setup Range]: 0~22 (1 Count: 4.8924 ms)
[PSW Display]: Select A/B or INCH (SMH Auto Detect) [Description]: Adjust the Time between the MAIN FEED Starts and the PRE T/A
[Initial Value]: 0 (780~1280 ms).
[Setup Range]: 0~1 74. 742-115
[Description]: 0: A/B series, 1: Inch series [NVM Name]: MAIN FEED START TIMING TTM-3 (Half)
69. 742-104 [PSW Display]: MAIN FEED START TIMING TTM-3 (Half)
[NVM Name]: 2nd BTR Cleaning Availability in SMH Regular Size Auto Detection [Initial Value]: 10
[PSW Display]: Select 2ndBTR Cleaning (SMH Auto Detect) [Setup Range]: 0~22 (1 Count: 4.8924 ms)
[Setup Range]: 0~1 (1410~1910 ms).
[Description]: 0: No, 1: Yes 75. 742-116
70. 742-105 [NVM Name]: A/B, INCH, Select SW)
[NVM Name]: RegiLoopLengthAjust (DUP) (A sheet of paper) [PSW Display]: A/B, INCH, Select SW)
[PSW Display]: RegiLoopLengthAjust (DUP) (a sheet of paper) [Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 0~79 (1 Count: 2.4462 ms) [Description]:
[Description]: Lead Regi Length Adjustment (P Speed) from Dup (Feeding Length 0: A/B
Letter-LEF and longer) 1: INCH
71. 742-109 Change the value to meet with Market
[NVM Name]: PRE T/A START TIMING TTM-2 (Half)
[PSW Display]: PRE T/A START TIMING TTM-2 (Half)
[Initial Value]: 37
[Description]: Adjusts the Time between PRE T/A Starts and Standard Signal (IOT)
(457~957 ms)
72. 742-110
[NVM Name]: PRE T/A START TIMING TTM-3 (Half)
[PSW Display]: PRE T/A START TIMING TTM-3 (Half)
[Initial Value]: 37
[Description]: Adjusts the Time between PRE T/A Starts and Standard Signal (IOT)
(431~931 ms)

3. 5. 12 DC131 744-xxx Fuser NVM List Once the STS-2 reaches High Temperature Not-Ready Temperature, the Fuser is
moved to sagging status.
1. 744-001
This is because when continuous Run is performed for A5SEF and below,
[NVM Name]: STS-1 Control Temperature in Low-Power Mode
Temperature Distribution Control would fail.
[PSW Display]: STS-1 CONT TEMP in Low PWR Mode
5. 744-005
[Initial Value]: 80
[NVM Name]: STS-1 Ready Temperature
[Setup Range]: 0~160 (1 Count: 1 Degrees Celsius)
[PSW Display]: STS-1 Ready Temperature
[Description]:
Main-Lamp temperature control in Low-Power Mode.
Setting the default as 0 Degrees Celsius is same as Fuser-Off. It is necessary for
[Description]: For an appropriate distribution of [Ready to copy] Temperature.
high temperature for recovery Time Claim.
6. 744-006
2. 744-002
[NVM Name]: STS-2 Ready Temperature
[NVM Name]: STS-2 Control Temperature in Low-Power Mode
[PSW Display]: STS-2 Ready Temperature
[PSW Display]: STS-2 CONT TEMP in Low PWR Mode
[Initial Value]: 80
[Description]: For an appropriate distribution of [Ready to copy] Temperature.
[Description]:
7. 744-007
Sub-Lamp temperature control in Low-Power Mode.
[NVM Name]: STS-1 Stand-by Temperature
Setting the default as 0 Degrees Celsius is same as Fuser-Off. It is necessary for
high temperature for recovery Time Claim. [PSW Display]: STS-1 Stand-by Temperature
3. 744-003 [Initial Value]: 160
[NVM Name]: UM status by High Temperature Error Detection [Setup Range]: 100~200 (1 Count: 1 Degrees Celsius)
[PSW Display]: UM status by High Temperature Error Detection [Description]: For an appropriate distribution of Standby Temperature.
[Setup Range]: 0~2 [NVM Name]: STS-2 Stand-by Temperature
[Description]: [PSW Display]: STS-2 Stand-by Temperature
0 (Normal) or 1 (STS-1 High Temperature Error Detection) or 2 (STS-2 High [Initial Value]: 160
Temperature Error Detection). [Setup Range]: 100~200 (1 Count: 1 Degrees Celsius)
UM Status occurs when either STS-1 or STS-2 High Temperature Error Detection [Description]: For an appropriate distribution of Standby Temperature.
is detected. 9. 744-051
Once this occurs, UM cannot be canceled unless this NVM value is changed to 0 [NVM Name]: Environment Temperature Correction deg
by entering the Diag Mode in the Interlock-Open status of the M/C-Front Cover. [PSW Display]: Environment Temperature Correction deg.
[NVM Name]: STS-2 High Temperature Not-Ready Temperature [Setup Range]: 0~5
[PSW Display]: STS-2 High-TEMP-Not-Ready TEMP [Description]:
[Initial Value]: 220 Environment dependent correction coefficient for level of fusing.
[Setup Range]: 150~250 (1 Count: 1 Degrees Celsius) Temperature AD value shift amount when the environment temperature varies 1
[Description]: Degrees Celsius from 20 Degrees Celsius.
Corrects the target temperature of Ready temperature/Standby temperature/RUN. 0: Light Weight paper (55~63 gsm)
Both STS-1 and STS-2 have the same temperature. 1: Plain paper (64~70 gsm)
Corrects between 10 ~ 20 Degrees Celsius. Correction is not performed outside 2: Plain paper (71~80 gsm)
this temperature. 3: Bond (81~89 gsm)
0: No 4: Bond (90~98 gsm)
1: 0.2 Degrees Celsius/Environment Temperature (Maximum 2 Degrees Celsius)
5: Bond (99~105 gsm)
14. 744-196
4: 0.8 Degrees Celsius/Environment Temperature (Maximum 8 Degrees Celsius) [NVM Name]: Double Speed Mode Plain Paper S Setting Temperature
5: 1.0 Degrees Celsius/Environment Temperature (Maximum 10 Degrees Celsius) [PSW Display]: Plain Paper S Setting Temperature
[NVM Name]: STS-1 Low Temperature Not-Ready Temperature [Setup Range]: 0~2
[PSW Display]: STS-1 Low TEMP Not-Ready TEMP [Description]:
[Initial Value]: 125 0: Light Weight paper (55~63 gsm)
[Setup Range]: 100~150 (1 Count: 1 Degrees Celsius) 1: Plain paper (64~80 gsm)
[Description]: 2: Bond (81~105 gsm)
Once the STS-1 reaches Low Temperature Not-Ready Temperature, the Fuser is 15. 744-197
moved to sagging status. Avoid poor fusing. [NVM Name]: Normal OHP Pitch Adjustment Value
11. 744-053 [PSW Display]: 104 OHP Pitch Adjustment Value
[NVM Name]: STS-1 Low Temperature Not-Ready Temperature [Initial Value]: 0
[PSW Display]: STS-2 Low TEMP Not-Ready TEMP [Setup Range]: 0~10 (1 Count: 1 pitch)
[Initial Value]: 125 [Description]:
[Setup Range]: 100~150 (1 Count: 1 Degrees Celsius) OHP Blocking Measures
[Description]: It prevents OHP Blocking by lowering the PPM with increase of Pitch.
Once the STS-2 reaches Low Temperature Not-Ready Temperature, the Fuser is A4LEF: PPM=66/(4+NVM value)
moved to sagging status. Avoid poor fusing. A4SEF: PPM=66/(5+NVM value)
12. 744-054 16. 744-198
[NVM Name]: HFSI Counter Index [NVM Name]: Half Speed OHP Pitch Adjustment Value
[PSW Display]: HFSI Counter Index [PSW Display]: 52 OHP Pitch Adjustment Value
[Setup Range]: 0~5 [Setup Range]: 0~10 (1 Count: 1 pitch)
[Description]: For HFSI Counter Symmetry [Description]:
13. 744-085 OHP Blocking Measures
[NVM Name]: Plain Paper S Setting Temperature It prevents OHP Blocking by lowering the PPM with increase of Pitch.
[PSW Display]: Plain Paper S Setting Temperature A4LEF: PPM=33/(3+NVM value)
[Initial Value]: 5 A4SEF: PPM=33/(4+NVM value)
[Setup Range]: 0~5
[Description]:

2.5.13 DC131 746-xxx Xero Transfer NVM List 5. 746-013

1. 746-006 [NVM Name]: DTS Output
[NVM Name]: 2nd Resistance Detection Calculation Results [PSW Display]: DTS Output
[PSW Display]: 2nd Resistance detection calculation results [Initial Value]: 818
[Initial Value]: 245 [Setup Range]: 0~818 (1 Count: -3.666 V)
[Setup Range]: 102~921 (1 Count: -4.888 V) [Description]: For Component Control (0~-3000 V)
Measures the resistance of the Secondary Transfer part composed of 2nd BTR and [NVM Name]:Resistance Detection Calculation Results Y
Backup Roller at printable -1000V and display the voltage at Secondary Transfer [PSW Display]: Resistance detection calculation results Y
corresponding that resistance. [Initial Value]: 51
Secondary Transfer Voltage=245x-4.888=-1200 V [Setup Range]: 31~255 (1 Count: 0.196 µA)
(Display range: 500 V~-4500 V)
[Description]:
2. 746-007
Displays the output current corresponding to the resistance of the Primary
[NVM Name]: 2nd BTR System Resistance Transfer part calculated from the voltage measured at fixed current (10 µA) in Y
[PSW Display]: Final output value (Voltage value) Color 1ST BTR.
[Setup Range]: 0~1023 (1 Count: 1M Ohm) [NVM Name]:Resistance Detection Calculation Results M
[Description]: [PSW Display]: Resistance detection calculation results M
Measures and displays the resistance of the Secondary Transfer part composed of [Initial Value]: 51
2nd BTR and Backup Roller at printable -1000 V. (Display range: 0~1023 M [Setup Range]: 31~255 (1 Count: 0.196 µA)
Ohm)
[Description]:
3. 746-009
Displays the output current corresponding to the resistance of the Primary
[NVM Name]: Calculation result of Absolute Humidity Transfer part calculated from the voltage measured at fixed current (10 µA) in M
[PSW Display]: Calculation results of Absolute Humidity Color 1ST BTR.
[Setup Range]: 0~200 [NVM Name]:Resistance Detection Calculation Results C
[Description]: [PSW Display]: Resistance detection calculation results C
Displays the absolute humidity calculated by the formula below from the relative [Initial Value]: 51
humidity and relative temperature. [Setup Range]: 31~255 (1 Count: 0.196 µA)
Absolute Humidity=(5.375-0.077*Temperature+0.027*Temperature 2)* [Description]:
Humidity/100
RollerDisplays the output current corresponding to the resistance of the Primary
4. 746-012 Transfer part calculated from the voltage measured at fixed current (10 µA) in C
[NVM Name]: 2nd Output Color 1ST BTR.
[PSW Display]: 2nd Output 9. 746-020
[Initial Value]: 368 [NVM Name]:Resistance Detection Calculation Results K
[Setup Range]: 0~921 (1 Count: -4.888 V) [PSW Display]: Resistance detection calculation results K
[Description]: For Component Control (0~-4500 V) [Initial Value]: 102
[Setup Range]: 25~459 (1 Count: 0.196 µA)
Displays the output current corresponding to the resistance of the Primary [NVM Name]: 1ST BTR Output Remote 104FC K
Transfer part calculated from the voltage measured at fixed current (10 µA) in K [PSW Display]: 1ST BTR Output Remote Normal-speed K
Color 1ST BTR. [Initial Value]: 86
10. 746-021 [Setup Range]: 0~200 (1 Count: 1 %)
[NVM Name]: 1ST BTR Output Remote 104FCY [Description]:
[PSW Display]: 1ST BTR Output Remote Normal-speed Y For primary transfer output adjustment of K Color at FC104mmsec
[Initial Value]: 86 Displays the multiplication value in primary transfer current of 746-020
[Setup Range]: 0~200 (1 Count: 1 %) ex
[Description]: At 100: Primary Transfer Current=14 µAx1.0=10 µA
For primary transfer output adjustment of Y Color at FC104mmsec At 150: Primary Transfer Current=14 µAx1.5=21 µA
Displays the multiplication value in primary transfer current of 746-017 14. 746-025
ex [NVM Name]: 1ST BTR Output Remote 104FC Y
At 100: Primary Transfer Current=14 µAx1.0=10 µA [PSW Display]: 1ST BTR Output Remote Half-speed FC Y
At 150: Primary Transfer Current=14 µAx1.5=21 µA [Initial Value]: 36
[NVM Name]: 1ST BTR Output Remote 104FC M [Description]:
[PSW Display]: 1ST BTR Output Remote Normal-speed M For primary transfer output adjustment of Y Color at FC52mmsec
[Initial Value]: 86 Displays the multiplication value in primary transfer current of 746-017
[Setup Range]: 0~200 (1 Count: 1 %) ex
[Description]: At 50: Primary Transfer Current=14 µAx0.5=7 µA
For primary transfer output adjustment of M Color at FC104mmsec [NVM Name]: 1ST BTR Output Remote 104FC M
ex [PSW Display]: 1ST BTR Output Remote Half-speed FC M
At 100: Primary Transfer Current=14 µAx1.0=10 µA [Initial Value]: 36
At 150: Primary Transfer Current=14 µAx1.5=21 µA [Setup Range]: 0~200 (1 Count: 1 %)
[NVM Name]: 1ST BTR Output Remote 104FC C For primary transfer output adjustment of M Color at FC52mmsec
[PSW Display]: 1ST BTR Output Remote Normal-speed C Displays the multiplication value in primary transfer current of 746-018
[Initial Value]: 86 ex
[Setup Range]: 0~200 (1 Count: 1 %) At 50: Primary Transfer Current=14 µAx0.5=7 µA
For primary transfer output adjustment of C Color at FC104mmsec [NVM Name]: 1ST BTR Output Remote 52FC C
Displays the multiplication value in primary transfer current of 746-019 [PSW Display]: 1ST BTR Output Remote Half-speed FC C
ex [Initial Value]: 36
At 100: Primary Transfer Current=14 µAx1.0=10 µA [Setup Range]: 0~200 (1 Count: 1 %)
At 150: Primary Transfer Current=14 µAx1.5=21 µA [Description]:

For primary transfer output adjustment of C Color at FC52mmsec [Initial Value]: 36

Displays the multiplication value in primary transfer current of 746-197 [Setup Range]: 0~200 (1 Count: 1 %)
ex [Description]:
At 50: Primary Transfer Current=14 µAx0.5=7 µA For primary transfer output adjustment of K Color at BW 52mmsec
17. 746-028 Displays the multiplication value in primary transfer current of 746-020
[NVM Name]: 1ST BTR Output Remote 52FC K ex
[PSW Display]: 1ST BTR Output Remote Half-speed FC K At 50: Primary Transfer Current=14 µAx0.5=7 µA
[Initial Value]: 36 21. 746-032
[Setup Range]: 0~200 (1 Count: 1 %) [NVM Name]: 1ST BTR Present Output Y
[Description]: [PSW Display]: 1ST BTR Present Output Y
For primary transfer output adjustment of K Color at FC52mmsec [Initial Value]: 51
Displays the multiplication value in primary transfer current of 746-020 [Setup Range]: 31~255 (1 Count: 0.196 µA)
ex [Description]: Displays the Resistance Detection Calculation results * remote.
At 50: Primary Transfer Current=14 µAx0.5=7 µA 22. 746-033
18. 746-029 [NVM Name]: 1ST BTR Present Output M
[NVM Name]: 1ST BTR Output Remote 194BW K [PSW Display]: 1ST BTR Present Output M
[PSW Display]: 1ST BTR Output Remote Twice-speed BW K [Initial Value]: 51
[Initial Value]: 186 [Setup Range]: 31~255 (1 Count: 0.196 µA)
[Setup Range]: 0~255 (1 Count: 1 %) [Description]: Displays the Resistance Detection Calculation results * remote.
For primary transfer output adjustment of K Color at BW 194 mm sec [NVM Name]: 1ST BTR Present Output C
Displays the multiplication value in primary transfer current of 746-020 [PSW Display]: 1ST BTR Present Output C
At 200: Primary Transfer Current=14 µAx2.0=28 µA [Setup Range]: 31~255 (1 Count: 0.196 µA)
19. 746-030 [Description]: Displays the Resistance Detection Calculation results * remote.
[NVM Name]: 1ST BTR Output Remote 104BW K 24. 746-035
[PSW Display]: 1ST BTR Output Remote Normal-speed BW K [NVM Name]: 1ST BTR Present Output K
[Initial Value]: 100 [PSW Display]: 1ST BTR Present Output K
[Setup Range]: 0~200 (1 Count: 1 %) [Initial Value]: 102
[Description]: [Setup Range]: 25~459 (1 Count: 0.196 µA)
For primary transfer output adjustment of K Color at BW 104mmsec [Description]: Displays the Resistance Detection Calculation results * remote.
ex [NVM Name]: Remote for Plain paper A Side1 (Output Duty)
At 100: Primary Transfer Current=14 µAx1.0=14 µA [PSW Display]: Remote for Plain paper A Side1 (Output Duty)
20. 746-031 [Initial Value]: 100
[NVM Name]: 1ST BTR Output Remote 52 BW K [Setup Range]: 0~200 (1 Count: 1 %)
[PSW Display]: 1ST BTR Output Remote Half-speed BW K [Description]:
For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Plain paper A side 1 Displays the multiplication value in secondary transfer resistance calculation
Displays the multiplication value in secondary transfer resistance calculation result of 746-006.
result of 746-006. ex
ex At 100: Secondary Transfer Voltage=245x-4.888x1.0=-1200 V
At 100: Secondary Transfer Voltage=245x-4.888x1.0=-1200 V At 150: Secondary Transfer Voltage=245x-4.888x1.5=-1800 V
At 150: Secondary Transfer Voltage=245x-4.888x1.5=-1800 V 29. 746-063
26. 746-060 [NVM Name]: Remote for Plain paper F/G Side1 (Output Duty)
[NVM Name]: Remote for Plain paper B Side1 (Output Duty) [PSW Display]: Remote for Plain paper F/G Side1 (Output Duty)
[PSW Display]: Remote for Plain paper B Side1 (Output Duty) [Initial Value]: 100
[Initial Value]: 100 [Setup Range]: 0~200 (1 Count: 1 %)
[Setup Range]: 0~200 (1 Count: 1 %) [Description]:
[Description]: For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Plain paper F/G side 1
For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Plain paper B side 1 Displays the multiplication value in secondary transfer resistance calculation
27. 746-061 [NVM Name]: Remote for Plain paper S Side1 (Output Duty)
[NVM Name]: Remote for Plain paper C Side1 (Output Duty) [PSW Display]: Remote for Plain paper S Side1 (Output Duty)
[PSW Display]: Remote for Plain paper C Side1 (Output Duty) [Initial Value]: 100
[Description]: For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Plain paper S side 1
For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Plain paper C side 1 Displays the multiplication value in secondary transfer resistance calculation
28. 746-062 [NVM Name]: Remote for Label stock Side1 (Output Duty)
[NVM Name]: Remote for Plain paper D/E Side1 (Output Duty) [PSW Display]: Remote for Label stock Side1 (Output Duty)
[PSW Display]: Remote for Plain paper D/E Side1 (Output Duty) [Initial Value]: 100
[Description]: For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Label side 1
For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Plain paper D/E side 1

Displays the multiplication value in secondary transfer resistance calculation Displays the multiplication value in secondary transfer resistance calculation
result of 746-006. result of 746-006.
ex ex
32. 746-066 35. 746-069
[NVM Name]: Remote for Thin paper Side1 (Output Duty) [NVM Name]: Remote for Postcard Side1 (Output Duty)
[PSW Display]: Remote for Thin paper Side1 (Output Duty) [PSW Display]: Remote for Postcard Side1 (Output Duty)
[Setup Range]: 0~200 (1 Count: 1 %) [Setup Range]: 0~200 (1 Count: 1 %)
[Description]: [Description]:
For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Thin paper side 1 For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Postcard side 1
ex ex
33. 746-067 36. 746-070
[NVM Name]: Remote for Heavyweight paper1 Side1 (Output Duty) [NVM Name]: Remote for Envelope Side1 (Output Duty)
[PSW Display]: Remote for Heavyweight paper1 Side1 (Output Duty) [PSW Display]: Remote for Envelope Side1 (Output Duty)
For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Heavy Weight paper 1 side 1 For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Envelope side 1
ex ex
34. 746-068 37. 746-071
[NVM Name]: Remote for Heavyweight paper2 Side1 (Output Duty) [NVM Name]: Remote for MLT-faced Postcard Side1 (Output Duty)
[PSW Display]: Remote for Heavyweight paper2 Side1 (Output Duty) [PSW Display]: Remote for MLT-faced Postcard Side1 (Output Duty)
For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Heavy Weight paper 2 side 1 For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of MLT-faced Postcard side 1
ex ex
38. 746-072 41. 746-075
[NVM Name]: Remote for Transparency Side1 (Output Duty) [NVM Name]: Remote for Heavyweight coat paper2 Side1 (Output Duty)
[PSW Display]: Remote for Transparency Side1 (Output Duty) [PSW Display]: Remote for Heavyweight coat paper2 Side1 (Output Duty)
For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Transparency side 1 For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Coat paper 2 side 1
ex ex
39. 746-073 42. 746-076
[NVM Name]: Remote for Tack Film Side1 (Output Duty) [NVM Name]: Remote for Plain paper A Side2 (Output Duty)
[PSW Display]: Remote for Tack Film Side1 (Output Duty) [PSW Display]: Remote for Plain paper A Side2 (Output Duty)
For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Tack Film side 1 For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Plain paper A side 2
ex ex
40. 746-074 43. 746-077
[NVM Name]: Remote for Heavyweight coat paper1 Side1 (Output Duty) [NVM Name]: Remote for Plain paper B Side2 (Output Duty)
[PSW Display]: Remote for Heavyweight coat paper1 Side1 (Output Duty) [PSW Display]: Remote for Plain paper B Side2 (Output Duty)
For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Coat paper 1 side 1 For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Plain paper B side 2

ex ex
44. 746-078 47. 746-081
[NVM Name]: Remote for Plain paper C Side2 (Output Duty) [NVM Name]: Remote for Plain paper S Side2 (Output Duty)
[PSW Display]: Remote for Plain paper C Side2 (Output Duty) [PSW Display]: Remote for Plain paper S Side2 (Output Duty)
For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Plain paper C side 2 For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Plain paper S side 2
ex ex
45. 746-079 48. 746-082
[NVM Name]: Remote for Plain paper D/E Side2 (Output Duty) [NVM Name]: Remote for Heavyweight paper1 Side2 (Output Duty)
[PSW Display]: Remote for Plain paper D/E Side2 (Output Duty) [PSW Display]: Remote for Heavyweight paper1 Side2 (Output Duty)
For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Plain paper D/E side 2 For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Heavy Weight paper 1 side 2
ex ex
46. 746-080 49. 746-083
[NVM Name]: Remote for Plain paper F/G Side2 (Output Duty) [NVM Name]: Remote for Heavyweight paper2 Side2 (Output Duty)
[PSW Display]: Remote for Plain paper F/G Side2 (Output Duty) [PSW Display]: Remote for Heavyweight paper2 Side2 (Output Duty)
For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Plain paper F/G side 2 For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Heavy Weight paper 2 side 2
ex ex
50. 746-084 53. 746-087
[NVM Name]: Remote for Postcard Side2 (Output Duty) [NVM Name]: Remote for Heavyweight coat paper1 Side2 (Output Duty)
[PSW Display]: Remote for Postcard Side2 (Output Duty) [PSW Display]: Remote for Heavyweight coat paper1 Side2 (Output Duty)
For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Postcard side 2 For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Coat paper 1 side 2
ex ex
51. 746-085 54. 746-088
[NVM Name]: Remote for Envelope Side2 (Output Duty) [NVM Name]: Remote for Heavyweight coat paper2 Side2 (Output Duty)
[PSW Display]: Remote for Envelope Side2 (Output Duty) [PSW Display]: Remote for Heavyweight coat paper2 Side2 (Output Duty)
For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Envelope side 2 For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Coat paper 2 side 2
ex ex
52. 746-086 55. 746-089
[NVM Name]: Remote for MLT-faced Postcard Side2 (Output Duty) [NVM Name]: 2ND BTR Present Output
[PSW Display]: Remote for MLT-faced Postcard Side2 (Output Duty) [PSW Display]: 2ND BTR Present Output
[Setup Range]: 0~200 (1 Count: 1 %) [Setup Range]: 102~921 (1 Count: -4.888 V)
[Description]: [Description]: Ideographication of (-500 V~-4500 V) Resistance Detection Calculation
For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of MLT-faced Postcard side 2 results x remote.

56. 746-090 3: Control -S-12 (FCside2 secondary transfer output for paper according to poor
[NVM Name]: Plain paper S Control NVM1 (FC Side1) surface smoothness of 4024 24 lb)
[PSW Display]: Plain paper S Control NVM1 (FC Side1) 4: Control -S-13 (FCside2 secondary transfer output for paper applicable to the 4
items described above)
[Initial Value]: 0
5: Control -S-14 (FCside2 secondary transfer output based on the secondary
[Setup Range]: 0~6
transfer coefficient stored in the undisclosed NVM of 746-356~407 in this case)
[Description]:
59. 746-408
0: Control -S-1 (FCside1 secondary transfer output for paper according to P
[NVM Name]: Output Remote for DTS 104 Side1
paper)
[PSW Display]: Output Remote for DTS normal-speed Side1
1: Control -S-2 (FCside1 secondary transfer output for paper according to recycle
paper) [Initial Value]: 0
2: Control -S-3 (FCside1 secondary transfer output for paper according to poor [Setup Range]: 0~100 (1 Count: 1 %)
surface smoothness of 4024 20 lb) [Description]:
3: Control -S-4 (FCside1 secondary transfer output for paper according to poor Displays the multiplication value by DTS output adjustment
surface smoothness of 4024 24 lb) ex
4: Control -S-5 (FCside1 secondary transfer output for paper applicable to the 4 At 100: DTS voltage=-3000x1.0=-3000 V
items described above) At 0: DTS voltage=-3000x0=-0 V
5: Control -S-6 (FCside1 secondary transfer output based on the secondary 60. 746-409
transfer coefficient stored in the undisclosed NVM of 746-304~355 in this case) [NVM Name]: Output Remote for DTS 104 Side2
57. 746-091 [PSW Display]: Output Remote for DTS normal-speed Side2
[NVM Name]: Plain paper S Control NVM1 (BW Side1) [Initial Value]: 50
[PSW Display]: Plain paper S Control NVM1 (BW Side1) [Setup Range]: 0~100 (1 Count: 1 %)
[Setup Range]: 0~1 Displays the multiplication value by DTS output adjustment
[Description]: ex
0: Control -S-7 (For BW side 1 of Plain paper A~G) At 100: DTS voltage=-3000x1.0=-3000 V
1: Control -S-8 (For BW side 1 of paper applicable to the above) At 50: DTS voltage=-3000x0.5=-1500 V
58. 746-092 61. 746-410
[NVM Name]: Plain paper S Control NVM1 (FC Side2) [NVM Name]: Output Remote for DTS 52 Side1
[PSW Display]: Plain paper S Control NVM1 (FC Side2) [PSW Display]: Output Remote for DTS half-speed Side1
[Setup Range]: 0~5 [Setup Range]: 0~100 (1 Count: 1 %)
1: Control -S-9 (FCside2 secondary transfer output for paper according to P Displays the multiplication value by DTS output adjustment
paper)
ex
1: Control -S-10 (FCside2 secondary transfer output for paper according to
At 100: DTS voltage=-3000x1.0=-3000 V
recycle paper)
At 50: DTS voltage=-3000x0.5=-1500 V
2: Control -S-11 (FCside2 secondary transfer output for paper according to poor
surface smoothness of 4024 20 lb)
62. 746-411 66. 746-424
[NVM Name]: Output Remote for DTS 52 Side2 [NVM Name]: Toner Band Width (In axial direction)
[PSW Display]: Output Remote for DTS half-speed Side2 [PSW Display]: Toner Band Width (in axial direction)
[Setup Range]: 0~100 (1 Count: 1 %) [Setup Range]: 0~137 (1 Count: 1 mm)
[Description]: [Description]: For adjustment of Toner Band Width in axial direction
Displays the multiplication value by DTS output adjustment 67. 746-425
ex [NVM Name]: Toner Band Density
At 100: DTS voltage=-3000x1.0=-3000 V [PSW Display]: Toner Band Density
At 50: DTS voltage=-3000x0.5=-1500 V [Initial Value]: 60
[NVM Name]: Output Remote for DTS 194 Side1 [Description]:
[PSW Display]: Output Remote for DTS twice-speed Side1 For adjustment of Toner Band Density
[Initial Value]: 0 ex
[Setup Range]: 0~100 (1 Count: 1 %) 60=cin60 %
[Description]: 50=cin50 %
Displays the multiplication value by DTS output adjustment 68. 746-959
ex [NVM Name]: 2nd CLN MINUS BIAS OUTPUT (For Environment no.0, 1, 2, 3)
At 100: DTS voltage=-3000x1.0=-3000 V [PSW Display]: 2nd CLN MINUS BIAS OUTPUT (for Environment no.0, 1, 2, 3)
At 0: DTS voltage=-3000x0=-0 V [Initial Value]: 123
64. 746-413 [Setup Range]: 102~921 (1 Count: -4.888 V)
[NVM Name]: Output Remote for DTS 194 Side2 [Description]:
[PSW Display]: Output Remote for DTS twice-speed Side2 For 2ND BTR Cleaning Bias setup for each environment
[Initial Value]: 50 The resistance detection result of remote cannot be reflected
[Setup Range]: 0~100 (1 Count: 1 %) 69. 746-960
[Description]: [NVM Name]: 2nd CLN MINUS BIAS OUTPUT (For Environment no.4)
Displays the multiplication value by DTS output adjustment [PSW Display]: 2nd CLN MINUS BIAS OUTPUT (for Environment no.4)
At 100: DTS voltage=-3000x1.0=-3000 V [Setup Range]: 102~921 (1 Count: -4.888 V)
At 50: DTS voltage=-3000x0.5=-1500 V [Description]:
65. 746-423 For 2ND BTR Cleaning Bias setup for each environment
[NVM Name]: Toner Band Width (In process direction) The resistance detection result of remote cannot be reflected
[PSW Display]: Toner Band Width (in process direction) 70. 746-961
[Initial Value]: 3 [NVM Name]: 2nd CLN MINUS BIAS OUTPUT (For Environment no.5, 6)
[Setup Range]: 0~22 (1 Count: 1 mm) [PSW Display]: 2nd CLN MINUS BIAS OUTPUT (for Environment no.5, 6)
[Description]: For adjustment of Toner Band Width in process direction [Initial Value]: 123
[Setup Range]: 102~921 (1 Count: -4.888 V)

[Description]: [PSW Display]: 1st BTR Vmonitor Y

For 2ND BTR Cleaning Bias setup for each environment [Initial Value]: 36
The resistance detection result of remote cannot be reflected [Setup Range]: 4~178 (1 Count: 28.01 V)
71. 746-962 [Description]: Displays the voltage at primary transfer resistance detection
[NVM Name]: 2nd CLN MINUS BIAS OUTPUT (For Environment no.7, 8, 9) (100~5000V)
[PSW Display]: 2nd CLN MINUS BIAS OUTPUT (for Environment no.7, 8, 9) 77. 746-968
[Initial Value]: 123 [NVM Name]: 1st BTR Vmonitor M
[Setup Range]: 102~921 (1 Count: -4.888 V) [PSW Display]: 1st BTR Vmonitor M
For 2ND BTR Cleaning Bias setup for each environment [Setup Range]: 4~178 (1 Count: 28.01 V)
The resistance detection result of remote cannot be reflected [Description]: Displays the voltage at primary transfer resistance detection
72. 746-963 (100~5000V)
[NVM Name]: Y Offset Distance 78. 746-969
[PSW Display]: Y offset distance [NVM Name]: 1st BTR Vmonitor C
[Initial Value]: 16 [PSW Display]: 1st BTR Vmonitor C
[Setup Range]: 0~16 (1 Count: 1 ms) [Initial Value]: 36
[Description]: Distance of 0ms~39 ms between Drum contact and 1ST BTR [Setup Range]: 4~178 (1 Count: 28.01 V)
73. 746-964 [Description]: Displays the voltage at primary transfer resistance detection
(100~5000V)
[NVM Name]: M Offset Distance
79. 746-970
[PSW Display]: M offset distance
[NVM Name]: 1st BTR Vmonitor K
[Initial Value]: 16
[PSW Display]: 1st BTR Vmonitor K
[Setup Range]: 0~16 (1 Count: 1 ms)
[Initial Value]: 36
[Description]: Distance of 0ms~39 ms between Drum contact and 1ST BTR
[Setup Range]: 4~178 (1 Count: 28.01 V)
74. 746-965
[Description]: Displays the voltage at primary transfer resistance detection
[NVM Name]: C Offset Distance
(100~5000V)
[PSW Display]: C offset distance
80. 746-971
[Initial Value]: 16
[NVM Name]: Plain paper A~G 104mm/BW side1
[Setup Range]: 0~16 (1 Count: 1 ms)
[PSW Display]: Remote for Plain paper A ~G Normal speed BW Side1
[Description]: Distance of 0ms~39 ms between Drum contact and 1ST BTR
75. 746-966
[Setup Range]: 0~200 (1 Count: 1 %)
[NVM Name]: K Offset Distance
[Description]:
[PSW Display]: K offset distance
For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Plain paper A ~G 104mmsec side1 BW.
[Initial Value]: 16 Displays the multiplication value in secondary transfer resistance calculation
[Setup Range]: 0~16 (1 Count: 1 ms) result of 746-006.
[Description]: Distance of 0ms~39 ms between Drum contact and 1ST BTR ex
76. 746-967 At 100: Secondary Transfer Voltage=245x-4.888x1.0=-1200 V
[NVM Name]: 1st BTR Vmonitor Y At 150: Secondary Transfer Voltage=245x-4.888x1.5=-1800 V
81. 746-972 84. 746-975
[NVM Name]: Plain paper A~G 194 mm/BW side1 [NVM Name]: Plain paper S 104 mm/BW side1
[PSW Display]: Remote for Plain paper A ~G twice speed BW Side1 [PSW Display]: Remote for Plain paper S Normal speed BW Side1
For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Plain paper A ~G 194 mm sec side1 BW. For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Plain paper S 104 mm sec side1 BW.
ex ex
82. 746-973 85. 746-976
[PSW Display]: Remote for Plain paper A ~G Normal speed BW Side2 [PSW Display]: Remote for Plain paper S twice speed BW Side1
ex ex
83. 746-974 86. 746-977
[PSW Display]: Remote for Plain paper A ~G twice speed BW Side2 [PSW Display]: Remote for Plain paper S Normal speed BW Side2
ex ex

87. 746-978
[NVM Name]: Plain paper S 194 mm/BW side2
[PSW Display]: Remote for Plain paper S twice speed BW Side2
[Setup Range]: 0~200 (1 Count: 1 %)
[Description]:
For Secondary Transfer output adjustment of Plain paper S 194 mm sec side2 BW.
Displays the multiplication value in secondary transfer resistance calculation
result of 746-006.
ex
At 100: Secondary Transfer Voltage=245x-4.888x1.0=-1200 V
At 150: Secondary Transfer Voltage=245x-4.888x1.5=-1800 V
88. 746-979
[NVM Name]: 1stBTR Home Positioning Delay Time at Cycle Down
[PSW Display]: Delay Time for 1stBTR Home Positioning
[Setup Range]: 0~6000 (1 Count: 0.1 sec)
[Description]: Delay Time 0~10 min
89. 746-980
[NVM Name]: Selection Hevyweigt paper1
[PSW Display]: Selection hevyweigt paper1
[Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 0~1
[Description]:
0: Secondary Transfer Voltage for Heavy Weight Paper 1
1: Secondary Transfer Voltage for Heavy Weight Paper Coat Paper 1
90. 746-981
[NVM Name]: For Heavy Weight Paper 2 Selection
[PSW Display]: Selection hevyweigt paper2
[Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 0~1
[Description]:
0: Secondary Transfer Voltage for Heavy Weight Paper 2
1: Secondary Transfer Voltage for Heavy Weight Paper Coat Paper 2
3. 5. 14 DC131 751-xxx Procon NVM List 5. 751-134
1. 751-052 [NVM Name]: BOTTLE NOT POSITION
[NVM Name]: BCR Charge Compensation SW [PSW Display]: BOTTLE NOT POSITION (Flag)
[PSW Display]: BCR Charge Compensate mode (SW) [Initial Value]: 0
[Initial Value]: 0 [Setup Range]: 0, 1
[Setup Range]: 0~3 [Description]: Availability of the Waste Toner Container (0: Bottle set 1: No bottle)
Charge Correction [NVM Name]: No. of Prints
0: Performs Wear & Environment Correction (Default) [PSW Display]: Print Volume (Counter)
1: Disables Charge Correction [Initial Value]: 0
2: Performs Environment Correction only [Setup Range]: 0~65535
3: Performs Wear Correction only [Description]: Total count of No. of Prints (1 Count=1 sheet)
2. 751-053 7. 751-136
[NVM Name]: DRUMVmid Factor Environment Correction [NVM Name]: BOTTLE FULL COUNTER Dispense
[PSW Display]: BCR VM temperature & humidity compensate mode (SW) [PSW Display]: BOTTLE FULL Counter Dispense (Max Value)
[Setup Range]: 0, 1 [Setup Range]: 0~65535
[Description]: [Description]: Max Setup Value of EMP Counter Dispense (1 Count=1sec)
Vmid Factor Environment Correction 8. 751-137
0: Execute [NVM Name]: 4 Colors Total Count Dispense Time
1: Disable [PSW Display]: Dispense Time Count (4Color Counter)
[NVM Name]: BOTTLE FULL COUNTER Print [Setup Range]: 0~65535
[PSW Display]: BOTTLE FULL Counter Print (Max Value) [Description]: Total Count of 4 Colors Dispense Time
[Initial Value]: 900 9. 751-138
[Setup Range]: 0~65535 [NVM Name]: BOTTLE SNS MODE
[Description]: Max Setup Value of EMP Counter Print (1 Count=1print) [PSW Display]: BOTTLE SNS MODE (SW)
[NVM Name]: BOTTLE FULL [Setup Range]: 0~2
[PSW Display]: BOTTLE FULL (Flag) [Description]:
[Initial Value]: 0 Specifies the Count method until BOTTLE FULL
[Setup Range]: 0~2 0: Auto (Print & Dispense)
[Description]: 1: Only No.of Prints
0: Empty 2: Only Dispense time
1: NEAR FULL 10. 751-159
2: FULL [NVM Name]: BCR CLN Operation Trigger Selection
[PSW Display]: BCR CLN Triger (SW)

[Initial Value]: 3 [PSW Display]: P/R Life Warning (Limiter)

[Description]: [Setup Range]: 0~500
Selection SW for Trigger types to operate the BCR CLN [Description]: Warning value of Drum Cartridge (All engine common)
0: CV COUNT (1 Count=1kCy)
1: DRUM CYCLE COUNT 16. 751-178
2: PIXEL COUNT [NVM Name]: CRU End of Life Threshold
3: PV Count+ Pixel Count+DRUM Cycle [PSW Display]: P/R Life End of Life (Limiter)
11. 751-160 [Initial Value]: 280
[NVM Name]: CV COUNT TOTAL [Setup Range]: 0~500
[PSW Display]: CV COUNT TOTAL (Counter) [Description]: End of Life value of Drum Cartridge (All engine common)
[Initial Value]: 0 (1 Count=1kCy)
[Setup Range]: 0~65535 17. 751-191
[Description]: Each Cumulative ERU by Billing Count (1 Count=1pv) [NVM Name]: BCR Cleaning Start Timing
12. 751-161 [PSW Display]: BCR Cleaning Timing
[NVM Name]: DRUM CYCLE COUNT TOTAL [Initial Value]: 200
[PSW Display]: DRUM CYCLE COUNT TOTAL (Counter) [Setup Range]: 0~700
[Setup Range]: 0~65535 Time between EVENT_CYCLE_UP and BCR Cleaning Start. (1 Count=10ms)
[Description]: Cumulative DRUM Cycle (1 Count=10cycle) 18. 751-200
13. 751-162 [NVM Name]: VH Value after #Y_BCR DC Correction
[NVM Name]: PIXEL COUNT TOTAL [PSW Display]: #Y_BCR DC corrected VH value 104 mm/s
[PSW Display]: PIXEL COUNT TOTAL (Counter) [Initial Value]: 620
[Setup Range]: 0~10000000 [Description]: VH Output Value of #Y Engine after Correction (All Speed common)
[Description]: (1 Count=-1.173V)
Cumulative K Color Pixcel Count 19. 751-201
Units of 1 step is based on the ICDC Control Pixcel Count (1 Count=1dot/1 grada- [NVM Name]: VH Value after #M_BCR DC Correction
tion) [PSW Display]: #M_BCR DC corrected VH value 104 mm/s
14. 751-167 [Initial Value]: 620
[NVM Name]: No. of BCR CLN Operations [Setup Range]: 0~1023
[PSW Display]: BCR Cleaning Count [Description]: VH Output Value of #M Engine after Correction (All Speed common)
[Initial Value]: 0 (1 Count=-1.173V)
[Setup Range]: 0~1000 20. 751-202
[Description]: Reads the No. of BCR CLN Operations. (1 Count=1 time) [NVM Name]: VH Value after #C_BCR DC Correction
15. 751-177 [PSW Display]: #C_BCR DC corrected VH value 104 mm/s
[NVM Name]: CRUWarning Threshold [Initial Value]: 620
[Description]: VH Output Value of #C Engine after Correction (All Speed common)
(1 Count=-1.173 V)
21. 751-203
[NVM Name]: [NVM Name]: VH Value after #K_BCR D Correction
[PSW Display]: #K_BCR DC corrected VH value 104 mm/s
[Description]: VH Output Value of #K Engine after Correction (All Speed common)
(1 Count=-1.173 V)

3. 5. 15 DC131 752-xxx Procon NVM List [Description]: ADC average detected value of CinA (low Cin) Patch.
1. 752-027 7. 752-033
[NVM Name]: Vclean Average Value [NVM Name]: Vpatch Average Value [K] [CinA]
[PSW Display]: Vdark Average [PSW Display]: Vpatch Average [C] [CinA]
[Description]: ADC average detected value at expansion LED Off. [Description]: ADC average detected value of CinA (low Cin) Patch.
2. 752-028 8. 752-034
[NVM Name]: Vref Average Value [NVM Name]: Vpatch Average Value [K] [CinA]
[PSW Display]: Vref Average [PSW Display]: Vpatch Average [K] [CinA]
[Description]: ADC average detected value of reference board reflection at expansion [Description]: ADC average detected value of CinA (low Cin) Patch.
ON. 9. 752-035
3. 752-029 [NVM Name]: Vpatch Average Value [Y] [CinB]
[NVM Name]: Vcln Average Value [PSW Display]: Vpatch Average [Y] [CinB]
[PSW Display]: Vcln Average [Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 0~1023 [Description]: ADC average detected value of CinB (high Cin) Patch.
[Description]: ADC average detected value of belt reflection at expansion On. 10. 752-036
4. 752-030 [NVM Name]: Vpatch Average Value [M] [CinB]
[NVM Name]: Diffusion Vcln Average Value [PSW Display]: Vpatch Average [M] [CinB]
[PSW Display]: Diffusion Vcln Average [Initial Value]: 0
[Description]: ADC average detected value of Belt reflection Light at diffusion On. 11. 752-037
5. 752-031 [NVM Name]: Vpatch Average Value [C] [CinB]
[NVM Name]: Vpatch Average Value [Y] [CinA] [PSW Display]: Vpatch Average [C] [CinB]
[PSW Display]: Vpatch Average [Y] [CinA] [Initial Value]: 0
[Description]: ADC average detected value of CinA (low Cin) Patch. 12. 752-038
6. 752-032 [NVM Name]: Vpatch Average Value [K] [CinB]
[NVM Name]: Vpatch Average Value [M] [CinA] [PSW Display]: Vpatch Average [K] [CinB]
[PSW Display]: Vpatch Average [M] [CinA] [Initial Value]: 0
13. 752-050 19. 752-056
[NVM Name]: Failure ADC Sensor [NVM Name]: Diffusion Correction Factor
[PSW Display]: Failure ADC Sensor [PSW Display]: Diffusion Correction Factor
[Description]: ADC Sensor Failure [Description]: Diffusion Output Standardization factor
14. 752-051 20. 752-057
[NVM Name]: Failure ADC Shutter [NVM Name]: RADC Target Value [Y]
[PSW Display]: Failure ADC Shutter [PSW Display]: RADC Target [Y]
[Description]: ADC Shutter Failure [Description]: RADC Control Density Target Value
15. 752-052 21. 752-058
[NVM Name]: Failure ADC Patch [Y] [NVM Name]: RADC Target Value [M]
[PSW Display]: Failure ADC Patch [Y] [PSW Display]: RADC Target [M]
[Description]: ADC Patch Failure [Description]: RADC Control Density Target Value
16. 752-053 22. 752-059
[NVM Name]: Failure ADC Patch [M] [NVM Name]: RADC Target Value [C]
[PSW Display]: Failure ADC Patch [M] [PSW Display]: RADC Target [C]
17. 752-054 23. 752-060
[NVM Name]: Failure ADC Patch [C] [NVM Name]: RADC Target Value [K]
[PSW Display]: Failure ADC Patch [C] [PSW Display]: RADC Target [K]
18. 752-055 24. 752-061
[NVM Name]: Failure ADC Patch [K] [NVM Name]: RADC Shift Average Value [Y]
[PSW Display]: Failure ADC Patch [K] [PSW Display]: RADC Average [Y]
[Description]: ADC Patch Failure [Description]: RADC shift average value

25. 752-062 31. 752-072

[NVM Name]: RADC Shift Average Value [M] [NVM Name]: ATC Correction Factor [K]
[PSW Display]: RADC Average [M] [PSW Display]: ATC Correction Factor [Y]
[Description]: RADC shift average value [Description]: ATC Sensor Sensitivity Correction Factor
26. 752-063 32. 752-073
[NVM Name]: RADC Shift Average Value [C] [NVM Name]: ATC Correction Offset [Y]
[PSW Display]: RADC Average [C] [PSW Display]: ATC Correction Offset [Y]
[Description]: RADC shift average value [Description]: ATC Sensor Sensitivity Correction Offset
27. 752-064 33. 752-074
[NVM Name]: RADC Shift Average Value [K] [NVM Name]: ATC Correction Offset [M]
[PSW Display]: RADC Average [K] [PSW Display]: ATC Correction Offset [M]
[Description]: RADC shift average value [Description]: ATC Sensor Sensitivity Correction Offset
28. 752-069 34. 752-075
[NVM Name]: ATC Correction Factor [Y] [NVM Name]: ATC Correction Offset [C]
[PSW Display]: ATC Correction Factor [Y] [PSW Display]: ATC Correction Offset [C]
[Description]: ATC Sensor Sensitivity Correction Factor [Description]: ATC Sensor Sensitivity Correction Offset
29. 752-070 35. 752-076
[NVM Name]: ATC Correction Factor [M] [NVM Name]: ATC Correction Offset [K]
[PSW Display]: ATC Correction Factor [Y] [PSW Display]: ATC Correction Offset [K]
[Description]: ATC Sensor Sensitivity Correction Factor [Description]: ATC Sensor Sensitivity Correction Offset
30. 752-071 36. 752-081
[NVM Name]: ATC Correction Factor [C] [NVM Name]: ATC Average Detected Value [Y]
[PSW Display]: ATC Correction Factor [Y] [PSW Display]: ATC Average [Y]
[Description]: ATC Sensor Sensitivity Correction Factor [Description]: ATC Average detected value after sensor sensitivity correction
37. 752-082 43. 752-092
[NVM Name]: ATC Average Detected Value [M] [NVM Name]: ATC Fluctuation Range [K]
[PSW Display]: ATC Average [M] [PSW Display]: ATC Fluctuation [K]
[Description]: ATC Average detected value after sensor sensitivity correction [Description]: ATC Fluctuation Range detected value after sensor sensitivity correction
38. 752-083 44. 752-109
[NVM Name]: ATC Average Detected Value [C] [NVM Name]: No. of Continuous ATC Failures [Y]
[PSW Display]: ATC Average [C] [PSW Display]: Number of Continuous ATC Failures [Y]
[Description]: ATC Average detected value after sensor sensitivity correction [Description]: No. of Continuous ATC Failures
39. 752-084 45. 752-110
[NVM Name]: ATC Average Detected Value [K] [NVM Name]: No. of Continuous ATC Failures [M]
[PSW Display]: ATC Average [K] [PSW Display]: Number of Continuous ATC Failures [M]
[Description]: ATC Average detected value after sensor sensitivity correction [Description]: No. of Continuous ATC Failures
40. 752-089 46. 752-111
[NVM Name]: ATC Fluctuation Range [Y] [NVM Name]: No. of Continuous ATC Failures [C]
[PSW Display]: ATC Fluctuation [Y] [PSW Display]: Number of Continuous ATC Failures [C]
[Description]: ATC Fluctuation Range detected value after sensor sensitivity correction [Description]: No. of Continuous ATC Failures
41. 752-090 47. 752-112
[NVM Name]: ATC Fluctuation Range [M] [NVM Name]: No. of Continuous ATC Failures [K]
[PSW Display]: ATC Fluctuation [M] [PSW Display]: Number of Continuous ATC Failures [K]
[Description]: ATC Fluctuation Range detected value after sensor sensitivity correction [Description]: No. of Continuous ATC Failures
42. 752-091 48. 752-114
[NVM Name]: ATC Fluctuation Range [C] [NVM Name]: Warn ATC Max and Min [Y]
[PSW Display]: ATC Fluctuation [C] [PSW Display]: Warn ATC Max & Min [Y]
[Description]: ATC Fluctuation Range detected value after sensor sensitivity correction [Description]: ATC Upper and Lower Limits Warning (0: Normal, 1: ATC Output low
HiTC, 2: ATC Output high Low TC)

49. 752-115 [PSW Display]: Warn ATC Fluctuation Max & Min [C]
[NVM Name]: Warn ATC Max and Min [M] [Initial Value]: 0
[PSW Display]: Warn ATC Max & Min [M] [Setup Range]: 0~2
[Initial Value]: 0 [Description]: ATC Fluctuation Range Lower Limit Warning (0: Normal, 1: To little
[Setup Range]: 0~2 fluctution)
[Description]: ATC Upper and Lower Limits Warning (0: Normal, 1: ATC Output low 55. 752-121
HiTC, 2: ATC Output high Low TC) [NVM Name]: Warn ATC Fluctuation Max and Min [K]
50. 752-116 [PSW Display]: Warn ATC Fluctuation Max & Min [K]
[NVM Name]: Warn ATC Max and Min [C] [Initial Value]: 0
[PSW Display]: Warn ATC Max & Min [C] [Setup Range]: 0~2
[Initial Value]: 0 [Description]: ATC Fluctuation Range Lower Limit Warning (0: Normal, 1: To little
[Setup Range]: 0~2 fluctution)
[Description]: ATC Upper and Lower Limits Warning (0: Normal, 1: ATC Output low 56. 752-122
HiTC, 2: ATC Output high Low TC) [NVM Name]: Failure ATC Sensor [Y]
51. 752-117 [PSW Display]: Failure ATC Patch [Y]
[NVM Name]: Warn ATC Max and Min [K] [Initial Value]: 0
[PSW Display]: Warn ATC Max & Min [K] [Setup Range]: 0~1
[Initial Value]: 0 [Description]: ATC Sensor Failure
[Setup Range]: 0~2 57. 752-123
[Description]: ATC Upper and Lower Limits Warning (0: Normal, 1: ATC Output low [NVM Name]: Failure ATC Sensor [M]
HiTC, 2: ATC Output high Low TC) [PSW Display]: Failure ATC Sensor [M]
[NVM Name]: Warn ATC Fluctuation Max and Min [Y] [Setup Range]: 0~1
[PSW Display]: Warn ATC Fluctuation Max & Min [Y] [Description]: ATC Sensor Failure
[Setup Range]: 0~2 [NVM Name]: Failure ATC Sensor [C]
[Description]: ATC Fluctuation Range Lower Limit Warning (0: Normal, 1: To little [PSW Display]: Failure ATC Sensor [C]
fluctution) [Initial Value]: 0
53. 752-119 [Setup Range]: 0~1
[NVM Name]: Warn ATC Fluctuation Max and Min [M] [Description]: ATC Sensor Failure
[PSW Display]: Warn ATC Fluctuation Max & Min [M] 59. 752-125
[Initial Value]: 0 [NVM Name]: Failure ATC Sensor [K]
[Setup Range]: 0~2 [PSW Display]: Failure ATC Sensor [K]
[Description]: ATC Fluctuation Range Lower Limit Warning (0: Normal, 1: To little [Initial Value]: 0
fluctution) [Setup Range]: 0~1
54. 752-120 [Description]: ATC Sensor Failure
[NVM Name]: Warn ATC Fluctuation Max and Min [C]
60. 752-130 [PSW Display]: Set ATC Control Nominal Value [1] [M]
[NVM Name]: Set ATC Control Nominal Value [0] [Y] [Initial Value]: 632
[PSW Display]: Set ATC Control Nominal Value [0] [Y] [Setup Range]: 0~1023
[Initial Value]: 592 [Description]: ATC Control Nominal Value before environment/deterioration
[Setup Range]: 0~1023 correction as center setup
[Description]: ATC Control Nominal Value before environment/deterioration 66. 752-136
correction as center setup [NVM Name]: Set ATC Control Nominal Value [1] [C]
61. 752-131 [PSW Display]: Set ATC Control Nominal Value [1] [C]
[NVM Name]: Set ATC Control Nominal Value [0] [M] [Initial Value]: 632
[PSW Display]: Set ATC Control Nominal Value [0] [M] [Setup Range]: 0~1023
correction as center setup [NVM Name]: Set ATC Control Nominal Value [1] [K]
62. 752-132 [PSW Display]: Set ATC Control Nominal Value [1] [K]
[NVM Name]: Set ATC Control Nominal Value [0] [C] [Initial Value]: 642
[PSW Display]: Set ATC Control Nominal Value [0] [C] [Setup Range]: 0~1023
[Initial Value]: 592 [[Description]: ATC Control Nominal Value before environment/deterioration
correction as center setup [NVM Name]: Set ATC Control Nominal Value [2] [K]
63. 752-133 [PSW Display]: Set ATC Control Nominal Value [2] [K]
[NVM Name]: Set ATC Control Nominal Value [0] [K] [Initial Value]: 562
[PSW Display]: Set ATC Control Nominal Value [0] [K] [Setup Range]: 0~1023
correction as center setup [NVM Name]: ATC Control Nominal Value [Y]
64. 752-134 [PSW Display]: ATC Control Nominal Value [Y]
[NVM Name]: Set ATC Control Nominal Value [1] [Y] [Initial Value]: 500
[PSW Display]: Set ATC Control Nominal Value [1] [Y] [Setup Range]: 0~1023
[Setup Range]: 0~1023 [Set ATC Control Nominal Value]+[ATC Environment Correction Value]+[ATC
[Description]: ATC Control Nominal Value before environment/deterioration Deterioration Correction Value]+[ATC Nominal Value OFFSET]
correction as center setup 70. 752-157
65. 752-135 [NVM Name]: ATC Control Nominal Value [M]
[NVM Name]: Set ATC Control Nominal Value [1] [M] [PSW Display]: ATC Control Nominal Value [M]

[Setup Range]: 0~1023 [PSW Display]: Failure Environment SNR TEMP

[Set ATC Control Nominal Value]+[ATC Environment Correction Value]+[ATC [Setup Range]: 0~1
Deterioration Correction Value]+[ATC Nominal Value OFFSET] [Description]: [Detection relation (Temperature/Humidity)] Temperature Sensor
71. 752-158 Failure (Fixed as [Standard Temperature])
[NVM Name]: ATC Control Nominal Value [C] 76. 752-177
[PSW Display]: ATC Control Nominal Value [C] [NVM Name]: Failure Environment Sensor Humidity
[Initial Value]: 500 [PSW Display]: Failure Environment SNR Humidity
[Set ATC Control Nominal Value]+[ATC Environment Correction Value]+[ATC [Description]: [Detection relation (Temperature/Humidity)] Temperature Sensor
Deterioration Correction Value]+[ATC Nominal Value OFFSET] Failure (Fixed as [Standard Temperature])
72. 752-159 77. 752-324
[NVM Name]: ATC Control Nominal Value [K] [NVM Name]: SW_DispMode
[PSW Display]: ATC Control Nominal Value [K] [PSW Display]: SW_DispMode
[Description]: [Description]: Dis method changing SW (0=ATC+ICDC, 1=ICDC, 2=Timer Disp)
[Set ATC Control Nominal Value]+[ATC Environment Correction Value]+[ATC 78. 752-357
Deterioration Correction Value]+[ATC Nominal Value OFFSET] [NVM Name]: Timer Dispense time [Y]
73. 752-162 [PSW Display]: Timer Disp time [Y]
[NVM Name]: Temperature Average Value [Initial Value]: 5
[PSW Display]: Temp Average [Setup Range]: 0~250
[Initial Value]: 100 [Description]: Timer Disp Setup Time
[Setup Range]: 80~200 79. 752-358
[Description]: [NVM Name]: Timer Dispense time [M]
Temperature average value after converting the temperature sensor output to [PSW Display]: Timer Disp time [M]
temperature (80: -20 Degree Celsius, 100: 0 Degree Celsius, 200: 100 Degree [Initial Value]: 5
Celsius)
74. 752-163
[Description]: Timer Disp Setup Time
[NVM Name]: Humidity Average Value
80. 752-359
[PSW Display]: Humidity Average
[NVM Name]: Timer Dispense time [C]
[Initial Value]: 0
[PSW Display]: Timer Disp time [C]
[Initial Value]: 5
[Description]: Humidity average value after converting the humidity sensor output to
humidity
[Description]: Timer Disp Setup Time
75. 752-176
[NVM Name]: Failure Environment Sensor Temperature
81. 752-360 [Setup Range]: 0~1023
[NVM Name]: Timer Dispense time [K] [Description]: LD Light Quantity Value when Potential Control is Off.
[PSW Display]: Timer Disp time [K] 87. 752-375
[Initial Value]: 5 [NVM Name]: Ideal LD Light Quantity [Y]
[Setup Range]: 0~250 [PSW Display]: Ideal LD light qty [Y]
[Description]: Timer Disp Setup Time [Initial Value]: 450
82. 752-369 [Setup Range]: 0~1023
[NVM Name]: SW Potential Control On/Off [Description]: LD Light Quantity Ideal Value Calculated from Delta LD Light
[PSW Display]: SW Potential Control ON/OFF Quantity.
[Setup Range]: 0~1 [NVM Name]: Ideal LD Light Quantity [M]
[Description]: [PSW Display]: Ideal LD light qty [M]
0: Controls LD Light Quantity (See [Ideal Light Quantity]) [Initial Value]: 450
1: Fixed LD Light Quantity (See [LD Light Quantity when Potential Control is [Setup Range]: 0~1023
Off]) [Description]: LD Light Quantity Ideal Value Calculated from Delta LD Light
83. 752-371 Quantity.
[NVM Name]: LD Light Quantity when Potential Control is Off [Y] 89. 752-377
[PSW Display]: LD Light q'ty when Potential Control is OFF [Y] [NVM Name]: Ideal LD Light Quantity [C]
[Initial Value]: 300 [PSW Display]: Ideal LD light qty [C]
[Description]: LD Light Quantity Value when Potential Control is Off. [Setup Range]: 0~1023
84. 752-372 [Description]: LD Light Quantity Ideal Value Calculated from Delta LD Light
[NVM Name]: LD Light Quantity when Potential Control is Off [M] Quantity.
[PSW Display]: LD Light q'ty when Potential Control is OFF [M] 90. 752-378
[Initial Value]: 300 [NVM Name]: Ideal LD Light Quantity [K]
[Setup Range]: 0~1023 [PSW Display]: Ideal LD light qty [K]
[Description]: LD Light Quantity Value when Potential Control is Off. [Initial Value]: 400
85. 752-373 [Setup Range]: 0~1023
[NVM Name]: LD Light Quantity when Potential Control is Off [C] [Description]: LD Light Quantity Ideal Value Calculated from Delta LD Light
Quantity.
[PSW Display]: LD Light q'ty when Potential Control is OFF [C]
91. 752-394
[NVM Name]: JobS Delta LD Limit
[PSW Display]: Change in Lim_d_LD Light qty on Jobstart
[Description]: LD Light Quantity Value when Potential Control is Off.
[Initial Value]: 40
86. 752-374
[NVM Name]: LD Light Quantity when Potential Control is Off [K]
[Description]: Limit of Delta LD Light Quantity Feedback at Job Start.
[PSW Display]: LD Light q'ty when Potential Control is OFF [K]

92. 752-395 [Setup Range]: 0~1

[NVM Name]: JobE/during Job Delta LD Limit [Description]: Warning when the LD Light Quantity reached Upper or Lower Limit.
[PSW Display]: Change in Lim_d_LD Light qty on Job & Jobend 98. 752-441
[Initial Value]: 20 [NVM Name]: War_LD Light Amount Setting [C]
[Setup Range]: 0~1023 [PSW Display]: Warn LD light amount Setting [C]
[Description]: [Description]: Limit of Delta LD Light Quantity Feedback at Job End/ [Initial Value]: 0
during Job. [Setup Range]: 0~1
93. 752-396 [Description]: Warning when the LD Light Quantity reached Upper or Lower Limit.
[NVM Name]: Recovery Delta LD Limit 99. 752-442
[PSW Display]: Change in Lim_d_LD Light qty on TonerRecovery [NVM Name]: War_LD Light Amount Setting [K]
[Initial Value]: 200 [PSW Display]: Warn LD light amount Setting [K]
[Description]: Limit of Delta LD Light Quantity Feedback at recovery. [Setup Range]: 0~1
94. 752-397 [Description]: Warning when the LD Light Quantity reached Upper or Lower Limit.
[NVM Name]: JobS Color Difference Delta LD Limit 100.752-453
[PSW Display]: Change in Lim_d_LD Light qty on Jobstart (CL) [NVM Name]: VBias [Y]
[Initial Value]: 40 [PSW Display]: VBias [Y]
[Description]: Limit of Delta LD Light Quantity Feedback at Job Start (YMC Color [Setup Range]: 0~1023
differences considered) [Description]: DC VBias value
95. 752-398 101.752-454
[NVM Name]: JobE/during Job Color Difference Delta LD Limit [NVM Name]: VBias [M]
[PSW Display]: Change in Lim_d_LD Light qty on Job & Jobend (CL) [PSW Display]: VBias [M]
[Description]: Limit of Delta LD Light Quantity Feedback at Job End/during Job [Description]: DC VBias value
(YMC Color differences considered)
102.752-455
96. 752-439
[NVM Name]: VBias [C]
[NVM Name]: War_LD Light Amount Setting [Y]
[PSW Display]: VBias [C]
[PSW Display]: Warn LD light amount Setting [Y]
[Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 0~1
[Description]: DC VBias value
[Description]: Warning when the LD Light Quantity reached Upper or Lower Limit.
103.752-456
97. 752-440
[NVM Name]: VBias [K]
[NVM Name]: War_LD Light Amount Setting [M]
[PSW Display]: VBias [K]
[PSW Display]: Warn LD light amount Setting [M]
[Initial Value]: 0
[Description]: DC VBias value [PSW Display]: Nominal value for NEAR Detection [M]
104.752-474 [Initial Value]: 625
[NVM Name]: Flag Empty Detection Status [Y] [Setup Range]: 0~32767
[PSW Display]: Flag Empty Detection Status [Y] [Description]: Count threshold for Near Detection
[Initial Value]: 0 110.752-498
[Setup Range]: 0~3 [NVM Name]: Nominal value for NEAR Detection [C]
[Description]: Flag of Empty status (0: Normal 1: In Empty Count 2: Near Empty 3: [PSW Display]: Nominal value for NEAR Detection [C]
End) [Initial Value]: 625
105.752-475 [Setup Range]: 0~32767
[NVM Name]: Flag Empty Detection Status [M] [Description]: Count threshold for Near Detection
[PSW Display]: Flag Empty Detection Status [M] 111.752-499
[Initial Value]: 0 [NVM Name]: Nominal value for NEAR Detection [K]
[Setup Range]: 0~3 [PSW Display]: Nominal value for NEAR Detection [K]
Flag of Empty status (0: Normal 1: In Empty Count 2: Near Empty 3: End) [Setup Range]: 0~32767
106.752-476 [Description]: Count threshold for Near Detection
[NVM Name]: Flag Empty Detection Status [C] 112.752-784
[PSW Display]: Flag Empty Detection Status [C] [NVM Name]: Failure Disp Unusual [Y]
[Initial Value]: 0 [PSW Display]: Failure Disp Unusual [Y]
Flag of Empty status (0: Normal 1: In Empty Count 2: Near Empty 3: End) [Description]:
107.752-477 Failure when new Toner Cartridge is installed and the Disp Motor Drive did not
[NVM Name]: Flag Empty Detection Status [K] shift from new to old. 0: Normal 1: Error
[PSW Display]: Flag Empty Detection Status [K] 113.752-785
[Initial Value]: 0 [NVM Name]: Failure Disp Unusual [M]
[Setup Range]: 0~3 [PSW Display]: Failure Disp Unusual [M]
Flag of Empty status (0: Normal 1: In Empty Count 2: Near Empty 3: End) [Setup Range]: 0~1
108.752-496 [Description]:
[NVM Name]: Nominal value for NEAR Detection [Y] Failure when new Toner Cartridge is installed and the Disp Motor Drive did not
[PSW Display]: Nominal value for NEAR Detection [Y] shift from new to old. 0: Normal 1: Error
[Initial Value]: 625 114.752-786
[Setup Range]: 0~32767 [NVM Name]: Failure Disp Unusual [C]
[Description]: Count threshold for Near Detection [PSW Display]: Failure Disp Unusual [C]
109.752-497 [Initial Value]: 0
[NVM Name]: Nominal value for NEAR Detection [M] [Setup Range]: 0~1

[Description]: [PSW Display]: DispTime Totalizing value for Aged Correction [C]
Failure when new Toner Cartridge is installed and the Disp Motor Drive did not [Initial Value]: 0
shift from new to old. 0: Normal 1: Error [Setup Range]: 0~4294967295
[NVM Name]: Failure Disp Unusual [K] Cumulative Disp Time for deterioration correction amount of the ATC Control
[PSW Display]: Failure Disp Unusual [K] Nominal Value.
[Initial Value]: 0 Cleaned to 0 at replacement of Developer.
[Setup Range]: 0~1 120.752-807
[Description]: [NVM Name]: Cumulative Disp Time for deterioration correction [K]
Failure when new Toner Cartridge is installed and the Disp Motor Drive did not [PSW Display]: DispTime Totalizing value for Aged Correction [K]
shift from new to old. 0: Normal 1: Error [Initial Value]: 0
116.752-788 [Setup Range]: 0~4294967295
[NVM Name]: Minimum PV Threshold [Description]:
[PSW Display]: Min PV Threshold Cumulative Disp Time for deterioration correction amount of the ATC Control
[Initial Value]: 3 Nominal Value.
[Setup Range]: 0~255 Cleaned to 0 at replacement of Developer.
[Description]: Minimum PV from Near empty to empty (M/Cstop) 121.752-814
117.752-804 [NVM Name]: Pre Near Factor
[NVM Name]: Cumulative Disp Time for deterioration correction [Y] [PSW Display]: Pre Near EMP Factor
[PSW Display]: DispTime Totalizing value for Aged Correction [Y] [Initial Value]: 80
[Setup Range]: 0~4294967295 [Description]: Factor correcting [Near Detection Nominal Value] after Pre Near is
[Description]: displayed.
Cumulative Disp Time for deterioration correction amount of the ATC Control
Nominal Value.
Cleaned to 0 at replacement of Developer.
118.752-805
[NVM Name]: Cumulative Disp Time for deterioration correction [M]
[PSW Display]: DispTime Totalizing value for Aged Correction [M]
[Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 0~4294967295
[Description]:
Cumulative Disp Time for deterioration correction amount of the ATC Control
Nominal Value.
Cleaned to 0 at replacement of Developer.
119.752-806
[NVM Name]: Cumulative Disp Time for deterioration correction [C]
3. 5. 16 DC131 753-xxx ProCon 2 NVM List [Description]: [2P TRC] P LUTCin (fixed number) when the Delta LUT is calculated.
1. 753-001 7. 753-008
[NVM Name]: 2 Patch ADC Gradation Correction Switch [NVM Name]: P LUTCin [K] [D]
[PSW Display]: ADC Tone Correction Switch [PSW Display]: P LUTCin [K] [D]
[Description]: [2P TRC] 2 Patch ADC Gradation Correction On/Off Switch (0=On, [Description]: [2P TRC] P LUTCin (fixed number) when the Delta LUT is calculated.
1=Off) 8. 753-009
2. 753-002 [NVM Name]: P LUTCin [Color] [E]
[NVM Name]: IOT Manual Adjustment LUT Switch [PSW Display]: P LUTCin [Color] [E]
[PSW Display]: IOT Manual ADJ LUT Switch [Initial Value]: 1
[Setup Range]: 0~1 [Description]: [2P TRC] P LUTCin (fixed number) when the Delta LUT is calculated.
[Description]: [2P TRC] IOT Manual Adjustment LUT On/Off Switch (0=On, 1=Off) 9. 753-010
3. 753-004 [NVM Name]: P LUTCin [Color] [C]
[NVM Name]: P LUTCin [K] [E] [PSW Display]: P LUTCin [Color] [C]
[PSW Display]: P LUTCin [K] [E] [Initial Value]: 51
[Description]: [2P TRC] P LUTCin (fixed number) when the Delta LUT is calculated. 10. 753-011
4. 753-005 [NVM Name]: P LUTCin [Color] [A]
[NVM Name]: P LUTCin [K] [C] [PSW Display]: P LUTCin [Color] [A]
[PSW Display]: P LUTCin [K] [C] [Initial Value]: 102
5. 753-006 [NVM Name]: P LUTCin [Color] [B]
[NVM Name]: P LUTCin [K] [A] [PSW Display]: P LUTCin [Color] [B]
[PSW Display]: P LUTCin [K] [A] [Initial Value]: 204
6. 753-007 [NVM Name]: P LUTCin [Color] [D]
[NVM Name]: P LUTCin [K] [B] [PSW Display]: P LUTCin [Color] [D]
[PSW Display]: P LUTCin [K] [B] [Initial Value]: 255


[NVM Name]: ADC2 Gradation Patch Cin [Y] [CinA] [2P TRC]: 2P Patch Cin (Value is changed by the gradation correction result).
[PSW Display]: Patch Cin [Y] [CinA] (Change factor from MF) Changes name from [TRC Patch Cin in Job]
[Initial Value]: 102 18. 753-019
[Setup Range]: 0~255 [NVM Name]: ADC2 Gradation Patch Cin [M] [CinB]
[Description]: [PSW Display]: Patch Cin [M] [CinB]
[2P TRC]: 2P Patch Cin (Value is changed by the gradation correction result). [Initial Value]: 204
(Change factor from MF) Changes name from [TRC Patch Cin in Job] [Setup Range]: 0~255
[NVM Name]: ADC2 Gradation Patch Cin [M] [CinA] [2P TRC]: 2P Patch Cin (Value is changed by the gradation correction result).
[PSW Display]: Patch Cin [M] [CinA] (Change factor from MF) Changes name from [TRC Patch Cin in Job]
[Initial Value]: 102 19. 753-020
[Setup Range]: 0~255 [NVM Name]: ADC2 Gradation Patch Cin [C] [CinB]
[Description]: [PSW Display]: Patch Cin [C] [CinB]
[NVM Name]: ADC2 Gradation Patch Cin [C] [CinA] [2P TRC]: 2P Patch Cin (Value is changed by the gradation correction result).
[PSW Display]: Patch Cin [C] [CinA] (Change factor from MF) Changes name from [TRC Patch Cin in Job]
[Initial Value]: 102 20. 753-021
[Setup Range]: 0~255 [NVM Name]: ADC2 Gradation Patch Cin [K] [CinB]
[Description]: [PSW Display]: Patch Cin [K] [CinB]
[NVM Name]: ADC2 Gradation Patch Cin [K] [CinA] [2P TRC]: 2P Patch Cin (Value is changed by the gradation correction result).
[PSW Display]: Patch Cin [K] [CinA] (Change factor from MF) Changes name from [TRC Patch Cin in Job]
[Initial Value]: 77 21. 753-022
[Setup Range]: 0~255 [NVM Name]: TRC Target RADC in Job [Y] [A]
[Description]: [PSW Display]: TRC Target RADC [Y] [A]
17. 753-018 [Description]: [2P TRC] Target RADC for Gradation Correction
[NVM Name]: ADC2 Gradation Patch Cin [Y] [CinB] 22. 753-023
[PSW Display]: Patch Cin [Y] [CinB] [NVM Name]: TRC Target RADC in Job [Y] [B]
[Initial Value]: 204 [PSW Display]: TRC Target RADC [Y] [B]
[Setup Range]: 0~1023 [Description]: [2P TRC] Target RADC for Gradation Correction
[Description]: [2P TRC] Target RADC for Gradation Correction 29. 753-030
23. 753-024 [NVM Name]: TRC Current Shift Average Value in Job [CinA] [Y]
[NVM Name]: TRC Target RADC in Job [M] [A] [PSW Display]: TRC Current RADC [Y] [A]
[PSW Display]: TRC Target RADC [M] [A] [Initial Value]: 780
[Setup Range]: 0~1023 [Description]: [2P TRC] Current RADC for Gradation Correction
24. 753-025 [NVM Name]: TRC Current Shift Average Value in Job [CinB] [Y]
[NVM Name]: TRC Target RADC in Job [M] [B] [PSW Display]: TRC Current RADC [Y] [B]
[PSW Display]: TRC Target RADC [M] [B] [Initial Value]: 415
25. 753-026 [NVM Name]: TRC Current Shift Average Value in Job [CinA] [M]
[NVM Name]: TRC Target RADC in Job [C] [A] [PSW Display]: TRC Current RADC [M] [A]
[PSW Display]: TRC Target RADC [C] [A] [Initial Value]: 740
26. 753-027 [NVM Name]: TRC Current Shift Average Value in Job [CinB] [M]
[NVM Name]: TRC Target RADC in Job [C] [B] [PSW Display]: TRC Current RADC [M] [B]
[PSW Display]: TRC Target RADC [C] [B] [Initial Value]: 360
27. 753-028 [NVM Name]: TRC Current Shift Average Value in Job [CinA] [C]
[NVM Name]: TRC Target RADC in Job [K] [A] [PSW Display]: TRC Current RADC [C] [A]
[PSW Display]: TRC Target RADC [K] [A] [Initial Value]: 700
28. 753-029 [NVM Name]: TRC Current Shift Average Value in Job [CinB] [C]
[NVM Name]: TRC Target RADC in Job [K] [B] [PSW Display]: TRC Current RADC [C] [B]
[PSW Display]: TRC Target RADC [K] [B] [Initial Value]: 355

35. 753-036 41. 753-805

[NVM Name]: TRC Current Shift Average Value in Job [CinA] [K] [NVM Name]: In/Out Pattern Setup (Y)
[PSW Display]: TRC Current RADC [K] [A] [PSW Display]: Pattern Y
[Description]: [2P TRC] Current RADC for Gradation Correction [Description]: In/Out Pattern Setup (Y)
36. 753-037 42. 753-806
[NVM Name]: TRC Current Shift Average Value in Job [CinB] [K] [NVM Name]: In/Out Pattern Setup (M)
[PSW Display]: TRC Current RADC [K] [B] [PSW Display]: Pattern M
[Description]: [2P TRC] Current RADC for Gradation Correction [Description]: In/Out Pattern Setup (M)
37. 753-801 43. 753-807
[NVM Name]: Legible Adjustment (Y) [NVM Name]: In/Out Pattern Setup (C)
[PSW Display]: Legible Y [PSW Display]: Pattern C
[Description]: Legible Adjustment (Y) [Description]: In/Out Pattern Setup (C)
38. 753-802 44. 753-808
[NVM Name]: Legible Adjustment (M) [NVM Name]: In/Out Pattern Setup (K)
[PSW Display]: Legible M [PSW Display]: Pattern K
[Description]: Legible Adjustment (M) [Description]: In/Out Pattern Setup (K)
39. 753-803
[NVM Name]: Legible Adjustment (C)
[PSW Display]: Legible C
[Description]: Legible Adjustment (C)
40. 753-804
[NVM Name]: Legible Adjustment (K)
[PSW Display]: Legible K
[Description]: Legible Adjustment (K)
3. 5. 17 DC131 755-xxx CRUM NVM List 7. 755-007
1. 755-001 [[NVM Name]: No. of Prints - FC 8.5"x11"LEF
[NVM Name]: DRUM Life Countl - kCy [PSW Display]: #Y_Print Count - Full Color, 8.5 " x 11 " LEF only
[PSW Display]: #Y_Drum Life Count - kCy [Initial Value]: 0
[Initial Value]: 0 [Setup Range]: 0~20000K (1312D00h) (1 Count: 100/8.5"x11".1 sheet)
[Setup Range]: 0~3000 (1 Count: 1Kcycle) [Description]: Accumulates the No. of Prints - 8.5 " x 11 " LEF for FC Job.
[Description]: To determine Drum Life 8. 755-008
2. 755-002 [NVM Name]: No. of Prints - BW 8.5"x11"LEF
[NVM Name]: DRUM Total Cycle - Total [PSW Display]: #Y_Print Count - Black, 8.5"x11"L only
[PSW Display]: #Y_Drum Cycle Count - Total [Initial Value]: 0
[Initial Value]: 0 [Setup Range]: 0~20000K (1312D00h)
[Setup Range]: 0~6M (5B8D80h) (1 Count: 0.1cycle) [Description]: Accumulates the No. of Prints - 8.5 " x 11 " LEF for BW Job.
[Description]: Total P/R Cumulative No. of Rotations [To detect Life] 9. 755-009
3. 755-003 [NVM Name]: No. of ShutDowns (FC)
[NVM Name]: DRUM DC Cycle [PSW Display]: #Y_Shutdown Count - Full Color
[PSW Display]: DC Drum Cycle Count [Initial Value]: 0
[Initial Value]: 0 [Setup Range]: 0~65535 (FFFFh)
[Setup Range]: 0~6M (5B8D80h) (1 Count: 0.1cycle) [Description]: Accumulates the No. of ShutDowns during FC Job.
[Description]: DC Charged : P/R Cumulative No. of Rotations [To detect Life] 10. 755-010
4. 755-004 [NVM Name]: No. of ShutDowns (BW)
[NVM Name]: DRUM AC Cycle [PSW Display]: #Y_Shutdown Count - Black
[PSW Display]: AC Drum Cycle Count [Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 0~6M (5B8D80h) (1 Count: 0.1cycle) [Description]: Accumulates the No. of ShutDowns during BW Job.
[Description]: AC Charged : P/R Cumulative No. of Rotations [To detect Life] 11. 755-011
5. 755-005 [NVM Name]: No. of Setups (FC)
[NVM Name]: No. of FC Prints [PSW Display]: #Y_Setup Count - Full Color
[PSW Display]: Print Count - Color [Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 0~100K (186A0h) [Description]: Accumulates the No. of Setups immediately after FC Job.
[Description]: Accumulates the No. of Prints for FC Job. 12. 755-012
6. 755-006 [NVM Name]: No. of Setups (BW)
[NVM Name]: No. of BW Prints [PSW Display]: #Y_Setup Count - Black
[PSW Display]: Print Count - Black [Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 0~100K (186A0h) [Description]: Accumulates the No. of Setups immediately after BW Job.
[Description]: Accumulates the No. of Prints for BW Job.

13. 755-013 19. 755-019

[NVM Name]: First Install Date (Year) [NVM Name]: Last install M/C SERIAL No._2
[PSW Display]: #Y_First Install - Year [PSW Display]: #Y_Last install, Part#2
[Setup Range]: 0~99 (63h) [Setup Range]: 0~65535 (FFFFh)
[Description]: Writes the date info when the first job was performed. [Description]: Records the M/C (2nd time onwards) Serial No. when the CRU was last
14. 755-014 installed.
[NVM Name]: First Install Date (Month) 20. 755-020
[PSW Display]: #Y_First Install - Month [NVM Name]: No. of M/C Serial No. Writes
[Initial Value]: 0 [PSW Display]: #Y_Machine Serial No. - Write count
[Setup Range]: 0~12 (Ch) [Initial Value]: 0
[Description]: Writes the date info when the first job was performed. [Setup Range]: 0~65535 (FFFFh)
15. 755-015 [Description]: Accumulates the No. of M/C into which CRU is installed.
[NVM Name]: First Install Date (Day) 21. 755-022
[PSW Display]: #Y_First Install - Day [NVM Name]: CRU TYPE
[Initial Value]: 0 [PSW Display]: #Y_CRU TYPE
[Setup Range]: 0~31 (1Fh) [Initial Value]: CRU Type
[Description]: Writes the date info when the first job was performed. [Setup Range]: 0~255 (FFh)
16. 755-016 [Description]: CRU Type is recorded.
[NVM Name]: First install M/C SERIAL No._1 22. 755-028
[PSW Display]: #Y_First install, Part#1 [NVM Name]: DRUM Life Countl - kCy
[Initial Value]: 0 [PSW Display]: #M_Drum Life Count - kCy
[Setup Range]: 0~65535 (FFFFh) [Initial Value]: 0
[Description]: Records the M/C Serial No. when the CRU was first installed. [Setup Range]: 0~3000 (BB8h)
17. 755-017 [Description]: To determine Drum Life
[PSW Display]: #Y_First install, Part#2 [NVM Name]: DRUM Total Cycle#
[Initial Value]: 0 [PSW Display]: M_Drum Cycle Count - Total
[Description]: Records the M/C Serial No. when the CRU was first installed. [Setup Range]: 0~6M (5B8D80h) (1 Count: 0.1cycle)
18. 755-018 [Description]: Total P/R Cumulative No. of Rotations [To detect Life]
[NVM Name]: Last install M/C SERIAL No._1 24. 755-030
[PSW Display]: #Y_Last install, Part#1 [NVM Name]: DRUM DC Cycle
[Initial Value]: 0 [PSW Display]: #M_DC Drum Cycle Count
[Description]: Records the M/C (2nd time onwards) Serial No. when the CRU was last [Setup Range]: 0~6M (5B8D80h) (1 Count: 0.1cycle)
installed. [Description]: DC Charged l P/R Cumulative No. of Rotations [To detect Life]
25. 755-031 31. 755-037
[NVM Name]: DRUM AC Cycle [NVM Name]: No. of ShutDowns (BW)
[PSW Display]: #M_AC Drum Cycle Count [PSW Display]: #M_Shutdown Count - Black
[Setup Range]: 0~6M (5B8D80h) (1 Count: 0.1cycle) [Setup Range]: 0~65535 (FFFFh)
[Description]: AC Charged l P/R Cumulative No. of Rotations [To detect Life] [Description]:
26. 755-032 32. 755-038
[NVM Name]: No. of FC Prints [NVM Name]: No. of Setups (FC)
[PSW Display]: #M_Print Count - Color [PSW Display]: #M_Setup Count - Full Color
[Setup Range]: 0~100K (186A0h) [Setup Range]: 0~65535 (FFFFh)
[Description]: Accumulates the No. of Prints for FC Job. [Description]: Accumulates the No. of Setups immediately after FC Job.
27. 755-033 33. 755-039
[NVM Name]: No. of BW Prints [NVM Name]: No. of Setups (BW)
[PSW Display]: #M_Print Count - Black [PSW Display]: #M_Setup Count - Black
[Setup Range]: 0~100K (186A0h) [Setup Range]: 0~65535 (FFFFh)
[Description]: Accumulates the No. of Prints for BW Job. [Description]: Accumulates the No. of Setups immediately after BW Job.
28. 755-034 34. 755-040
[NVM Name]: No. of Prints - FC A4LEF [NVM Name]: First Install Date (Year)
[PSW Display]: #M_Print Count - Full Color, A4L only [PSW Display]: #M_First Install - Year
[Setup Range]: 0~20000K (1312D00h) (1 Count: 100/A4.1 sheet) [Setup Range]: 0~99 (63h)
[Description]: Accumulates the No. of Prints - A4LEF for FC Job. [Description]: Writes the date info when the first job was performed.
29. 755-035 35. 755-041
[NVM Name]: No. of Prints - BW A4LEF [NVM Name]: First Install Date (Month)
[PSW Display]: #M_Print Count - Black, A4L only [PSW Display]: #M_First Install - Month
[Setup Range]: 0~20000K (1312D00h) (1 Count: 100/A4.1 sheet) [Setup Range]: 0~12 (Ch)
[Description]: Accumulates the No. of Prints - A4LEF for BW Job. [Description]: Writes the date info when the first job was performed.
30. 755-036 36. 755-042
[NVM Name]: No. of ShutDowns (FC) [NVM Name]: First Install Date (Day)
[PSW Display]: #M_Shutdown Count - Full Color [PSW Display]: #M_First Install - Day
[Setup Range]: 0~65535 (FFFFh) [Setup Range]: 0~31 (1Fh)
[Description]: [Description]: Writes the date info when the first job was performed.

37. 755-043 [Description]: CRU Type is recorded.

[PSW Display]: #M_First install, Part#1 [NVM Name]: DRUM Life Countl - kCy
[Initial Value]: 0 [PSW Display]: #C_Drum Life Count - kCy
[Description]: Records the M/C Serial No. when the CRU was first installed. [Setup Range]: 0~3000 (BB8h)
38. 755-044 [Description]: To determine Drum Life
[PSW Display]: #M_First install, Part#2 [NVM Name]: DRUM Total Cycle
[Initial Value]: 0 [PSW Display]: #C_Drum Cycle Count - Total
[Description]: Records the M/C Serial No. when the CRU was first installed. [Setup Range]: 0~6M (5B8D80h) (1 Count: 0.1cycle)
39. 755-045 [Description]: Total P/R Cumulative No. of Rotations [To detect Life]
[NVM Name]: Last install M/C SERIAL No._1 45. 755-057
[PSW Display]: #M_Last install, Part#1 [NVM Name]: DRUM DC Cycle
[Initial Value]: 0 [PSW Display]: #C_DC Drum Cycle Count
[Description]: Records the M/C (2nd time onwards) Serial No. when the CRU was last [Setup Range]: 0~6M (5B8D80h) (1 Count: 0.1cycle)
installed. [Description]: DC Charged l P/R Cumulative No. of Rotations [To detect Life]
40. 755-046 46. 755-058
[NVM Name]: Last install M/C SERIAL No._2 [NVM Name]: DRUM AC Cycle
[PSW Display]: #M_Last install, Part#2 [PSW Display]: #C_AC Drum Cycle Count
[Setup Range]: 0~65535 (FFFFh) [Setup Range]: 0~6M (5B8D80h) (1 Count: 0.1cycle)
[Description]: Records the M/C (2nd time onwards) Serial No. when the CRU was last [Description]: AC Charged l P/R Cumulative No. of Rotations [To detect Life]
installed. 47. 755-059
41. 755-047 [NVM Name]: No. of FC Prints
[NVM Name]: No. of M/C Serial No. Writes [PSW Display]: #C_Print Count - Color
[PSW Display]: #M_Machine Serial No. - Write count [Initial Value]: 0
[Initial Value]: 0 [Setup Range]: 0~100K (186A0h)
[Setup Range]: 0~65535 (FFFFh) [Description]: Accumulates the No. of Prints for FC Job.
[Description]: Accumulates the No. of M/C into which CRU is installed. 48. 755-060
42. 755-049 [NVM Name]: No. of BW Prints
[NVM Name]: CRU TYPE [PSW Display]: #C_Print Count - Black
[PSW Display]: #M_CRU TYPE [Initial Value]: 0
[Initial Value]: CRU Type [Setup Range]: 0~100K (186A0h)
[Setup Range]: 0~255 (FFh) [Description]: Accumulates the No. of Prints for BW Job.
49. 755-061 55. 755-067
[NVM Name]: No. of Prints - FC 8.5 x 11" LEF [NVM Name]: First Install Date (Year)
[PSW Display]: #C_Print Count - Full Color, 8.5"x11"L only [PSW Display]: #C_First Install - Year
[Setup Range]: 0~20000K (1312D00h) (1 Count: 100/8.5"x11".1 sheet) [Setup Range]: 0~99 (63h)
[Description]: Accumulates the No. of Prints - 8.5 x 11" LEF for FC Job. [Description]: Writes the date info when the first job was performed.
50. 755-062 56. 755-068
[NVM Name]: No. of Prints - BW 8.5 x 11" LEF [NVM Name]: First Install Date (Month)
[PSW Display]: #C_Print Count - Black, 8.5"x11"L only [PSW Display]: #C_First Install - Month
[Setup Range]: 0~20000K (1312D00h) (1 Count: 100/8.5 x 11".1 sheet) [Setup Range]: 0~12 (Ch)
[Description]: Accumulates the No. of Prints -8.5 x 11" LEF for BW Job. [Description]: Writes the date info when the first job was performed.
51. 755-063 57. 755-069
[NVM Name]: No. of ShutDowns (FC) [NVM Name]: First Install Date (Year)
[PSW Display]: #C_Shutdown Count - Full Color [PSW Display]: #C_First Install - Day
[Setup Range]: 0~65535 (FFFFh) [Setup Range]: 0~31 (1Fh)
[Description]: [Description]: Writes the date info when the first job was performed.
52. 755-064 58. 755-070
[NVM Name]: No. of ShutDowns (BW) [NVM Name]: First install M/C SERIAL No._1
[PSW Display]: #C_Shutdown Count - Black [PSW Display]: #C_First install, Part#1
[Setup Range]: 0~65535 (FFFFh) [Setup Range]: 0~65535 (FFFFh)
[Description]: [Description]: Records the M/C Serial No. when the CRU was first installed.
53. 755-065 59. 755-071
[NVM Name]: No. of Setups (FC) [NVM Name]: First install M/C SERIAL No._2
[PSW Display]: #C_Setup Count - Full Color [PSW Display]: #C_First install, Part#2
[Description]: Accumulates the No. of Setups immediately after FC Job. [Description]: Records the M/C Serial No. when the CRU was first installed.
54. 755-066 60. 755-072
[NVM Name]: No. of Setups (BW) [NVM Name]: Last install M/C SERIAL No._1
[PSW Display]: #C_Setup Count - Black [PSW Display]: #C_Last install, Part#1
[Description]: Accumulates the No. of Setups immediately after BW Job. [Description]: Records the M/C (2nd time onwards) Serial No. when the CRU was last
installed.

61. 755-073 67. 755-085

[NVM Name]: Last install M/C SERIAL No._2 [NVM Name]: DRUM AC Cycle
[PSW Display]: #C_Last install, Part#2 [PSW Display]: #K_AC Drum Cycle Count
[Setup Range]: 0~65535 (FFFFh) [Setup Range]: 0~6M (5B8D80h) (1 Count: 0.1cycle)
[Description]: Records the M/C (2nd time onwards) Serial No. when the CRU was last [Description]: AC Charged l P/R Cumulative No. of Rotations [To detect Life]
installed. 68. 755-086
62. 755-074 [NVM Name]: No. of FC Prints
[NVM Name]: No. of M/C Serial No. Writes [PSW Display]: #K_Print Count - Color
[PSW Display]: #C_Machine Serial No. - Write count [Initial Value]: 0
[Initial Value]: 0 [Setup Range]: 0~100K (186A0h)
[Setup Range]: 0~65535 (FFFFh) [Description]: Accumulates the No. of Prints for FC Job.
[Description]: Accumulates the No. of M/C into which CRU is installed. 69. 755-087
63. 755-076 [NVM Name]: No. of BW Prints
[NVM Name]: CRU TYPE [PSW Display]: #K_Print Count - Black
[PSW Display]: #C_CRU TYPE [Initial Value]: 0
[Initial Value]: CRU Type [Setup Range]: 0~100K (186A0h)
[Setup Range]: 0~255 (FFh) [Description]: Accumulates the No. of Prints for BW Job.
[Description]: CRU Type is recorded. 70. 755-088
64. 755-082 [NVM Name]: No. of Prints - FC 8.5 x 11" LEF
[NVM Name]: DRUM Life Countl - kCy [PSW Display]: #K_Print Count - Full Color, 8.5"x11"L only
[PSW Display]: #K_Drum Life Count - kCy [Initial Value]: 0
[Initial Value]: 0 [Setup Range]: 0~20000K (1312D00h) (1 Count: 100/8.5 x 11".1 sheet)
[Setup Range]: 0~3000 (BB8h) [Description]: Accumulates the No. of Prints - 8.5 x 11" LEF for FC Job.
[Description]: To determine Drum Life 71. 755-089
65. 755-083 [NVM Name]: No. of Prints - BW 8.5 x 11" LEF
[NVM Name]: DRUM Total Cycle [PSW Display]: #K_Print Count - Black, 8.5"x11"L only
[PSW Display]: #K_Drum Cycle Count - Total [Initial Value]: 0
[Initial Value]: 0 [Setup Range]: 0~20000K (1312D00h) (1 Count: 100/8.5 x 11".1 sheet)
[Setup Range]: 0~6M (5B8D80h) (1 Count: 0.1cycle) [Description]: Accumulates the No. of Prints - 8.5 x 11" LEF for BW Job.
[Description]: Total P/R Cumulative No. of Rotations [To detect Life] 72. 755-090
66. 755-084 [NVM Name]: No. of ShutDowns (FC)
[NVM Name]: DRUM DC Cycle [PSW Display]: #K_Shutdown Count - Full Color
[PSW Display]: #K_DC Drum Cycle Count [Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 0~6M (5B8D80h) (1 Count: 0.1cycle) [Description]:
[Description]: DC Charged l P/R Cumulative No. of Rotations [To detect Life]
73. 755-091 79. 755-097
[NVM Name]: No. of ShutDowns (BW) [NVM Name]: First install M/C SERIAL No._1
[PSW Display]: #K_Shutdown Count - Black [PSW Display]: #K_First install, Part#1
[Description]: [Description]: Records the M/C Serial No. when the CRU was first installed.
74. 755-092 80. 755-098
[NVM Name]: No. of Setups (FC) [NVM Name]: First install M/C SERIAL No._2
[PSW Display]: #K_Setup Count - Full Color [PSW Display]: #K_First install, Part#2
[Description]: Accumulates the No. of Setups immediately after FC Job. [Description]: Records the M/C Serial No. when the CRU was first installed.
75. 755-093 81. 755-099
[NVM Name]: No. of Setups (BW) [NVM Name]: Last install M/C SERIAL No._1
[PSW Display]: #K_Setup Count - Black [PSW Display]: #K_Last install, Part#1
[Description]: Accumulates the No. of Setups immediately after BW Job. [Description]: Records the M/C (2nd time onwards) Serial No. when the CRU was last installed.
76. 755-094 82. 755-100
[NVM Name]: First Install Date (Year) [NVM Name]: Last install M/C SERIAL No._2
[PSW Display]: #K_First Install - Year [PSW Display]: #K_Last install, Part#2
[Setup Range]: 0~99 (63h) [Setup Range]: 0~65535 (FFFFh)
[Description]: Writes the date info when the first job was performed. [Description]: Records the M/C (2nd time onwards) Serial No. when the CRU was last installed.
77. 755-095 83. 755-101
[NVM Name]: First Install Date (Month) [NVM Name]: No. of M/C Serial No. Writes
[PSW Display]: #K_First Install - Month [PSW Display]: #K_Machine Serial No. - Write count
[Setup Range]: 0~12 (Ch) [Setup Range]: 0~65535 (FFFFh)
[Description]: Writes the date info when the first job was performed. [Description]: Accumulates the No. of M/C into which CRU is installed.
78. 755-096 84. 755-103
[NVM Name]: First Install Date (Year) [NVM Name]: CRU TYPE
[PSW Display]: #K_First Install - Day [PSW Display]: #K_CRU TYPE
[Initial Value]: 0 [Initial Value]: CRU Type
[Setup Range]: 0~31 (1Fh) [Setup Range]: 0~255 (FFh)
[Description]: Writes the date info when the first job was performed. [Description]: CRU Type is recorded.

3. 5. 18 DC131 760-xxx Regicon NVM List [Initial Value]: 716

1. 760-006 [Setup Range]: 0~1432
[NVM Name]: Bok [Description]:
[PSW Display]: Bok Adjusts the Fast Scan direction image 100 % magnification by switching the
average frequency of each LSU (ROS) Video lock. (4 Colors/Correction
[Initial Value]: 3
Resolution Ability: 1/4 Pixel unit)
[Setup Range]: 0~4
6. 760-011
[Description]: Threshold of pattern valid No.of Blocks. Failure occurs if the value is
[NVM Name]: BAL-Y
not corrected below the Threshold.
[PSW Display]: Y-BAL
2. 760-007
[NVM Name]: MAG-Y
[PSW Display]: Y-MAG
[Description]:
Adjusts the Left Right Magnification with respect to Fast Scan direction image
center by changing the slant of LSU (ROS) Video Lock Sweep. (4 Colors/
[Description]: Correction Resolution Ability: 1/8 Pixel unit)
Adjusts the Fast Scan direction image 100 % magnification by switching the 7. 760-012
[NVM Name]: BAL-M
[PSW Display]: M-BAL
3. 760-008
[NVM Name]: MAG-M
[PSW Display]: M-MAG
[Description]:
[Description]: Correction Resolution Ability: 1/8 Pixel unit)
Adjusts the Fast Scan direction image 100 % magnification by switching the 8. 760-013
[NVM Name]: BAL-C
[PSW Display]: C-BAL
4. 760-009
[NVM Name]: MAG-C
[PSW Display]: C-MAG
[Description]:
[Description]:
Correction Resolution Ability: 1/8 Pixel unit)
Adjusts the Fast Scan direction image 100 % magnification by switching the
9. 760-014
Resolution Ability: 1/4 Pixel unit) [NVM Name]: BAL-K
5. 760-010 [PSW Display]: K-BAL
[NVM Name]: MAG-K [Initial Value]: 421
[PSW Display]: K-MAG [Setup Range]: 0~842
[Description]: Adjusts the Fast Scan direction write start position by the No. of Video Locks
Adjusts the Left Right Magnification with respect to Fast Scan direction image from SOS Signal. (4 Colors/Correction Resolution Ability: 1 Pixel unit)
center by changing the slant of LSU (ROS) Video Lock Sweep. (4 Colors/ 15. 760-020
Correction Resolution Ability: 1/8 Pixel unit) [NVM Name]: XSO-M
10. 760-015 [PSW Display]: M-XSO
[NVM Name]: Skew Misregistration Y [Initial Value]: 236
[PSW Display]: Y-Skew misregistration [Setup Range]: 0~472
[Setup Range]: 0~1000 Adjusts the Fast Scan direction write start position by the No. of Video Locks
[Description]: 100=1 rotation. 500 and above=CW direction, Below 500=CCW from SOS Signal. (4 Colors/Correction Resolution Ability: 1 Pixel unit)
direction 16. 760-021
11. 760-016 [NVM Name]: XSO-C
[NVM Name]: Skew Misregistration M [PSW Display]: C-XSO
[PSW Display]: M-Skew misregistration [Initial Value]: 236
[Description]: 100=1 rotation. 500 and above=CW direction, Below 500=CCW Adjusts the Fast Scan direction write start position by the No. of Video Locks
direction from SOS Signal. (4 Colors/Correction Resolution Ability: 1 Pixel unit)
12. 760-017 17. 760-022
[NVM Name]: Skew Misregistration C [NVM Name]: XSO-K
[PSW Display]: C-Skew misregistration [PSW Display]: K-XSO
[Description]: 100=1 rotation. 500 and above=CW direction, Below 500=CCW [Description]:
direction Adjusts the Fast Scan direction write start position by the No. of Video Locks
13. 760-018 from SOS Signal. (4 Colors/Correction Resolution Ability: 1 Pixel unit)
[NVM Name]: Skew Misregistration K 18. 760-023
[PSW Display]: K-Skew misregistration [NVM Name]: YSO-Y
[Initial Value]: 500 [PSW Display]: Y-YSO
[Description]: 100=1 rotation. 500 and above=CW direction, Below 500=CCW [Setup Range]: 0~474
direction [Description]:
14. 760-019 Adjusts the Slow Scan direction write start position by the No. of LS Signal
[NVM Name]: XSO-Y Counts from the LSU (ROS)/Image/Patch Start Signal. (4 Colors/Correction
[PSW Display]: Y-XSO Resolution Ability: 1 Pixel unit)
[Initial Value]: 236 19. 760-024
[Setup Range]: 0~472 [NVM Name]: YSO-M
[Description]: [PSW Display]: M-YSO


Adjusts the Slow Scan direction write start position by the No. of LS Signal Threshold of (Normal) Regi Control Implementation Temperature difference.
Counts from the LSU (ROS)/Image/Patch Start Signal. (4 Colors/Correction Value on the left is 10 times of the Temperature. (0.1 Degree Celsius interval)
Resolution Ability: 1 Pixel unit) 24. 760-029
20. 760-025 [NVM Name]: OLRC Implementation SW
[NVM Name]: YSO-C [PSW Display]: OLRC implementation SW
[PSW Display]: C-YSO [Initial Value]: 1
[Description]: 0: Does not perform OLRegi Control
Adjusts the Slow Scan direction write start position by the No. of LS Signal 1: Performs OLRegi Control
Counts from the LSU (ROS)/Image/Patch Start Signal. (4 Colors/Correction
25. 760-030
Resolution Ability: 1 Pixel unit)
[NVM Name]: OLRC Start Temp-Y
21. 760-026
[PSW Display]: Y-OLRC Start Temp
[NVM Name]: YSO-K
[Initial Value]: 30
[PSW Display]: K-YSO
[Description]:
Threshold of Yellow Open Loop Regi Control Implementation Temperature difference.
[Description]:
Value on the left is 10 times of the Temperature. (0.1 Degree Celsius interval)
Adjusts the Slow Scan direction write start position by the No. of LS Signal
Counts from the LSU (ROS)/Image/Patch Start Signal. (4 Colors/Correction 26. 760-031
Resolution Ability: 1 Pixel unit) [NVM Name]: OLRC Start Temp-M
22. 760-027 [PSW Display]: M-OLRC Start Temp
[NVM Name]: Regi Con/Circumference Length Correction Implementation SW [Initial Value]: 30
[PSW Display]: Regi Con/Circum. Length Correction implement SW [Setup Range]: 10~100
[Setup Range]: 0~3 Threshold of Magenta Open Loop Regi Control Implementation Temperature difference.
[Description]:
27. 760-032
For check during servicing etc.
[NVM Name]: OLRC Start Temp-K
0: Does not perform Regi Control nor Circumference Length Correction
[PSW Display]: K-OLRC Start Temp
1: Performs Regi Control, does not perform Circumference Length Correction
[Initial Value]: 30
2: Does not perform Regi Control, performs Circumference Length Correction
3: Performs Regi Control and Circumference Length Correction
[Description]:
23. 760-028
Threshold of Black Open Loop Regi Control Implementation Temperature difference.
[NVM Name]: RC Start Temp
[PSW Display]: RC Start Temp
28. 760-035 32. 760-043
[NVM Name]: Aok (For Diag) [NVM Name]: LEDset-OUT-A
[PSW Display]: Aok (for Diag Regi Con) [PSW Display]: LEDset-OUT-A
Threshold of No. of valid Blocks of fine adjustment pattern at Diag Regi Control MOB LED On/Off and Light Quantity Step at OUT side
(DC685). 0: Off
NG occurs if the value is out corrected below the Threshold. 1: Low
29. 760-036 2: High
[NVM Name]: Aok (For Normal Regi Control) 33. 760-044
[PSW Display]: Aok (for normal Regi Con) [NVM Name]: LEDset-OUT-B
[Initial Value]: 8 [PSW Display]: LEDset-OUT-B
Threshold of No. of valid Blocks of fine adjustment pattern at Normal Regi Control [Description]:
NG occurs if the value is out corrected below the Threshold. MOB LED On/Off and Light Quantity Step at OUT side
30. 760-037 0: Off
[NVM Name]: LEDset-IN-A 1: Low
[PSW Display]: LEDset-IN-A 2: High
[Setup Range]: 0~2 [NVM Name]: XBI-Y
[Description]: [PSW Display]: Y-XBI
MOB LED On/Off and Light Quantity Step at IN side [Initial Value]: 0
0: Off [Setup Range]: 0~3
1: Low [Description]:
2: High Adjusts the Fast Scan direction write start position by Switching the Video Lock
31. 760-038 position phase from SOS Signal. (4 Colors/Correction Resolution Ability: 1 Pixel
[NVM Name]: LEDset-IN-B unit)
[PSW Display]: LEDset-IN-B 35. 760-050
[Initial Value]: 2 [NVM Name]: XBI-M
[Setup Range]: 0~2 [PSW Display]: M-XBI
MOB LED On/Off and Light Quantity Step at IN side [Setup Range]: 0~3
0: Off [Description]:
1: Low
2: High

Adjusts the Fast Scan direction write start position by Switching the Video Lock The normal Regi Control cycle, separately adjusts the Fast Scan direction write start
position phase from SOS Signal. (4 Colors/Correction Resolution Ability: 1 Pixel position by the No. of Video Locks from SOS signal in an Open Loop, from the
unit) temperature detection result. (4 Colors/Correction Resolution Ability: 1 Pixel unit)
36. 760-051 40. 760-055
[NVM Name]: XBI-C [NVM Name]: OLXSO-C-1
[PSW Display]: C-XBI [PSW Display]: C-OLXSO
37. 760-052 41. 760-056
[NVM Name]: XBI-K [NVM Name]: OLXSO-K-1
[PSW Display]: K-XBI [PSW Display]: K-OLXSO
42. 760-057
38. 760-053
[NVM Name]: OLXBI-Y-1
[NVM Name]: OLXSO-Y-1
[PSW Display]: Y-OLXBI
[PSW Display]: Y-OLXSO
[Initial Value]: 0
[Initial Value]: 10
[Setup Range]: 0~3
[Setup Range]: 0~20
[Description]:
[Description]:
The normal Regi Control cycle, separately adjusts the Fast Scan direction write
The normal Regi Control cycle, separately adjusts the Fast Scan direction write
start position by replacing the Video Locks phase from SOS signal in an Open
start position by the No. of Video Locks from SOS signal in an Open Loop, from
Loop, from the temperature detection result. (4 Colors/Correction Resolution
the temperature detection result. (4 Colors/Correction Resolution Ability: 1 Pixel
Ability: 1 Pixel unit)
unit)
43. 760-058
39. 760-054
[NVM Name]: OLXBI-M-1
[NVM Name]: OLXSO-M-1
[PSW Display]: M-OLXBI
[PSW Display]: M-OLXSO
[Initial Value]: 0
[Initial Value]: 10
[Setup Range]: 0~3
[Setup Range]: 0~20
The normal Regi Control cycle, separately adjusts the Fast Scan direction write [Description]:
start position by replacing the Video Locks phase from SOS signal in an Open The normal Regi Control cycle, separately adjusts the Slow Scan direction write
Loop, from the temperature detection result. (4 Colors/Correction Resolution start position by the LS signal No. of Counts from the LSU (ROS) Image/Patch
Ability: 1 Pixel unit) start signal in an Open Loop from the Temperature detection result. (4 Colors/
44. 760-059 Correction Resolution Ability: 1 Pixel unit)
[NVM Name]: OLXBI-C-1 48. 760-063
[PSW Display]: O-OLXBI [NVM Name]: OLYSO-C-1
[Initial Value]: 0 [PSW Display]: C-OLYSO
[NVM Name]: OLXBI-K-1 49. 760-064
[PSW Display]: K-OLXBI [NVM Name]: OLYSO-K-1
[Initial Value]: 0 [PSW Display]: K-OLYSO
[NVM Name]: OLYSO-Y-1 50. 760-065
[PSW Display]: Y-OLYSO [NVM Name]: OLMAG-Y-1
[Initial Value]: 4 [PSW Display]: Y-OLMAG
The normal Regi Control cycle, separately adjusts the Slow Scan direction write [Description]:
start position by the LS signal No. of Counts from the LSU (ROS) Image/Patch The normal Regi Control separately adjusts the Fast Scan direction image 100%
start signal in an Open Loop from the Temperature detection result. (4 Colors/ magnification by switching the average frequency of each LSU (ROS) Video
Correction Resolution Ability: 1 Pixel unit) Lock in an Open Loop from the Temperature detection result. (4 Colors/
47. 760-062 Correction Resolution Ability: 1/4 Pixel unit)
[NVM Name]: OLYSO-M-1 51. 760-066
[PSW Display]: M-OLYSO [NVM Name]: OLMAG-M-1
[Initial Value]: 10 [PSW Display]: M-OLMAG

[Setup Range]: 0~200 56. 760-072

[Description]: [NVM Name]: LD Light Quantity when Regi Control is performed [C]
The normal Regi Control separately adjusts the Fast Scan direction image 100 % [PSW Display]: C-LD light volume at last RegiCon
magnification by switching the average frequency of each LSU (ROS) Video [Initial Value]: 0
Lock in an Open Loop from the Temperature detection result. (4 Colors/ [Setup Range]: 0~1023
[Description]: LD Light Quantity when Regi Control is performed.
52. 760-067
57. 760-073
[NVM Name]: OLMAG-C-1
[NVM Name]: LD Light Quantity when Regi Control is performed [K]
[PSW Display]: C-OLMAG
[PSW Display]: K-LD light volume at last RegiCon
[Initial Value]: 0
[Description]:
The normal Regi Control separately adjusts the Fast Scan direction image 100 %
58. 760-074
magnification by switching the average frequency of each LSU (ROS) Video
Lock in an Open Loop from the Temperature detection result. (4 Colors/ [NVM Name]: XSO-Y after LD Light Quantity Correction
Correction Resolution Ability: 1/4 Pixel unit) [PSW Display]: Y-XSO after LD light volume change
53. 760-068 [Initial Value]: 236
[NVM Name]: OLMAG-K-1 [Setup Range]: 0~472
[PSW Display]: K-OLMAG [Description]: XSO value after correction based on the LD Light Quantity variation
[Initial Value]: 100 59. 760-075
[Setup Range]: 0~200 [NVM Name]: XSO-M after LD Light Quantity Correction
[Description]: [PSW Display]: M-XSO after LD light volume change
The normal Regi Control separately adjusts the Fast Scan direction image 100 % [Initial Value]: 236
magnification by switching the average frequency of each LSU (ROS) Video [Setup Range]: 0~472
Lock in an Open Loop from the Temperature detection result. (4 Colors/ [Description]: XSO value after correction based on the LD Light Quantity variation
60. 760-076
54. 760-070
[NVM Name]: XSO-C after LD Light Quantity Correction
[NVM Name]: LD Light Quantity when Regi Control is performed [Y]
[PSW Display]: C-XSO after LD light volume change
[PSW Display]: Y-LD light volume at last RegiCon
[Initial Value]: 0
[Description]: XSO value after correction based on the LD Light Quantity variation
61. 760-077
55. 760-071
[NVM Name]: XSO-K after LD Light Quantity Correction
[NVM Name]: LD Light Quantity when Regi Control is performed [M]
[PSW Display]: K-XSO after LD light volume change
[PSW Display]: M-LD light volume at last RegiCon
[Initial Value]: 0
[Description]: XSO value after correction based on the LD Light Quantity variation
62. 760-078
[NVM Name]: XBI-Y after LD Light Quantity Correction
[PSW Display]: Y-XBI after LD light volume change
[Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 0~3
[Description]: XBI value after correction based on the LD Light Quantity variation
63. 760-079
[NVM Name]: XBI-M after LD Light Quantity Correction
[PSW Display]: M-XBI after LD light volume change
[Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 0~3
64. 760-080
[NVM Name]: XBI-C after LD Light Quantity Correction
[PSW Display]: C-XBI after LD light volume change
[Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 0~3
65. 760-081
[NVM Name]: XBI-K after LD Light Quantity Correction
[PSW Display]: K-XBI after LD light volume change
[Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 0~3

3. 5. 19 DC131 762-xxx Deve NVM List [Initial Value]: 600

1. 762-002 [Setup Range]: 0~1023 (1 Count: 1.491 Vpp)
[NVM Name]: #YMC_DB_DC Normal VM1 Value [Description]: AC peak to peak energized voltage at YM Color/Half speed.
[PSW Display]: #YMC Normal VM1 value 7. 762-028
[Initial Value]: 351 [NVM Name]: #K_DB DC Half-speed Vm1 Value
[Setup Range]: 0~1023 (1 Count: -0.684 V) [PSW Display]: #K_DB DC Half-speed Vm1 value
[Description]: Vm1 Developer DC energized voltage at YMC Color/Normal speed [Initial Value]: 351
(104mm/s) [Setup Range]: 0~1023 (1 Count: -0.684 V)
2. 762-008 [Description]: Vm1 Developer DC energized voltage at K Color/Half speed (52mm/s)
[NVM Name]: #YM_DB AC Normal Vp-p Value 8. 762-029
[PSW Display]: #YM_DB AC Normal Vp-p value [NVM Name]: #CK_DB AC Half-speed Vp-p Value
[Initial Value]: 600 [PSW Display]: #CK_DB AC Half-speed Vp-p value
[Setup Range]: 0~1023 (1 Count: 1.491 Vpp) [Initial Value]: 600
[Description]: AC peak to peak energized voltage at YM Color/Normal speed. [Setup Range]: 0~1023 (1 Count: 1.491 Vpp)
3. 762-012 [Description]: AC peak to peak energized voltage at CK Color/Half speed.
[NVM Name]: #K_DB DC Normal VM1 Value 9. 762-043
[PSW Display]: #K_DB DC Normal Vm1 value [NVM Name]: No. of Pixels/Drum Rotation Threshold for DeveBand creation
[Initial Value]: 351 [PSW Display]: Pixel/Drum rotation threshold for DeveBand
[Setup Range]: 0~1023 (1 Count: -0.684 V) [Initial Value]: 20
[Description]: Vm1 Developer DC energized voltage at K Color/Normal speed [Setup Range]: 0~65535
(104mm/s) [Description]: A standard value (Cumulative No. of Pixels/Drum Rotations) for
4. 762-013 creation DeveBand.
[NVM Name]: #CK_DB AC Normal Vp-p Value 10. 762-044
[PSW Display]: #CK_DB AC Normal Vp-p value [NVM Name]: ICDC_Band Cumulative Value_Y
[Initial Value]: 600 [PSW Display]: Cumulative ICDC_Band_Value_Y
[Setup Range]: 0~1023 (1 Count: 1.491 Vpp) [Initial Value]: 0
[Description]: AC peak to peak energized voltage at CK Color/Normal speed. [Setup Range]: 0~409600
5. 762-018 [Description]: Y Color Cumulative Pixels
[NVM Name]: #YMC_DB DC Half-speed Vm1 Value 11. 762-045
[PSW Display]: #YMC_DB DC Half-speed Vm1 value [NVM Name]: ICDC_Band Cumulative Value_M
[Initial Value]: 351 [PSW Display]: Cumulative ICDC_Band_Value_M
[Setup Range]: 0~1023 (1 Count: -0.684 V) [Initial Value]: 0
[Description]: Vm1 Developer DC energized voltage at YMC Color/Half speed [Setup Range]: 0~409600
(52mm/s) [Description]: M Color Cumulative Pixels
6. 762-024 12. 762-046
[NVM Name]: #YM_DB AC Half-speed Vp-p Value [NVM Name]: ICDC_Band Cumulative Value_C
[PSW Display]: #YM_DB AC Half-speed Vp-p value [PSW Display]: Cumulative ICDC_Band_Value_C
[Setup Range]: 0~409600 [Description]: AC Energized Voltage Frequency at YM Color Half Speed
[Description]: C Color Cumulative Pixels 19. 762-065
13. 762-047 [NVM Name]: #YM_DB AC Half Speed Output Phase Value
[NVM Name]: ICDC_Band Cumulative Value_K [PSW Display]: YM_DB AC Half-speed Output Phase value
[PSW Display]: Cumulative ICDC_Band_Value_K [Initial Value]: 65
[Setup Range]: 0~409600 [Description]: AC Energized Voltage Phase Value at YM Color Half Speed
[Description]: K Color Cumulative Pixels 20. 762-070
14. 762-053 [NVM Name]: #CK_DB AC Half Speed Frequency
[NVM Name]: #YM_DB AC Normal Frequency [PSW Display]: #CK_DB AC Half-speed Frequency
[PSW Display]: #YM_DB AC Normal Frequency [Initial Value]: 60
[Setup Range]: 0~127 [Description]: AC Energized Voltage Frequency at CK Color Half Speed
[Description]: AC Energized Voltage Frequency at YM Color Normal Speed 21. 762-071
15. 762-054 [NVM Name]: #CK_DB AC Half-speed Output Phase Value
[NVM Name]: #YM_DB AC Normal Output Phase Value [PSW Display]: #CK_DB AC Half-speed Output Phase value
[PSW Display]: #YM_DB AC Normal Output Phase value [Initial Value]: 65
[Setup Range]: 0~127 [Description]: AC Energized Voltage Phase Value at CK Color Half Speed
[Description]: AC Energized Voltage Phase Value at YM Color Normal Speed 22. 762-081
16. 762-059 [NVM Name]: #Y_DB DC VB1 On Normal Timing
[NVM Name]: #CK_DB AC Normal Frequency [PSW Display]: #Y_DB DC VB1 ON Normal Timing
[PSW Display]: #CK_DB AC Normal Frequency [Initial Value]: 110
[Initial Value]: 59 [Setup Range]: 0~255 (1 Count: 2.4462 ms)
[Setup Range]: 0~127 [Description]: Rising timing from Vm1 to VB1 at Y Color Normal Speed.
[Description]: AC Energized Voltage Frequency at CK Color Normal Speed 23. 762-082
17. 762-060 [NVM Name]: #M_DB DC VB1 On Normal Timing
[NVM Name]: #CK_DB AC Normal Output Phase Value [PSW Display]: #M_DB DC VB1 ON Normal Timing
[PSW Display]: #CK_DB AC Normal Output Phase value [Initial Value]: 110
[Setup Range]: 0~127 [Description]: Rising timing from Vm1 to VB1 at M Color Normal Speed.
[Description]: AC Energized Voltage Phase Value at CK Color Normal Speed 24. 762-083
18. 762-064 [NVM Name]: #C_DB DC VB1 On Normal Timing
[NVM Name]: #YM_DB AC Half Speed Frequency [PSW Display]: #C_DB DC VB1 ON Normal Timing
[PSW Display]: #YM_DB AC Half-speed Frequency [Initial Value]: 110

[Description]: Rising timing from Vm1 to VB1 at C Color Normal Speed. 31. 762-094
25. 762-084 [NVM Name]: #CK_DB AC On Normal Timing
[NVM Name]: #K_DB DC VB1 On Normal Timing [PSW Display]: #CK_DB AC ON Normal Timing
[PSW Display]: #K_DB DC VB1 ON Normal Timing [Initial Value]: 110
[Setup Range]: 0~255 (1 Count: 2.4462 ms) [Description]: AC Voltage Energized timing at CK Color Normal Speed.
[Description]: Rising timing from Vm1 to VB1 at K Color Normal Speed. 32. 762-095
26. 762-089 [NVM Name]: #YM_DB AC On Normal Timing
[NVM Name]: #Y_DB DC VB Off Normal Timing [PSW Display]: #YM_DB AC OFF Normal Timing
[PSW Display]: #Y_DB DC VB OFF Normal Timing [Initial Value]: 118
[Setup Range]: 0~255 (1 Count: 2.4462 ms) [Description]: AC Voltage Off timing at YM Color Normal Speed.
[Description]: Falling timing from VB to VB2 at Y Color Normal Speed. 33. 762-096
27. 762-090 [NVM Name]: #CK_DB AC Off Normal Timing
[NVM Name]: #M_DB DC VB Off Normal Timing [PSW Display]: #CK_DB AC OFF Normal Timing
[PSW Display]: #M_DB DC VB OFF Normal Timing [Initial Value]: 118
[Setup Range]: 0~255 (1 Count: 2.4462 ms) [Description]: AC Voltage Off timing at CK Color Normal Speed.
[Description]: Falling timing from VB to VB2 at M Color Normal Speed. 34. 762-105
28. 762-091 [NVM Name]: #Y_DB DC VB1 On Half-speed Timing
[NVM Name]: #C_DB DC VB Off Normal Timing [PSW Display]: #Y_DB DC VB1 ON Half-speed Timing
[PSW Display]: #C_DB DC VB OFF Normal Timing [Initial Value]: 104
[Setup Range]: 0~255 (1 Count: 2.4462 ms) [Description]: Rising timing from Vm1 to VB1 at Y Color Half Speed.
[Description]: Falling timing from VB to VB2 at C Color Normal Speed. 35. 762-106
29. 762-092 [NVM Name]: #M_DB DC VB1 On Half-speed Timing
[NVM Name]: #K_DB DC VB Off Normal Timing [PSW Display]: #M_DB DC VB1 ON Half-speed Timing
[PSW Display]: #K_DB DC VB OFF Normal Timing [Initial Value]: 104
[Setup Range]: 0~255 (1 Count: 2.4462 ms) [Description]: Rising timing from Vm1 to VB1 at M Color Half Speed.
[Description]: Falling timing from VB to VB2 at K Color Normal Speed. 36. 762-107
30. 762-093 [NVM Name]: #C_DB DC VB1 On Half-speed Timing
[NVM Name]: #YM_DB AC On Normal Timing [PSW Display]: #C_DB DC VB1 ON Half-speed Timing
[PSW Display]: #YM_DB AC ON Normal Timing [Initial Value]: 104
[Setup Range]: 0~255 (1 Count: 2.4462 ms) [Description]: Rising timing from Vm1 to VB1 at C Color Half Speed.
[Description]: AC Voltage Energized timing at YM Color Normal Speed.
37. 762-108 43. 762-118
[NVM Name]: #K_DB DC VB1 On Half-speed Timing [NVM Name]: #CK_DB AC On Half-speed Timing
[PSW Display]: #K_DB DC VB1 ON Half-speed Timing [PSW Display]: #CK_ DB AC ON Half-speed Timing
[Setup Range]: 0~255 (1 Count: 4.8924 ms) [Setup Range]: 0~255 (1 Count: 4.8924 ms)
[Description]: Rising timing from Vm1 to VB1 at K Color Half Speed. [Description]: AC Voltage Energized timing at CK Color Half Speed.
38. 762-113 44. 762-119
[NVM Name]: #Y_DB DC VB Off Half-speed Timing [NVM Name]: #YM_DB AC On Half-speed Timing
[PSW Display]: #Y_DB DC VB OFF Half-speed Timing [PSW Display]: #YM_ DB AC OFF Half-speed Timing
[Description]: Falling timing from VB to VB2 at Y Color Half Speed. [Description]: AC Voltage Off timing at YM Color Half Speed.
39. 762-114 45. 762-120
[NVM Name]: #M_DB DC VB Off Half-speed Timing [NVM Name]: #CK_DB AC Off Half-speed Timing
[PSW Display]: #M_DB DC VB OFF Half-speed Timing [PSW Display]: #CK_ DB AC OFF Half-speed Timing
[Description]: Falling timing from VB to VB2 at M Color Half Speed. [Description]: AC Voltage Off timing at CK Color Half Speed.
40. 762-115 46. 762-121
[NVM Name]: #C_DB DC VB Off Half-speed Timing [NVM Name]: #YMC_Deve Motor On Normal Timing
[PSW Display]: #C_DB DC VB OFF Half-speed Timing [PSW Display]: #YMC_Deve MOT ON Normal Timing
[Description]: Falling timing from VB to VB2 at C Color Half Speed. [Description]: Color Developer during motor rising timing at Normal Speed.
41. 762-116 47. 762-122
[NVM Name]: #K_DB DC VB Off Half-speed Timing [NVM Name]: #YMC_Deve Motor Off Normal Timing
[PSW Display]: #K_DB DC VB OFF Half-speed Timing [PSW Display]: #YMC_Deve MOT OFF Normal Timing
[Description]: Falling timing from VB to VB2 at K Color Half Speed. [Description]: Color Developer during motor falling timing at Normal Speed.
42. 762-117 48. 762-123
[NVM Name]: #YM_DB AC On Half-speed Timing [NVM Name]: #YMC_Deve Motor On Half-speed Timing
[PSW Display]: #YM_ DB AC ON Half-speed Timing [PSW Display]: #YMC_Deve MOT ON Half-speed Timing
[Description]: AC Voltage Energized timing at YM Color Half Speed. [Description]: Color Developer during motor rising timing at Half Speed.

49. 762-124 55. 762-174

[NVM Name]: #YMC_Deve Motor Off Half-speed Timing [NVM Name]: #M_DB DC VB On Normal Timing
[PSW Display]: #YMC_Deve MOT OFF Half-speed Timing [PSW Display]: #M_DB DC VB ON Normal Timing
[Description]: Color Developer during motor falling timing at Half Speed. [Description]: Rising timing from VB3 to VB at M Color Normal Speed.
50. 762-134 56. 762-175
[NVM Name]: #K_Deve C/L On Normal Timing [NVM Name]: #C_DB DC VB On Normal Timing
[PSW Display]: #K_Deve C/L ON Normal Timing [PSW Display]: #C_DB DC VB ON Normal Timing
[Description]: K Color Developer during clutch rising timing at Normal Speed. [Description]: Rising timing from VB3 to VB at C Color Normal Speed.
51. 762-135 57. 762-176
[NVM Name]: #K_Deve C/L Off Normal Timing [NVM Name]: #K_DB DC VB On Normal Timing
[PSW Display]: #K_Deve C/L OFF Normal Timing [PSW Display]: #K_DB DC VB ON Normal Timing
[Description]: K Color Developer during clutch falling timing at Normal Speed. [Description]: Rising timing from VB3 to VB at K Color Normal Speed.
52. 762-136 58. 762-177
[NVM Name]: #K_Deve C/L On Half-speed Timing [NVM Name]: #Y_DB DC VB On Half-speed Timing
[PSW Display]: #K_Deve C/L ON Half-speed Timing [PSW Display]: #Y_DB DC VB ON Half-speed Timing
[Description]: K Color Developer during clutch rising timing at Half Speed. [Description]: Rising timing from VB3 to VB at Y Color Half Speed.
53. 762-137 59. 762-178
[NVM Name]: #K_Deve C/L Off Half-speed Timing [NVM Name]: #M_DB DC VB On Half-speed Timing
[PSW Display]: #K_Deve C/L OFF Half-speed Timing [PSW Display]: #M_DB DC VB ON Half-speed Timing
[Description]: K Color Developer during clutch falling timing at Half Speed. [Description]: Rising timing from VB3 to VB at M Color Half Speed.
54. 762-173 60. 762-179
[NVM Name]: #Y_DB DC VB On Normal Timing [NVM Name]: #C_DB DC VB On Half-speed Timing
[PSW Display]: #Y_DB DC VB ON Normal Timing [PSW Display]: #C_DB DC VB ON Half-speed Timing
[Description]: Rising timing from VB3 to VB at Y Color Normal Speed. [Description]: Rising timing from VB3 to VB at C Color Half Speed.
61. 762-180 67. 762-194
[NVM Name]: #K_DB DC VB On Half-speed Timing [NVM Name]: #K_DB DC Hi-speed VM3 Value
[PSW Display]: #K_DB DC VB ON Half-speed Timing [PSW Display]: #K_DB DC Hi-speed VM3 Value
[Setup Range]: 0~1023 (1 Count: 4.8924 ms) [Setup Range]: 0~1023 (1 Count: -0.684 V)
[Description]: Rising timing from VB3 to VB at K Color Half Speed. [Description]: VB3 Developer DC Energized Voltage value at K Color/High Speed.
62. 762-185 68. 762-195
[NVM Name]: #YMC_DB DC Normal VB3 Value [NVM Name]: #K_DB DC Vm0 On Hi-speed Timing
[PSW Display]: #YMC_DB DC Normal VB3 Value [PSW Display]: #K_DB DC Vm0 ON Hi-speed Timing
[Setup Range]: 0~1023 (1 Count: -0.684 V) [Setup Range]: 0~255 (1 Count: 1.3114 ms)
[Description]: VB3 Developer DC Energized Voltage value of YMC Color/Normal [Description]: Rising timing from 0v to Vm0 at K Color/High Speed.
Speed. 69. 762-196
63. 762-186 [NVM Name]: #K_DB DC Vm1 Off Hi-speed Timing
[NVM Name]: #K_DB DC Normal VB3 Value [PSW Display]: #K_DB DC Vm1 OFF Hi-speed Timing
[PSW Display]: #K_DB DC Normal VB3 Value [Initial Value]: 99
[Setup Range]: 0~1023 (1 Count: -0.684 V) [Description]: Falling timing from Vm1 to Vm0 at K Color/High Speed.
[Description]: VB3 Developer DC Energized Voltage value of K Color/Normal Speed. 70. 762-197
64. 762-187 [NVM Name]: #K_DB DC VB1 On Hi-speed Timing
[NVM Name]: #YMC_DB DC Half-speed VB3 Value [PSW Display]: #K_DB DC VB1 ON Hi-speed Timing
[PSW Display]: #YMC_DB DC Half-speed VB3 Value [Initial Value]: 130
[Setup Range]: 0~1023 (1 Count: -0.684 V) [Description]: Rising timing from Vm1 to VB1 at K Color/High Speed.
[Description]: VB3 Developer DC Energized Voltage value of YMC Color/Half Speed. 71. 762-202
65. 762-188 [NVM Name]: #K_DB DC VB Off Hi-speed Timing
[NVM Name]: #K_DB DC Half-speed VB3 Value [PSW Display]: #K_DB DC VB OFF Hi-speed Timing
[PSW Display]: #K_DB DC Half-speed VB3 Value [Initial Value]: 91
[Setup Range]: 0~1023 (1 Count: -0.684 V) [Description]: Falling timing from VB to VB2 at K Color/High Speed.
[Description]: VB3 Developer DC Energized Voltage value of K Color/Half Speed. 72. 762-203
66. 762-190 [NVM Name]: #CK_DB AC On Hi-speed Timing
[NVM Name]: #K_DB DC Hi-speed VM1 Value [PSW Display]: #CK_DB AC ON Hi-speed Timing
[PSW Display]: #4DB DC Hi-speed VM1 Value [Initial Value]: 137
[Setup Range]: 0~1023 (1 Count: -0.684 V) [Description]: AC Voltage Energized timing at CK Color High Speed.
[Description]: Vm1 Developer DC Energized Voltage value at K Color/High Speed.

73. 762-204 [Setup Range]: 0~1023 (1 Count: 1.491 V)

[NVM Name]: #CK_DB AC Off Hi-speed Timing [Description]: AC peak to peak energized voltage at CK Color 1200 dpi/Half Speed
[PSW Display]: #CK_DB AC OFF Hi-speed Timing Setup
[Initial Value]: 137 79. 762-219
[Setup Range]: 0~255 (1 Count: 1.3114 ms) [NVM Name]: toner_band_width_YMC
[Description]: AC Voltage Off timing at CK Color High Speed. [PSW Display]: toner_band_width_YMC
74. 762-210 [Initial Value]: 10
[NVM Name]: #K_DB DC VB On Hi-speed Timing [Setup Range]: 0~30
[PSW Display]: #K_DB DC VB ON Hi-speed Timing [Description]: Xero/Deve band width Setup value at YMC Color
[Initial Value]: 370 80. 762-220
[Setup Range]: 0~1023 (1 Count: 1.3114 ms) [NVM Name]: toner_band_width_K
[Description]: Rising timing from VB3 to VB at K Color/High Speed. [PSW Display]: toner_band_width_K
75. 762-211 [Initial Value]: 10
[NVM Name]: #1,2DB AC Target Value at 1200 dpi [Setup Range]: 0~30
[PSW Display]: #1, 2DB AC Target Value at 1200 dpi [Description]: Xero/Deve band width Setup value at K Color
[Initial Value]: 600 81. 762-221
[Setup Range]: 0~1023 (1 Count: 1.491 V) [NVM Name]: toner_band_density_Half-speed_YMC
[Description]: AC peak to peak energized voltage at YM Color 1200dpi/Normal Speed [PSW Display]: toner_band_density_Half-speed_YMC
Setup [Initial Value]: 153
76. 762-213 [Setup Range]: 0~255 (1 Count: 0.3922 %)
[NVM Name]: #3,4DB AC Target Value at 1200 dpi [Description]: Half Speed Xero/Deve band density setup value at YMC Color
[PSW Display]: #3, 4DB AC Target Value at 1200 dpi 82. 762-222
[Initial Value]: 600 [NVM Name]: toner_band_density_Half-speed_K
[Setup Range]: 0~1023 (1 Count: 1.491 V) [PSW Display]: toner_band_density_Half-speed_K
[Description]: AC peak to peak energized voltage at CK Color 1200dpi/Normal Speed [Initial Value]: 153
Setup [Setup Range]: 0~255 (1 Count: 0.3922 %)
77. 762-215 [Description]: Half Speed Xero/Deve band density setup value at K Color
[NVM Name]: #1,2DB AC Target Value at 1200 dpi/Half Speed 83. 762-223
[PSW Display]: #1, 2DB AC Target Value at 1200 dpi/Half-speed [NVM Name]: toner_band_density_Normal_YMC
[Initial Value]: 600 [PSW Display]: toner_band_density_Normal_YMC
[Setup Range]: 0~1023 (1 Count: 1.491 V) [Initial Value]: 153
[Description]: AC peak to peak energized voltage at YM Color 1200dpi/Half Speed [Setup Range]: 0~255 (1 Count: 0.3922 %)
Setup [Description]: Normal Speed Xero/Deve band density setup value at YMC Color
78. 762-217 84. 762-224
[NVM Name]: #3,4DB AC Target Value at 1200 dpi/Half Speed [NVM Name]: toner_band_density_Normal_K
[PSW Display]: #3, 4DB AC Target Value at 1200 dpi/Half-speed [PSW Display]: toner_band_density_Normal_K
[Setup Range]: 0~255 (1 Count: 0.3922 %) [Description]: AC energized voltage phase value at YM Color High Speed.
[Description]: Normal Speed Xero/Deve band density setup value at K Color 91. 762-233
85. 762-225 [NVM Name]: #CK_DB AC Hi-speed Frequency
[NVM Name]: toner_band_density_Hi-speed_YMC [PSW Display]: #CK_DB AC Hi-speed Frequency
[PSW Display]: toner_band_density_Hi-speed_YMC [Initial Value]: 63
[Setup Range]: 0~255 (1 Count: 0.3922 %) [Description]: AC energized voltage frequency at CM Color High Speed.
[Description]: High Speed Xero/Deve band density setup value at YMC Color 92. 762-234
86. 762-226 [NVM Name]: #CK_DB AC Hi-speed Output Phase Value
[NVM Name]: toner_band_density_Hi-speed_K [PSW Display]: #CK_DB AC Hi-speed Output Phase Value
[PSW Display]: toner_band_density_Hi-speed_K [Initial Value]: 65
[Setup Range]: 0~255 (1 Count: 0.3922 %) [Description]: AC energized voltage phase value at CK Color High Speed.
[Description]: High Speed Xero/Deve band density setup value at K Color 93. 762-236
87. 762-228 [NVM Name]: #Y_DB DC Hi-speed Vm1 Value
[NVM Name]: #YM_DB AC Hi-speed Vp-p Value [PSW Display]: #Y_DB DC Hi-speed Vm1 Value
[PSW Display]: #YM_DB AC Hi-speed Vp-p Value [Initial Value]: 351
[Setup Range]: 0~1023 (1 Count: 1.491 Vpp) [Description]: Vm1 Developer DC Energized Voltage value at Y Color High Speed.
[Description]: AC peak to peak energized voltage at YM Color High Speed. 94. 762-237
88. 762-229 [NVM Name]: #M_DB DC Hi-speed Vm1 Value
[NVM Name]: #CK_DB AC Hi-speed Vp-p Value [PSW Display]: #M_DB DC Hi-speed Vm1 Value
[PSW Display]: #CK_DB AC Hi-speed Vp-p Value [Initial Value]: 351
[Setup Range]: 0~1023 (1 Count: 1.491 Vpp) [Description]: Vm1 Developer DC Energized Voltage value at M Color High Speed.
[Description]: AC peak to peak energized voltage at CK Color High Speed. 95. 762-238
89. 762-231 [NVM Name]: #C_DB DC Hi-speed Vm1 Value
[NVM Name]: #YM_DB AC Hi-speed Frequency [PSW Display]: #C_DB DC Hi-speed Vm1 Value
[PSW Display]: #YM_DB AC Hi-speed Frequency [Initial Value]: 351
[Setup Range]: 0~127 [Description]: Vm1 Developer DC Energized Voltage value at C Color High Speed.
[Description]: AC energized voltage frequency at YM Color High Speed. 96. 762-239
90. 762-232 [NVM Name]: #Y_DB DC Hi-speed VB3 Value
[NVM Name]: #YM_DB AC Hi-speed Output Phase Value [PSW Display]: #Y_DB DC Hi-speed VB3 Value
[PSW Display]: #YM_DB AC Hi-speed Output Phase Value [Initial Value]: 877
[Setup Range]: 0~127 [Description]: VB3 Developer DC Energized Voltage value at Y Color High Speed.

97. 762-240 103.762-246

[NVM Name]: M_DB DC Hi-speed VB3 Value [NVM Name]: #M_DB DC Vm1 Off Hi-speed Timing
[PSW Display]: M_DB DC Hi-speed VB3 Value [PSW Display]: #M_DB DC Vm1 OFF Hi-speed Timing
[Description]: VB3 Developer DC Energized Voltage value at M Color High Speed. [Description]: Falling timing from Vm1 to Vm0 at M Color High Speed.
98. 762-241 104.762-247
[NVM Name]: #C_DB DC Hi-speed VB3 Value [NVM Name]: #C_DB DC Vm1 Off Hi-speed Timing
[PSW Display]: #C_DB DC Hi-speed VB3 Value [PSW Display]: #C_DB DC Vm1 OFF Hi-speed Timing
[Description]: VB3 Developer DC Energized Voltage value at C Color High Speed. [Description]: Falling timing from Vm1 to Vm0 at C Color High Speed.
99. 762-242 105.762-248
[NVM Name]: #Y_DB DC Vm0 On Hi-speed Timing [NVM Name]: #Y_DB DC VB1 On Hi-speed Timing
[PSW Display]: #Y_DB DC Vm0 ON Hi-speed Timing [PSW Display]: #Y_DB DC VB1 ON Hi-speed Timing
[Description]: Rising timing from 0v to Vm0 at Y Color High Speed. [Description]: Rising timing from Vm1 to VB1 at Y Color High Speed.
100.762-243 106.762-249
[NVM Name]: #M_DB DC Vm0 On Hi-speed Timing [NVM Name]: #M_DB DC VB1 On Hi-speed Timing
[PSW Display]: #M_DB DC Vm0 ON Hi-speed Timing [PSW Display]: #M_DB DC VB1 ON Hi-speed Timing
[Description]: Rising timing from 0v to Vm0 at M Color High Speed. [Description]: Rising timing from Vm1 to VB1 at M Color High Speed.
101.762-244 107.762-250
[NVM Name]: #C_DB DC Vm0 On Hi-speed Timing [NVM Name]: #C_DB DC VB1 On Hi-speed Timing
[PSW Display]: #C_DB DC Vm0 ON Hi-speed Timing [PSW Display]: #C_DB DC VB1 ON Hi-speed Timing
[Description]: Rising timing from 0v to Vm0 at C Color High Speed. [Description]: Rising timing from Vm1 to VB1 at C Color High Speed.
102.762-245 108.762-251
[NVM Name]: #Y_DB DC Vm1 Off Hi-speed Timing [NVM Name]: #Y_DB DC VB Off Hi-speed Timing
[PSW Display]: #Y_DB DC Vm1 OFF Hi-speed Timing [PSW Display]: #Y_DB DC VB OFF Hi-speed Timing
[Description]: Falling timing from Vm1 to Vm0 at Y Color High Speed. [Description]: Falling timing from VB to VB2 at Y Color High Speed.
109.762-252 115.762-258
[NVM Name]: #M_DB DC VB Off Hi-speed Timing [NVM Name]: #C_DB DC VB On Hi-speed Timing
[PSW Display]: #M_DB DC VB OFF Hi-speed Timing [PSW Display]: #C_DB DC VB ON Hi-speed Timing
[Description]: Falling timing from VB to VB2 at M Color High Speed. [Description]: Rising timing from VB3 to VB at C Color High Speed.
110.762-253 116.762-259
[NVM Name]: #C_DB DC VB Off Hi-speed Timing [NVM Name]: FPOT DB Vm0 On Normal Timing
[PSW Display]: #C_DB DC VB OFF Hi-speed Timing [PSW Display]: FPOT DB Vm0 ON Normal Timing
[Description]: Falling timing from VB to VB2 at C Color High Speed. [Description]: Rising timing from 0v to Vm0 at K Color FPOT.
111.762-254 117.762-260
[NVM Name]: #YM_DB AC On Hi-speed Timing [NVM Name]: FPOT DB Vm0 On Hi-speed Timing
[PSW Display]: #YM_DB AC ON Hi-speed Timing [PSW Display]: FPOT DB Vm0 ON Hi-speed Timing
[Description]: AC Voltage Energized timing at YM Color High Speed. [Description]: Rising timing from 0v to Vm0 at K Color FPOT.
112.762-255 118.762-261
[NVM Name]: #YM_DB AC Off Hi-speed Timing [NVM Name]: FPOT DB AC On Normal Timing
[PSW Display]: #YM_DB AC OFF Hi-speed Timing [PSW Display]: FPOT DB AC ON Normal Timing
[Description]: AC Voltage Off timing at YM Color High Speed. [Description]: AC Voltage Energized timing at FPOT Normal Speed.
113.762-256 119.762-262
[NVM Name]: #Y_DB DC VB On Hi-speed Timing [NVM Name]: FPOT DB AC On Hi-speed Timing
[PSW Display]: #Y_DB DC VB ON Hi-speed Timing [PSW Display]: FPOT DB AC ON Hi-speed Timing
[Description]: Rising timing from VB3 to VB at Y Color High Speed. [Description]: AC Voltage Energized timing at FPOT High Speed.
114.762-257
[NVM Name]: #M_DB DC VB On Hi-speed Timing
[PSW Display]: #M_DB DC VB ON Hi-speed Timing
[Description]: Rising timing from VB3 to VB at M Color High Speed.

3. 5. 20 DC131 764-xxx Output (Finisher) NVM List 6. 764-006

1. 764-001 [NVM Name]: Sheet Length of Last Ejected Sheet
[NVM Name]: Mix Stack [PSW Display]: Sheet Length of Last Ejected Sheet
[PSW Display]: Mix Stack [Initial Value]: 65535
[Description]: Disables Mixed Size Stack Length of last ejected sheet on the Stacker
0: Disable Rewrites in Sleep Mode
1: Enable 7. 764-007
2. 764-002 [NVM Name]: Sheet Width of Maximum Size Sheet
[NVM Name]: Set Count [PSW Display]: Sheet Width of Maximum Size Sheet
[PSW Display]: Set Count [Initial Value]: 65535
[Description]: Maximum No. of SETs allowed Maximum paper size (Width) output to the Stacker
3. 764-003 Rewrites in Sleep Mode
[NVM Name]: Unstaple Compile Sheet Count (Small Size) 8. 764-008
[PSW Display]: Unstaple Compile Sheet Count (Small Size) [NVM Name]: Sheet Length of Maximum Size Sheet
[Initial Value]: 50 [PSW Display]: Sheet Length of Maximum Size Sheet
[Description]: No. of Small Size paper compiled. [Setup Range]: 0~65535
[NVM Name]: Maximum Compile Sheet Count Maximum paper size (Length) output to the Stacker
[PSW Display]: Maximum Compile Sheet Count Rewrites in Sleep Mode
[Setup Range]: 10~100 [NVM Name]: Number Of Ejected Staple Set
[Description]: No. of paper compiled. [PSW Display]: Number Of Ejected Staple Set
[NVM Name]: Sheet Width of Last Ejected Sheet [Setup Range]: 0~255
[PSW Display]: Sheet Width of Last Ejected Sheet [Description]:
[Initial Value]: 65535 No. of Stapled Sets output in the Sleep Mode.
[Setup Range]: 0~65535 Rewrites in Sleep Mode
Width of last ejected sheet on the Stacker [NVM Name]: Mix Sensor Level Indicate
Rewrites in Sleep Mode [PSW Display]: Mix Sensor Level Indicate
[Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 0~1
[Description]:
MixSensor On/Off
Rewrites in Sleep Mode
11. 764-011
[NVM Name]: Staple Mode of Last Set
[PSW Display]: Staple Mode of Last Set
[Description]:
Staple Mode of last set
12. 764-012
[NVM Name]: Sleep Mode Recovery Indicate
[PSW Display]: Sleep Mode Recovery Indicate
[Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 0~1
[Description]:
Indication of entry into the Sleep Mode at IOT Recovery
13. 764-013
[NVM Name]: Unstaple Compile Sheet Count (Large Size)
[PSW Display]: Unstaple Compile Sheet Count (Large Size)
[Initial Value]: 25
[Description]: No. of Large Size paper compiled.

3. 5. 21 DC131 700-xxx ESS Configuration NVM List [PSW Display]: Parallel Buffer Size
1. 700-006 [Initial Value]: 64KB
[NVM Name]: Device Types [Setup Range]: -
[PSW Display]: Configuration [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Initial Value]: - [Description]: 64 KB~1 MB (32 KB interval)
[Setup Range]: 0x00~0x08 6. 700-082
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [NVM Name]: Port9100 Port
[Description]: [PSW Display]:
CSP:0X0D (Hexadecimal) [Initial Value]: 256 KB
Set up at factory production. It allocates bits in the following into P(rinter), [Setup Range]: 64*1024~1*1024*1024
C(opy), S(can) respectively and display it in that disjunction. [Read/Write]: Read/Write
2. 700-073 [Description]: 64 KB~1 MB (32 KB interval)
[NVM Name]: Page Memory Size (Volume) 7. 700-083
[PSW Display]: Page Memory Size [NVM Name]: Lpd: Spool Off
[Initial Value]: - [PSW Display]: Lpd Buffer Size
[Setup Range]: 64*1024*1024~256*1024*1024 [Initial Value]: 256 KB
[Read/Write]: Read [Setup Range]: 64*1024~1*1024*1024
[Description]: bytes (Auto Setting) [Read/Write]: Read/Write
3. 700-076 [Description]: 64 KB~1 MB (32 KB interval)
[NVM Name]: PostScript Memory 8. 700-084
[PSW Display]: PostScript Buffer Size [NVM Name]: NetWare
[Initial Value]: Color machine: 16 MB B/W machine: 4.5 MB [PSW Display]: NetWare Buffer Size
[Setup Range]: 8*1024*1024~32*1024*1024 [Initial Value]: 256 KB
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Setup Range]: 64*1024~1*1024*1024
[Description]: [Read/Write]: Read/Write
Color machine: [8 MB~32 MB] [Description]: 64 KB~1 MB (32 KB interval)
B/W machine: [4.5 MB~32 MB] (0.25 MB interval) 9. 700-085
4. 700-080 [NVM Name]: AppleTalk (EtherTalk)
[NVM Name]: [PSW Display]: AppleTalk Buffer Size
HPGL/Auto Layout Memory [Initial Value]: 256 KB
[PSW Display]: HPGL/Auto Layout Buffer Size [Setup Range]: -
[Initial Value]: 64 KB [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Setup Range]: 64*1024~5120*1024 [Description]: 64 KB~1 MB (32 KB interval)
[Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Description]: 64 KB~5120 KB (32 KB interval)
5. 700-081
[NVM Name]: Parallel (IEEE1284) Port
10. 700-086 Auto Clear Timer
[NVM Name]: SMB: Spool Off (Combining Auto Resume Timer, Auditron Off Timer and Tools Off Timer)
[PSW Display]: SMB Buffer Size [PSW Display]: Auto Clear Timer
[Initial Value]: 256 KB [Initial Value]: 1 min
[Setup Range]: 64*1024~1*1024*1024 [Setup Range]: 0~240
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Description]: 64 KB~1 MB (32 KB interval) [Description]:
11. 700-087 MF: 0, 1~4 : [Disable (0), 1~4 min] (in increments of 1min)
[NVM Name]: IPP: Spool Off P: 0, 1~30: [Disable (0), 1~30 min] (in increments of 1min)
[PSW Display]: IPP Buffer Size 16. 700-125
[Initial Value]: 256 KB [NVM Name]: Job Cancel Timer
[Setup Range]: 64*1024~1*1024*1024 [PSW Display]: Job Cancel Timer
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Initial Value]: 10 min
[Description]: 64 KB~1 MB (32 KB interval) [Setup Range]: 0~5940
12. 700-088 [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[NVM Name]: Salutation [Description]:
[PSW Display]: Salutation Buffer Size 0: Disable
[Initial Value]: 256 KB 240~5940: 4~99 min (in increments of 1 min)
[Setup Range]: - (The MF-UI SOD has a different value. This value is abstracted from the COPY SOD)
[Read/Write]: Read/Write 17. 700-126
[Description]: 64 KB~1 MB (32 KB interval) [NVM Name]: Operating Timer
13. 700-089 [PSW Display]: Operating Timer
[NVM Name]: HDD Availability [Initial Value]: 10 sec
[PSW Display]: HDD Status [Setup Range]: 0~240
[Initial Value]: - [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Setup Range]: -2~0 [Description]:
[Read/Write]: Read 0: Disable
[Description]: 0: Yes, -1: Error, -2: No (Auto Detect) 1~240 : [1~240 sec] (in increments of 1sec)
14. 700-120 18. 700-127
[NVM Name]: Time Zone [NVM Name]: Job End Timer
[PSW Display]: Time Zone [PSW Display]: Job End Timer
[Initial Value]: 540 [Initial Value]: 6 sec
[Setup Range]: - [Setup Range]: 0~240
[Description]: Displays the Time difference from GMT. E.g. Japan: 540, Hawaii: -600 [Description]:
15. 700-124 0: Disable
[NVM Name]: 1~240 : [1~240 sec] (in increments of 1 sec)

19. 700-128 [PSW Display]: Operation Panel NG Beep

[NVM Name]: Scanning Timer [Initial Value]: 2
[PSW Display]: Scanning Timer [Setup Range]: 0~3
[Initial Value]: 4 sec [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Setup Range]: 1~20 [Description]: 0: Off, 1: Low volume, 2: Medium volume, 3: High volume
[Description]: 1~20: [1~20sec (1 sec unit) [NVM Name]: Normal Completion Tone (Copy)
20. 700-129 [PSW Display]: Job Complete Beep with Copy
[NVM Name]: Low Power Mode Timer [Initial Value]: 2
[PSW Display]: LowPower Mode Timer [Setup Range]: 0~3
[Initial Value]: 15 [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Description]: 6~240:[6~240 min (in increments of 1min)] [NVM Name]: Normal Completion Tone (Other than Copy)
21. 700-130 [PSW Display]: Job Complete Beep without Copy
[NVM Name]: Sleep Mode Timer [Initial Value]: 2
[PSW Display]: Sleep Mode Timer [Setup Range]: 0~3
[Initial Value]: 60 min [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Description]: 15~240: [15~240 min (in increments of 1min)] [NVM Name]: Abnormal Warning Tone
22. 700-131 [PSW Display]: Abnormal Warning Beep
[NVM Name]: Sleep Mode Enable/Disable Setting [Initial Value]: 2
[PSW Display]: Sleep Mode Available [Setup Range]: 0~3
[Setup Range]: [Description]: 0: Off, 1: Low volume, 2: Medium volume, 3: High volume
[Description]: 0: Disable, 1: Enable [NVM Name]: Abnormal Completing Tone
23. 700-132 [PSW Display]: Job Incomplete Beep
[NVM Name]: Operation Panel Normal Input Tone [Initial Value]: 2
[PSW Display]: Operation Panel OK Beep [Setup Range]: 0~3
[Description]: 0: Off, 1: Low volume, 2: Medium volume, 3: High volume [NVM Name]: Ready Tone
24. 700-133 [PSW Display]: Ready Beep
[NVM Name]: Operation Panel Error Input Tone [Initial Value]: 2
[Description]: 0: Off, 1: Low volume, 2: Medium volume, 3: High volume [Description]:
30. 700-139 0: Off
[NVM Name]: Toner Empty Warning Tone 1: On
[PSW Display]: Toner Empty Warning Beep 35. 700-170
[Initial Value]: 2 [NVM Name]: Copy Print Priority
[Setup Range]: 0~3 [PSW Display]: Copy Priority
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Initial Value]: Priority 1 (38)
[Description]: 0: Off, 1: Low volume, 2: Medium volume, 3: High volume [Setup Range]: 18~48
[NVM Name]: Bell Tone [Description]:
[PSW Display]: Bell Tone 48: Priority 0 (low), 38: Priority 1, 28: Priority 2, 18: Priority 3 (high), Default:
[Initial Value]: 2 Priority 0 (38)
[Setup Range]: 0~3 36. 700-198
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [NVM Name]: Flag to permit/prohibits job replacement
[Description]: 0: Off, 1: Low volume, 2: Medium volume, 3: High volume [PSW Display]:
[NVM Name]: Line Monitor Tone [Setup Range]: 0~1
[PSW Display]: Line Monitor Tone [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Initial Value]: 2 [Description]: 1: Permit, 0: Prohibits
[Setup Range]: 0~3 37. 700-207
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [NVM Name]: Screen (C) C-TRACS (Copier) LUT validity
[Description]: 1: Low volume, 2: Medium volume, 3: High volume [PSW Display]:
33. 700-144 [Initial Value]:
[NVM Name]: Job History Report Auto Output Specification [Setup Range]: -
[PSW Display]: Auto Log Print Flag [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Initial Value]: 0 [Description]: 0: Not valid, 1: Valid
[Setup Range]: 0~1 38. 700-301
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [NVM Name]: SEEPROM Serial# (1st digit)
[Description]: [PSW Display]: SEEPROM Serial# (1st digit)
0: Off [Initial Value]: -
1: On [Setup Range]: -
34. 700-145 [Read/Write]: Read
[NVM Name]: Duplex Printing Specification [Description]: numerics (ASCII) (Refer to 3. 5. 33 ASCII Code List for the ASCII
[PSW Display]: Report Duplex Print codes)
[Initial Value]: 0

39. 700-302 [PSW Display]: SEEPROM Serial# (7th digit)

[NVM Name]: SEEPROM Serial# (2nd digit) [Initial Value]: -
[PSW Display]: SEEPROM Serial# (2nd digit) [Setup Range]: -
[Initial Value]: - [Read/Write]: Read
[Setup Range]: - [Description]: numerics (ASCII)
[Read/Write]: Read 45. 700-308
[Description]: numerics (ASCII) [NVM Name]: SEEPROM Serial# (8th digit)
[NVM Name]: SEEPROM Serial# (3rd digit) [Initial Value]: -
[PSW Display]: SEEPROM Serial# (3rd digit) [Setup Range]: -
[NVM Name]: SEEPROM Serial# (4th digit) [Initial Value]: -
[PSW Display]: SEEPROM Serial# (4th digit) [Setup Range]: -
[Description]: numerics (ASCII) [NVM Name]: Battery Backup SRAM Serial # (1st digit)
43. 700-306 [PSW Display]: Battery Backup SRAM Serial # (1st digit)
[Setup Range]: - [Description]: numerics (ASCII) (Refer to 3. 5. 33 ASCII Code List for the ASCII
[Read/Write]: Read codes)
[Description]: numerics (ASCII) 49. 700-312
44. 700-307 [NVM Name]: Battery Backup SRAM Serial # (2nd digit)
[NVM Name]: SEEPROM Serial# (7th digit) [PSW Display]: Battery Backup SRAM Serial # (2nd digit)
[Description]: numerics (ASCII) [NVM Name]: Battery Backup SRAM Serial # (8th digit)
50. 700-313 [PSW Display]: Battery Backup SRAM Serial # (8th digit)
[NVM Name]: Battery Backup SRAM Serial # (3rd digit) [Initial Value]: -
[PSW Display]: Battery Backup SRAM Serial # (3rd digit) [Setup Range]: -
[NVM Name]: Battery Backup SRAM Serial # (4th digit) [Initial Value]: -
[PSW Display]: Battery Backup SRAM Serial # (4th digit) [Setup Range]: -
[NVM Name]: Battery Backup SRAM Serial #(5th digit) [Initial Value]: -
[Description]: numerics (ASCII) [NVM Name]: SEEPROM Product # (1st digit)
53. 700-316 [PSW Display]: SEEPROM Product # (1st digit)
[NVM Name]: Battery Backup SRAM Serial # (6th digit) [Initial Value]: -
[Setup Range]: - [Description]: numerics (ASCII) (Refer to 3. 5. 33 ASCII Code List for the ASCII
[Read/Write]: Read codes)
54. 700-317 [NVM Name]: SEEPROM Product # (2nd digit)
[NVM Name]: Battery Backup SRAM Serial # (7th digit) [PSW Display]: SEEPROM Product # (2nd digit)
[PSW Display]: Battery Backup SRAM Serial # (7th digit) [Initial Value]: -
[Initial Value]: - [Setup Range]: -
[Setup Range]: - [Read/Write]: Read


60. 700-323 [NVM Name]: Battery Backup SRAM Product # (4th digit)
[NVM Name]: SEEPROM Product # (3rd digit) [PSW Display]: Battery Backup SRAM Product # (4th digit)
[PSW Display]: SEEPROM Product # (3rd digit) [Initial Value]: -
[Read/Write]: Read [Description]: numerics (ASCII)
61. 700-324 [NVM Name]: SEEPROM Product Code (1st digit)
[NVM Name]: SEEPROM Product # (4th digit) [PSW Display]: SEEPROM Product Code (1st digit)
[PSW Display]: SEEPROM Product #( 4th digit) [Initial Value]: -
[Setup Range]: - [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Read/Write]: Read [Description]: numerics (ASCII) (Refer to 3. 5. 33 ASCII Code List for the ASCII
[Description]: numerics (ASCII) codes)
62. 700-325 67. 700-330
[NVM Name]: Battery Backup SRAM Product # (1st digit) [NVM Name]: SEEPROM Product Code (2nd digit)
[PSW Display]: Battery Backup SRAM Product # (1st digit) [PSW Display]: SSEEPROM Product Code (2nd digit)
[Initial Value]: - [Initial Value]: -
[Setup Range]: - [Setup Range]: -
[Read/Write]: Read [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Description]: numerics (ASCII) (Refer to 3. 5. 33 ASCII Code List for the ASCII [Description]: numerics (ASCII)
codes) 68. 700-331
63. 700-326 [NVM Name]: SEEPROM Product Code (3rd digit)
[NVM Name]: Battery Backup SRAM Product # (2nd digit) [PSW Display]: SEEPROM Product Code (3rd digit)
[PSW Display]: Battery Backup SRAM Product # (2nd digit) [Initial Value]: -
64. 700-327 [NVM Name]: SEEPROM Product Code (4th digit)
[NVM Name]: Battery Backup SRAM Product # (3rd digit) [PSW Display]: SEEPROM Product Code (4th digit)
[PSW Display]: Battery Backup SRAM Product # (3rd digit) [Initial Value]: -
[Description]: numerics (ASCII)
70. 700-333 [PSW Display]: IOT ROM Major version
[NVM Name]: SEEPROM Product Code (5th digit) 76. 700-340
[PSW Display]: SEEPROM Product Code (5th digit) [NVM Name]: IOT ROM Minor version
[Initial Value]: - [PSW Display]: IOT ROM Minor version
[Setup Range]: - [Initial Value]: -
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Setup Range]: -
[Description]: numerics (ASCII) [Read/Write]: Read
71. 700-334 [Description]: (Auto Setting)
[PSW Display]: SEEPROM Product Code (6th digit) [NVM Name]: IOT ROM Revision version
[Initial Value]: - [PSW Display]: IOT ROM Revision version
[PSW Display]: SEEPROM Product Code (7th digit) [NVM Name]: SYSTEM Main ROM Major version
[Initial Value]: - [PSW Display]: Sys Main ROM Major
[PSW Display]: SEEPROM Product Code (8th digit) [NVM Name]: SYSTEM Main ROM Minor version
[Initial Value]: - [PSW Display]: Sys Main ROM Minor
[NVM Name]: Types of Devices (Information on the SEEPROM) 80. 700-344
[PSW Display]: Configuration (info. On SEEPROM) [NVM Name]: SYSTEM Main ROM Revision version
[Initial Value]: - [PSW Display]: Sys Main ROM Revision
[Description]: [Read/Write]: Read
[NVM Name]: IOT ROM Major version

81. 700-348 86. 700-353

[NVM Name]: IIT ROM Major version [NVM Name]: DADF ROM Revision version
[PSW Display]: IIT ROM Major [PSW Display]: DADF ROM Revision
[Read/Write]: Read [Read/Write]: Read
[Description]: (Auto Setting) [Description]: (Auto Setting)
82. 700-349 87. 700-354
[NVM Name]: IIT ROM Minor version [NVM Name]: UI Frame ROM Major version
[PSW Display]: IIT ROM Minor [PSW Display]: UI Frame ROM Major
83. 700-350 88. 700-355
[NVM Name]: IIT ROM Revision version [NVM Name]: UI Frame ROM Minor version
[PSW Display]: IIT ROM Revision [PSW Display]: UI Frame ROM Minor
84. 700-351 89. 700-356
[NVM Name]: DADF ROM Major version [NVM Name]: UI Frame ROM Revision version
[PSW Display]: DADF ROM Major [PSW Display]: UI Frame ROM Revision
85. 700-352 90. 700-357
[NVM Name]: DADF ROM Minor version [NVM Name]: UI Cont. ROM Major version
[PSW Display]: DADF ROM Minor [PSW Display]: UI control ROM Major
91. 700-358
[NVM Name]: UI Cont. ROM Minor version
[PSW Display]: UI control ROM Minor [Initial Value]: -
[Description]: (Auto Setting) 97. 700-364
92. 700-359 [NVM Name]: Product Code (5th digit)
[NVM Name]: UI Cont. ROM Revision version [PSW Display]: Product Code (5th digit)
[PSW Display]: UI control ROM Revision [Initial Value]: -
[Description]: (Auto Setting) 98. 700-365
93. 700-360 [NVM Name]: Product Code (6th digit)
[NVM Name]: Product Code (1st digit) [PSW Display]: Product Code (6th digit)
[PSW Display]: Product Code (1st digit) [Initial Value]: -
[Description]: numerics (ASCII) (Refer to 3. 5. 33 ASCII Code List for the ASCII 99. 700-366
codes) [NVM Name]: Product Code (7th digit)
94. 700-361 [PSW Display]: Product Code (7th digit)
[NVM Name]: Product Code (2nd digit) [Initial Value]: -
[PSW Display]: Product Code (2nd digit) [Setup Range]: -
[Read/Write]: Read 100.700-367
[Description]: numerics (ASCII) [NVM Name]: Product Code (8th digit)
95. 700-362 [PSW Display]: Product Code (8th digit)
[NVM Name]: Product Code (3rd digit) [Initial Value]: -
[PSW Display]: Product Code (3rd digit) [Setup Range]: -
[Read/Write]: Read 101.700-368
[Description]: numerics (ASCII) [NVM Name]: Lpd: Memory Spool
96. 700-363 [PSW Display]: Lpd Buffer Size (Memory Spool)
[NVM Name]: Product Code (4th digit) [Initial Value]: 1MB (1*1024*1024)
[PSW Display]: Product Code (4th digit) [Setup Range]: 512*1024~32*1024*1024

[Description]: Memory Spool: [512 KB~32 MB] (256 KB interval)
3. 5. 22 DC131 720-xxx ESS Meter/Counter NVM List 6. 720-007
1. 720-002 [NVM Name]: Master Copy-Full Color
[NVM Name]: Billing Display [PSW Display]: N/A
[PSW Display]: Billing [Initial Value]: -
[Initial Value]: PFV BILLING TYPE1 [Setup Range]: 1~1999999
[Setup Range]: 1~6 [Read/Write]: Read
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Description]: 0~1,999,999
[Description]: 1: Billing1, 2: Billing2, 3: Billing3, 4: Billing4, 5: Billing5, 6: Billing6 7. 720-008
2. 720-003 [NVM Name]: Master Copy-Color2
[NVM Name]: Master Print-Full Color [PSW Display]: N/A
[PSW Display]: Master Print-Full Color [Initial Value]: -
[Initial Value]: - [Setup Range]: 0~1999999
[Read/Write]: Read [Description]: 0~1,999,999
[Description]: 0~1,999,999 8. 720-009
3. 720-004 [NVM Name]: Master Copy-B and W
[NVM Name]: Master Print-Color1 [PSW Display]: N/A
[PSW Display]: Master Print-Color1 [Initial Value]: -
[Description]: 0~1,999,999 9. 720-012
4. 720-005 [NVM Name]: Backup1 Print-Full Color
[NVM Name]: Master Print-Color2 [PSW Display]: Backup1 Print-Full Color
[PSW Display]: Master Print-Color2 [Initial Value]: -
[Description]: 0~1,999,999 10. 720-013
5. 720-006 [NVM Name]: Backup1 Print-Color1
[NVM Name]: Master Print-B&W [PSW Display]: Backup1 Print-Color1
[PSW Display]: Master Print-B&W [Initial Value]: -
[Description]: 0~1,999,999 11. 720-014
[NVM Name]: Backup1 Print-Color2

[PSW Display]: Backup1 Print-Color2 [Setup Range]: 0~999999999999

[Setup Range]: 0~1999999 [Description]: 0~999999999999 (0 means not set up)
[Description]: 0~1,999,999 [NVM Name]: Group department boundary Setup B&C
12. 720-015 [PSW Display]:
[NVM Name]: Backup1 Print-B&W [Initial Value]: 0
[PSW Display]: Backup1 Print-B&W [Setup Range]: 0~999999999999
[Setup Range]: 0~1999999 [Description]: 0~999999999999 (0 means not set up)
[Description]: 0~1,999,999 [NVM Name]: Group A Mode to use
13. 720-016 [PSW Display]:
[NVM Name]: Backup1 Copy-Full Color [Initial Value]: FreeAccess
[PSW Display]: N/A [Setup Range]: 0~3
[Setup Range]: 0~1999999 [Description]: FreeAccess, 1: Color Only, 2: B&W Only, 3: Cannot be used
[Description]: 0~1,999,999 [NVM Name]: Group B Mode to use
14. 720-017 [PSW Display]:
[NVM Name]: Backup1 Copy-Color2 [Initial Value]: FreeAccess
[Description]: 0~1,999,999 [NVM Name]: Group C Mode to use
15. 720-018 [PSW Display]:
[NVM Name]: Backup1 Copy-B and W [Initial Value]: FreeAccess
[Description]: 0~1,999,999 [NVM Name]: Master Large Size B and W
16. 720-040 [PSW Display]: N/A
[NVM Name]: Group department boundary Setup A&B [Initial Value]: -
[PSW Display]: Group [Setup Range]: 0~1999999
[Initial Value]: 0 [Read/Write]: Read
[Description]: 0~1,999,999
22. 720-047
[NVM Name]: Master Large Size Color
[PSW Display]: N/A
[Initial Value]: -
[Read/Write]: Read
23. 720-048
[NVM Name]: Backup1 Large Size B and W
[PSW Display]: N/A
[Initial Value]: -
[Read/Write]: Read
24. 720-049
[NVM Name]: Backup1 Large Size Color
[PSW Display]: N/A
[Initial Value]: -
[Read/Write]: Read

3. 5. 23 DC131 770-xxx ESS IO Port/Protocol Setting NVM List 5. 770-005

1. 770-001 [NVM Name]: Auto Feed Time
[NVM Name]: Start Up Setting [PSW Display]: Parallel Auto Feed Time
[PSW Display]: Parallel Port Enable [Initial Value]: 6 (30 sec)
[Initial Value]: Enable [Setup Range]: 1~255
[Setup Range]: 0~1 [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Description]: 1-255 (5-1275 sec)
0: Stop [NVM Name]: Input Prime
1: Start Up [PSW Display]: Parallel Input Prime
2. 770-002 [Initial Value]: ON
[NVM Name]: Print Mode [Setup Range]: 0~1
[PSW Display]: Parallel Print ModeType [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Initial Value]: Auto [Description]:
[Setup Range]: 1~23 0: Off
[Read/Write]: Read/Write 1: On
1:Auto, 14:Dump, 3:HPGL2, 5:PostScript, 2:PCL6 [NVM Name]: Bi-directional Mode
3. 770-003 [PSW Display]: Parallel COMM Mode
[NVM Name]: JCL Switch [Initial Value]: ON
[PSW Display]: Parallel JCL Switch is Parallel PJL Switch. [Setup Range]: 0~1
[Initial Value]: ON [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Setup Range]: FALSE~TRUE [Description]:
[Description]: 1: Off
0: Off 8. 770-009
1: On [NVM Name]: Applicable Communication Specification
4. 770-004 [PSW Display]:
[NVM Name]: Adobe Communication Protocol [Initial Value]: 0
[PSW Display]: Parallel Adobe Protocol [Setup Range]: 0~1
[Initial Value]: Standard [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Read/Write]: Read/Write 0: IEEE P1284
[Description]: 1: Centronics
0: Standard 9. 770-010
1: Binary [NVM Name]: Operation Speed
2: TBCP [PSW Display]: Ethernet Transfer Rate
[Initial Value]: Auto 13. 770-042
[Setup Range]: - [NVM Name]: JCL Switch is set as PJL Switch
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [PSW Display]: EtherTalk JCL Enable is EtherTalk PJL Enable
[Description]: [Initial Value]: ON
0x7F: Auto, 2: 100BASE-TX, [Setup Range]: FALSE~TRUE
1: 10BASE-T [Read/Write]: Read/Write
2: 100BASE-TX [Description]:
10. 770-030 0: Off
[NVM Name]: Operation Frame Type Setting 1: On
[PSW Display]: NetWare Frame Type 14. 770-050
[Initial Value]: Auto [NVM Name]: Start Up Setting
[Setup Range]: - [PSW Display]: Netware Port Enable
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Initial Value]: Stop
[Description]: [Setup Range]: -
255: Auto [Read/Write]: Read/Write
2: Ethernet II [Description]:
4: Ethernet SNAP 0: Stop
3: Ethernet 802.2 1: Start Up
1: Ethernet 802.3 15. 770-051
11. 770-040 [NVM Name]: Print Mode
[NVM Name]: Enable Setting [PSW Display]: Netware Print Mode Type
[PSW Display]: EtherTalk Port Enable [Initial Value]: Auto
[Initial Value]: Disable [Setup Range]: -
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Description]:
[Description]: 1:Auto, 3:HPGL2, 5:PostScript, 2:PCL6
0: Disable 16. 770-052
1: Enable [NVM Name]: JCL Switch
12. 770-041 [PSW Display]: Netware JCL Enable is Netware PJL Enable
[NVM Name]: Print Mode [Initial Value]: ON
[PSW Display]: EtherTalk Print Type [Setup Range]: FALSE~TRUE
[Initial Value]: PostScript [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Setup Range]: - [Description]:
[Read/Write]: Read/Write 0: Cannot be used
[Description]: PostScript 1: Can be used
17. 770-053
[NVM Name]: Filter

[PSW Display]: NetWare TBCP Valid [Description]:

[Initial Value]: None 0: Off
[Setup Range]: FALSE~TRUE 1: On
[Description]: [NVM Name]: Filter
0: None [PSW Display]: TBCP Valid Flag
1: TBCP [Initial Value]: None
18. 770-054 [Setup Range]: FALSE~TRUE
[NVM Name]: Transport [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[PSW Display]: NetWare Trans. Protocol [Description]:
[Initial Value]: IPX/SPX 0: None
[Setup Range]: - 1: TBCP
[Description]: 1: IPX/SPX, 2: TCP/IP, 3: both [NVM Name]: Spool Type
19. 770-060 [PSW Display]: Lpd Spool Mode
[NVM Name]: Start Up Setting [Initial Value]: Non Spool
[PSW Display]: Lpd Port Enable [Setup Range]: -
[Initial Value]: Start Up [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Read/Write]: Read/Write 0: Non Spool
[Description]: 1: Spool
0: Stop 24. 770-065
1: Start Up [NVM Name]: Connection Timeout Time
20. 770-061 [PSW Display]: Lpd Timout
[NVM Name]: Print Mode [Initial Value]: 16sec
[PSW Display]: Lpd Print Mode Type [Setup Range]: -
[Initial Value]: Auto [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Setup Range]: - [Setup Range]: 2~3600sec (Setup range: 2~65,535)
[Description]: [NVM Name]: Lpd Port Number
1:Auto, 3:HPGL2, 5:PostScript, 2:PCL6 [PSW Display]:N/A
21. 770-062 [Initial Value]: 515
[NVM Name]: JCL Switch [Setup Range]: -
[PSW Display]: Lpd JCL Enable is Lpd PJL Enable [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Initial Value]: On [Setup Range]: 515, 8000~9999
[Setup Range]: FALSE~TRUE 26. 770-071
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [NVM Name]: Receive IP Address 1
[PSW Display]: Lpd Valid IP Address 1 [Setup Range]: 0~1
[Initial Value]: 0.0.0.0 [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Read/Write]: Read/Write 0: Stop
[Description]: 00000000~FFFFFFFF 1: Start Up
27. 770-072 32. 770-081
[NVM Name]: Receive IP Address 2 [NVM Name]: Print Mode
[PSW Display]: Lpd Valid IP Address 2 [PSW Display]: SMB Print Mode Type
[Initial Value]: 0.0.0.0 [Initial Value]: Auto
[Description]: 00000000~FFFFFFFF [Description]:
28. 770-073 1:Auto, 3:HPGL2, 5:PostScript, 2:PCL6
[NVM Name]: Receive IP Address 3 33. 770-082
[PSW Display]: Lpd Valid IP Address 3 [NVM Name]: JCL Switch is set as PJL Switch
[Initial Value]: 0.0.0.0 [PSW Display]: SMB JCL Enable is SMB PJL Enable
[Setup Range]: - [Initial Value]: ON
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Setup Range]: FALSE~TRUE
[Description]: 00000000~FFFFFFFF [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[NVM Name]: Receive IP Address 4 0: Off
[PSW Display]: Lpd Valid IP Address 4 1: On
[Initial Value]: 0.0.0.0 34. 770-083
[Setup Range]: - [NVM Name]: Filter
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [PSW Display]: SMB TBCP Valid Flag
[Description]: 00000000~FFFFFFFF [Initial Value]: None
30. 770-075 [Setup Range]: FALSE~TRUE
[NVM Name]: Receive IP Address 5 [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[PSW Display]: Lpd Valid IP Address 5 [Description]:
[Initial Value]: 0.0.0.0 0: None
[Setup Range]: - 1: TBCP
[Description]: 00000000~FFFFFFFF [NVM Name]: Spool Type
31. 770-080 [PSW Display]: SMB Spool Mode
[NVM Name]: Start Up Setting [Initial Value]: Non Spool
[PSW Display]: SMB Port Enable [Setup Range]: -
[Initial Value]: Start Up [Read/Write]: Read/Write


0: Non Spool [NVM Name]: Filter
1: Spool [PSW Display]: IPP TBCP Valid Flag
36. 770-085 [Initial Value]: None
[NVM Name]: Transport [Setup Range]: FALSE~TRUE
[PSW Display]: SMB Transport Protocol [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Initial Value]: both [Description]:
[Setup Range]: - 0: None
[Read/Write]: Read/Write 1: TBCP
[Description]: 2: TCP/IP, 4: NetBeui, 6: both 41. 770-094
37. 770-090 [NVM Name]: Acl Authorisation (Acl Authorisation)
[NVM Name]: Start Up Setting [PSW Display]: Acl Authorisation
[PSW Display]: IPP Port Enable [Initial Value]: OFF (none)
[Initial Value]: Stop [Setup Range]: -
[Description]: On (local)
0: Stop Off (none)
1: Start Up 42. 770-095
38. 770-091 [NVM Name]: Use DNS Name
[NVM Name]: Print Mode [PSW Display]: Use DNS Name
[PSW Display]: IPP Print Mode Type [Initial Value]: On
[Initial Value]: Auto [Setup Range]: FALSE~TRUE
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Description]: On, Off
1:Auto, 3:HPGL2, 5:PostScript, 2:PCL6 [NVM Name]: Port no. (Value can be changed by user)
39. 770-092 [PSW Display]: Port no.
[NVM Name]: JCL Switch [Initial Value]: 80
[PSW Display]: IPP JCL Enable is IPP PJL Enable [Setup Range]: 0~9999
[Initial Value]: ON [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Setup Range]: FALSE~TRUE [Description]: 0, 80, any one value between 8000~9999
[Description]: [NVM Name]: Spool Type
0: Off [PSW Display]: IPP Spool Mode
1: On [Initial Value]: Non Spool
[Setup Range]: -
[Description]: [Description]: 00000000~FFFFFFFF
0: Non Spool 50. 770-110
1: Spool [NVM Name]: DNS Auto Config.
45. 770-099 [PSW Display]: DNS Auto Config.
[NVM Name]: Time Out [Initial Value]: DHCP
[PSW Display]: Time Out [Setup Range]: 0~1
[Setup Range]: 0~65535 [Description]: 0x10: Manual Setting, 0x02: DHCP
[Description]: 0~65535 [Sec] [NVM Name]: DNS Domain Name
46. 770-100 [PSW Display]: DNS Domain Name
[NVM Name]: IP Address Solution [Initial Value]: NULL
[PSW Display]: DHCP Mode [Setup Range]:
[Initial Value]: DHCP [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Setup Range]: - [Description]: DNS Domain Name (Normally, it is within 255 characters including the
[Read/Write]: Read/Write "." (dot) at the end which is not displayed)
[Description]: 0x10: Manual, 4: BOOTP, 2: DHCP, 1: RARP 52. 770-120
47. 770-101 [NVM Name]: WINS Auto Config.
[NVM Name]: IP Address [PSW Display]:
[PSW Display]: IP Address [Initial Value]: DHCP
[Initial Value]: 0.0.0.0 [Setup Range]:
[Setup Range]: 0x00000000~0xFFFFFFFF [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Description]: 0x10: Manual Setting, 0x02: DHCP
[Description]: 00000000~FFFFFFFF 53. 770-121
48. 770-102 [NVM Name]: WINS Server Address 1
[NVM Name]: Subnet Mask [PSW Display]:
[PSW Display]: Subnet Mask [Initial Value]: 0.0.0.0
[Initial Value]: 0.0.0.0 [Setup Range]:
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Description]: 00000000~FFFFFFFF
49. 770-103 [NVM Name]: WINS Server Address 2
[NVM Name]: Gateway Address [PSW Display]:
[PSW Display]: Gateway Address [Initial Value]: 0.0.0.0
[Initial Value]: 0.0.0.0 [Setup Range]: 0x00000000~0xFFFFFFFF

[Description]: 00000000~FFFFFFFF [Setup Range]: 0~1

[NVM Name]: Start Up Setting [Description]:
[PSW Display]: Agent Port Enable 0: Stop
[Initial Value]: Start Up 1: Start Up
[Setup Range]: 0~1 60. 770-160
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [NVM Name]: Start Up Setting
[Description]: [PSW Display]: MFIO Port Enable
0: Stop [Initial Value]: Stop
1: Start Up [Setup Range]: 0~1
[NVM Name]: Transport [Description]: 0: Stop 1: Start Up
[PSW Display]: Agent Transport Flag 61. 770-166
[Initial Value]: UDP [NVM Name]: No. of concurrent request received
[Setup Range]: - [PSW Display]: HTTP Max Session
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Initial Value]: 5
[Description]: 0: both OFF, 1: IPX, 2: UDP, 3: both ON [Setup Range]: -
[NVM Name]: Community Name (For Set/Get Access) [Description]: 1~10
[PSW Display]: Agent Community Name 1 ~ Agent Community Name 10 62. 770-190
[Initial Value]: NULL (Replace to "fxSystemMgr" on the PDU) [NVM Name]: Start Up, Stop
[Setup Range]: - [PSW Display]: Mail Service Start/Stop
[Description]: JISX0201 Character Code 12 Characters [Setup Range]: 0~1
[NVM Name]: Start Up Setting [Description]: 1: Start Up, 0: Stop
[PSW Display]: EWS Port Enable 63. 770-191
[Initial Value]: Start Up [NVM Name]: Address of Mail Sender (Self-machine mail address)
[Setup Range]: 0~1 [PSW Display]: Address of Mail Sender
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Initial Value]: NULL
[Description]: [Setup Range]:
0: Stop [Read/Write]: Read/Write
1: Start Up [Description]:
59. 770-150 Maximum 128 characters of ASCII (Character types include numerics, [@] [ .
[NVM Name]: Start Up Setting (period)] [+] [-] [=] [ _ (underscore)] [/] [<] [>]) Format of
[PSW Display]: Salutation Port Enable username@domain.name
[Initial Value]: Stop
64. 770-202 [Initial Value]: ON
[NVM Name]: SMTP Mail Server IP Address [Setup Range]: FALSE~TRUE
[PSW Display]: SMTP Mail Server IP Address [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Initial Value]: 0.0.0.0 [Description]:
[Setup Range]: 0x00000000~0xFFFFFFFF 0: Off
65. 770-222 [NVM Name]: Mail Print Filter
[NVM Name]: Port 9100 Starting Set Up [PSW Display]: N/A
[PSW Display]: N/A [Initial Value]: None
[Initial Value]: Stop [Setup Range]: FALSE~TRUE
[Description]: 0: None
0: Stop 1: TBCP
1: Start 70. 770-284
66. 770-280 [NVM Name]: Spool Type
[NVM Name]: Mail print Starting Setup [PSW Display]: N/A
[PSW Display]: N/A [Initial Value]: 0: Non Spool
[Initial Value]: Start [Setup Range]: 0~1
[Description]: 0: Non Spool(Ring Butter)
0: Stop 1: Spool(RAM Disk)
1: Start 71. 770-285
67. 770-281 [NVM Name]: Mail Print with Header Sheet
[NVM Name]: Mail Print file type [PSW Display]: N/A
[PSW Display]: N/A [Initial Value]: 1
[Initial Value]: 10: TIFF [Setup Range]: 0~1
[Description]: 1: All
1: Auto, 3: HPGL2, 5: PostScript, 0: Except "Return-Path" and "Received"
2: PCL6 72. 770-286
68. 770-282 [NVM Name]: POP Server user name
[NVM Name]: Mail Print JCL switch [PSW Display]: N/A
[PSW Display]: N/A [Initial Value]: NULL

[Setup Range]: -
[Description]: -
73. 770-287
[NVM Name]: POP Server password
[PSW Display]: N/A
[Initial Value]: NULL
[Setup Range]: -
[Description]: -
3. 5. 24 DC131 780-xxx ESS Print Frame Setting NVM List [Initial Value]: 22
1. 780-013 [Setup Range]:
[NVM Name]: Paper Type for Tray 1 [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[PSW Display]: - [Description]:
[Initial Value]: 22 22: Bond
[Setup Range]: 1: Plain Paper
[Read/Write]: Read/Write 14: Recycled Paper
[Description]: 23~27: Custom Paper 1~5
22: Bond 5. 780-018
1: Plain Paper [NVM Name]: Paper Type for SMH
1: Recycled Paper [PSW Display]: SMH PaperType
23~27: Custom Paper 1~5 [Initial Value]: 22
2. 780-014 [Setup Range]:
[NVM Name]: Paper Type for Tray 2 [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[PSW Display]: - [Description]:
[Initial Value]: 22 22: Bond
[Setup Range]: 1: Plain Paper
[Read/Write]: Read/Write 14: Recycled Paper
[Description]: 23~27: Custom Paper 1~5
22: Bond 21: Light Weight paper
1: Plain Paper 2: Transparency
14: Recycled Paper 10: Heavy Weight paper 1
23~27: Custom Paper 1~5 12: Heavy Weight paper 2
3. 780-015 11: Heavy Weight paper 1 (Side2)
[NVM Name]: Paper Type for Tray 3 13: Heavy Weight paper 2 (Side2)
[PSW Display]: - 20: Tacked Film
[Initial Value]: 22 6: Labels
[Setup Range]: 6. 780-019
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [NVM Name]: User Define: Name of Types 1 Paper
[Description]: [PSW Display]: User Define: Name of Type 1 Paper
22: Bond [Initial Value]: NULL
1: Plain Paper [Setup Range]:
14: Recycled Paper [Read/Write]: Read/Write
23~27: Custom Paper 1~5 [Description]:
4. 780-016 Maximum 24 characters of ASCII (M/N)
[NVM Name]: Paper Type for Tray 4 7. 780-020
[PSW Display]: - [NVM Name]: User Define: Name of Type 2 Paper

[PSW Display]: User Define: Name of Type 2 Paper 0x01: Plain Paper A (J paper/JD paper/J Coat paper/CX28lb equivalent)
[Initial Value]: NULL 0x02: Plain Paper B (P paper/C2 paper equivalent)
[Setup Range]: 0x04: Plain Paper C (WR100/Green100 equivalent)
[Read/Write]: Read/Write 0x08: Plain Paper D (4024-20 lb equivalent (Normal))
[Description]: 0x10: Plain Paper E (4024-20 lb equivalent (gradation emphasis)), 0x20: Plain
Maximum 24 characters with ASCII (M/N) Paper F (4024-24lb equivalent (Normal))
8. 780-021 0x40: Plain Paper G
[NVM Name]: User Define: Name of Types 3 Paper 12. 780-026
[PSW Display]: User Define: Name of Type 3 Paper [NVM Name]: Image Quality Control Category: Plain Paper
[Initial Value]: NULL [PSW Display]: Image Quality Control Category: Plain Paper
[Setup Range]: [Initial Value]: 0x02
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Setup Range]: 0x01~0x80
Maximum 24 characters with ASCII (M/N) [Description]:
9. 780-022 0x01: Plain Paper A (J paper/JD paper/J Coat paper/CX28lb equivalent)
[NVM Name]: User Define: Name of Types 4 Paper 0x02: Plain Paper B (P paper/C2 paper equivalent)
[PSW Display]: User Define: Name of Type 4 Paper 0x04: Plain Paper C (WR100/Green100 equivalent)
[Initial Value]: NULL 0x08: Plain Paper D (4024-20 lb equivalent (Normal))
[Setup Range]: 0x10: Plain Paper E (4024-20 lb equivalent (gradation emphasis)), 0x20: Plain
[Read/Write]: Read/Write Paper F (4024-24lb equivalent (Normal))
[Description]: 0x40: Plain Paper G
Maximum 24 characters with ASCII (M/N) 13. 780-027
10. 780-023 [NVM Name]: Image Quality Control Category: Recycle Paper
[NVM Name]: User Define: Name of Types 5 Paper [PSW Display]: Image Quality Control Category: Recycle Paper
[PSW Display]: User Define: Name of Type 5 Paper [Initial Value]: 0x04
[Initial Value]: NULL [Setup Range]: 0x01~0x80
[Setup Range]: [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Description]: 0x01: Plain Paper A (J paper/JD paper/J Coat paper/CX28lb equivalent)
Maximum 24 characters with ASCII (M/N) 0x02: Plain Paper B (P paper/C2 paper equivalent)
11. 780-025 0x04: Plain Paper C (WR100/Green100 equivalent)
[NVM Name]: Image Quality Control Category: Bond paper 0x08: Plain Paper D (4024-20 lb equivalent (Normal))
[PSW Display]: Image Quality Control Category: High Quality 0x10: Plain Paper E (4024-20 lb equivalent (gradation emphasis)), 0x20: Plain
Paper F (4024-24 lb equivalent (Normal))
[Initial Value]: 0x02
0x40: Plain Paper G
[Setup Range]: 0x01~0x80
14. 780-028
[NVM Name]: Image Quality Control Category: Custom Paper 1
[Description]:
[PSW Display]: Image Quality Control Category: User Paper 1 16. 780-030
[Initial Value]: 0x02 [NVM Name]: Image Quality Control Category: Custom Paper 3
[Setup Range]: 0x01~0x80 [PSW Display]: Image Quality Control Category: User Paper 3
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Initial Value]: 0x02
[Description]: [Setup Range]: 0x01~0x80
0x01: Plain Paper A (J paper/JD paper/J Coat paper/CX28lb equivalent) [Read/Write]: Read/Write
0x02: Plain Paper B (P paper/C2 paper equivalent) [Description]:
0x04: Plain Paper C (WR100/Green100 equivalent) 0x01: Plain Paper A (J paper/JD paper/J Coat paper/CX28lb equivalent)
0x08: Plain Paper D (4024-20 lb equivalent (Normal)) 0x02: Plain Paper B (P paper/C2 paper equivalent)
0x10: Plain Paper E (4024-20 lb equivalent (gradation emphasis)), 0x20: Plain 0x04: Plain Paper C (WR100/Green100 equivalent)
Paper F (4024-24lb equivalent (Normal)) 0x08: Plain Paper D (4024-20 lb equivalent (Normal))
0x40: Plain Paper G 0x10: Plain Paper E (4024-20 lb equivalent (gradation emphasis)), 0x20: Plain
15. 780-029 Paper F (4024-24lb equivalent (Normal))
[NVM Name]: Image Quality Control Category: Custom Paper 2 0x40: Plain Paper G
[PSW Display]: Image Quality Control Category: User Paper 2 17. 780-031
[Initial Value]: 0x02 [NVM Name]: Image Quality Control Category: Custom Paper 4
[Setup Range]: 0x01~0x80 [PSW Display]: Image Quality Control Category: User Paper 4
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Initial Value]: 0x02
[Description]: [Setup Range]: 0x01~0x80
0x01: Plain Paper A (J paper/JD paper/J Coat paper/CX28lb equivalent) [Read/Write]: Read/Write
0x02: Plain Paper B (P paper/C2 paper equivalent) [Description]:
0x04: Plain Paper C (WR100/Green100 equivalent) 0x01: Plain Paper A (J paper/JD paper/J Coat paper/CX28lb equivalent)
0x08: Plain Paper D (4024-20 lb equivalent (Normal)) 0x02: Plain Paper B (P paper/C2 paper equivalent)
0x10: Plain Paper E (4024-20 lb equivalent (gradation emphasis)), 0x20: Plain 0x04: Plain Paper C (WR100/Green100 equivalent)
Paper F (4024-24lb equivalent (Normal)) 0x08: Plain Paper D (4024-20 lb equivalent (Normal))
0x40: Plain Paper G 0x10: Plain Paper E (4024-20 lb equivalent (gradation emphasis)), 0x20: Plain
Paper F (4024-24lb equivalent (Normal))
0x40: Plain Paper G
18. 780-032
[NVM Name]: Image Quality Control Category: Custom Paper 5
[PSW Display]: Image Quality Control Category: User Paper 5
[Initial Value]: 0x02
[Setup Range]: 0x01~0x80
[Description]:
0x01: Plain Paper A (J paper/JD paper/J Coat paper/CX28lb equivalent)
0x02: Plain Paper B (P paper/C2 paper equivalent)

0x04: Plain Paper C (WR100/Green100 equivalent) [PSW Display]: Paper Type Priority: User Paper 1
0x08: Plain Paper D (4024-20 lb equivalent (Normal)) [Initial Value]: X
0x10: Plain Paper E (4024-20 lb equivalent (gradation emphasis)), 0x20: Plain [Setup Range]: 0x01~0xff
Paper F (4024-24lb equivalent (Normal)) [Read/Write]: Read/Write
0x40: Plain Paper G [Description]:
19. 780-050 1~8 : 1~8
[NVM Name]: Paper Type Priority: Bond Paper X: 0xff
[PSW Display]: Paper Type Priority: High Quality Paper 0: X (According to priority not controlled by APS/ATS) Repetition allowed
[Setup Range]: 0x01~0xff [NVM Name]: Paper Type Priority: Custom Paper 2
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [PSW Display]: Paper Type Priority: User Paper 2
[Description]: [Initial Value]: X
1~8 : 1~8 [Setup Range]: 0x01~0xff
X: 0xff [Read/Write]: Read/Write
0: X (According to priority not controlled by APS/ATS) Repetition allowed [Description]:
20. 780-051 1~8 : 1~8
[NVM Name]: Paper Type Priority: Plain Paper X: 0xff
[PSW Display]: Paper Type Priority: Plain Paper 0: X (According to priority not controlled by APS/ATS) Repetition allowed
21. 780-052 1~8 : 1~8
[NVM Name]: Paper Type Priority: Recycle Paper X: 0xff
[PSW Display]: Paper Type Priority: Recycle Paper 0: X (According to priority not controlled by APS/ATS) Repetition allowed
22. 780-053 1~8 : 1~8
[NVM Name]: Paper Type Priority: Custom Paper 1 X: 0xff
26. 780-057 1~4 : 1, 2, 3, 4
[NVM Name]: Paper Type Priority: Custom Paper 5 The priority follow the number and 1 is the highest priority. Repetition not
[PSW Display]: Paper Type Priority: User Paper 5 allowed.
[Initial Value]: X 30. 780-063
[Setup Range]: 0x01~0xff [NVM Name]: Tray 4 Priority
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [PSW Display]: Tray 4 Priority
1~8 : 1~8 [Setup Range]: 1~4
27. 780-060 1~4 : 1, 2, 3, 4
[NVM Name]: Tray 1 Priority The priority follow the number and 1 is the highest priority. Repetition not
[PSW Display]: Tray 1 Priority allowed.
[Setup Range]: 1~4 [NVM Name]: Edge Erase Adjustment value (Lead Edge)
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [PSW Display]: Lead Edge Erase ADJ
[Description]: [Initial Value]: 4.0
1~4 : 1, 2, 3, 4 [Setup Range]: 40~50
The priority follow the number and 1 is the highest priority. Repetition not [Read/Write]: Read/Write
allowed. [Description]: 4.0~5.0mm (0.1 mm unit)
28. 780-061 32. 780-067
[NVM Name]: Tray 2 Priority [NVM Name]: Edge Erase Adjustment value (Trail Edge)
[PSW Display]: Tray 2 Priority [PSW Display]: Trail Edge Erase ADJ
[Initial Value]: 2 [Initial Value]: 2.0
[Description]: [Description]: 2.0~3.0mm (0.1 mm unit)
1~4 : 1, 2, 3, 4 33. 780-068
The priority follow the number and 1 is the highest priority. Repetition not [NVM Name]: Edge Erase Adjustment value (Side)
allowed. [PSW Display]: Side Edge Erase ADJ
29. 780-062 [Initial Value]: 2.0
[NVM Name]: Tray 3 Priority [Setup Range]: 10~30
[PSW Display]: Tray 3 Priority [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Initial Value]: 3 [Description]: 1.0~3.0mm (0.1 mm unit)
[Setup Range]: 1~4 34. 780-069
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [NVM Name]: Image Enhancement MC Setting

[PSW Display]: Image Enhancement Enable

[Initial Value]: 1
[Setup Range]: 0~1
[Description]:
0: Off
1: On
3. 5. 25 DC131 790-xxx ESS Panel Display Setting NVM List [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[NVM Name]: Startup Display Setting 1: Tray 1
[PSW Display]: Start Up Display Setting 2: Tray 2
[Initial Value]: 0 3: Tray 3
[Setup Range]: 0~2 4: Tray 4
[Read/Write]: Read/Write 5: SMH
0: Features Programming Screen [NVM Name]: Pre Set Tray 2
1: Job Management Screen [PSW Display]: Pre Set Tray 2
2: Machine Status Screen [Initial Value]: 2
2. 790-002 [Setup Range]: 1~5
[NVM Name]: Function Setup Startup Display [Read/Write]Read/Write
[PSW Display]: Function Set Display Setting [Description]:
[Initial Value]: 1 1: Tray 1
[Read/Write]: Read/Write 3: Tray 3
[Description]: 4: Tray 4
0: Menu 5: SMH
1: Copy 6. 790-052
2: (None) [NVM Name]: Pre Set Tray 3
3: Scanner [PSW Display]: Pre Set Tray 3
[NVM Name]: Toner Near Empty - Advance notification (Pre Near Empty) Display [Setup Range]: 1~5
(CE Setting) [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[PSW Display]: [Description]:
[Initial Value]: 1: Display 1: Tray 1
[Read/Write]: Read/Write 3: Tray 3
[Description]: 4: Tray 4
0: No display 5: SMH
1: Display
4. 790-050
[NVM Name]: Pre Set Tray 1
[PSW Display]: Pre Set Tray 1
[Initial Value]: 1
[Setup Range]: 1~5

7. 790-060 4: Tray 4
[NVM Name]: Pre Set Magnification 1 11. 790-072
[PSW Display]: Pre Set Magnification 1 [NVM Name]: Default Magnification Setting in Copy Mode
[Initial Value]: 1 [PSW Display]: Default Magnification in Copy Mode
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Setup Range]: 0~8
[Description]: 1~7: Fixed Magnification 1~7 [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[NVM Name]: Pre Set Magnification 2 0:100 %
[PSW Display]: Pre Set Magnification 2 1~7: Fixed Magnification 1~Fixed Magnification 7
[Initial Value]: 2 8: Auto
[Setup Range]: 1~7 12. 790-073
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [NVM Name]: Fixed Magnification 1 Setting
[Description]: 1~7: Fixed Magnification 1~7 [PSW Display]: Fixed Magnification 1
[NVM Name]: Default Tray Setting in Copy Mode [Setup Range]: 1~18
[PSW Display]: Default Tray in Copy Mode [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Setup Range]: 0~5 1 :25.0, 2 :35.3, 3 :50.0, 4 :57.7, 5 :61.2
[Read/Write]: Read/Write 6 :64.7, 7 :70.7, 8 :81.6, 9 :86.6
[Description]: 10 :115.4, 11 :122.5, 12 :129.4
0: Auto 13 :141.4, 14 :163.2, 15 :173.2
1: Tray 1 16 :200.0, 17 :282.8, 18 :400.0%
2: Tray 2 13. 790-074
3: Tray 3 [NVM Name]: Fixed Magnification 2 Setting
4: Tray 4 [PSW Display]: Fixed Magnification 2
5: SMH [Initial Value]: 7
10. 790-071 [Setup Range]: 1~18
[NVM Name]: Tray at Auto Cancellation [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[PSW Display]: Default Tray on Release ATS in Copy Mode [Description]:
[Initial Value]: 1 1 :25.0, 2 :35.3, 3 :50.0, 4 :57.7, 5 :61.2
[Setup Range]: 6 :64.7, 7 :70.7, 8 :81.6, 9 :86.6
[Read/Write]: Read/Write 10 :115.4, 11 :122.5, 12 :129.4
[Description]: 13 :141.4, 14 :163.2, 15 :173.2
1: Tray 1 16 :200.0, 17 :282.8, 18 :400.0 %
2: Tray 2
3: Tray 3
14. 790-075 17. 790-078
[NVM Name]: Fixed Magnification 3 Setting [NVM Name]: Fixed Magnification 6 Setting
[PSW Display]: Fixed Magnification 3 [PSW Display]: Fixed Magnification 6
1 :25.0, 2 :35.3, 3 :50.0, 4 :57.7, 5 :61.2 1 :25.0, 2 :35.3, 3 :50.0, 4 :57.7, 5 :61.2
6 :64.7, 7 :70.7, 8 :81.6, 9 :86.6 6 :64.7, 7 :70.7, 8 :81.6, 9 :86.6
10 :115.4, 11 :122.5, 12 :129.4 10 :115.4, 11 :122.5, 12 :129.4
13 :141.4, 14 :163.2, 15 :173.2 13 :141.4, 14 :163.2, 15 :173.2
16 :200.0, 17 :282.8, 18 :400.0 % 16 :200.0, 17 :282.8, 18 :400.0 %
15. 790-076 18. 790-079
[NVM Name]: Fixed Magnification 4 Setting [NVM Name]: Fixed Magnification 7 Setting
[PSW Display]: Fixed Magnification 4 [PSW Display]: Fixed Magnification 7
1 :25.0, 2 :35.3, 3 :50.0, 4 :57.7, 5 :61.2 1 :25.0, 2 :35.3, 3 :50.0, 4 :57.7, 5 :61.2
6 :64.7, 7 :70.7, 8 :81.6, 9 :86.6 6 :64.7, 7 :70.7, 8 :81.6, 9 :86.6
10 :115.4, 11 :122.5, 12 :129.4 10 :115.4, 11 :122.5, 12 :129.4
13 :141.4, 14 :163.2, 15 :173.2 13 :141.4, 14 :163.2, 15 :173.2
16 :200.0, 17 :282.8, 18 :400.0 % 16 :200.0, 17 :282.8, 18 :400.0 %
16. 790-077 19. 790-090
[NVM Name]: Fixed Magnification 5 Setting [NVM Name]: Default Color Mode
[PSW Display]: Fixed Magnification 5 [PSW Display]: Default Color Mode
1 :25.0, 2 :35.3, 3 :50.0, 4 :57.7, 5 :61.2 0: Off
6 :64.7, 7 :70.7, 8 :81.6, 9 :86.6 1: Auto
10 :115.4, 11 :122.5, 12 :129.4 2: B/W
13 :141.4, 14 :163.2, 15 :173.2 3: 4 Colors
16 :200.0, 17 :282.8, 18 :400.0 % 4: Single Color
5: Dual Color

20. 790-091 0: "Text", 1: "Text/Photo (Print)", 2: "Text/Photo (Photo Paper)", 3: "Text/Photo

[NVM Name]: Default Single Color Selection (Copy Document)", 4: "Photo (Print)", 5: "Photo (Photo Paper)", 6: "Photo (Copy
[PSW Display]: Default Single Color Document)"
[Setup Range]: 0~12 [NVM Name]: Default 4 Color/Auto Document Type
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [PSW Display]: Default 4 Color / ACS Original Type
1~6: Fixed Registered Color 1~6 [Setup Range]: 0~9
7~12: User Registered Color 1~6 [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[NVM Name]: Default Dual Color Selection (Achromatic Color) 0: "Text", 1: "Text/Photo (Print)", 2: "Text/Photo (Photo Paper)", 3: "Text/Photo
(Copy Document)", 4: "Photo (Print)", 5: "Photo (Photo Paper)", 6: "Photo (Copy
[PSW Display]: Default Dual Color (Not Vivid)
Document)", 7: "Map", 8: "Highlighted Originals", 9: "Inkjet Originals"
[Initial Value]: 0
25. 790-097
[Setup Range]: 0~12
[NVM Name]: Default Background Color Removal
[PSW Display]: Default Ground Color Remove
[Description]:
[Initial Value]: 1
0: Black
[Setup Range]: 0~1
1~6: Fixed Registered Color 1~6
7~12: User Registered Color 1~6
[Description]: 0: Off, 1: On
22. 790-093
26. 790-098
[NVM Name]: Default Dual Color Selection (Chromatic Color)
[NVM Name]: Default Density Adjustment
[PSW Display]: Default Dual Color (Vivid)
[PSW Display]: Default Density Adjustment
[Initial Value]: 1
[Initial Value]: 3
[Setup Range]: 0~12
[Setup Range]: 0~6
[Description]:
[Description]:
1~6: Fixed Registered Color 1~6
0: "Lighter 3", 1: "Lighter 2", 2: "Lighter 1", 3: "Normal", 4: "Darker 1", 5:
7~12: User Registered Color 1~6 "Darker 2", 6: "Darker 3"
23. 790-094 27. 790-099
[NVM Name]: Default B/W Document Type [NVM Name]: Default of Mix size
[PSW Display]: Default B & W Original Type [PSW Display]: N/A
[Initial Value]: 0 [Initial Value]: OFF
0: Off
1: On
[NVM Name]: Default Color Balance (Y: Low Density) [Description]: 0~6: "-3~3" (Lighter 3, Lighter 2, Lighter 1, Normal, Darker 1, Darker
[PSW Display]: Default Color Balance: Y-Low Density 2, Darker 3)
[Setup Range]: 0~6 [NVM Name]: Default Color Balance (M: High Density)
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [PSW Display]: Default Color Balance: M-HighDensity
[Description]: 0~6: "-3~3" (Lighter 3, Lighter 2, Lighter 1, Normal, Darker 1, Darker [Initial Value]: 0
2, Darker 3) [Setup Range]: 0~6
[NVM Name]: Default Color Balance (Y: Medium Density) [Description]: 0~6: "-3~3" (Lighter 3, Lighter 2, Lighter 1, Normal, Darker 1, Darker
[PSW Display]: Default Color Balance: Y-Mid Density 2, Darker 3)
[Setup Range]: 0~6 [NVM Name]: Default Color Balance (C: Low Density)
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [PSW Display]: Default Color Balance: C-Low Density
[NVM Name]: Default Color Balance (Y: High Density) [Description]: 0~6: "-3~3" (Lighter 3, Lighter 2, Lighter 1, Normal, Darker 1, Darker
[PSW Display]: Default Color Balance: Y-HighDensity 2, Darker 3)
[Setup Range]: 0~6 [NVM Name]: Default Color Balance (C: Medium Density)
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [PSW Display]: Default Color Balance: C-Mid Density
[NVM Name]: Default Color Balance (M: Low Density) [Description]: 0~6: "-3~3" (Lighter 3, Lighter 2, Lighter 1, Normal, Darker 1, Darker
[PSW Display]: Default Color Balance: M-Low Density 2, Darker 3)
[Setup Range]: 0~6 [NVM Name]: Default Color Balance (C: High Density)
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [PSW Display]: Default Color Balance: C-HighDensity
[NVM Name]: Default Color Balance (M: Medium Density) [Description]: 0~6: "-3~3" (Lighter 3, Lighter 2, Lighter 1, Normal, Darker 1, Darker
[PSW Display]: Default Color Balance: M-Mid Density 2, Darker 3)
[Setup Range]: 0~6 [NVM Name]: Default Color Balance (K: Low Density)
[PSW Display]: Default Color Balance: K-Low Density


[Setup Range]: 0~6 [NVM Name]: Default Sharpness
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [PSW Display]: Default Sharpness
[NVM Name]: Default Color Balance (K: Medium Density) [Description]: 0: "Shaper", 1: "Sharp", 2: "Normal", 3: "Soft", 4: "Softer"
[PSW Display]: Default Color Balance: K-Mid Density 43. 790-123
[Initial Value]: 0 [NVM Name]: Default Contrast
[Setup Range]: 0~6 [PSW Display]: Default Contrast
[Description]: 0~6: "-3~3" (Lighter 3, Lighter 2, Lighter 1, Normal, Darker 1, Darker [Setup Range]: 0~4
2, Darker 3) [Read/Write]: Read/Write
39. 790-111 [Description]: 0: "Stronger 2", 1: "Stronger 1", 2: "Normal", 3: "Softer 1", 4: "Softer 2"
[NVM Name]: Default Color Balance (K: High Density) 44. 790-124
[PSW Display]: Default Color Balance: K-HighDensity [NVM Name]: Default Center/Corner Shift Position (Side1)
[Initial Value]: 0 [PSW Display]: Default Center/Corner Shift Position
[Description]: 0~6: "-3~3" (Lighter 3, Lighter 2, Lighter 1, Normal, Darker 1, Darker [Read/Write]: Read/Write
2, Darker 3)
[Description]:
40. 790-120
0: "Off", 1: "Center", 2: "Upper Right", 3: "Lower Right", 4: "Upper Left", 5:
[NVM Name]: Default Color Shift "Lower Left", 6: "Upper Center", 7: "Lower Center", 8: "Left Center", 9: "Right
[PSW Display]: Center"
[Setup Range]: 0~4 [NVM Name]: Default Center/Corner Shift Position (Side2)
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [PSW Display]:
[Description]: 0: "-20 Degrees", 1: "-10 Degrees", 2: "0 Degrees", 3: "+10 Degrees", 4: [Initial Value]: 10
"+20 Degrees" [Setup Range]: 0~10
[NVM Name]: Default Color Saturation [Description]:
[PSW Display]: 0: "Off", 1: "Center", 2: "Upper Right", 3: "Lower Right", 4: "Upper Left", 5:
[Initial Value]: 2 "Lower Left", 6: "Upper Center", 7: "Lower Center", 8: "Left Center", 9: "Right
[Setup Range]: 0~4 Center", 10: "Symmetry position with Side 1"
[Description]: [NVM Name]: Default Top and Bottom Edge Erase
0: "Stronger 2 (Higher)", 1: "Stronger 1 (High)", 2: "Normal", 3: "Softer 1 (Low)", [PSW Display]:
4: "Softer 2 (Lower)"
[Initial Value]: "5 (mm)" [PSW Display]:
[Description]: "0 (mm)"~"50 (mm)" increments of 1mm [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[NVM Name]: Default Left and Right Edge Erase 1 : Postcard, 2 : A6SEF, 3 : A6LEF, 4 : B6SEF, 5 : B6LEF, 6 : A5SEF, 7 : A5LEF,
[PSW Display]: 8 : B5SEF, 9 : B5LEF, 10 : A4SEF, 11 : A4LEF, 12 : B4SEF, 13 : A3SEF, 14 :
[Initial Value]: "5 (mm)" Postcard (4 x 6"), 15 : 5.5 x 8.5"SEF, 16 : 5.5 x 8.5"LEF, 17 : 8.5 x 11"SEF, 18 :
8.5 x 11"LEF, 1
[Setup Range]: 0~50
52. 790-132
[NVM Name]: Fixed Size 2 of Copy Document Size Input
[Description]: "0 (mm)"~"50 (mm)" increments of 1mm
[PSW Display]:
48. 790-128
[Initial Value]: 10
[NVM Name]: Default Center Erase
[Setup Range]: 1~50
[PSW Display]:
[Initial Value]: "0 (mm)"
[Description]:
[Setup Range]: 0~50
1 : Postcard, 2 : A6SEF, 3 : A6LEF, 4 : B6SEF, 5 : B6LEF, 6 : A5SEF, 7 : A5LEF,
8 : B5SEF, 9 : B5LEF, 10 : A4SEF, 11 : A4LEF, 12 : B4SEF, 13 : A3SEF, 14 :
[Description]: "0 (mm)"~"50 (mm)" increments of 1mm Postcard (4 x 6"), 15 : 5.5 x 8.5"SEF, 16 : 5.5 x 8.5"LEF, 17 : 8.5 x 11"SEF, 18 :
49. 790-129 8.5 x 11"LEF
[NVM Name]: Rotation Default Setting 53. 790-133
[PSW Display]: [NVM Name]: Fixed Size 3 of Copy Document Size Input
[Initial Value]: 1 [PSW Display]:
0: "Always Enabled" [Description]:
1: "Enabled only at APS/AMS" 1 : Postcard, 2 : A6SEF, 3 : A6LEF, 4 : B6SEF, 5 : B6LEF, 6 : A5SEF, 7 : A5LEF,
2: "Always Disabled" 8 : B5SEF, 9 : B5LEF, 10 : A4SEF, 11 : A4LEF, 12 : B4SEF, 13 : A3SEF, 14 :
50. 790-130 Postcard (4 x 6"), 15 : 5.5 x 8.5"SEF, 16 : 5.5 x 8.5"LEF, 17 : 8.5 x 11"SEF, 18 :
8.5 x 11"LEF
[NVM Name]: Image Orientation Default Setting
54. 790-134
[PSW Display]:
[Initial Value]: 0
[PSW Display]:
[Setup Range]: 0~2
[Initial Value]: 6
[Setup Range]: 1~50
[Description]: 0: "Auto", 1: "Portrait document Left", 2: "Portrait document Right"
51. 790-131
[Description]:

1 : Postcard, 2 : A6SEF, 3 : A6LEF, 4 : B6SEF, 5 : B6LEF, 6 : A5SEF, 7 : A5LEF, [PSW Display]:

8 : B5SEF, 9 : B5LEF, 10 : A4SEF, 11 : A4LEF, 12 : B4SEF, 13 : A3SEF, 14 : [Initial Value]: 9
Postcard (4 x 6"), 15 : 5.5 x 8.5"SEF, 16 : 5.5 x 8.5"LEF, 17 : 8.5 x 11"SEF, 18 : [Setup Range]: 1~50
8.5 x 11"LEF
55. 790-135
[Description]:
[Initial Value]: 7 Postcard (4 x 6"), 15 : 5.5 x 8.5"SEF, 16 : 5.5 x 8.5"LEF, 17 : 8.5 x 11"SEF, 18 :
[Setup Range]: 1~50 8.5 x 11"LEF
[Description]: [NVM Name]: Fixed Size 9 of Copy Document Size Input
8 : B5SEF, 9 : B5LEF, 10 : A4SEF, 11 : A4LEF, 12 : B4SEF, 13 : A3SEF, 14 : [Initial Value]: "11 x 17"SEF"
8.5 x 11"LEF
56. 790-136
[Description]:
8.5 x 11"LEF
57. 790-137
[Description]:
8.5 x 11"LEF
58. 790-138
[Description]:
1 : Postcard, 2 : A6SEF, 3 : A6LEF, 4 : B6SEF, 5 : B6LEF, 6 : A5SEF, 7 : A5LEF, 66. 790-187
8 : B5SEF, 9 : B5LEF, 10 : A4SEF, 11 : A4LEF, 12 : B4SEF, 13 : A3SEF, 14 : [NVM Name]: Default Density (Scan Density)
Postcard (4 x 6"), 15 : 5.5 x 8.5"SEF, 16 : 5.5 x 8.5"LEF, 17 : 8.5 x 11"SEF, 18 : [PSW Display]:
8.5 x 11"LEF
[Initial Value]: 3
62. 790-180
[Setup Range]: 0~6
[NVM Name]: Default [Document Orientation] in Copy Mode
[PSW Display]:
[Description]:
[Initial Value]: 0
0: "Lighter 3", 1: "Lighter 2", 2: "Lighter 1", 3: "Normal", 4: "Darker 1", 5:
[Setup Range]: 0~1 "Darker 2", 6: "Darker 3"
[Description]: 0: "Head to Top", 1: "Head to Left" [NVM Name]: Default Image Quality (Document Type)
63. 790-181 [PSW Display]:
[NVM Name]: Duplex feature default setting [Initial Value]: 0
[PSW Display]: [Setup Range]: 0~2
[Setup Range]: 0~3 [Description]: 0=Text, 1=Photo, 2=Text/Photo
[Description]: 0: Off (1 to 1 Sided)", 1: "1 to 2 Sided", 2: "2 to 1 Sided",3: " 2 to 2 [NVM Name]: Default Resolution (Scan Resolution)
Sided"
[PSW Display]:
64. 790-182
[Initial Value]: 0
[NVM Name]: Default Collate Mode in Copy Mode
[Setup Range]: 0~3
[PSW Display]:
[Initial Value]: 0
[Description]: 0: Normal, 1: High Quality (200x200), 2: High Quality (400x400), 3:
[Setup Range]: 0~2 High Quality (600x600)
[Description]: 0: "Auto", 1: "Collated", 2: "Uncollated" [NVM Name]: Default Top and Bottom Edge Erase
65. 790-183 [PSW Display]:
[NVM Name]: Default Output Tray in Copy Mode [Initial Value]: "2 (mm)"
[Setup Range]: 0~2 [Description]: "0 (mm)"~"50 (mm)" increments of 1mm
[Description]: [NVM Name]: Default Left and Right Edge Erase
0: "Center Tray" [PSW Display]:
1: "Side Tray" [Initial Value]: "2 (mm)"
2: "Finisher Tray" [Setup Range]: 0~50
* Options that are not installed cannot be selected. [Read/Write]: Read/Write

[Description]: "0 (mm)"~"50 (mm)" increments of 1mm 75. 790-232

71. 790-228 [NVM Name]: Fixed Size 2 of Scan Document Size Input
[NVM Name]: Default Center Erase [PSW Display]:
[PSW Display]: [Initial Value]: "A4SEF"
[Initial Value]: "0 (mm)" [Setup Range]: 1~50
[Description]: "0 (mm)"~"50 (mm)" increments of 1mm 1 : Postcard, 2 : A6SEF, 3 : A6LEF, 4 : B6SEF, 5 : B6LEF, 6 : A5SEF, 7 : A5LEF,
72. 790-229 8 : B5SEF, 9 : B5LEF, 10 : A4SEF, 11 : A4LEF, 12 : B4SEF, 13 : A3SEF, 14 :
[NVM Name]: Default Density/Brightness Adjustment (Using data common to Postcard (4 x 6"), 15 : 5.5 x 8.5"SEF, 16 : 5.5 x 8.5"LEF, 17 : 8.5 x 11"SEF, 18 :
Density, Brightness) 8.5 x 11"LEF, 1
[PSW Display]: 76. 790-233
[Initial Value]: 3 [NVM Name]: Fixed Size 3 of Scan Document Size Input
[Setup Range]: 0~6 [PSW Display]:
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Initial Value]: "A4LEF"
0: Brightness (Density) 3, 1: Brightness (Density) 2, 2: Brightness (Density) 1, 3: [Read/Write]: Read/Write
Normal, 4: Brightness (Density) -1, 5: Brightness (Density) -2, 6: Brightness [Description]:
(Density) -3 1 : Postcard, 2 : A6SEF, 3 : A6LEF, 4 : B6SEF, 5 : B6LEF, 6 : A5SEF, 7 : A5LEF,
73. 790-230 8 : B5SEF, 9 : B5LEF, 10 : A4SEF, 11 : A4LEF, 12 : B4SEF, 13 : A3SEF, 14 :
[NVM Name]: Default Contrast Adjustment Postcard (4 x 6"), 15 : 5.5 x 8.5"SEF, 16 : 5.5 x 8.5"LEF, 17 : 8.5 x 11"SEF, 18 :
8.5 x 11"LEF, 1
[PSW Display]:
77. 790-234
[Initial Value]: 2
[NVM Name]: Fixed Size 4 of Scan Document Size Input
[Setup Range]: 0~4
[PSW Display]:
[Initial Value]: "A5SEF"
[Description]: 0: Stronger 2, 1: Stronger 1, 2: Normal, 3: Softer 1, 4: Softer 2
[Setup Range]: 1~50
74. 790-231
[Description]:
[PSW Display]:
[Initial Value]: "A3SEF"
[Setup Range]: 1~50 Postcard (4 x 6"), 15 : 5.5 x 8.5"SEF, 16 : 5.5 x 8.5"LEF, 17 : 8.5 x 11"SEF, 18 :
[Read/Write]: Read/Write 8.5 x 11"LEF, 1
1 : Postcard, 2 : A6SEF, 3 : A6LEF, 4 : B6SEF, 5 : B6LEF, 6 : A5SEF, 7 : A5LEF, [NVM Name]: Fixed Size 5 of Scan Document Size Input
8 : B5SEF, 9 : B5LEF, 10 : A4SEF, 11 : A4LEF, 12 : B4SEF, 13 : A3SEF, 14 : [PSW Display]:
Postcard (4 x 6"), 15 : 5.5 x 8.5"SEF, 16 : 5.5 x 8.5"LEF, 17 : 8.5 x11 "SEF, 18 :
[Initial Value]: "B4SEF"
8.5 x 11"LEF, 1
[Setup Range]: 1~50
[Description]: [NVM Name]: Fixed Size 9 of Scan Document Size Input
8 : B5SEF, 9 : B5LEF, 10 : A4SEF, 11 : A4LEF, 12 : B4SEF, 13 : A3SEF, 14 : [Initial Value]: "8.5 x 11"LEF"
8.5 x 11"LEF, 1
79. 790-236
[Description]:
[Initial Value]: "B5SEF" Postcard (4 x 6"), 15 : 5.5 x 8.5"SEF, 16 : 5.5 x 8.5"LEF, 17 : 8.5 x 11"SEF, 18 :
[Setup Range]: 1~50 8.5 x 11"LEF, 1
8 : B5SEF, 9 : B5LEF, 10 : A4SEF, 11 : A4LEF, 12 : B4SEF, 13 : A3SEF, 14 : [Initial Value]: "5 x 7" (Photo 2L Size)"
8.5 x 11"LEF, 1
80. 790-237
[Description]:
[Initial Value]: "11 x 17"SEF" Postcard (4 x 6"), 15 : 5.5 x 8.5"SEF, 16 : 5.5 x 8.5"LEF, 17 : 8.5 x 11"SEF, 18 :
8 : B5SEF, 9 : B5LEF, 10 : A4SEF, 11 : A4LEF, 12 : B4SEF, 13 : A3SEF, 14 : [Initial Value]: "3.5 x 5" (Photo L Size)"
8.5 x 11"LEF, 1
81. 790-238
[Description]:
[Initial Value]: "8.5 x 11"SEF" Postcard (4 x 6"), 15 : 5.5 x 8.5"SEF, 16 : 5.5 x 8.5"LEF, 17 : 8.5 x 11"SEF, 18 :
[Description]: [NVM Name]: Fixed Size 1 Fast Scan
8 : B5SEF, 9 : B5LEF, 10 : A4SEF, 11 : A4LEF, 12 : B4SEF, 13 : A3SEF, 14 : [Initial Value]: NULL
8.5 x 11"LEF, 1


[Description]: 15~297 mm [NVM Name]: Fixed Size 4 Fast Scan
86. 790-251 [PSW Display]:
[NVM Name]: Fixed Size 1 Slow Scan [Initial Value]: NULL
[Initial Value]: NULL [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Setup Range]: 15~432 [Description]: 15~297 mm
[Description]: 15~432 mm [NVM Name]: Fixed Size 4 Slow Scan
87. 790-252 [PSW Display]:
[NVM Name]: Fixed Size 2 Fast Scan [Initial Value]: NULL
88. 790-253 [PSW Display]:
89. 790-254 [PSW Display]:
90. 790-255 [PSW Display]:
[Read/Write]: Read/Write 102.790-267
97. 790-262 [PSW Display]:
98. 790-263 [PSW Display]:
99. 790-264 [PSW Display]:
100.790-265 [PSW Display]:
101.790-266 [PSW Display]:

[Description]: 15~432 mm 111.790-276

107.790-272 [NVM Name]: Default 4 setting of SCAN Fixed magnification
[NVM Name]: Default [Document Orientation] in SCAN Mode [PSW Display]:
[PSW Display]: [Initial Value]: "86.6 %"
[Description]: 0: "Head to Top", 1: "Head to Left" 1 :25.0, 2 :35.3, 3 :50.0, 4 :57.7, 5 :61.2, 6 :64.7 7 :70.7, 8 :81.6, 9 :86.6, 10
108.790-273 :115.4, 11 :122.5, 12 :129.4, 13 :141.4, 14 :163.2, 15 :173.2, 16 :200.0, 17
[NVM Name]: Default 1 setting of SCAN Fixed magnification :282.8, 18 :400.0 %
[PSW Display]: 112.790-277
[Initial Value]: "50.0 %" [NVM Name]: Default 5 setting of SCAN Fixed magnification
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Initial Value]: "115.4 %"
1 :25.0, 2 :35.3, 3 :50.0, 4 :57.7, 5 :61.2, 6 :64.7 7 :70.7, 8 :81.6, 9 :86.6, 10 [Read/Write]: Read/Write
:115.4, 11 :122.5, 12 :129.4, 13 :141.4, 14 :163.2, 15 :173.2, 16 :200.0, 17 [Description]:
:282.8, 18 :400.0 % 1 :25.0, 2 :35.3, 3 :50.0, 4 :57.7, 5 :61.2, 6 :64.7 7 :70.7, 8 :81.6, 9 :86.6, 10
109.790-274 :115.4, 11 :122.5, 12 :129.4, 13 :141.4, 14 :163.2, 15 :173.2, 16 :200.0, 17
[PSW Display]: 113.790-278
:115.4, 11 :122.5, 12 :129.4, 13 :141.4, 14 :163.2, 15 :173.2, 16 :200.0, 17 [Description]:
:282.8, 18 :400.0 % 1 :25.0, 2 :35.3, 3 :50.0, 4 :57.7, 5 :61.2, 6 :64.7 7 :70.7, 8 :81.6, 9 :86.6, 10
110.790-275 :115.4, 11 :122.5, 12 :129.4, 13 :141.4, 14 :163.2, 15 :173.2, 16 :200.0, 17
[PSW Display]: 114.790-279
:115.4, 11 :122.5, 12 :129.4, 13 :141.4, 14 :163.2, 15 :173.2, 16 :200.0, 17 [Description]:
:282.8, 18 :400.0 %
1 :25.0, 2 :35.3, 3 :50.0, 4 :57.7, 5 :61.2, 6 :64.7 7 :70.7, 8 :81.6, 9 :86.6, 10 [Initial Value]: "A5SEF"
:115.4, 11 :122.5, 12 :129.4, 13 :141.4, 14 :163.2, 15 :173.2, 16 :200.0, 17 [Setup Range]: 1~50
:282.8, 18 :400.0 % [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[NVM Name]: Output Size 1 1 : Postcard, 2 : A6SEF, 3 : A6LEF, 4 : B6SEF, 5 : B6LEF, 6 : A5SEF, 7 : A5LEF,
[Initial Value]: "A3SEF" Postcard (4 x 6 "), 15 : 5.5 x 8.5 " SEF, 16 : 5.5 x 8.5 " LEF, 17 : 5.5 x 8.5 " SEF,
[Setup Range]: 1~50 18 : 8.5 x 11 " LEF
[Description]: [NVM Name]: Output Size 5
8 : B5SEF, 9 : B5LEF, 10 : A4SEF, 11 : A4LEF, 12 : B4SEF, 13 : A3SEF, 14 : [Initial Value]: "B4SEF"
Postcard (4 x 6 "), 15 : 5.5 x 8.5 " SEF, 16 : 5.5 x 8.5 " LEF, 17 : 5.5 x 8.5 " SEF, [Setup Range]: 1~50
18 : 8.5 x 11 " LEF [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Initial Value]: "A4SEF" Postcard (4 x 6 "), 15 : 5.5 x 8.5 " SEF, 16 : 5.5 x 8.5 " LEF, 17 : 5.5 x 8.5 " SEF,
[Setup Range]: 1~50 18 : 8.5 x 11 " LEF
8 : B5SEF, 9 : B5LEF, 10 : A4SEF, 11 : A4LEF, 12 : B4SEF, 13 : A3SEF, 14 : [Initial Value]: "B5SEF"
[Initial Value]: "A4LEF" Postcard (4 x 6 "), 15 : 5.5 x 8.5 " SEF, 16 : 5.5 x 8.5 " LEF, 17 : 5.5 x 8.5 " SEF,
[Setup Range]: 1~50 18 : 8.5 x 11 " LEF
8 : B5SEF, 9 : B5LEF, 10 : A4SEF, 11 : A4LEF, 12 : B4SEF, 13 : A3SEF, 14 : [Initial Value]: "11 x 17"SEF"
[NVM Name]: Output Size 4
[PSW Display]:


18 : 8.5 x 11 " LEF
122.790-287
[Description]: 1~7: Fixed Magnification 1~7
[NVM Name]: Output Size 8
[PSW Display]:
[Initial Value]: "8.5 x 11"SEF"
[Setup Range]: 1~50
[Description]:
Postcard (4 x 6 "), 15 : 5.5 x 8.5 " SEF, 16 : 5.5 x 8.5 " LEF, 17 : 5.5 x 8.5 " SEF,
18 : 8.5 x 11 " LEF
123.790-288
[NVM Name]: Default Background Color Removal in SCAN Mode
[PSW Display]:
[Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 0~1
[Description]: 0: Off, 1: On
124.790-290
[NVM Name]: Basic Screen Preset Magnification 1
[PSW Display]:
[Initial Value]: 2
[Setup Range]: 1~7
125.790-291
[PSW Display]:
[Initial Value]: 4
[Setup Range]: 1~7
126.790-292
3. 5. 26 DC131 800-xxx ESS Print Service Setting NVM List
1. 800-001
[NVM Name]: Operation when no tray contains the specified paper size
[PSW Display]: APS Job Recovery Method
[Initial Value]: Displays add paper. (Only Oceans2 use a large paper size (no
adjustment))
[Setup Range]: -
[Description]:
6: Displays add paper (SPS Off),
5: Uses a larger paper size (no adjustment),
2: Uses a nearest paper size (no adjustment),
7: Only Oceans2 uses a substitution. (Abort)
2. 800-006
[NVM Name]: Print Area
[PSW Display]: Expand Print Mode
[Initial Value]: Normal
[Setup Range]: -
[Description]: 1: Normal, 2: Expand

3. 5. 27 DC131 810-xxx ESS Copy Service Setting NVM List 6. 810-007

1. 810-002 [NVM Name]: C Component
[NVM Name]: Y Component [PSW Display]:
[PSW Display]: [Initial Value]: "100 %"
[Initial Value]: "80 %" [Setup Range]: 0~128
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Description]: "0 %"~"100 %", 1/128 % unit (0~128)
[Description]: "0 %"~"100 %", 1/128 % unit (0~128) 7. 810-008
2. 810-003 [NVM Name]: Y Component
[NVM Name]: M Component [PSW Display]:
3. 810-004 [NVM Name]: M Component
[NVM Name]: C Component [PSW Display]:
4. 810-005 [NVM Name]: C Component
5. 810-006 [NVM Name]: Y Component
[NVM Name]: M Component [PSW Display]:
[Description]: "0 %"~"100 %", 1/128 % unit (0~128)
11. 810-012 16. 810-017
[NVM Name]: M Component [NVM Name]: Y Component
[PSW Display]: [PSW Display]:
[Initial Value]: "0 %" [Initial Value]: "0 %"
[Description]: "0 %"~"100 %", 1/128 % unit (0~128) [Description]: "0 %"~"100 %", 1/128 % unit (0~128)
12. 810-013 17. 810-018
[NVM Name]: C Component [NVM Name]: M Component
13. 810-014 18. 810-019
[NVM Name]: Y Component [NVM Name]: C Component
14. 810-015 19. 810-020
[Initial Value]: "100 %" [Initial Value]: 0
15. 810-016 20. 810-021
[Initial Value]: "0 %" [Initial Value]: 0

21. 810-022 26. 810-027

22. 810-023 27. 810-028
23. 810-024 28. 810-029
24. 810-025 29. 810-030
25. 810-026 30. 810-031
31. 810-032 [PSW Display]:
[NVM Name]: Y Component [Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 0~128 [Description]: "0 %"~"100 %", 1/128 % unit (0~128)
[Description]: "0 %"~"100 %", 1/128 % unit (0~128) [NVM Name]: Background Suppression
32. 810-033 [PSW Display]:
[NVM Name]: M Component [Initial Value]: "No"
[Setup Range]: 0~128 [Description]: "Yes", "No"
[Description]: "0 %"~"100 %", 1/128 % unit (0~128) [NVM Name]: Density Adjustment
33. 810-034 [PSW Display]:
[NVM Name]: C Component [Initial Value]: "Lighter 1"
[Setup Range]: 0~128 [Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter 2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2",
[Read/Write]: Read/Write "Darker 3"
34. 810-035 [NVM Name]: Color Balance (Y: Low Density)
[PSW Display]: [Initial Value]: "Normal"
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter 2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2",
"Darker 3"
40. 810-041
35. 810-036
[NVM Name]: Color Balance (Y: Medium Density)
[NVM Name]: M Component
[PSW Display]:
[PSW Display]:
[Initial Value]: "Normal"
[Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 0~6
[Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter 2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2",
"Darker 3"
36. 810-037
[NVM Name]: C Component


[NVM Name]: Color Balance (Y: High Density) [Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter 2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2",
[PSW Display]: "Darker 3"
[Initial Value]: "Normal" 46. 810-047
[Setup Range]: 0~6 [NVM Name]: Color Balance (C: Medium Density)
[Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter 2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2", [Initial Value]: "Normal"
"Darker 3" [Setup Range]: 0~6
[NVM Name]: Color Balance (M: Low Density) [Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter 2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2",
[Setup Range]: 0~6 [NVM Name]: Color Balance (C: High Density)
[NVM Name]: Color Balance (M: Medium Density) [Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter 2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2",
[Setup Range]: 0~6 [NVM Name]: Color Balance (K: Low Density)
[NVM Name]: Color Balance (M: High Density) [Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter 2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2",
[Setup Range]: 0~6 [NVM Name]: Color Balance (K: Medium Density)
[NVM Name]: Color Balance (C: Low Density) [Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter 2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2",
[Setup Range]: 0~6 [NVM Name]: Color Balance (K: High Density)
[PSW Display]:
[Initial Value]: "Normal" [Initial Value]: "Off"
[Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter 2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2", [Description]: "On", "Off"
"Darker 3" 56. 810-057
51. 810-052 [NVM Name]: Density Adjustment
[NVM Name]: Color Shift [PSW Display]:
[PSW Display]: [Initial Value]: "Darker 1"
[Initial Value]: "0 Degrees" [Setup Range]: 0~6
[Description]: "-20 Degrees", "-10 Degrees", "0 Degrees", "+10 Degrees", "+20 "Darker 3"
Degrees" 57. 810-058
[NVM Name]: Color Saturation [PSW Display]:
[PSW Display]: [Initial Value]: "Lighter 3"
[Initial Value]: "Higher 2" [Setup Range]: 0~6
[Description]: "Higher 2", "Higher 1", "Normal", "Lower 1", "Lower 2" "Darker 3
53. 810-054 58. 810-059
[NVM Name]: Sharpness [NVM Name]: Color Balance (Y: Medium Density)
[Initial Value]: "Normal" [Initial Value]: "Normal"
[Description]: "Sharper 2", "Sharper 1", "Normal", "Softer 1", "Softer 2" [Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter 2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2",
54. 810-055 "Darker 3"
[NVM Name]: Contrast 59. 810-060
[PSW Display]: [NVM Name]: Color Balance (Y: High Density)
[Initial Value]: "Normal" [PSW Display]:
[Setup Range]: 0~4 [Initial Value]: "Darker 3"
[Description]: "Stronger 2", "Stronger 1", "Normal", "Softer 1", "Softer 2" [Read/Write]: Read/Write
55. 810-056 [Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter 2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2",
[NVM Name]: Background Suppression "Darker 3"
[PSW Display]:


[NVM Name]: Color Balance (M: Low Density) [Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter 2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2",
[Initial Value]: "Lighter 3" 65. 810-066
[Setup Range]: 0~6 [NVM Name]: Color Balance (C: High Density)
[Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter 2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2", [Initial Value]: "Darker 3"
[NVM Name]: Color Balance (M: Medium Density) [Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter 2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2",
[Setup Range]: 0~6 [NVM Name]: Color Balance (K: Low Density)
[Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter 2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2", [Initial Value]: "Lighter 3"
[NVM Name]: Color Balance (M: High Density) [Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter 2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2",
[Initial Value]: "Darker 3" 67. 810-068
[Setup Range]: 0~6 [NVM Name]: Color Balance (K: Medium Density)
[NVM Name]: Color Balance (C: Low Density) [Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter 2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2",
[Initial Value]: "Lighter 3" 68. 810-069
[Setup Range]: 0~6 [NVM Name]: Color Balance (K: High Density)
[Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter 2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2", [Initial Value]: "Darker 3"
[NVM Name]: Color Balance (C: Medium Density) [Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter 2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2",
[Setup Range]: 0~6 [NVM Name]: Color Shift
[PSW Display]:
[Initial Value]: "0 Degrees" [Setup Range]: 0~6
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2",
[Description]: "-20 Degrees", "-10 Degrees", "0 Degrees", "+10 Degrees", "+20 "Darker 3"
Degrees" 75. 810-076
[NVM Name]: Color Saturation [PSW Display]:
[PSW Display]: [Initial Value]: "Lighter 2"
[Initial Value]: "Higher 1" [Setup Range]: 0~6
[Description]: "Higher 2", "Higher 1", "Normal", "Lower 1", "Lower 2" "Darker 3"
71. 810-072 76. 810-077
[Initial Value]: "Sharper 2" [Initial Value]: "Lighter 2"
72. 810-073 "Darker 3"
[Initial Value]: "Stronger 2" [PSW Display]:
[Setup Range]: 0~4 [Initial Value]: "Normal"
"Darker 3"
[NVM Name]: Background Suppression
78. 810-079
[PSW Display]:
[NVM Name]: Color Balance (M: Low Density)
[Initial Value]: "On"
[PSW Display]:
[Setup Range]: 0~1
[Setup Range]: 0~6
[Description]: "On", "Off"
74. 810-075
[NVM Name]: Density Adjustment
"Darker 3"
[PSW Display]:
79. 810-080
[NVM Name]: Color Balance (M: Medium Density)

[PSW Display]: 84. 810-085

[Initial Value]: "Darker 1" [NVM Name]: Color Balance (K: Low Density)
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Initial Value]: "Normal"
[Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter 2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2", [Setup Range]: 0~6
"Darker 3" [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[NVM Name]: Color Balance (M: High Density) "Darker 3"
[PSW Display]: 85. 810-086
[Initial Value]: "Normal" [NVM Name]: Color Balance (K: Medium Density)
[NVM Name]: Color Balance (C: Low Density) "Darker 3"
[PSW Display]: 86. 810-087
[Initial Value]: "Lighter 3" [NVM Name]: Color Balance (K: High Density)
[NVM Name]: Color Balance (C: Medium Density) "Darker 3"
[PSW Display]: 87. 810-088
[Initial Value]: "Lighter 3" [NVM Name]: Color Shift
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Initial Value]: "0 Degrees"
83. 810-084 [Description]: "-20 Degrees", "-10 Degrees", "0 Degrees", "+10 Degrees", "+20
[NVM Name]: Color Balance (C: High Density) Degrees"
[PSW Display]: 88. 810-089
[Initial Value]: "Normal" [NVM Name]: Color Saturation
"Darker 3"
[Description]: "Higher 2", "Higher 1", "Normal", "Lower 1", "Lower 2" "Darker 3"
89. 810-090 94. 810-095
[Initial Value]: "Normal" [Initial Value]: "Lighter 3"
90. 810-091 "Darker 3"
[Setup Range]: 0~4 [Initial Value]: "Lighter 2"
"Darker 3"
[NVM Name]: Background Suppression
96. 810-097
[PSW Display]:
[NVM Name]: Color Balance (M: Low Density)
[Initial Value]: "On"
[PSW Display]:
[Setup Range]: 0~1
[Initial Value]: "Lighter 3"
[Setup Range]: 0~6
[Description]: "On", "Off"
92. 810-093
[NVM Name]: Density Adjustment
"Darker 3"
[PSW Display]:
97. 810-098
[Setup Range]: 0~6
[PSW Display]:
[Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2",
[Setup Range]: 0~6
"Darker 3"
93. 810-094
[NVM Name]: Color Balance (Y: Low Density)
"Darker 3"
[PSW Display]:
98. 810-099
[NVM Name]: Color Balance (M: High Density)
[Setup Range]: 0~6
[PSW Display]:


[NVM Name]: Color Balance (C: Low Density) "Darker 3"
[PSW Display]: 104.810-105
[Initial Value]: "Darker 1" [NVM Name]: Color Balance (K: High Density)
100.810-101 [Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter 2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2",
[PSW Display]: 105.810-106
[Initial Value]: "Darker 2" [NVM Name]: Color Shift
101.810-102 [Description]: "-20 Degrees", "-10 Degrees", "0 Degrees", "+10 Degrees", "+20
[PSW Display]: 106.810-107
[Initial Value]: "Darker 2" [NVM Name]: Color Saturation
102.810-103 [Description]: "Higher 2", "Higher 1", "Normal", "Lower 1", "Lower 2"
[NVM Name]: Color Balance (K: Low Density) 107.810-108
[PSW Display]: [NVM Name]: Sharpness
[Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter 2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2", [Read/Write]: Read/Write
"Darker 3" [Description]: "Sharper 2", "Sharper 1", "Normal", "Softer 1", "Softer 2"
103.810-104
[NVM Name]: Color Balance (K: Medium Density)
[NVM Name]: Contrast "Darker 3"
[PSW Display]: 113.810-114
[Initial Value]: "Normal" [NVM Name]: Color Balance (Y: High Density)
[Description]: "Stronger 2", "Stronger 1", "Normal", "Softer 1", "Softer 2" [Setup Range]: 0~6
109.810-110 [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[NVM Name]: Background Suppression [Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter 2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2",
[Initial Value]: "On" 114.810-115
[Setup Range]: 0~1 [NVM Name]: Color Balance (M: Low Density)
[Description]: "On", "Off" [Initial Value]: "Normal"
110.810-111 [Setup Range]: 0~6
[NVM Name]: Density Adjustment [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[PSW Display]: [Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter 2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2",
"Darker 3"
115.810-116
[Setup Range]: 0~6
[PSW Display]:
[Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2",
"Darker 3" [Initial Value]: "Lighter 3"
111.810-112 [Setup Range]: 0~6
[NVM Name]: Color Balance (Y: Low Density) [Read/Write]: Read/Write
"Darker 3"
116.810-117
[Setup Range]: 0~6
[NVM Name]: Color Balance (M: High Density)
[PSW Display]:
"Darker 3" [Initial Value]: "Normal"
112.810-113 [Setup Range]: 0~6
[NVM Name]: Color Balance (Y: Medium Density) [Read/Write]: Read/Write
"Darker 3"
117.810-118
[Setup Range]: 0~6
[NVM Name]: Color Balance (C: Low Density)
[PSW Display]:


[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Initial Value]: "Darker 2"
[PSW Display]: 123.810-124
[Initial Value]: "Lighter 3" [NVM Name]: Color Shift
119.810-120 [Description]: "-20 Degrees", "-10 Degrees", "0 Degrees", "+10 Degrees", "+20
[PSW Display]: 124.810-125
[Initial Value]: "Normal" [NVM Name]: Color Saturation
120.810-121 [Description]: "Higher 2", "Higher 1", "Normal", "Lower 1", "Lower 2"
[NVM Name]: Color Balance (K: Low Density) 125.810-126
[PSW Display]: [NVM Name]: Sharpness
[Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter 2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2", [Read/Write]: Read/Write
"Darker 3" [Description]: "Sharper 2", "Sharper 1", "Normal", "Softer 1", "Softer 2"
121.810-122 126.810-127
[NVM Name]: Color Balance (K: Medium Density) [NVM Name]: Contrast
[Initial Value]: "Lighter 3" [Initial Value]: "Sharper 1"
[Description]: "Lighter 3", "Lighter 2", "Lighter 1", "Normal", "Darker 1", "Darker 2", [Description]: "Stronger 2", "Stronger 1", "Normal", "Softer 1", "Softer 2"
"Darker 3"
127.810-128
122.810-123
[NVM Name]: Operation when Memory Overflow occurs
[NVM Name]: Color Balance (K: High Density)
[PSW Display]:
[Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 0~1
[Description]: 0: Stop, 1: Print
128.810-129
[NVM Name]: Max. No. of Copy Sheets accumulated
[PSW Display]:
[Description]: 1-999: [1~999 pages]
129.810-130
[NVM Name]: Build Job Setup Menu Display
[PSW Display]:
[Initial Value]: No display
[Setup Range]: 0~1
[Description]: 0: No display 1: Display

3. 5. 28 DC131 840-xxx ESS Scan Setting NVM List [PSW Display]:

1. 840-001 [Initial Value]:
[NVM Name]: SCAN Feature Setting [Setup Range]: 0~200
[PSW Display]: [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Initial Value]: 0 [Description]: 0~200 : [-100~100]
[Setup Range]: 0~1 6. 840-006
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [NVM Name]: Brightness 1 Setting
[Description]: [PSW Display]:
0: Enable [Initial Value]:
1: Disable [Setup Range]: 0~200
[NVM Name]: [Description]: 0~200 : [-100~100]
Scan Illegal Operation 7. 840-007
(Operation when there was no specific Timing when an error occurs in storing) [NVM Name]: Brightness -1 Setting
[Initial Value]: 1 [Initial Value]:
[Description]: [Description]: 0~200 : [-100~100]
0: Discards the stored document 8. 840-008
1: Validates the stored document [NVM Name]: Brightness -2 Setting
[NVM Name]: Maximum No. of Storage [Initial Value]:
[Setup Range]: 1~999 [Description]: 0~200 : [-100~100]
[Description]: 1~999 sheets [NVM Name]: Brightness -3 Setting
[NVM Name]: Brightness 3 Setting [Initial Value]:
[Initial Value]: [Read/Write]: Read/Write
[Setup Range]: 0~200 [Description]: 0~200 : [-100~100]
[Description]: 0~200 : [-100~100] [NVM Name]: Brightest Setting
[NVM Name]: Brightness 2 Setting [Initial Value]:
[Description]: 0~200 : [-100~100]
11. 840-011
[NVM Name]: Brighter Setting
[PSW Display]:
[Initial Value]:
[Read/Write]:
[Description]: 0~200 : [-100~100]
12. 840-012
[NVM Name]: Softer Setting
[PSW Display]:
[Initial Value]:
[Description]: 0~200 : [-100~100]
13. 840-013
[NVM Name]: Softest Setting
[PSW Display]:
[Initial Value]:
[Description]: 0~200 : [-100~100]
14. 840-019
[NVM Name]: RGB Color Space
[PSW Display]:
[Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 0~1
[Description]:
[Standard Color Space]: 0
[Device Color Space]: 1

3. 5. 29 DC131 870-xxx ESS Diagnosis Setting NVM List 6. 870-014

1. 870-001 [NVM Name]: XERO: #1CRU WARNING Current Value
[NVM Name]: Mode before Power Off [PSW Display]: XERO: #1CRU WARNING previous value
[PSW Display]: [Initial Value]: -
[Initial Value]: Normal [Setup Range]: -
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Description]: 0~99999999
[Initial Value]: Normal, Diag (Auto setting) 7. 870-015
2. 870-010 [NVM Name]: XERO: #1DRUM Total CYCLE Current Value
[NVM Name]: XERO: CRU #1 Wear Reduction Current Value [PSW Display]: XERO: #1DRUM Total CYCLE previous value
[PSW Display]: XERO: CRU #1 PR Wear previous value [Initial Value]: -
[Read/Write]: Read [Description]: 0~99999999
[Description]: 0~99999999 8. 870-016
[Description]: 0~99999999 9. 870-017
[Description]: 0~99999999 10. 870-018
[Description]: 0~99999999 11. 870-019
[NVM Name]: XERO: #1DRUM DC CYCLE Current Value
[PSW Display]: XERO: #1DRUM DC CYCLE previous value [Setup Range]: -
[Setup Range]: - [Description]: 0~99999999
[Description]: 0~99999999 [NVM Name]: XERO: #3DRUM AC CYCLE Current Value
12. 870-020 [PSW Display]: XERO: #3DRUM AC CYCLE previous value
[NVM Name]: XERO: #2DRUM DC CYCLE Current Value [Initial Value]: -
[Description]: 0~99999999 [NVM Name]: XERO: #4DRUM AC CYCLE Current Value
13. 870-021 [PSW Display]: XERO: #4DRUM AC CYCLE previous value
[Description]: 0~99999999 [NVM Name]: Xfer: IBT Belt (IMPS)
14. 870-022 [PSW Display]: Xfer: IBT Belt (IMPS) previous value
[Description]: 0~99999999 [NVM Name]: Xfer: IBT Belt (CYCLE)
15. 870-023 [PSW Display]: Xfer: IBT Belt (CYCLE) previous value
[NVM Name]: XERO: #1DRUM AC CYCLE Current Value [Initial Value]: -
[PSW Display]: XERO: #1DRUM AC CYCLE previous value [Setup Range]: -
[Description]: 0~99999999 [NVM Name]: Xfer: 1st BTR
16. 870-024 [PSW Display]: Xfer: 1st BTR previous value
[NVM Name]: XERO: #2DRUM AC CYCLE Current Value [Initial Value]: -
[PSW Display]: XERO: #2DRUM AC CYCLE previous value [Setup Range]: -

[Description]: 0~99999999 27. 870-035

22. 870-030 [NVM Name]: Xfer: Belt Cleaner Film Seal
[NVM Name]: Xfer: Back Up Roller [PSW Display]: Xfer: BBelt Cleaner Film Seal previous value
[PSW Display]: Xfer: Back Up Roller previous value [Initial Value]: -
[Description]: 0~99999999 28. 870-036
23. 870-031 [NVM Name]: PH: No. of 1Tray Feed
[NVM Name]: Xfer: 2nd BTR Unit [PSW Display]: PH: 1Tray NMBR of Feeds previous value
[PSW Display]: Xfer: 2nd BTR Unit previous value [Initial Value]: -
[Description]: 0~99999999 29. 870-037
24. 870-032 [NVM Name]: PH: No. of MSI Feed
[NVM Name]: Xfer: Bearing BTR [PSW Display]: PH: MSI NMBR of Feeds previous value
[PSW Display]: Xfer: Bearing BTR previous value [Initial Value]: -
[Description]: 0~99999999 30. 870-041
25. 870-033 [NVM Name]: PH: No. of 1TM 2Tray Feed
[NVM Name]: Xfer: Trim within Transfer Module [PSW Display]: PH: 1TM 2Tray NMBR of Feeds previous value
[PSW Display]: Xfer: Trim within Transfer Module previous value [Initial Value]: -
[Description]: 0~99999999 31. 870-042
26. 870-034 [NVM Name]: PH: No. of TTM 2Tray Feed
[NVM Name]: Xfer: Belt Cleaner Blade [PSW Display]: PH: TTM 2Tray NMBR of Feeds previous value
[PSW Display]: Xfer: Belt Cleaner Blade previous value [Initial Value]: -
[Description]: 0~99999999 32. 870-043
[NVM Name]: PH: No. of TTM 3Tray Feed
[PSW Display]: PH: TTM 3Tray NMBR of Feeds previous value
[Initial Value]: -
[Setup Range]: -
[Read/Write]: Read
[Description]: 0~99999999
33. 870-044
[NVM Name]: PH: No. of TTM 4Tray Feed
[PSW Display]: PH: TTM 4Tray NMBR of Feeds previous value
[Initial Value]: -
[Setup Range]: -
[Read/Write]: Read
34. 870-045
[NVM Name]: Fuser, NOHAD: PV (CV) Counter for checking the replacement life of
the FILTER used for LSU (ROS) cantamination
[PSW Display]: PV (CV) Counter for FILTER Life previous value
[Initial Value]: -
[Setup Range]: -
[Read/Write]: Read

3. 5. 30 DC131 879-xxx ESS Diagnosis Monitor NVM List

1. 879-001
[NVM Name]:
No. of occurrences of DMA FIFO READ END ERROR in the ASIC.
(Due to analysis of a trouble about unable to perform the Ethernet
Communication.)
[PSW Display]:
[Initial Value]: -
[Setup Range]: -
[Read/Write]: Read
[Description]: -
3. 5. 31 DC131 900-xxx ESS Tag-Matrix NVM List 6. 900-006
1. 900-001 [NVM Name]: Tag 6 V
[NVM Name]: Tag 1V [PSW Display]: Tag 6 V
[PSW Display]: Tag 1V [Initial Value]: 0
[Read/Write]: Read/Write [Description]: Tag Information 6V [0: Off, 1: On]
[Description]: Tag Information 1V [0: Off, 1: On] 7. 900-007
2. 900-002 [NVM Name]: Tag 7V
[NVM Name]: Tag 2V [PSW Display]: Tag 7V
3. 900-003 [NVM Name]: Tag 8V
4. 900-004 [NVM Name]: Tag 9V
5. 900-005 [NVM Name]: Tag 10V
[NVM Name]: Tag 11V

[PSW Display]: Tag 11V [Setup Range]: 0~1

[Setup Range]: 0~1 [Description]: Tag Information 16V [0: Off, 1: On]
[Description]: Tag Information 11V [0: Off, 1: On] [NVM Name]: Tag 17V
12. 900-012 [PSW Display]: Tag 17V
[NVM Name]: Tag 12V [Initial Value]: 0
22. 900-022 [NVM Name]: Tag 27V
23. 900-023 [NVM Name]: Tag 28V
24. 900-024 [NVM Name]: Tag 29V
25. 900-025 [NVM Name]: Tag 30V
26. 900-026 [NVM Name]: Tag 31V
[NVM Name]: Tag 32V

[PSW Display]: Tag 32V

[Initial Value]: 0
[Setup Range]: 0~1
[Description]: Tag Information 32V [0: Off, 1: On]
3. 5. 32 DC131 701-xxx Image Quality Setting NVM
1. 701-912
[NVM Name]: ADC Gradation compensation Validity for A, B
[PSW Display]: ADC Gradation compensation Validity for A, B
[Initial Value]: 1
[Setup Range]: 0~1
[Description]:
0: Invalid
1: Valid
2. 701-924
[NVM Name]: Auto Gradation compensation Validity for A, B
[PSW Display]: Auto Gradation compensation Validity for A, B
[Initial Value]: 1
[Setup Range]: 0~1
[Description]:
0: Invalid
1: Valid
3. 701-929
[NVM Name]: Auto Gradation compensation Validity for E, F
[PSW Display]: Auto Gradation compensation Validity for E, F
[Initial Value]: 1
[Setup Range]: 0~1
[Description]:
0: Invalid
1: Valid

3. 5. 33 ASCII Code List Decimal Hexadecimal Characters (Numeral)

Decimal Hexadecimal Characters (Numeral) 80 50 P
32 20 SP (space) 81 51 Q
48 30 0 82 52 R
49 31 1 83 53 S
50 32 2 84 54 T
51 33 3 85 55 U
52 34 4 86 56 V
53 35 5 87 57 W
54 36 6 88 58 X
55 37 7 89 59 Y
56 38 8 90 5A Z
57 39 9
65 41 A
66 42 B
67 43 C
68 44 D
69 45 E
70 46 F
71 47 G
72 48 H
73 49 I
74 4A J
75 4B K
76 4C L
77 4D M
78 4E N
79 4F O
3. 6 CE (UI) Mode The following modes are enabled by pressing a combination of keys and turning the
main power switch On, not by a normal key operation.
Though the CE (Customer Engineer) tools including the Diag function are mainly instructed/
executed by the PSW, the CE mode is provided for the simple services that do not require the a. UI Origin Point Adjustment (Turn the power On while pressing 0+1+3. )(For
connection with the PSW. detail procedure, refer to Chapter 2 ADJ1.1.13.)
You can enter the CE mode by following the procedures below. The UI display for the CE
3. 6. 1 UI-Diagnostics (DC codes that can be accessed from the UI screen)
mode has the same structure as for the customer display but are all displayed in the reversed
color, and some special buttons for CE are enabled. How to Access the UI-Diagnostics
How to Enter the CE Mode 1. Enter the CE mode.
(1) In the customer display, press the [Start] key while the [0] key is pressed for three 2. Press the [Access Number (System Settings/Register)] button on the Control Panel. The
seconds. Spec/Settings screen (reversed) will be displayed.
The [Input CE Access Number] screen will appear. 3. Select the Spec. Settings.
(2) Enter the Access Number "6.7.8.9" and press [Confirm]. 4. Select the Common Settings.
The UI display will be reversed to let the user know that the mode has changed to the 5. Select the Diagnostics.
CE mode. The following buttons will appear.
How to Exit from the CE Mode • NVM Initialization (For details, refer to 3.6.1.1.)
There are three ways to exit from the CE mode. • Hard Disk Initialization (For details, refer to 3.6.1.2.)
• Turn the power Off and On. • NVM Read/Write (For details, refer to 3.6.1.3.)
• Press the [Start] key while the [0] key is pressed.
3. 6. 1. 1 NVM Initialization (UI: DC301)
• If the [Restart] button is displayed in the screen, pressing the button will restart the
operation and exit from the mode. Initialization Procedure
The following shows the functions that are enabled in the CE mode. 1. Select [NVM Initialization] on the Diagnostics screen in the CE mode. The following five
buttons will appear.
(1) UI-Diagnostics (DC codes that can be accessed from the UI screen) (For details, refer
to 3.6.1.) Button Names Chain No. to be initialized at execution
Applicable DC Code
IOT 740-020~419
a. DC301 NVM Initialization (For details, refer to 3.6.1.1.) 741: All
b. DC355 Hard Disk Initialization (For details, refer to 3.6.1.2.) 742-055~079
c. DC131 NVM Read/Write (For details, refer to 3.6.1.3.) 744: All
(2) Verious report outputs (For details, refer to 3.6.2.) 746: All
The following reports can be output. 753: All
755: No applicable No.
a. Debug Log Report (For details, refer to 3.6.2.1.)
751: All except for 168 and 364
b. HFSI Counter Report (For details, refer to 3.6.2.2.) 760: All
c. Jam Counter Report (For details, refer to 3.6.2.3.) 762: All
d. Shutdown History Report (For details, refer to 3.6.2.4.) 764: All
e. Failure Counter Report (For details, refer to 3.6.2.5.) IIT/IPS 715-001~715-017
The above six reports are the features of printing out the data stored in the machine
memory. The data cannot be cleared or changed after services. Always use the PSW
when there is a need to change the data.
(3) Modes that becomes enabled by special booting.

Button Names Chain No. to be initialized at execution Default size

Partition No. (Gbytes) Use
Sys-System - 700-
006,065?070,088.116,122,127,128,147,164?166,174 Partition 1 (A) 2 For copying
,176?181,197,208
Partition 2 (B) 2 For printing
- 701-912,917,924,929
- 720-002 Partition 3 (C) 1.5 Scan, Mail Box, Secure Print
- 730-001?006
- 770-124,203 Partition 4 (D) 5 Spool Cont. control information, log
- 780-065?068 Partition 5 (E) 2 PDL, Others
- 785-008,009
- 790-003,004,099 Partition 6 (F) 0.5 Fonts, Form/Logo, SMB folder (config.txt, driver) Job
- 801-104,204,304,404,504,604,704,804,904 template
- 802-004,104,204,304,404,504,604,704,804,904
Initialization Procedure
- 803-004
1. Select [Hard Disk Initialization] on the Diagnostics screen in the CE mode.
- 810-002?019,038?127
- 820-003,007?009,017?019,024,026,027,029 The Partition A button will appear.
- 823-001?005,008?011,030?047 2. Select the Partition A button and select [Execute].
- 830-001?004,084,085 3. The following message will appear. Select [Yes (Initialize)].
- 850-001?004,007,009?012,015 4. The message indicating the completion will appear.
- 860-009,013,020,025,031,032 5. Select the [Confirm] button.
Sys-User Initialization Items for User This completes the initialization of the Partition A.
The items that can be changed by a User in the
following Chain No. will be initialized. 3. 6. 1. 3 NVM Read/Write (UI:DC131)
Chain No.: 700, 780, 785, 790, 800, 801, 802, 803,
804, 805, 806, 810, 820, 823, 830, 840 All NVM can be set with the NVM Read/Write on the UI. However, be careful not to
input Chain-Link No. wrongly because the names of the NVM are not displayed on the
All All of the above NVM will be initialized. UI. (For the NVM items, refer to each Chain-Link No. in 3.5.6 Service Data.)
2. Select the button to be initialized and select [Execute]. Procedure
3. The following message will appear. Select [Yes (Initialize)]. 1. Select [NVM Read/Write] on the Diagnostics screen in the CE mode.
4. The message indicating the completion will appear. 2. Input the Chain-Link No. in six digits and press the [Confirm/Change] button.
5. Select the [Confirm] button. 3. The current setting value will be displayed. The text box for inputting the changed value
This completes the initialization. will be displayed.
3. 6. 1. 2 Hard Disk Initialization (UI: DC305) E.g.) The machine does not accept "700-6" as a abbreviation of "700-006". Therefore,
input all 6 digits even though the first number is "0".
Only the hard disk in the partition A is initialized in the UI-Diag. Use PC-Diag DC355
when the other partitions are to be initialized. 4. Input the number to be changed to. The number will be input in the changed value column.
5. Select [Confirm].
6. The input number will be displayed in the current number column.
This completes the NVM Read/Write operation.
3. 6. 2 Various Report Outputs Last Service date YYYY/MM/DD
How to Access Various Report Outputs Average monthly
1. Enter the CE mode. Chain-Link Current value Reference value value
2. Press the [Check Machine] button on the Control Panel. The Check Machine screen
(reversed) will be displayed. xxx-xxx xx xx xx
6-digit Display Numeric values Numeric values The screen
3. Select the [Report/List Output] tab.
For Chain Link are displayed. are displayed. displays the value
4. Select CE. No., refer to accumulated from
The following buttons will appear. 3. 4. 4. 4. the last service call
• Debug Log Report (For details, refer to 3. 6. 2. 1.) up to now and the
• HFSI Counter Report (For details, refer to 3. 6. 2. 2.) frequency within
30 days calculated
• Jam Counter Report (For details, refer to 3. 6. 2. 3.)
by the number of
• Shutdown History Report (For details, refer to 3. 6. 2. 4.) days.
• Failure Counter Report (For details, refer to 3. 6. 2. 5.)
5. Select the necessary report and press Start. The report will be printed. 3. 6. 2. 3 Jam Counter Report
3. 6. 2. 1 Debug Report • Purpose of the report:
To check the frequency of the occurrence of jams that have been registered in advance.
• Purpose of the report:
• Contents to be printed
To reduce the CE's workloads when repairing failures by printing out the debug messages
recorded in the NV memory for CE maintenance. Report Name: [Jam Counter Report]
• Contents to be printed Chain-Link Counter Value
Print out the debug messages recorded in the NV Memory with the time when the data was
stored. xxx-xxx xx
6-digit Display Numeric values
The output format is as follows.
For Chain Link are displayed.
YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS "xxxxx" (Recorded message) No., search for it
with the search
3. 6. 2. 2 HFSI Counter Report function.
• Purpose of the report:
The HFSI information stored in the IOT will be displayed. 3. 6. 2. 4 Shutdown History Report
• Contents to be printed • Purpose of the report:
Report Name: HFSI Counter Report To output the history registered for the purpose of CE maintenance.
Up to 50 items registered as System Failure, Paper Jam and Document Jam will be displayed
respectively. If there are no logs, only the item name will be displayed. Logs are not displayed.
Report Name: [Shutdown History Report]

System Failure History 3. 6. 2. 5 Failure Counter Report

Date and Time of • Purpose of the report: To display the number of failures that has been registered in advance for
Occurrence Chain-Link Number of Sheets CE maintenance.
The date when the xxx-xxx Up to 50 items
Report Name: Failure Counter Report
trouble occurred is 6-digit Display
displayed. For Chain Link The following reports are displayed.
No., search for it
Chain-Link Counter Value
with the search
function. xxx-xxx xx
6-digit Display Numeric values
Paper Jam History For Chain Link are displayed.
No., search for it
Date and Time of with the search
Occurrence Chain-Link Number of Sheets function.
displayed. For Chain Link
No., search for it
with the search
function.
Document Jam History
Date and Time of

Occurrence Chain-Link Number of Sheets
displayed. For Chain Link
No., search for it
with the search
function.
Table of Contents
4.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 8. AIR SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
4.1.1 How to Use the Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1 PL8.1 Air System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32
4.1.2 Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
9. ELECTRICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
4.2 Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 PL9.1 Electrical 1/3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-33
PL9.2 Electrical 2/3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-34
1. DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
PL9.3 Electrical 3/3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-35
PL1.1 Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2
PL1.2 Main Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3 10. COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
PL1.3 IBT Steering Motor and MOB Sensor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4 PL10.1 Cover (Front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-36
PL10.2 Cover (Top) and Control Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-37
2. PAPER TRANSPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
PL10.3 Cover (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-38
PL2.1 Tray 1 (1/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5
PL2.2 Tray 1 (2/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6 11. INVERTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
PL2.3 Tray 1 Feeder and Lower Left Cover Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7 PL11.1 Face Up Tray and Inverter Transport (1/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-39
PL2.4 Tray 1 Feeder (1/2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8 PL11.2 Inverter Transport (2/2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-40
PL2.5 Tray 1 Feeder (2/2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9
12. DUPLEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
PL2.6 Registration Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10
PL12.1 Duplex Transport Assembly (1/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-41
PL2.7 Left Cover Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11
PL12.2 Duplex Transport Assembly (2/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-42
PL2.8 Left Cover Assembly (1/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
PL2.9 Left Cover Assembly (2/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-13 13. ESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
PL2.10 Exit Transport Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-14 PL13.1 ESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-43
PL2.11 MSI Unit (1/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-15
14. TRAY MODULE-TT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
PL2.12 MSI Unit (2/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16
PL14.1 Tray 2/3/4 Assembly-TT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-44
PL2.13 MSI Feed Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-17
PL14.2 Tray 2 Assembly-TT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-45
PL2.14 Tray Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18
PL14.3 Tray 3 Assembly-TT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-46
3. LSU (ROS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 PL14.4 Tray 4 Assembly-TT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-47
PL3.1 LSU (ROS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19 PL14.5 Paper Feed (1/2)-TT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-48
PL14.6 Paper Feeder (2/2)-TT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-49
4. XEROGRAPHICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
PL14.7 Tray 2 Feeder (1/2)-TT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-50
PL4.1 Developer Tie Plate (1/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-20
PL14.8 Tray 2 Feeder (2/2)-TT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-51
PL4.2 Developer Tie Plate (2/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-21
PL14.9 Tray 3 Feeder (1/2)-TT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-52
5. TRANSFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22 PL14.10 Tray 3 Feeder (2/2)-TT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-53
PL5.1 Lift Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-22 PL14.11 Tray 4 Feeder (1/2)-TT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-54
PL5.2 IBT Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-23 PL14.12 Tray 4 Feeder (2/2)-TT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-55
PL5.3 IBT Belt Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-24 PL14.13 Left Cover Assembly-TT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-56
PL5.4 IBT Frame Assembly (1/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-25 PL14.14 Tray 3/4 Lift Gear Assembly-TT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-57
PL5.5 IBT Frame Assembly (2/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-26 PL14.15 Electrical and Caster-TT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-58
PL5.6 IBT Elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-27 PL14.16 Cover-TT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-59
6. DEVELOPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28 15. FINISHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
PL6.1 Developer Unit (1/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28 PL15.1 Finisher Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-60
PL6.2 Developer Unit (2/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29 PL15.2 Gate Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-61
PL15.3 H-Transport Assembly (1/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-62
7. FUSER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
PL15.4 H-Transport Assembly (2/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-63
PL7.1 Fuser Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-30
PL15.5 Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-64
PL7.2 Fuser Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-31
PL15.6 Top Open Cover and Eject Roller .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-65
i
Table of Contents
PL15.7 Paper Transport (1/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-66
PL15.8 Paper Transport (2/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-67
PL15.9 Staple Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-68
PL15.10 Compiler Tray Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-69
PL15.11 Elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-70
PL15.12 Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-71
PL15.13 Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-72
PL15.14 Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-73
16. IIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74
PL16.1 Top Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-74
PL16.2 Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-75
PL16.3 Platen Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-76
PL16.4 CCD PWB, Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-77
PL16.5 Carriage Cable/Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-78
PL16.6 Full/Half Rate Carriage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-79
17. RACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80
PL17.1 Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-80
18. DADF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
PL18.1 Front/Rear Cover, Entrance Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-81
PL18.2 Top Cover, Registration Gate Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-82
PL18.3 Counter Balance, DADF Control PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-83
PL18.4 Document Feed Chute (Upper), Feed Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-84
PL18.5 Document Feed Chute (Lower) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-85
PL18.6 DADF Belt Motor, Duplex Roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-86
PL18.7 Duplex Chute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-87
PL18.8 Registration Roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-88
PL18.9 Exit Motor/Chute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-89
PL18.10 Document Transport, Platen Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-90
PL18.11 Platen Glass, Registration Gate, Exit Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-91
4. 3 Numerical Parts Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
ii
4.1 Introduction
4.1.1 How to Use the Parts List
Chapter 4 Parts List contains information on spare parts.
The parts list is used to order replacement parts. To use the parts list correctly, read the
description below carefully.
4.1.2 Precautions
• To make the illustration easy to understand, hardware such as screws are shown in
numerical order. Their shapes are not shown.
• Read notes in the Description column carefully before ordering and replacing parts.
4-1 Chapter 4 Parts List

4.2 Parts List

1. DRIVE
PL1.1 Drive Unit
Ref No. Part No. Description

101 7K8575X Drum Motor Assembly (Ref No. 102, 103, 116, 117 included)
104 7K8760X IBT Motor Assembly (Ref No. 105, 106 included)
107 7K8640X Deve Motor Assembly (Ref No. 108-113 included)
114 7K8692X Main Motor Assembly (See PL1.2)
115 7K8722X Deve Gear
The following Ref. Numbers are not available individually.

No. 102, 103, 105, 106, 108-113, 116, 117
j0mf50101
PL1.2 Main Drive Assembly

208 121K2247X Take Away Clutch
213 121K2327X Developer K Clutch
Although following Ref. Numbers are not available individually, all of them are
contained in Parts No. 7K8692X. No. 201-207, 209-212, 214-233
j0mf50102

PL1.3 IBT Steering Motor and MOB Sensor Assembly

301 7K8558X IBT Steering Assembly (Ref No. 302, 303 included)
304 130K6086X MOB Sensor Assembly (Ref No. 305-315 included)
306 130K6096X Environment Sensor

No. 302, 303, 305, 307-315
j0mf50103
2. PAPER TRANSPORT
PL2.1 Tray 1 (1/2)

401 3E2367X Stopper
402 14E4285X Spacer
403 110K854X Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor
404 50K4285X Tray Assembly (See PL2.2)
405 802E2317X Cover
406 892E4111X Label (1)
The following Ref. Number is not available individually.

No. 407
j0mf50201

PL2.2 Tray 1 (2/2)

505 38K8524X Side Guide Assembly
506 38E2390X End Guide
508 3E4858X Stopper
contained in Parts No. 50K4285X. No. 501-504, 507, 509
j0mf50202
PL2.3 Tray 1 Feeder and Lower Left Cover Assembly

601 59K1557X Tray Feeder (See PL2.4, PL2.5)
602 802K1319X Left Lower Left Assembly (Ref No. 603, 604, 613, 614,
included)
603 802E1213X Lower Left Cover
604 15K4464X Pinch Roller Assembly (Ref No. 605-612 included)
607 59K1540X Pinch Roller
611 130K6085X Tray 1 Feed Out Sensor
614 121E8748X Magnet
615 130E8219X Sensor
617 29E3160X Rivet

No. 616
j0mf50203

PL2.4 Tray 1 Feeder (1/2)

701 127K2323X Tray Feed/Lift Up Motor
703 5K8308X One-way Clutch
704 7K8573X One-way Gear
711 120E1814X Actuator
contained in Parts No. 59K1557X. No. 702, 705-710, 712-714
j0mf50204
PL2.5 Tray 1 Feeder (2/2)

802 22K5682X Feed/Retard/Nudger Roller
contained in Parts No. 59K1557X. No. 801, 804-820
j0mf50205

PL2.6 Registration Transport

901 59K2466X Registration Transport Assembly (Ref No. 902-917 included)
904 59K2502X Take-away Roller
906 38E2189X Paper Guide
908 121K2222X Registration Clutch
911 59K2501X Registration Roller
912 130E8265X Registration Sensor
914 160K4629X OHP Sensor-R (OR)
- 160K7496X OHP Sensor-R (OR)

No. 902, 903, 905, 907, 909, 910, 913, 915-917
j0mf50206
PL2.7 Left Cover Unit

1001 7E6474X Damper Gear (11/23T)
1003 4E1183X Damper (White)(Duplex)
1004 802K4610X Left Cover Unit (Ref No. 1005-1009 included)(Duplex)
1008 802E1294X Left Cover (Duplex)
1010 802E1293X Left Upper Cover (Duplex)

No. 1002, 1005-1007, 1009
j0mf50207

PL2.8 Left Cover Assembly (1/2)

1101 54K1668X Registration Chute Assembly
1103 59K2506X 2nd BTR Assembly
1105 15K4838X Support Assembly
1106 54E1633X Exit Chute
1107 7E6263X Gear (22T)
1108 59K1561X Exit Roller
1109 7E7520X Gear
1112 110K1065X Fuser Exit Switch
1114 54K1613X Duplex Chute
contained in Parts No. 802K4610X. No. 1102, 1104, 1110, 1111, 1113, 1115, 1116
j0mf50208
PL2.9 Left Cover Assembly (2/2)

1202 7K8552X Gear Assembly
1203 127K2951X 2nd BTR Retruct Motor
1204 7E6432X Gear (21T)
1206 130E8430X POB Sensor
1208 809E2335X Spring
1210 802K3187X Left Cover Assembly (Ref No. 1204, 1211-1214, 1216
included)
1211 802E1292X Left Cover
1212 11E1029X Lever
1213 830E5848X Bracket
1214 7K8693X Damper Gear (45T)
1215 113K8232X Connector Assembly
1216 809E2610X Spring
contained in Parts No. 802K4610X. No. 1201, 1203, 1205, 1207, 1209
j0mf50209

PL2.10 Exit Transport Assembly
Ref No. Part No. DESCRIPTION

1301 59K2426X Exit Transport Assembly (Ref No. 1302-1318 included)
1302 802E1277X Exit Cover
1305 59K1578X Exit Roller 5
1311 59E9486X Pinch Roller
1312 59E9487X Pinch Roller
1313 110E9799X Interlock Switch
1315 105E994X Eliminator
1316 127K2929X Offset Motor

No. 1303, 1304, 1307-1309, 1310, 1314, 16-1318
j0mf50210
PL2.11 MSI Unit (1/2)

1401 59K3148X MSI Unit (See PL2.12, PL2.13)
j0mf50212

PL2.12 MSI Unit (2/2)

1505 50K4983X MSI Tray Assembly (See PL2.14)
1509 59K1631X Pinch Roller 1 Assembly (Ref No. 1510, 1511, 1513, 1514, 1516
included)
1512 59K1821X Pinch Roller 3 Assembly (Ref No. 1513-1517 included)
1517 59E9566X Pinch Roller 3
1518 59K1820X Pinch Roller 2 Assembly (Ref No. 1511, 1513-1516 included)
contained in Parts No. 59K3148X.
No. 1501-1504, 1506, 1508, 1510, 1511, 1513-1516, 1519
j0mf50213
PL2.13 MSI Feed Assembly

1602 59K1630X Take-away Roller
1609 121E8783X MSI Feed Solenoid
1614 59K2402X Feed Roller Assembly (Ref No. 1615-1618 included)
1615 59K2401X Feed Roller
1619 19K9713X Retard Pad
No. 1603-1608, 1610-1613, 1616-1618, 1620-1624
j0mf50214

PL2.14 Tray Assembly

1703 130K6145X MSI Paper Size Sensor
contained in Parts No. 50K4983X. No. 1701, 1702, 1704-1714
j0mf50215
3. LSU (ROS)
PL3.1 LSU (ROS)
1801 1K7386X Bracket Assembly
1802 62K1088X LSU (ROS) Assembly (Ref No. 1803-1806 included)

No. 1803-1806
j0mf50301

4. XEROGRAPHICS
PL4.1 Developer Tie Plate (1/2)

1901 802K4709X Toner Bottle Cover
1902 DQ-BF401 Waste Toner Container (For Sales Route)
1903 3K8612X Sensor Holder (Ref No. 1904-1906, 1911, 1912 included)
1905 110E1032X Waste Toner Container Interlock Switch
1908 127K2924X Agitator Motor Assembly (Ref No. 1909, 1910, 1913, 1914
included)
1911 130E9101X Full Toner Sensor

No. 1904, 1906, 1907, 1909, 1910, 1912-1914
j0mf50401
PL4.2 Developer Tie Plate (2/2)

2001 15K5232X Developer Tie Plate Assembly (Ref No. 2002-2005 included)
2002 162K5660X Wire Harness
2004 14K8161X Block (M, C, K)
2005 14K8162X Block (Y)
2006 122K9333X Erase Lamp Assembly (with Rail) (Y, M, C)
2007 122K9334X Erase Lamp Assembly (with Rail) (K)

No. 2003, 2008, 2009
j0mf50402

5. TRANSFER
PL5.1 Lift Unit

2101 1K7054X Left Lift Assembly
2102 1K7055X Right Lift Assembly
2106 3K1167X Latch Assembly
2107 3E5229X Hinge (Left)
2108 3E5230X Hinge (Right)
2109 6E7174X Shaft
2110 11K9497X Lever Assembly (Ref No. 2111-2115 included)
2113 21E9739X Cap (Left)
2114 21E9740X Cap (Right)
2115 19E4795X Grip

No. 2103-2105, 2111, 2112, 2116
j0mf50501
PL5.2 IBT Unit

2201 64K9170X IBT Belt Assembly (See PL5.3)
2202 3K1265X Stopper Assembly (For Removal)
2204 7E6191X Gear (14T)
2205 7E6189X Gear (18T)
2207 802K1295X Auger Assembly

No. 2203, 2206, 2208
j0mf50502

PL5.3 IBT Belt Assembly

2301 42K9242X IBT Cleaner Assembly (Ref No. 2302-2306 included)
2307 64K9145X Transfer Belt
2315 59K2315X BUR Roller
j0mf50503
PL5.4 IBT Frame Assembly (1/2)

2402 130E8427X IBT Home Sensor
2405 130K6083X IBT Edge Sensor
2406 162K5602X Connector Assembly (C, K)
2408 162K6109X Connector Assembly (Y, M)
2412 19K9820X Holder (Font)
2413 59K2126X 1st BTR Roller
2414 19K9819X Holder (Rear)
2415 127K3395X Retract Motor
2416 19K9754X Holder (Rear)
2417 7E6798X Worm Gear
2419 19K9755X Holder (Front)
contained in Parts No. 64K9170X. No. 2401, 2403, 2404, 2407, 2409-2411, 2418
j0mf50504

PL5.5 IBT Frame Assembly (2/2)

2501 3E5171X Handle
contained in Parts No. 64K9170X. No. 2502-2517
j0mf50505
PL5.6 IBT Elevator

2601 809E2633X Spring
2602 15K4948X Plunger (Rear)
2603 15K4931X Plunger (Front)

No. 2604
j0mf50506

6. DEVELOPMENT
PL6.1 Developer Unit (1/2)

2701 802K5792X Dispenser Assembly (Y)
2703 802K5793X Dispenser Assembly (M)
2705 802K5794X Dispenser Assembly (C)
2707 802K5795X Dispenser Assembly (K)
2709 802K3309X Dispenser Base Assembly (Ref No. 2710-2715 included)
2711 7E6450X Gear
2712 127K3393X Toner Dispense Motor (Y/M/C)
2713 127K3394X Toner Dispense Motor (K)
2714 6E7145X Shaft
2715 116K9081X New Cartridge Detect Switch (Y, M, C, K)

No. 2710
(No. 2702, 2704, 2706 and 2710 are supplied via Sales Route.)
j0mf50601
PL6.2 Developer Unit (2/2)

2801 802K2889X Developer Housing Assembly (Y, M, C, K)
(Ref No. 2802-2804 included)
2803 130K6300X ATC Sensor (Y, M, C, K)
2804 35E6501X Seal
2805 673K8603X Developer (K)
2806 673K8600X Developer (Y)
2807 673K8601X Developer (M)
2808 673K8602X Developer (C)
2809 604K906X Deve Unit K Kit (Ref No. 2801, 2805 included)
604K907X Deve Unit Y Kit (Ref No. 2801, 2806 included)
604K908X Deve Unit M Kit (Ref No. 2801, 2807 included)
604K909X Deve Unit C Kit (Ref No. 2801, 2808 included)

No. 2802
j0mf50602

7. FUSER
PL7.1 Fuser Assembly

2901 126K1394X Fuser Assembly (See PL7.2)
j0mf50701
PL7.2 Fuser Assembly

3004 126K1395X Main Heater Rod
3005 126K1396X Sub Heater Rod
3011 130K6102X Sensor Assembly
contained in Parts No. 126K1394X. No. 3001-3003, 3006-3010, 3012
j0mf50702

8. AIR SYSTEM
PL8.1 Air System

3101 127K3273X LSU (ROS) Shutter Motor
3102 12E1019X Link
3103 809E2688X Spring
3104 802E1697X Inner Cover
3106 127K2934X Fuser Fan
3108 127K3664X LSU (ROS) Fan Assembly

No. 3105, 3107
j0mf50801
9. ELECTRICAL
PL9.1 Electrical 1/3

3201 105K1877X HVPS T5 (with HVPS Bracket)
3202 105E998X HVPS T7
3204 105E1113X +3.3V LVPS
3205 105E982X +5V LVPS
3206 160K7680X I/F PWB (Ref No. 3207 included)
3209 105K1864X +24V LVPS
3211 127K2933X LVPS Fan
3213 160K8773X LD Power PWB
3214 105E997X HVPS T6
3216 105K1914X HVPS Assembly (Ref No. 3201, 3202 included)
3217 104E9361X Choke Coil
3218 160K8440X Fuser Noise Filter

No. 3203, 3207, 3208, 3210, 3212, 3215, 3219
j0mf50901


3301 101K3881X AC Power Chassis Assembly
(Ref No. 3302-3312, 3316-3320 included)
3303 160K7677X AC Drive PWB
3305 160K7676X Noise Filter PWB
3306 908W01200 GFI Breaker
3313 74K9432X Outlet Panel Assembly
3314 673K6981X Power Cord
3318 160K7720X Delay PWB

No. 3302, 3304, 3308-3312, 3316, 3317
j0mf50902

3401 14K8160X Block Assembly (Developer)
3402 162K6211X Wire Harness (Developer Tie Plate)
3403 162K5594X Developer Wire Harness (Y, M)
3404 162K5597X Developer Wire Harness (C, K)
3405 162K5600X Wire Harness (2nd)
3406 113K8231X DTS Connector
3407 162K5603X Wire Harness (DTS)
3408 162K6889X Wire Harness (DC)
j0mf50903

10. COVER
PL10.1 Cover (Front)

3502 893E391X Name Plate (DP-C401)
893E1075X Name Plate (DP-C321)
3503 802K5806X Front Cover Assembly (DP-C401)
802K6054X Front Cover Assembly (DP-C321)
(Ref No. 3501, 3504-3511 included)
3505 121E8502X Magnet
3506 830E5723X Strip
3507 42K9199X Rod Cleaner Assembly (Ref No. 3508, 3509 included)
3510 830E6005X Hinge
3512 802E2806X Right Cover

No. 3501, 3504, 3508, 3509, 3511
j0mf51001
PL10.2 Cover (Top) and Control Panel

3601 802K4928X Top Cover Assembly (Ref No. 3602, 3603, 3605 included)
3603 802E4859X Stopper
3604 802E1240X Connector Cover
3606 110K1121X Main Switch
3607 802E1243X Fuser Cover
3608 802K4607X Inner Cover
3609 12K9426X Link Assembly

No. 3602, 3605
j0mf51002

PL10.3 Cover (Rear)

3702 802E1248X Blind Cover
3703 802K2811X Rear Cover Assembly (Ref No. 3704, 3705 included)
3705 802E1249X Blind Cover
3706 802E1250X Rear Left Middle Cover
3707 802E1435X Rear Left Lower Cover
3708 802E1251X Front Left Cover
3709 802E2786X Rear Left Upper Cover

No. 3701, 3704
j0mf51003
11. INVERTER
PL11.1 Face Up Tray and Inverter Transport (1/2)

3801 59K1674X Inverter Transport Assembly
j0mf51101

PL11.2 Inverter Transport (2/2)

3902 15K4580X Clutch Assembly (Ref No. 3925-3935 included)
3913 54K1724X Inverter Chute Assembly (Ref No. 3922-3924 included)
3914 54K1725X Exit Gate
3924 50K4142X Duplex Gate
3929 121K2286X Inverter Forward Clutch
3934 121K2287X Inverter Reverse Clutch
No. 3901, 3903-3912, 3915-3923, 3925-3928, 3930-3933, 3935
j0mf51102
12. DUPLEX
PL12.1 Duplex Transport Assembly (1/2)

4002 59K1871X Duplex Transport Assembly (Ref No. 4003-4014 included)
4003 20K958X One-way Pulley
4006 59K2396X Transport Roller
4007 3E5328X Handle
4008 802E1503X Lower Duplex Cover

No. 4001, 4004, 4005, 4009-4017
j0mf51201

PL12.2 Duplex Transport Assembly (2/2)

4104 160K6686X Duplex PWB
4107 130K6125X Duplex Wait Sensor
4110 127K2993X Duplex Motor
4111 20E3490X Pulley (20T/21T)
4112 20E3491X Pulley (16T)
4114 23E1933X Belt
4116 59K2397X Wait Roller
4118 110E9344X Duplex Cover Interlock Switch
No. 4101, 4103, 4105, 4106, 4108, 4113, 4115, 4117, 4119-4121
j0mf51202
13. ESS
PL13.1 ESS

4201 160K9035X ESS PWB (Ref No. 4220 included) [Note]
4202 160K9171X MCU PWB [Note]
4203 101K3725X Rear Panel
4206 537K6767X MF ESS ROM (R1)
- 537K6768X MF ESS ROM (R2)
4207 133K2120X SDRAM (Page M:256MB)
- 133K2240X SDRAM (System M:256MB)
4208 160K8222X NVM PWB
4214 121K2775X HDD
4219 160K7665X MCU-MF NVM PWB
4220 537K6118X MAC Address ROM
4221 127K3292X ESS Fan
Billing information stores on both of ESS PWB and MCU PWB.

Do not replace both PWBs at same timing.
No. 4204, 4205, 4209-4213, 4216-4218, 4222
j0mf51301

14. TRAY MODULE-TT

PL14.1 Tray 2/3/4 Assembly-TT

4301 891E4906X Label (2)
4302 50K4285X Tray 2 Assembly
4307 50K4313X Tray 3 Assembly (Ref No. 4305 included) (See PL14.3)
4308 50K4312X Tray 4 Assembly (Ref No. 4306 included) (See PL14.4)
4309 110K854X Tray 2 Paper Size Switch
4310 110K1088X Tray 3/4 Paper Size Switch Assembly
4311 59E9593X Roller
4317 891E4951X Label (3)
4318 891E4952X Label (4)
4319 892E2849X Label
contained in Parts No. 59K1871X. No. 4304-4306, 4312-4316, 4320
j0mf51601
PL14.2 Tray 2 Assembly-TT

4401 892E7839X Label (Instruction)
4405 38K8524X Side Guide Assembly
4406 38E2390X End Guide
contained in Parts No. 50K4285X. No. 4402-4404, 4407, 4409
j0mf51602


4501 802E2399X Tray 3 Cover
4513 3K1181X Knob Assembly
4514 3E4708X Knob
4515 9E2697X Spring
4516 14E8658X Spacer
contained in Parts No. 50K4313X. No. 4502-4512, 4518-4523
j0mf51603

4601 802E2398X Tray 4 Cover
4609 12E1007X Tray Cable
4613 3K1180X Knob Assembly
4514 3E4708X Knob
4515 9E2697X Spring
j0mf51604

PL14.5 Paper Feed (1/2)-TT

4704 59K2179X Tray 4 Transport Assembly (Ref No. 4705-4712 included)
4715 54E1854X Upper Chute
4716 59K1828X Tray 4 Feeder (See PL14.11, PL14.12)
4719 54E1853X Lower Chute

No. 4701-4703, 4705-4711, 4713, 4714, 4717, 4518
j0mf51605
PL14.6 Paper Feeder (2/2)-TT

4801 59K1890X Take-away Roller Assembly
4805 130K6151X Take-away Sensor
4807 54K1827X Chute Assembly (Ref No. 4808-4811 included)
4810 130E8160X Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor
4812 54E1852X Lower Chute
601 59K1557X Tray Feeder (See PL14.7, PL14.8)

No. 4802-4804, 4808, 4809, 4811
j0mf51606

PL14.7 Tray 2 Feeder (1/2)-TT

j0mf51607

j0mf51608


j0mf51609

j0mf51610


j0mf51611

j0mf51612

PL14.13 Left Cover Assembly-TT

5501 802K2573X Left Cover Assembly (Ref No. 5502-5516 included)
5502 3E5370X Shaft
5503 3E5371X Hook
5504 11E1080X Handle
5505 802E2393X Left Lower Cover
5509 809E2897X Spring
5513 809E2896X Spring
5515 809E2898X Spring
5517 15K4947X Tray Module LH Cover Interlock Switch Assembly

No. 5506-5508, 5510-5512, 5514, 5516, 5518
j0mf51613
PL14.14 Tray 3/4 Lift Gear Assembly-TT

5602 15K4946X Gear Assembly (Tray 3)
5603 15K4945X Gear Assembly (Tray 4)
5604 7E6608X Lift Gear
5605 11K9679X Joint Assembly

No. 5601, 5606
j0mf51614

PL14.15 Electrical and Caster-TT

5701 7E6606X Gear (23/46T)
5702 7E6607X Gear (46T)
5703 7E6605X Gear (33T)
5704 127K3184X Take-away Motor 2 (TT)
5705 127K3602X Take-away Motor 1 (TT)
5709 17K9235X Caster (S)
5710 17K9236X Caster
5712 160K8598X Tray Module PWB

No. 5706-5708, 5711
j0mf51615
PL14.16 Cover-TT

5802 802E2395X Upper Front Cover
5803 802E2396X Lower Front Cover
5804 802K3658X Rear Cover
5505 802E2393X Lower Left Cover
j0mf51616

15. FINISHER
PL15.1 Finisher Unit
5901 --- Gate Unit (See PL15.2)
5902 801K360X H-Transport Assembly (See PL15.3, PL15.4)
5904 26E9356X Screw
5905 --- Rack (See PL15.2)
5907 50E1728X Stacker Tray

No. 5903, 5908-5912
j0mf51701
PL15.2 Gate Unit

6001 802K4989X Gate Cover
6003 50K4389X Gate Assembly (Ref No. 6004-6014 included)
6004 50E1739X In Gate
6005 11E1275X In Gate Lever
6006 830E7932X Gate Bracket
6014 809E3678X Spring

No. 6002, 6007-6011, 6013, 6015, 6016
j0mf51702

PL15.3 H-Transport Assembly (1/2)

6101 802K2860X H-Transport Open Cover Assembly (Ref No. 6102-6107
included)
6104 121E8978X Magnet
6109 802K2859X Entrance Upper Cover Assembly (Ref No. 6110-6112 included)
6114 802E3016X H-Transport Front Cover
6115 802E3017X H-Transport Upper Rear Cover
6116 802E3018X H-Transport Rear Cover
No. 6102, 6103, 6105, 6107, 6108, 6112, 6113, 6117, 6119
j0mf51703
PL15.4 H-Transport Assembly (2/2)

6203 23E2002X H-Transport Belt
6207 802E3015X Harness Guide
6208 802E3014X Cover
6209 130K6236X H-Transport Entrance/Exit Sensor
6210 130E8297X Top Tray Full Sensor
6212 802K2858X Gate In Solenoid Assembly (Ref No. 6213-6217 included)
6221 7E6785X Gear (37T)
6222 7E6786X Gear (30T)
6223 7E6787X Gear (26T)
6224 130E8254X Sensor
No. 6201, 6202, 6204-6206, 6211, 6213-6217, 6220, 6225, 6228-6230
j0mf51704

PL15.5 Cover

6301 802E2856X Front Cover
6302 802E2852X Rear Cover
6303 802E2853X Top Cover
6304 802E2854X Left Cover
6306 802E2857X Left Panel
6308 121E8847X Magnet

No. 6307
j0mf51705
PL15.6 Top Open Cover and Eject Roller

6401 802K2857X Top Open Cover Assembly
6406 830E8167X Support
6409 22K6148X Eject Pinch Roller
6410 54E1934X Eject Chute
6411 130K6192X Stack Height Sensor Assembly (Ref No. 6412-6414 included)
6414 130E8253X Sensor
6418 5E1622X Clutch
6419 5E1651X Collar
6420 7E6776X Gear (28Z)
6422 7K8691X Gear (20Z)
6423 13E2024X Bearing
6425 6K2173X Eject Roller Assembly (Ref No. 6421, 6424 included)

No. 6402-6405, 6407, 6408, 6412, 6413, 6415, 6416, 6424, 6426-6428
j0mf51706

PL15.7 Paper Transport (1/2)

6502 121K2461X Decurler Cam Clutch
6503 8E9407X Cam
6506 31E9403X Arm
6507 59K2021X Decurler Roller Assembly
6508 7E6774X Gear (40Z/20T)
6509 7E6775X Gear (40Z)
6510 7E7209X Gear (18Z/21T)
6513 7E6773X Gear (23Z/52T)
6514 23E2016X Belt
6515 423W29655 Belt
6516 127K3284X Finisher Drive Motor

No. 6504, 6505, 6511, 6512, 6517
j0mf51707
PL15.8 Paper Transport (2/2)

6601 15K5228X Cam Bracket Assembly (Ref No. 6602-66612, 6414, 6419
included)
6602 20E3497X Pulley
6603 7E6778X Gear (15Z)
6604 423W28054 Belt
6605 7E6781X Gear (30Z)
6607 7E6779X Gear Pulley
6608 127K3287X Eject Motor
6609 7E6780X Cam Gear
6610 7E6777X Gear (42Z/27Z)
6611 121K2462X Set Clamp Solenoid
6224 130E8254X Sensor

No. 6606, 6612-6614, 6615-6617
j0mf51708

PL15.9 Staple Unit

6701 41K9426X Carriage Assembly (Ref No. 6702-6706 included)
6703 127K3286X Staple Move Motor
6705 130E8253X Sensor
6709 1E5960X Rail
6710 29K9199X Staple Assembly (Ref No. 6711, 6712 included)
6712 50K4875X Cartridge Case Assembly

No. 6702, 6704, 6706, 6708, 6711, 6713
j0mf51709
PL15.10 Compiler Tray Assembly

6801 50K4388X Compiler Tray Assembly (Ref No. 6802-6815 included)
6802 127K3285X Front/Rear Tamper Motor
6813 809E3360X Spring
6224 130E8254X Sensor
6414 130E8253X Sensor

No. 6803, 6805-6811, 6814
j0mf51710

PL15.11 Elevator

6901 127K3342X Stacker Motor Assembly
6902 15K5068X Elevator Bracket (Front)
6903 19E5034X Clamp
6905 7E6783X Gear (Rear)
6907 7E6784X Gear (Front)
6909 7E6782X Rack
6910 38E2464X Tray Guide
6911 15K5164X Stack Paper Sensor Assembly
(Ref No. 6414, 6913-6916 included)
6414 130E8253X Sensor

No. 6904, 6906, 6908, 6912, 6917-6921
j0mf51711
PL15.12 Exit

7001 7E7208X Gear (48Z)
7003 6K2172X Exit Shaft
7005 7E7207X Gear (32Z/18T)
7007 6K2197X Paddle Gear Shaft
7008 13E2025X Paddle Bearing
7010 22K5014X Pinch Roller (Exit 1)
7014 130K9474X Compiler Entrance Sensor

No. 7002, 7004, 7006, 7009, 7013, 7015-7017
j0mf51712

PL15.13 Electrical

7102 160K7666X Finisher PWB
7103 537K6504X ROM
6414 130E8253X Sensor

No. 7101, 7104-7110
j0mf51713
PL15.14 Rack

7201 802K3666X Front Rack Assembly (Ref No. 7202-7210 included)
7203 3K1209X Thumb Screw
7208 1E6005X Rail
7209 17E9466X Foot
7211 802K3667X Rear Rack Assembly (Ref No. 7203-7209, 7212, 7213 included)
7212 802E2860X Rear Cover
7214 15E7704X Bottom Plate

No. 7204-7207, 7210, 7213
j0mf51714

16. IIT
PL16.1 Top Cover

7301 802K5644X Control Panel (See PL16.2)
j0mf51801
PL16.2 Control Panel

7402 802K6056X Control Panel Housing
(Ref No. 7403-7406, 7411, 7417 included)
7404 123K9402X Display Assembly
7405 110K1110X Touch Panel
7406 160K9135X VR PWB
7409 802E5756X UI Center Panel Cover (DP-C401)
802E6261X UI Center Panel Cover (DP-C321)
7410 802E4788X One Touch Panel
7301 802K5644X Control Panel (Ref No. 7402-7417 included)
contained in Parts No. 802K5644X. No. 7403, 7407, 7408, 7411-7417
j0mf51802

PL16.3 Platen Glass

7506 68E1021X Platen Glass Support
7507 160K9802X IIT/IPS PWB
7508 117E9476X Cable (IIT/IOT)

No. 7501-7505
j0mf51803
PL16.4 CCD PWB, Sensor

7601 127K3316X IPS Fan
7603 130K6200X IIT Registration Sensor
7605 110K847X Platen Open Switch
7606 130K6258X Platen Angle Sensor Assembly (Ref No. 7607-7611 included)
7607 107E868X Platen Angle Sensor
7611 9E5545X Spring
7612 604K533X Lens Kit Assembly
7613 117K3096X CCD Flat Cable
7615 130K6349X APS Sensor
7618 962K590X AC Harness
7619 105E1048X IIT LVPS
7620 19E4983X Clamp

No. 7602, 7604, 7606, 7608-7610, 7614, 7616. 7617
j0mf51809

PL16.5 Carriage Cable/Motor

7701 63E9404X Tape
7704 12K9411X Front Carriage Cable (Gray)
7705 12K9412X Rear Carriage Cable (Silver)
7706 63E9405X Tape
7707 20E3274X Timing Pulley
7708 23E1930X Belt
7710 20E2509X Capstan Pulley
7711 413W10950 Bearing
7712 9E6283X Spring
7713 17E9206X Foot
7716 127K3214X Carriage Motor

No. 7702, 7703, 7709, 7715
j0mf51805
PL16.6 Full/Half Rate Carriage

7802 41K9405X Full Rate Carriage (Ref No. 7803-7811 included)
7804 117E1978X Lamp Wire Harness
7806 62E1004X No. 1 Mirror
7807 19E5040X Clip
7808 118E1209X Insulator
7809 122E9203X Exposure Lamp
7810 105E1051X Lamp Ballast PWB
7811 19E4947X Pad
7812 41K9427X Half Rate Carriage (Ref No. 7814-7824 included)
7813 62K1073X No. 2, No. 3 Mirror (Ref No. 7814-7824 included)
7817 809E911X Clip (Double)
7820 4E656X Damper Bearing
7822 20K9497X Pulley (Small)

No. 7801, 7803, 7805, 7814, 7815, 7818, 7819, 7821, 7823
j0mf51806

17. RACK
PL17.1 Rack

7901 17E9471X Rack Caster (Front)
j0mf51901
18. DADF
PL18.1 Front/Rear Cover, Entrance Tray

8001 48K7618X Rear Cover (Ref No. 8002-8005 included)
8003 140K6048X LED PWB
8005 891E6518X Label (Display)
8006 50K4877X Entrance Tray (Ref No. 8007-8010 included)
8009 9E2687X Plate Spring
8010 32K9664X Document Guide
8012 892E8281X Label
8013 891E6521X Label (Size)
8014 19E4148X Clamp

No. 8002, 8004, 8007, 8008
j0mf52001

PL18.2 Top Cover, Registration Gate Solenoid

8101 54K1362X Top Cover (Ref No. 8102-8106 included)
8103 15E4889X Plate (Front Magnet)
8104 809E1113X Spring
8106 15E4890X Plate (Rear Magnet)
8107 110K785X Top Cover Interlock Switch (Rear)
(Ref No. 8108 included)
8110 121K9387X Magnet
8112 110K787X Top Cover Interlock Switch (Front)
(Ref No. 8111 included)
8113 121K2271X Registration Gate Solenoid Assembly
(Ref No. 8114-8116 included)
8115 121K2272X Registration Gate Solenoid
8116 31E9094X Registration Arm
8117 19E9351X Push Rivet

No. 8102, 8018, 8109, 8111, 8114, 8118
j0mf52002
PL18.3 Counter Balance, DADF Control PWB

8201 3K9188X Thumb Screw
8202 36K9143X Right Hinge (Ref No. 8203-8205 included)
8208 36K9142X Left Hinge
8214 160K8308X DADF Control PWB (Ref No. 8215, 8216 included)

No. 8203-8207, 8209-8213, 8215, 8216
j0mf52003

PL18.4 Document Feed Chute (Upper), Feed Motor

8301 54K1360X Document Feed Upper Chute (Ref No. 8303-8316 included)
8302 59K1184X Feed Roller Assembly (Ref No. 8308-8316 included)
8305 7E3942X Gear
8307 7E3943X Gear
8308 499K9144X Feed / Nudger Roller (499K9144X:2 Rollers Kit)
8309 -- (Not used)
8310 413W77359 Bearing
8311 7E3941X Gear
8312 7E3939X Gear
8315 7E3940X Gear
8317 802K832X Inner Cover (Ref No. 8318, 8319 included)
8321 23E2000X Belt
8323 127K3268X Feed Motor (Ref No. 8324-8327 included)
8326 4E1222X Damper
8329 12E975X Link

No. 8303, 8304, 8313, 8314, 8324, 8325, 8328
j0mf52004
PL18.5 Document Feed Chute (Lower)

8401 54K1878X Document Feed Lower Chute (Ref No. 8402-8409 included)
8403 809E2985X Spring
8404 59K1972X Retard Roller
8405 809E2984X Plate Spring
8407 55K1926X Guard
8410 50K2766X Set Gate
8411 130K6060X Sensor
8412 121K2269X Set Gate Solenoid (Ref No. 8413-8415 included)
8414 121K2270X Set Gate Solenoid
8417 130E8089X Size Sensor 1 (Rear)/2 (Front)

No. 8402, 8406, 8408, 8409, 8413, 8415, 8416, 8418
j0mf52005

PL18.6 DADF Belt Motor, Duplex Roller

8501 127K3269X DADF Belt Motor (Ref No. 8502-8505 included)
8507 7K8670X Gear Pulley
8508 23E1999X Belt
8510 59E9629X Tension Roller
8512 22E9366X Tension Roller
8513 23E2001X Belt
8516 20K9123X Pulley
8517 22K3708X Duplex Roller (Upper)
8518 22K3707X Duplex Roller (Lower)
8519 23E1223X Belt

No. 8502-8506, 8511, 8515
j0mf52006
PL18.7 Duplex Chute

8601 54K669X Duplex Chute
8603 130K6060X Sensor
8604 50K4669X Gate
8607 54K1879X Lower Chute (Ref No. 8608-8610 included)
8610 121E9064X Magnet (Open Switch)

No. 8602, 8605, 8606, 8608
j0mf52007

PL18.8 Registration Roller

8604 50K4669X Gate
8701 9E2856X Spring (Right winded)
8702 7K8112X Gear Pulley
8704 59K1975X Registration Roller
8705 12E976X Link
8706 9E2858X Spring (Rear)
8707 5E8025X C-Clip
8709 8E9094X Cam (Rear)
8710 12E9196X Link
8711 22K3804X Registration Pinch Roller
8712 8E9093X Cam (Front)
8713 9E3908X Spring (Front) (Use colored type)
8714 9E2857X Spring (Left winding)

No. 8703
j0mf52008
PL18.9 Exit Motor/Chute

8801 127K3264X Exit Motor (Ref No. 8802-8805 included)
8802 127K3265X Exit Motor
8803 23E2000X Belt
8810 59K1186X Exit Roller
8811 19E9232X Sensor Pad
8813 54K1877X Exit Upper Chute (Ref No. 8814-8816 included)
8814 105E 691X Eliminator
8816 55K2606X Document Guard
8817 54K1308X Exit Lower Chute
(Ref No. 8803, 7807, 8811, 8818 included)
8411 130K6060X Sensor

No. 8804-8806, 8809, 8812, 8815, 8818
j0mf52009

PL18.10 Document Transport, Platen Belt

8901 59K2020X Document Transport (Ref No. 8902-8917 included)
8902 105E691X Eliminator
8903 7E6634X Gear
8904 5E8327X Collar
8906 49E9107X Tension Plate
8907 22K3971X Idler Roller
8908 23E1569X Platen Belt
8909 59K1974X Drive Roller
8910 59K1238X Belt Guide
8911 59K1237X Belt Guide
8913 55E3303X Deflector
8917 4E9827X Damper

No. 8912
j0mf52010
PL18.11 Platen Glass, Registration Gate, Exit Tray

9001 90K227X Platen Glass
9002 50K4840X Registration Gate
9004 50K4878X Exit Tray
9005 3E4384X Thumb Screw
9006 830E1749X Bracket

No. 9003
j0mf52011

4.3 Numerical Parts Index 4.3 Numerical Parts Index
Parts Number Description Page No. Ref No. Parts Number Description Page No. Ref No.
101K3725X Rear Panel PL13.1 4203 11E1029X Lever PL2.9 1212
101K3881X AC Power Chassis Assembly PL9.2 3301 11E1080X Handle PL14.13 5504
(Ref No. 3302-3312, 3316-3320 included) 11E1275X In Gate Lever PL15.2 6005
104E9361X Choke Coil PL9.1 3217 11K9497X Lever Assembly (Ref No. 2111-2115 included) PL5.1 2110
105E691X Eliminator PL18.9 8814 11K9679X Joint Assembly PL14.14 5605
105E1048X IIT LVPS PL16.4 7619 120E1197X Actuator PL2.12 1507
105E1051X Lamp Ballast PWB PL16.6 7810 120E1814X Actuator PL14.11 711
105E1113X +3.3V LVPS PL9.1 3204 120E1814X Actuator PL14.7 711
105E691X Eliminator PL18.10 8902 120E1814X Actuator PL2.4 711
105E982X +5V LVPS PL9.1 3205 120E1814X Actuator PL14.9 711
105E994X Eliminator PL2.10 1315 120E1816X Actuator PL2.10 1306
105E997X HVPS T6 PL9.1 3214 120E2069X Actuator PL15.7 6501
105E998X HVPS T7 PL9.1 3202 120E2070X Actuator PL15.2 6012
105K1864X +24V LVPS PL9.1 3209 120E2097X Actuator PL15.6 6417
105K1877X HVPS T5 (with HVPS Bracket) PL9.1 3201 121E8502X Magnet PL10.1 3505
105K1914X HVPS Assembly PL9.1 3216 121E8748X Magnet PL2.3 614
(Ref No. 3201, 3202 included) 121E8783X MSI Feed Solenoid PL2.13 1609
107E868X Platen Angle Sensor PL16.4 7607 121E8847X Magnet PL15.5 6308
110E1032X Waste Toner Container Interlock Switch PL4.1 1905 121E8978X Magnet PL15.3 6104
110E9344X Duplex Cover Interlock Switch PL12.2 4118 121E9064X Magnet (Open Switch) PL18.7 8610
110E9799X Interlock Switch PL10.1 1313 121K2222X Registration Clutch PL2.6 908
110E9799X Interlock Switch PL15.13 1313 121K2247X Take away Clutch PL1.2 208
110E9799X Interlock Switch PL2.10 1313 121K2269X Set Gate Solenoid (Ref No. 8413-8415 included) PL18.5 8412
110K1065X Fuser Exit Switch PL2.8 1112 121K2270X Set Gate Solenoid PL18.5 8414
110K1088X Tray 3/4 Paper Size Switch Assembly PL14.1 4310 121K2271X Registration Gate Solenoid Assembly PL18.2 8113
110K1110X Touch Panel PL16.2 7405 (Ref No. 8114-8116 included)
110K1121X Main Switch PL10.2 3606 121K2272X Registration Gate Solenoid PL18.2 8115
110K785X Top Cover Interlock Switch (Rear) PL18.2 8107 121K2286X Inverter Forward Clutch PL11.2 3929
(Ref No. 8108 included) 121K2287X Inverter Reverse Clutch PL11.2 3934
110K787X Top Cover Interlock Switch (Front) PL18.2 8112 121K2327X Developer K Clutch PL1.2 213
(Ref No. 8111 included) 121K2461X Decurler Cam Clutch PL15.7 6502
110K847X Platen Open Switch PL16.4 7605 121K2462X Set Clamp Solenoid PL15.8 6611
110K854X Tray 2 Paper Size Switch PL14.1 4309 121K2775X HDD PL13.1 4214
110K854X Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor PL2.1 403 121K9387X Magnet PL18.2 8110
113K8231X DTS Connector PL9.3 3406 122E9203X Exposure Lamp PL16.6 7809
113K8232X Connector Assembly PL2.9 1215 122K9333X Erase Lamp Assembly (with Rail) (Y, M, C) PL4.2 2006
116K9081X New Cartridge Detect Switch PL6.1 2715 122K9334X Erase Lamp Assembly (with Rail) (K) PL4.2 2007
117E1978X Lamp Wire Harness PL16.6 7804 123K9402X Display Assembly PL16.2 7404
117E9476X Cable (IIT/IOT) PL16.3 7508 126K1394X Fuser Assembly (See PL7.2) PL7.1 2901
117K3096X CCD Flat Cable PL16.4 7613 126K1395X Main Heater Rod PL7.2 3004
118E1209X Insulator PL16.6 7808 126K1396X Sub Heater Rod PL7.2 3005
127K2323X Tray Feed/Lift Up Motor PL14.11 701 130E8219X Sensor PL14.7 615
127K2924X Agitator Motor Assembly PL4.1 1908 130E8219X Sensor PL2.4 615
(Ref No. 1909, 1910, 1913, 1914 included) 130E8219X Sensor PL2.9 615
127K2929X Offset Motor PL2.10 1316 130E8219X Sensor PL5.4 615
127K2933X LVPS Fan PL9.1 3211 130E8219X Sensor PL14.9 615
127K2934X Fuser Fan PL8.1 3106 130E8253X Sensor PL15.10 6414
127K2951X 2ND BTR Retract Motor PL2.9 1203 130E8253X Sensor PL15.11 6414
127K2993X Duplex Motor PL12.2 4110 130E8253X Sensor PL15.13 6414
127K3184X Take-away Motor 2 (TT) PL14.15 5704 130E8253X Sensor PL15.6 6414
127K3214X Carriage Motor PL16.5 7716 130E 8253X Sensor PL15.9 6705
127K3264X Exit Motor (Ref No. 8802-8805 included) PL18.9 8801 130E8254X Sensor PL15.10 6224
127K3265X Exit Motor PL18.9 8802 130E8254X Sensor PL15.4 6224
127K3268X Feed Motor (Ref No. 8324-8327 included) PL18.4 8323 130E8254X Sensor PL15.8 6224
127K3269X DADF Belt Motor (Ref No. 8502-8505 included) PL18.6 8501 130E8265X Sensor PL14.5 912
127K3273X LSU (ROS) Shutter Motor PL8.1 3101 130E8265X Sensor PL2.6 912
127K3284X Finisher Drive Motor PL15.7 6516 130E8297X Top Tray Full Sensor PL15.4 6210
127K3285X Front/Rear Tamper Motor PL15.10 6802 130E8427X IBT Home Sensor PL5.4 2402
127K3286X Staple Move Motor PL15.9 6703 130E8430X POB Sensor PL2.9 1206
127K3287X Eject Motor PL15.8 6608 130E9101X Full Toner Sensor PL4.1 1911
127K3292X ESS Fan PL13.1 4221 130K6060X Sensor PL18.5 8411
127K3316X IPS Fan PL16.4 7601 130K6060X Sensor PL18.7 8603
127K3342X Stacker Motor Assembly PL15.11 6901 130K6060X Sensor PL18.9 8411
127K3393X Toner Dispense Motor (Y, M, C) PL6.1 2712 130K6083X IBT Edge Sensor PL5.4 2405
127K3394X Toner Dispense Motor (K) PL6.1 2713 130K6085X Tray 1 Feed Out Sensor PL2.3 611
127K3395X Retract Motor PL5.4 2415 130K6086X MOB Sensor Assembly PL1.3 304
127K3602X Take-away Motor 1 (TT) PL14.15 5705 (Ref No. 305-315 included)
127K3664X LSU (ROS) Fan Assembly PL8.1 3108 130K6096X Environment Sensor PL1.3 306
12E1007X Tray Cable PL14.4 4609 130K6102X Sensor Assembly PL7.2 3011
12E1019X Link PL8.1 3102 130K6125X Duplex Wait Sensor PL12.2 4107
12E9196X Link PL18.8 8710 130K6145X MSI Paper Size Sensor PL2.14 1703
12E975X Link PL18.4 8329 130K6151X Take-away Sensor PL14.6 4805
12E976X Link PL18.8 8705 130K6192X Stack Height Sensor Assembly PL15.6 6411
12K9411X Front Carriage Cable (Gray) PL16.5 7704 (RefNo.6412-6414included)
12K9412X Rear Carriage Cable (Silver) PL16.5 7705 130K6200X IIT Registration Sensor PL16.4 7603
12K9426X Link Assembly PL10.2 3609 130K6236X H-Transport Entrance/Exit Sensor PL15.4 6209
130E8089X Size Sensor 1/2 (Rear) PL18.5 8417 130K6258X Platen Angle Sensor Assembly PL16.4 7606
130E8160X Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor PL14.6 4810 (Ref No. 7607-7611 included)
130E8219X Sensor PL14.11 615 130K6300X ATC Sensor (Y, M, C, K) PL6.2 2803

130K6349X APS Sensor PL16.4 7615 160K6686X Duplex PWB PL12.2 4104
130K9474X Compiler Entrance Sensor PL15.12 7014 160K7496X OHP Sensor-R (OR) PL2.6 -
133K2120X SDRAM (Page M:256MB) PL13.1 4207 160K7665X MCU-MF NVM PWB PL13.1 4219
133K2240X SDRAM (System M:256MB) PL13.1 - 160K7666X Finisher PWB PL15.13 7102
13E2024X Bearing PL15.6 6423 160K7676X Noise Filter PWB PL9.2 3305
13E2025X Paddle Bearing PL15.12 7008 160K7677X AC Drive PWB PL9.2 3303
13E8097X Bearing PL18.10 8905 160K7680X I/F PWB (Ref No. 3207 included) PL9.1 3206
13E8566X Bearing PL18.4 8322 160K7720X Delay PWB PL9.2 3318
13E9276X Bearing PL18.4 8306 160K8222X NVM PWB PL13.1 4208
13E9456X Bearing PL18.8 8708 160K8308X DADF Control PWB PL18.3 8214
140K6048X LED PWB PL18.1 8003 (Ref No. 8215, 8216 included)
14E4285X Spacer PL2.1 402 160K8440X Fuser Noise Filter PL9.1 3218
14E8083X Spacer PL18.6 8509 160K8598X Tray Module PWB PL14.15 5712
14E8658X Spacer PL14.3 4516 160K8773X LD Power PWB PL9.1 3213
14E8658X Spacer PL14.5 4518 160K9035X ESS PWB (Ref No. 4220 included) [Note] PL13.1 4201
14E8659X Spacer PL14.3 4517 160K9135X VR PWB PL16.2 7406
14E8659X Spacer PL14.5 4519 160K9171X MCU PWB [Note] PL13.1 4202
14K8160X Block Assembly (Developer) PL9.3 3401 160K9802X IIT/IPS PWB PL16.3 7507
14K8161X Block (M,C,K) PL4.2 2004 162K5594X Developer Wire Harness (Y, M) PL9.3 3403
14K8162X Block (Y) PL4.2 2005 162K5597X Developer Wire Harness (C, K) PL9.3 3404
15E4889X Plate (Front Magnet) PL18.2 8103 162K5600X Wire Harness (2nd) PL9.3 3405
15E4890X Plate (Rear Magnet) PL18.2 8106 162K5602X Connector Assembly (C, K) PL5.4 2406
15E7704X Bottom Plate PL15.14 7214 162K5603X Wire Harness (DTS) PL9.3 3407
15K4464X Pinch Roller Assembly PL2.3 604 162K5660X Wire Harness PL4.2 2002
(Ref No. 605-612 included) 162K6109X Connector Assembly (Y, M) PL5.4 2408
15K4580X Clutch Assembly (Ref No. 3925-3935 included) PL11.2 3902 162K6211X Wire Harness (Developer Tie Plate) PL9.3 3402
15K4838X Support Assembly PL2.8 1105 162K6281X Wire Harness PL14.6 4806
15K4931X Plunger (Front) PL5.6 2603 162K6434X Wire Harness PL18.3 8217
15K4945X Gear Assembly (Tray 4) PL14.14 5603 162K6889X Wire Harness (DC) PL9.3 3408
15K4946X Gear Assembly (Tray 3) PL14.14 5602 162K6906X Wire Harness PL15.4 6219
15K4947X Tray Module LH Cover Interlock Switch PL14.13 5517 162K6907X Wire Harness PL15.4 6218
Assembly 162K6933X Wire Harness PL9.2 3315
15K4948X Plunger (Rear) PL5.6 2602 17E9206X Foot PL16.5 7713
15K5068X Elevator Bracket (Front) PL15.11 6902 17E9466X Foot PL15.14 7209
15K5164X Stack Paper Sensor Assembly PL15.11 6911 17E9471X Rack Caster (Front) PL17.1 7901
(Ref No. 6912-6916 included) 17K9235X Caster (S) PL14.15 5709
15K5228X Cam Bracket Assembly PL15.8 6601 17K9236X Caster PL14.15 5710
(Ref No. 6602-66612, 6414, 6419 included) 19E4795X Grip PL5.1 2115
15K5232X Developer Tie Plate Assembly PL4.2 2001 19E4947X Pad PL16.6 7811
(Ref No. 2002-2005 included) 19E4983X Clamp PL16.4 7620
160K4629X OHP Sensor-R (OR) PL2.6 914 19E5034X Clamp PL15.11 6903
19E5040X Clip PL16.6 7807 22K5682X Feed/Retard/Nudger Roller PL14.12 802
19E9232X Sensor Pad PL18.9 8811 22K5682X Feed/Retard/Nudger Roller PL14.8 802
19E9351X Push Rivet PL18.2 8117 22K5682X Feed/Retard/Nudger Roller PL2.5 802
19K9713X Retard Pad PL2.13 1619 22K6148X Eject Pinch Roller PL15.6 6409
19K9754X Holder (Rear) PL5.4 2416 23E1223X Belt PL18.6 8519
19K9755X Holder (Front) PL5.4 2419 23E1569X Platen Belt PL18.10 8908
19K9819X Holder (Rear) PL5.4 2414 23E1930X Belt PL16.5 7708
19K9820X Holder (Font) PL5.4 2412 23E1933X Belt PL12.2 4114
1E5960X Rail PL15.9 6709 23E1999X Belt PL18.6 8508
1E6005X Rail PL15.14 7208 23E2000X Belt PL18.4 8321
1K7054X Left Lift Assembly PL5.1 2101 23E2000X Belt PL18.9 8803
1K7055X Right Lift Assembly PL5.1 2102 23E2001X Belt PL18.6 8513
1K7386X Bracket Assembly PL3.1 1801 23E2002X H-Transport Belt PL15.4 6203
20E2105X Pulley PL18.6 8514 23E2016X Belt PL15.7 6514
20E2509X Capstan Pulley PL16.5 7710 26E9356X Screw PL15.1 5904
20E3274X Timing Pulley PL16.5 7707 29E3160X Rivet PL2.3 617
20E3490X Pulley (20T/21T) PL12.2 4111 29K9199X Staple Assembly (Ref No. 6711, 6712 included) PL15.9 6710
20E3491X Pulley (16T) PL12.2 4112 31E9094X Registration Arm PL18.2 8116
20E3492X Pulley PL18.4 8327 31E9403X Arm PL15.7 6506
20E3492X Pulley PL18.9 8327 32K9664X Document Guide PL18.1 8010
20E3494X Pulley PL18.4 8320 35E6501X Seal PL6.2 2804
20E3497X Pulley PL15.8 6602 36K9142X Left Hinge PL18.3 8208
20E9323X Pulley PL18.9 8808 36K9143X Right Hinge (Ref No. 8203-8205 included) PL18.3 8202
20E9959X Pulley PL16.5 7714 38E2189X Paper Guide PL2.6 906
20K9123X Pulley PL18.6 8516 38E2356X Paper Guide PL2.13 1601
20K9497X Pulley (Small) PL16.6 7822 38E2390X End Guide PL14.2 4406
20K958X One-way Pulley PL12.1 4003 38E2390X End Guide PL2.2 506
21E9739X Cap (Left) PL5.1 2113 38E2441X Paper Guide PL15.10 6812
21E9740X Cap (Right) PL5.1 2114 38E2464X Tray Guide PL15.11 6910
22E8796X Roller PL15.3 6106 38E2465X Paper Guide PL15.4 6226
22E8797X Roller PL15.3 6111 38K8524X Side Guide Assembly PL14.2 4405
22E8821X Roller PL15.4 6227 38K8524X Side Guide Assembly PL2.2 505
22E9366X Tension Roller PL18.6 8512 3E2367X Stopper PL14.1 4303
22K3707X Duplex Roller (Lower) PL18.6 8518 3E2367X Stopper PL2.1 401
22K3708X Duplex Roller (Upper) PL18.6 8517 3E4384X Thumb Screw PL18.11 9005
22K3804X Registration Pinch Roller PL18.8 8711 3E4708X Knob PL14.3 4514
22K3971X Idler Roller PL18.10 8907 3E4708X Knob PL14.4 4514
22K5014X Pinch Roller (Exit 1) PL15.12 7010 3E4858X Stopper PL14.2 4408
22K5015X Pinch Roller (Exit 2) PL15.12 7011 3E4858X Stopper PL2.2 508
22K5016X Pinch Roller (Exit 3) PL15.12 7012 3E5171X Handle PL5.5 2501
22K5682X Feed/Retard/Nudger Roller PL14.10 802 3E5229X Hinge (Left) PL5.1 2107

3E5230X Hinge (Right) PL5.1 2108 50K4285X Tray Assembly (See PL2.2) PL2.1 404
3E5328X Handle PL12.1 4007 50K4312X Tray 4 Assembly PL14.1 4308
3E5370X Shaft PL14.13 5502 (Ref No. 4306 included)(See PL14.4)
3E5371X Hook PL14.13 5503 50K4313X Tray 3 Assembly PL14.1 4307
3E5649X Stopper PL15.3 6118 (Ref No. 4305 included)(See PL14.3)
3K1167X Latch Assembly PL5.1 2106 50K4388X Compiler Tray Assembly PL15.10 6801
3K1180X Knob Assembly PL14.4 4613 (Ref No. 6802-6815 included)
3K1181X Knob Assembly PL14.3 4513 50K4389X Gate Assembly (Ref No. 6004-6014 included) PL15.2 6003
3K1209X Thumb Screw PL15.14 7203 50K4669X Gate PL18.7 8604
3K1265X Stopper Assembly (For Removal) PL5.2 2202 50K4840X Registration Gate PL18.11 9002
3K8612X Sensor Holder PL4.1 1903 50K4875X Cartridge Case Assembly PL15.9 6712
(Ref No. 1904-1906, 1911, 1912 included) 50K4877X Entrance Tray (Ref No. 8007-8010 included) PL18.1 8006
3K9188X Thumb Screw PL18.3 8201 50K4878X Exit Tray PL18.11 9004
413W10950 Bearing PL16.5 7711 50K4983X MSI Tray Assembly (See PL2.15) PL2.12 1505
413W77359 Bearing PL18.4 8310 537K6118X MAC Address ROM PL13.1 4220
41K9405X Full Rate Carriage PL16.6 7802 537K6504X ROM PL15.13 7103
(Ref No. 7803-7811 included) 537K6442X MF ESS ROM (R1) PL13.1 4206
41K 9426X Carriage Assembly PL15.9 6701 537K6443X MF ESS ROM (R2) PL13.1 -
(Ref No. 6702-6706 included) 54E1633X Exit Chute PL2.8 1106
41K9427X Half Rate Carriage PL16.6 7812 54E1852X Lower Chute PL14.6 4812
(Ref No. 7814-7824 included) 54E1853X Lower Chute PL14.5 4719
423W28054 Belt PL15.8 6604 54E1854X Upper Chute PL14.5 4715
423W29655 Belt PL15.7 6515 54E1934X Eject Chute PL15.6 6410
42K9199X Rod Cleaner Assembly PL10.1 3507 54K1308X Exit Lower Chute PL18.9 8817
(Ref No. 3508, 3509 included) (Ref No. 8803, 8807, 8811, 8818 included)
42K9242X IBT Cleaner Assembly PL5.3 2301 54K1360X Document Feed Upper Chute PL18.4 8301
(Ref No. 2302-2306 included) (Ref No. 8303-8316 included)
48E6420X Front Cover PL18.1 8011 54K1362X Top Cover (Ref No. 8102-8106 included) PL18.2 8101
48K7618X Rear Cover (Ref No. 8002-8005 included) PL18.1 8001 54K1613X Duplex Chute PL2.8 1114
499K9144X Feed / Nudger Roller PL18.4 8308 54K1668X Registration Chute Assembly PL2.8 1101
(499K9144X:2 Rollers Kit) 54K1724X Inverter Chute Assembly PL11.2 3913
49E9107X Tension Plate PL18.10 8906 (Ref No. 3922-3924 included)
4E1183X Damper (White)(Duplex) PL2.7 1003 54K1725X Exit Gate PL11.2 3914
4E1222X Damper PL18.4 8326 54K1827X Chute Assembly PL14.6 4807
4E656X Damper Bearing PL16.6 7820 (Ref No. 4808-4811 included)
4E9827X Damper PL18.10 8917 54K1877X Exit Upper Chute PL18.9 8813
50E1728X Stacker Tray PL15.1 5907 (Ref No. 8814-8816 included)
50E1739X In Gate PL15.2 6004 54K1878X Document Feed Lower Chute PL18.5 8401
50K2766X Set Gate PL18.5 8410 (RefNo.8402-8409included)
50K4142X Duplex Gate PL11.2 3924 54K1879X Lower Chute (Ref No. 8608-8610 included) PL18.7 8607
50K4285X Tray 2 Assembly PL14.1 4302 54K669X Duplex Chute PL18.7 8601
55E3303X Deflector PL18.10 8913 59K2021X Decurler Roller Assembly PL15.7 6507
55K1926X Guard PL18.5 8407 59K2126X 1st BTR Roller PL5.4 2413
55K2606X Document Guard PL18.9 8816 59K2179X Tray 4 Transport Assembly PL14.5 4704
59E9486X Pinch Roller PL2.10 1311 (Ref No. 4705-4712 included)
59E9487X Pinch Roller PL2.10 1312 59K2315X BUR Roller PL5.3 2315
59E9566X Pinch Roller 3 PL2.12 1517 59K2347X Pinch Roller PL12.2 4102
59E9592X Roller PL14.4 4614 59K2396X Transport Roller PL12.1 4006
59E9593X Roller PL14.1 4311 59K2397X Wait Roller PL12.2 4116
59E9629X Tension Roller PL18.6 8510 59K2398X Pinch Roller PL12.2 4109
59K1182X Pinch Roller PL18.9 8807 59K2401X Feed Roller PL2.13 1615
59K1184X Feed Roller Assembly PL18.4 8302 59K2402X Feed Roller Assembly PL2.13 1614
(Ref No. 8308-8316 included) (Ref No. 1615-1618 included)
59K1185X Pinch Roller PL18.7 8609 59K2426X Exit Transport Assembly PL2.10 1301
59K1186X Exit Roller PL18.9 8810 (Ref No. 1302-1318 included)
59K1188X Pinch Roller PL18.2 8105 59K2466X Registration Transport Assembly PL2.6 901
59K1235X Pinch Roller PL18.10 8914 (Ref No. 903-917 included)
59K1236X Pinch Roller PL18.10 8915 59K2501X Registration Roller PL2.6 911
59K1237X Belt Guide PL18.10 8911 59K2502X Take-away Roller PL2.6 904
59K1238X Belt Guide PL18.10 8910 59K2506X 2ND BTR Assembly PL2.8 1103
59K1344X Pinch Roller PL18.10 8916 59K3148X MSI Unit (See PL2.13) PL2.11 1401
59K1540X Pinch Roller PL2.3 607 5E1622X Clutch PL15.6 6418
59K1557X Tray Feeder (See PL14.7, PL14.8) PL14.6 601 5E1651X Collar PL15.6 6419
59K1557X Tray Feeder (See PL2.4, PL2.5) PL2.3 601 5E8025X C-Clip PL18.8 8707
59K1561X Exit Roller PL2.8 1108 5E8327X Collar PL18.10 8904
59K1578X Exit Roller 5 PL2.10 1305 5K589X One-way Clutch PL14.10 803
59K1630X Takeaway Roller PL2.13 1602 5K589X One-way Clutch PL14.12 803
59K1631X Pinch Roller 1 Assembly (Ref No. 1510, 1511, PL2.12 1509 5K589X Oneway Clutch PL14.8 803
1513, 1514, 1516 included) 5K589X One-way Clutch PL2.5 803
59K1674X Inverter Transport Assembly PL11.1 3801 5K8308X One-way Clutch PL14.11 703
59K1820X Pinch Roller 2 Assembly PL2.12 1518 5K8308X One-way Clutch PL14.7 703
(Ref No. 1511, 1513-1516 included) 5K8308X One-way Clutch PL2.4 703
59K1821X Pinch Roller 3 Assembly PL2.12 1512 5K8308X One-way Clutch PL14.9 703
(Ref No. 1513-1517 included) 604K533X Lens Kit Assembly PL16.4 7612
59K1828X Tray 4 Feeder (See PL14.11, PL14.12) PL14.5 4716 604K906X Deve Unit K Kit PL6.2 2809
59K1871X Duplex Transport Assembly PL12.1 4002 (Ref No. 2801, 2805 included)
(Ref No. 4003-4014 included) 604K907X Deve Unit Y Kit PL6.2 -
59K1890X Take-away Roller Assembly PL14.6 4801 (Ref No. 2801, 2806 included)
59K1972X Retard Roller PL18.5 8404 604K908X Deve Unit M Kit PL6.2 -
59K1974X Drive Roller PL18.10 8909 (Ref No. 2801, 2807 included)
59K2020X Document Transport PL18.10 8901 604K909X Deve Unit C Kit PL6.2 -
(Ref No. 8902-8917 included) (Ref No. 2801, 2808 included)

62E1004X No. 1 Mirror PL16.6 7806 7E6776X Gear (28Z) PL15.6 6420
62K1073X No. 2, No. 3 Mirror PL16.6 7813 7E6777X Gear (42Z/27Z) PL15.8 6610
(Ref No. 7814-7824 included) 7E6778X Gear (15Z) PL15.8 6603
62K1088X LSU (ROS) Assembly PL3.1 1802 7E6779X Gear Pulley PL15.8 6607
(Ref No. 1803-1806 included) 7E6780X Cam Gear PL15.8 6609
63E9404X Tape PL16.5 7701 7E6781X Gear (30Z) PL15.8 6605
63E9405X Tape PL16.5 7706 7E6782X Rack PL15.11 6909
64K9145X Transfer Belt PL5.3 2307 7E6783X Gear (Rear) PL15.11 6905
64K9170X IBT Belt Assembly (See PL5.3) PL5.2 2201 7E6784X Gear (Front) PL15.11 6907
673K6981X Power Cord PL9.2 3314 7E6785X Gear (37T) PL15.4 6221
673K8600X Developer (Y) PL6.2 2806 7E6786X Gear (30T) PL15.4 6222
673K8601X Developer (M) PL6.2 2807 7E6787X Gear (26T) PL15.4 6223
673K8602X Developer (C) PL6.2 2808 7E6798X Worm Gear PL5.4 2417
673K8603X Developer (K) PL6.2 2805 7E7207X Gear (32Z/18T) PL15.12 7005
68E1021X Platen Glass Support PL16.3 7506 7E7208X Gear (48Z) PL15.12 7001
6E7145X Shaft PL6.1 2714 7E7209X Gear (18Z/21T) PL15.7 6510
6E7174X Shaft PL5.1 2109 7E7520X Gear PL2.8 1109
6K2172X Exit Shaft PL15.12 7003 7K8112X Gear Pulley PL18.8 8702
6K2173X Eject Roller Assembly PL15.6 6425 7K8552X Gear Assembly PL2.9 1202
(Ref No. 6421, 6424 included) 7K8558X IBT Steering Assembly PL1.3 301
6K2197X Paddle Gear Shaft PL15.12 7007 (Ref No. 302, 303 included)
74K9432X Outlet Panel Assembly PL9.2 3313 7K8573X One-way Gear PL14.11 704
7E3939X Gear PL18.4 8312 7K8573X One-way Gear PL14.7 704
7E3942X Gear PL18.4 8305 7K8575X Drum Motor Assembly PL1.1 101
7E3943X Gear PL18.4 8307 (Ref No. 102, 103, 116, 117 included)
7E6189X Gear (18T) PL5.2 2205 7K8640X Developer Motor Assembly PL1.1 107
7E6191X Gear (14T) PL5.2 2204 (Ref No. 108- 113 included)
7E6263X Gear (22T) PL2.8 1107 7K8670X Gear Pulley PL18.6 8507
7E6432X Gear (21T) PL2.9 1204 7K8691X Gear (20Z) PL15.6 6422
7E6450X Gear PL6.1 2711 7K8692X Main Motor Assembly (See PL1.2) PL1.1 114
7E6474X Damper Gear (11/23T) PL2.7 1001 7K8693X Damper Gear (45T) PL2.9 1214
7E6605X Gear (33T) PL14.15 5703 7K8722X Developer Gear PL1.1 115
7E6606X Gear (23/46T) PL14.15 5701 7K8760X IBT Motor Assembly PL1.1 104
7E6607X Gear (46T) PL14.15 5702 (Ref No. 105, 106 included)
7E6608X Lift Gear PL14.14 5604 801K360X H-Transport Assembly PL15.1 5902
7E6634X Gear PL18.10 8903 (See PL15.3, PL15.4)
7E6773X Gear (23Z/52T) PL15.7 6513 802E1213X Lower Left Cover PL2.3 603
7E6774X Gear (40Z/20T) PL15.7 6508 802E1240X Connector Cover PL10.2 3604
7E6775X Gear (40Z) PL15.7 6509 802E1243X Fuser Cover PL10.2 3607
802E1248X Blind Cover PL10.3 3702 802K1319X Lower Left Cover Assembly PL2.3 602
802E1249X Blind Cover PL10.3 3705 (Ref No. 603-614, 618, 619 included)
802E1250X Rear Left Middle Cover PL10.3 3706 802K2573X Left Cover Assembly PL14.13 5501
802E1251X Front Left Cover PL10.3 3708 (Ref No. 5502-5516 included)
802E1277X Exit Cover PL2.10 1302 802K2811X Rear Cover Assembly PL10.3 3703
802E1292X Left Cover PL2.9 1211 (Ref No. 3704, 3705 included)
802E1293X Left Upper Cover (Duplex) PL2.7 1010 802K2857X Top Open Cover Assembly PL15.6 6401
802E1294X Left Cover (Duplex) PL2.7 1008 802K2858X Gate In Solenoid Assembly PL15.4 6212
802E1435X Rear Left Lower Cover PL10.3 3707 (Ref No. 6213-6217 included)
802E1503X Lower Duplex Cover PL12.1 4008 802K2859X Entrance Upper Cover Assembly PL15.3 6109
802E1697X Inner Cover PL8.1 3104 (Ref No. 6110-6112 included)
802E2317X Cover PL2.1 405 802K2860X H-Transport Open Cover Assembly PL15.3 6101
802E2393X Left Lower Cover PL14.13 5505 (Ref No. 6102-6107 included)
802E2393X Lower Left Cover PL14.16 5505 802K2889X Developer Housing Assembly (Y, M, C, K) PL6.2 2801
802E2394X Right Cover PL14.16 5801 (Ref No. 2802-2804 included)
802E2395X Upper Front Cover PL14.16 5802 802K3187X Left Cover Assembly PL2.9 1210
802E2396X Lower Front Cover PL14.16 5803 (Ref No. 1211-1213, 1216, 1217, 1225 included)
802E2398X Tray 4 Cover PL14.4 4601 802K3309X Dispenser Base Assembly PL6.1 2709
802E2399X Tray 3 Cover PL14.3 4501 (Ref No. 2710-2715 included)
802E2786X Rear Left Upper Cover PL10.3 3709 802K3658X Rear Cover PL14.16 5804
802E2806X Right Cover PL10.1 3512 802K3666X Front Rack Assembly PL15.14 7201
802E2852X Rear Cover PL15.5 6302 (Ref No. 7202-7210 included)
802E2853X Top Cover PL15.5 6303 802K3667X Rear Rack Assembly PL15.14 7211
802E2854X Left Cover PL15.5 6304 (Ref No. 7203-7209, 7212-7213 included)
802E2855X Front Cover PL15.5 6305 802K4607X Inner Cover PL10.2 3608
802E2856X Front Cover PL15.5 6301 802K4610X Left Cover Unit PL2.7 1004
802E2857X Left Panel PL15.5 6306 (Ref No. 1006, 1007-1011 included)(Duplex)
802E2859X Front Cover PL15.14 7202 802K4709X Toner Bottle Cover PL4.1 1901
802E2860X Rear Cover PL15.14 7212 802K4928X Top Cover Assembly PL10.2 3601
802E3014X Cover PL15.4 6208 (Ref No. 3602, 3603, 3605 included)
802E3015X Harness Guide PL15.4 6207 802K4989X Gate Cover PL15.2 6001
802E3016X H-Transport Front Cover PL15.3 6114 802K5644X Control Panel (Ref No. 7402-7416 included) PL16.2 7301
802E3017X H-Transport Upper Rear Cover PL15.3 6115 802K5644X Control Panel (PL16.2) PL16.1 7301
802E3018X H-Transport Rear Cover PL15.3 6116 802K5645X Control Panel Housing PL16.2 7402
802E3023X Right Cover PL15.1 5906 (Ref No. 7403-7406, 7411 included)
802E4788X One Touch Panel PL16.2 7410 802K5792X Dispenser Assembly (Y) PL6.1 2701
802E4859X Stopper PL10.2 3603 802K5793X Dispenser Assembly (M) PL6.1 2703
802E5756X UI Center Panel Cover (DP-C401) PL16.2 7409 802K5794X Dispenser Assembly (C) PL6.1 2705
802E6261X UI Center Panel Cover (DP-C321) PL16.2 7409 802K5795X Dispenser Assembly (K) PL6.1 2707
802K1295X Auger Assembly PL5.2 2207 802K5806X Front Cover Assembly (DP-C401) PL10.1 3503
(Ref No. 3501, 3504-3511 included)

802K6054X Front Cover Assembly (DP-C321) PL10.1 3503 962K882X Wire Harness PL9.2 3307
(Ref No. 3501, 3504- 3511 included) 9E2687X Plate Spring PL18.1 8009
802K832X Inner Cover (Ref No. 8318, 8319 included) PL18.4 8317 9E2697X Spring PL14.3 4515
809E1113X Spring PL18.2 8104 9E2697X Spring PL14.4 4515
809E2335X Spring PL2.9 1208 9E2856X Spring (Right winded) PL18.8 8701
809E2610X Spring PL2.9 1216 9E2857X Spring (Left winded) PL18.8 8714
809E2633X Spring PL5.6 2601 9E2858X Spring (Rear) PL18.8 8706
809E2688X Spring PL8.1 3103 9E3908X Spring (Front) (Use colored taype) PL18.8 8713
809E2896X Spring PL14.13 5513 9E4148X Clamp PL18.1 8014
809E2984X Plate Spring PL18.5 8405 DQ-BF401 Waste Toner Container (For Sales Route) PL4.1 1902
809E2985X Spring PL18.5 8403
809E3360X Spring PL15.10 6813
809E3678X Spring PL15.2 6014
809E911X Clip (Double) PL16.6 7817
830E1749X Bracket PL18.11 9006
830E5723X Strip PL10.1 3506
830E5848X Bracket PL2.9 1213
830E6005X Hinge PL10.1 3510
830E7932X Gate Bracket PL15.2 6006
830E8167X Support PL15.6 6406
891E4906X Label (2) PL14.1 4301
891E4951X Label (3) PL14.1 4317
891E4952X Label (4) PL14.1 4318
891E6518X Label (Display) PL18.1 8005
891E6521X Label (Size) PL18.1 8013
892E2849X Label PL14.1 4319
892E4111X Label (1) PL2.1 406
892E7839X Label (Instruction) PL14.2 4401
892E8281X Label PL18.1 8012
893E391X Name Plate (DP-C401) PL10.1 3502
893E1075X Name Plate (DP-C321) PL10.1 3502
8E9093X Cam (Front) PL18.8 8712
8E9094X Cam (Rear) PL18.8 8709
8E9407X Cam PL15.7 6503
908W01200 GFI Breaker PL9.2 3306
90K227X Platen Glass PL18.11 9001
962K590X AC Harness PL16.4 7618
962K744X Wire Harness PL15.9 6707
962K864X Wire Harness PL13.1 4215

Service Handbook for Digital Color Imaging Systems

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service Handbook for Digital Color Imaging Systems

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ORDER NO.

C 2003 Panasonic Communications Co., Ltd.

1-1 Chapter 1 General

1. 1. 2 Installation Space • Main Unit IOT+TTM+IIT/DADF+Finisher (WxD)

57.5" (1461) unit : in (mm) (Fig. 6) j0mf61005

1-3 Chapter 1 General

1. 1. 8 Printing Speed Heavy Weight Heavy

8.5 x 11" LEF 40/22 32/18 * Productivity of the non-standard sizes

1-5 Chapter 1 General

1. 1. 10 Paper Size and Loading Orientation 1. 1. 11 Paper Weight

1. 1. 13 Output Tray Capacity

1-7 Chapter 1 General

1. 1. 15 Resolution/Gradation 1. 1. 16 Paper Selection

*1: When plain paper is used.

Document Type Standard Photo *5

*5: On/Off can be switched for Photo mode. Post Launch.

1-9 Chapter 1 General

1. 1. 20. 3 Printing Productivity

In the Color Priority mode

(Fig. 7) j0mf61006 600x600x1bit 16.0 sec or less 11.0 sec or less

1. 1. 20 Controller Specifications 1. 1. 20. 4 Scanning Productivity

1-11 Chapter 1 General

1. 1. 21. 5 Number of Sheets Stapled 1.1.21.7 Staple Position

1. 1. 22. 1 Machine Dimension and Basis Weight

1. 1. 22. 2 Installation Space

1. 1. 22. 4 Paper Size

(Fig. 10) j0mf61009

1-13 Chapter 1 General

Paper Size Detection Amount

1-15 Chapter 1 General

Symbol Description Used to emphasize the procedure, servicing, and regulation.

Illustration 1: Indicates a specific part has been modified by the

Illustration 1 ADJ: Indicates the adjustment procedure for reference.

2-1 Chapter 2 Maintenance

Fuser Assembly 126K1394X 100 1 count: 1 copy/print

2-3 Chapter 2 Maintenance

Adjustment 5. Continue to execute ADJ1. 1. 3 TRC control (Tone Up/Down).

2-5 Chapter 2 Maintenance

2-7 Chapter 2 Maintenance

3. Exit from Diag and turn Power Off/On.

Always perform the adjustment after the following operation is performed.

Check that the Drum ERU is securely set when adjusting.

DC685 has following four sub DC codes.

Perform the following in order to avoid laser exposure.

2-9 Chapter 2 Maintenance

Enter DC685 with the Front Cover opened (Interlock is cheated).

• When working normally: if it is determined to be OK, go to Step 3.

Perform the following in order to avoid laser exposure.

5. [DC685-3]: Move the MOB Sensor to the center position. (Fig. 4)

2-11 Chapter 2 Maintenance

9. [DC685-4] Perform the Skew Rough SetUP.

6. [DC685-3]: Enter DC685-3:Center SetUP and click [Execute].

2-13 Chapter 2 Maintenance

Perform this correction always when replacing the Lens unit.

4. Select an appropriate item and click the [Enter] button.

2-15 Chapter 2 Maintenance

3. If the value is not within the specified range, adjust it as follows:

2-17 Chapter 2 Maintenance

ADJ1. 1. 11 IIT Side Edge Registration Adjustment

4. If the value is not within the specified range, adjust it as follows:

Refer to Fig. 1 and 2 for this procedure.

(1) At Horizontal magnification: (Fig. 1)